Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

 

x        ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

          For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2010

 

¨        TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

              

          For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number 001-33378

 

DISCOVER FINANCIAL SERVICES

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   36-2517428
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
          
2500 Lake Cook Road, Riverwoods, Illinois 60015   (224) 405-0900
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)   (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
       
         
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange
       
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes   x     No    ¨
        
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.     Yes   ¨     No    x
        
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes   x     No    ¨
        
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes   x     No    ¨
        
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x
        
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:
        
             Large accelerated filer   x                                                                             Accelerated filer   ¨
             Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting  company)                                                                             Smaller reporting company   ¨
          
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes   ¨     No    x
          
     The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $7,288,905,307.
          
     As of January 15, 2011, there were 545,246,937 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.
          
              
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its annual stockholders’ meeting to be held on April 7, 2011 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.
 


Table of Contents

DISCOVER FINANCIAL SERVICES

Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2010

       
TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
Part I      

Item 1.

 

Business

  1

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

  22

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

  39

Item 2.

 

Properties

  39

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

  40

Item 4.

 

(Removed and Reserved)

  41
   
Part II      

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  42

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

  44

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  47

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

  87

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  89

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  151

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

  151

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

  152
   
Part III      

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

  153

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

  153

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  153

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  153

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

  153
   
Part IV      

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

  154
       
       
       
       
         
       
Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, “Discover Financial Services,” “Discover,” “DFS,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “the Company” refer to Discover Financial Services and its subsidiaries.
       
We own or have rights to use the trademarks, trade names and service marks that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business, including, but not limited to: Discover ® , PULSE ® , Cashback Bonus ® , Discover ® More ® Card, Discover ® Motiva SM Card, Discover ® Open Road ® Card, Discover ® Network and Diners Club International ® . All other trademarks, trade names and service marks included in this annual report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners.
         


Table of Contents
Part I.   |   Item 1. Business

Introduction

Discover Financial Services is a direct banking and payment services company. We are a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, subject to oversight, regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). We are also a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

We offer credit cards, student loans, personal loans and deposit products through our Discover Bank subsidiary. Although we have historically offered both federal and private student loans, in 2010 we decided to sell all our remaining federal student loans. We had $48.8 billion in loan receivables and $20.6 billion in deposits issued through direct-to-consumer channels and affinity relationships at November 30, 2010. We operate the Discover Network, our credit card payments network; the PULSE network (“PULSE”), our automated teller machine (“ATM”), debit and electronic funds transfer network; and Diners Club International (“Diners Club”), our global payments network.

Acquisition of The Student Loan Corporation

We recently expanded our private student loan business as part of our direct banking strategy. On December 31, 2010, we acquired The Student Loan Corporation (“SLC”) in a merger transaction for $600 million. We received a purchase price closing adjustment in the form of a cash payment of approximately $234 million from Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”), the 80% owner of SLC before the merger, resulting in a net cash outlay of approximately $366 million for the acquisition of SLC. In the transaction, we acquired SLC’s ongoing private student loan business and approximately $4.2 billion of private student loans and other assets, along with assuming approximately $3.4 billion of SLC’s existing asset-backed securitization debt funding and other liabilities. We acquired the loans and other assets at an 8.5% discount, which will be applied to balance sheet items through purchase accounting entries. SLC is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Discover Bank. The acquisition significantly increased the size of our private student loan portfolio, which was $1.0 billion at November 30, 2010. In addition, the acquisition has provided us with a developed student loan business platform, additional school relationships, experienced personnel and SLC’s website.

Available Information

We make available free of charge through our internet site http://www.discoverfinancial.com , our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements, Forms 3, 4 and 5 filed by or on behalf of directors, executive officers and certain large stockholders, and any amendments to those documents filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These filings will become available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

In addition, the following information is available on the Investor Relations page of our website: (i) Corporate Governance Policies; (ii) Code of Ethics and Business Conduct; and (iii) charters of the Audit and Risk, Compensation, and Nominating and Governance Committees of our board of directors. These documents are also available in print without charge to any person who requests them by writing or telephoning our principal executive offices: Discover Financial Services, Office of the Corporate Secretary, 2500 Lake Cook Road, Riverwoods, Illinois 60015, U.S.A., telephone number (224) 405-0900.

Operating Model

We manage our business activities in two segments: Direct Banking and Payment Services. Our Direct Banking segment includes Discover card-branded credit cards issued to individuals and small businesses on the Discover Network and other consumer products and services, including personal loans, student loans, prepaid cards and other consumer lending and deposit products offered through our Discover Bank subsidiary. Our Payment Services segment includes PULSE, Diners Club and our third-party issuing business, which includes credit, debit and prepaid cards issued on the Discover Network by third parties.

We are principally engaged in providing products and services to customers in the United States, although the royalty revenue we receive from Diners Club licensees is derived from sources outside of the United States. For quantitative information concerning our geographic distribution, see Note 6: Loan Receivables to our consolidated financial statements and for quantitative information concerning our royalty revenue, see Note 16: Other Income and Other Expense.

 

-1-


Table of Contents

Below are descriptions of the principal products and services of each of our reportable segments. For additional financial information relating to our business and our operating segments, see Note 24: Segment Disclosures to our consolidated financial statements.

Direct Banking

Credit Cards

We offer credit cards to consumers and small businesses. Our credit card customers are permitted to “revolve” their balances and repay their obligations over a period of time and at an interest rate set forth in their cardmember agreements, which may be either fixed or variable. The interest that we earn on revolving credit card balances makes up 95% of our total interest income. We also charge customers other fees, including fees for late payments, balance transfer transactions, cash advance transactions and foreign currency transactions. We also offer various products and services in connection with our credit card business, such as Payment Protection, Identity Theft Protection, Wallet Protection, Credit ScoreTracker and other fee-based products.

Our credit card customers’ transactions are processed over the Discover Network. Where we have a direct relationship with a merchant, which is the case with respect to our large merchants representing a majority of Discover card sales volume, we receive discount and fee revenue from merchants. Discount and fee revenue is based on pricing that is set forth in contractual agreements with each merchant and is based on a number of factors including industry practices, special marketing arrangements, competitive pricing levels and merchant size.

Where we do not have a direct relationship with a merchant, we receive acquirer interchange and assessment fees from the merchant acquirer that settles transactions with the merchant. The amount of this fee is based on a standardized schedule and can vary based on the type of merchant or type of card (e.g., consumer or business). Most of our cards offer the Cashback Bonus rewards program, the costs of which we record as a reduction of discount and interchange revenue.

The following chart shows the Discover card transaction cycle as processed on the Discover Network:

LOGO

Student Loans

Our student loans help students and parents finance education costs at select schools with undergraduate, graduate and post-graduate degree programs. Private student loans are intended to supplement any financial aid that may be available through grants, scholarships or under the federal government’s Direct Lending Program. Historically, we have offered both federal and private student loans. However, effective July 2010, federal legislation required all federal student loans to be made directly by the federal government and as of November 30, 2010, our remaining federal student loan portfolio was classified as held for sale.

 

-2-


Table of Contents

In 2011, we will offer Discover Student Loans through Discover Bank, and during a transition period, CitiAssist ® Loans which are originated by Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”) and subsequently purchased by Discover Bank. Our private student loans are marketed through colleges and universities, including schools where Discover or Citibank is named a preferred lender. Discover Student Loans and CitiAssist Loans are also marketed online and through direct mail. In addition, CitiAssist loans are marketed through marketing agreements with Citibank and its affiliates.

Customers can apply for a Discover Student Loan by mail, online or by phone, where we have dedicated staff within our Discover call centers to service student loans. Customers can apply for a CitiAssist Loan online. As part of the loan approval process, both Discover Student Loans and CitiAssist Loans are certified with the school to confirm enrollment so that loan funds are applied to educational expenses. To ensure proper use of loan funds, the majority of loan disbursements are made directly to schools. Upon graduation, Discover Student Loan borrowers are generally eligible to receive a Graduation Reward on the date of their graduation. Students may redeem their Graduation Reward as a credit to the balance of their student loan or as a direct deposit to a bank account.

Personal Loans

Our personal loans are unsecured loans with fixed interest rates, fixed terms and fixed payments. These loans are primarily intended to help customers consolidate existing debt, although they can be used for other reasons. In addition to the interest earned on the personal loans, we also earn fees from customers that enroll in our credit protection product. We generally market our personal loan products to our existing credit card customers through direct mail, statement inserts and email. However, we also market personal loans to non-Discover customers through direct mail. Customers can submit their applications via phone, online or through the mail, and can service their accounts online or by phone.

Deposit Products

We obtain deposits from consumers directly or through affinity relationships (“direct-to-consumer deposits”) and through third-party securities brokerage firms who offer our deposits to their customers (“brokered deposits”). Our deposit products include certificates of deposit, money market accounts, online savings accounts and Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) certificates of deposit.

We market our direct-to-consumer deposit products to our existing customer base and other prospective customers through the use of internet advertising, print materials and affinity arrangements with third parties. Customers can apply for, fund and service their deposit accounts online or via phone, where we have a dedicated staff within our call centers to service deposit accounts. For more information regarding our deposit business, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Funding Sources – Deposits.”

Payment Services

PULSE network

Our PULSE network is one of the nation’s leading ATM/debit networks. PULSE links cardholders of more than 4,400 financial institutions with ATMs and point-of-sale (“POS”) terminals located throughout the United States. PULSE also provides cash access at over 750,000 ATMs in over 80 countries. PULSE’s primary source of revenue is transaction fees charged for switching and settling ATM, personal identification number (“PIN”) POS debit and signature debit transactions initiated through the use of debit cards issued by participating financial institutions. In addition, PULSE offers a variety of optional products and services that produce income for the network, including signature debit processing, prepaid card processing, and connections to other regional and national electronic funds transfer networks.

When a financial institution joins the PULSE network, debit cards issued by that institution can be used at all of the ATMs and PIN POS debit terminals that participate in the PULSE network, and the PULSE mark can be used on that institution’s debit cards and ATMs. In addition, financial institution participants may sponsor merchants, direct processors and independent sales organizations to participate in the PULSE PIN POS and ATM debit service. A participating financial institution assumes liability for transactions initiated through the use of debit cards issued by that institution, as well as for ensuring compliance with PULSE’s operating rules and policies applicable to that institution’s debit cards, ATMs and, if applicable, sponsored merchants, direct processors and independent sales organizations.

 

-3-


Table of Contents

Diners Club

Our Diners Club business maintains an acceptance network in over 185 countries and territories through its relationships with over 80 licensees, which are generally financial institutions. Diners Club itself does not directly issue credit cards to consumers, but grants its licensees the right to issue Diners Club branded credit cards and/or provide card acceptance services. Our licensees pay us royalties for the right to use the Diners Club brand, which is our primary source of Diners Club revenues. Diners Club also earns revenue from providing various support services to its licensees, including processing and settlement of cross border transactions. Diners Club also offers licensees a centralized service center and internet services.

When Diners Club cardholders use their cards outside the host country or territory of the issuing licensee, transactions are routed and settled over the Diners Club network through its centralized service center. In order to increase merchant acceptance in certain targeted countries and territories, Diners Club is working with merchant acquirers to offer Diners Club acceptance to their merchants. These acquirers are granted licenses to market the Diners Club brand to existing and new merchants. As we continue to work toward integrating and expanding card acceptance across our networks, we expect Discover customers to be able to use their cards at an increasing number of merchant and ATM locations that accept Diners Club cards in a growing number of countries around the world, and Diners Club customers with cards issued by licensees outside of North America to be able to use their cards on the Discover Network in North America and on the PULSE network domestically and internationally.

Third-Party Issuing Business

We have agreements related to issuing credit, debit and prepaid cards with a number of other financial institutions for issuance of card products on the Discover Network. We refer to these financial institutions as “third-party issuers.” We earn merchant discount and acquirer interchange revenue, net of issuer interchange paid, plus assessments and fees for processing transactions for third-party issuers of signature cards on the Discover Network.

The following chart shows the third-party issuer transaction cycle:

LOGO

The discussion below provides additional detail concerning the supporting functions of our two segments. The credit card, student loan, personal loan and deposit products issued through our Direct Banking segment require significant investments in credit risk management, marketing, customer service and technology, whereas the operation of the Discover Network and our Payment Services business requires that we invest in technology as well as relationships with issuers, merchants and merchant acquirers.

 

-4-


Table of Contents

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk management is a critical component of our management and growth strategy. Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising from borrower default when borrowers are unable or unwilling to meet their financial obligations to us. Our credit risk is generally highly diversified across millions of accounts without significant individual exposures. We manage risk according to customer segments and product types, among other things. See “– Risk Management” for more information regarding how we define and manage credit and other risks.

Account Acquisition (New Customers)

We acquire new credit card customers through our marketing efforts, including direct mail, internet, print advertising, telemarketing and merchant relationships, or through unsolicited individual applications. We also use targeted marketing efforts to prospective student loan and personal loan customers, although student loan customers may also submit unsolicited individual applications. In all cases, we have a rigorous process for screening applicants.

To identify credit-worthy prospective customers, our credit risk management team uses proprietary targeting and analytical models and our marketing team matches them with our product offerings. We give consideration to the prospective customer’s financial stability, as well as ability and willingness to pay. In order to make the best use of our resources used to acquire new accounts, we seek out production efficiencies, conduct creative testing and aim to continuously improve our product offerings and enhance our targeting and analytical models.

We assess the creditworthiness of each credit card, student loan and personal loan applicant through our underwriting process. We evaluate prospective customers’ applications using credit information provided by the credit bureaus and other sources. We use credit scoring systems, both externally developed and proprietary, to evaluate customer and credit bureau data. When appropriate, we also use experienced credit underwriters to supplement our automated decision-making processes.

Upon approval of a customer’s application, we assign a specific annual percentage rate (“APR”) using an analytical pricing strategy that provides competitive pricing for customers and seeks to maximize revenue on a risk-adjusted basis. For our credit card loans, we also assign a revolving credit line based on risk level and income.

Credit Card Portfolio Management (Existing Customers)

Unlike our installment loan products, which are billed according to an amortization schedule that is fixed at the time of the disbursement of the loan, the revolving nature of our credit card loans requires that we regularly assess the credit risk exposure of our customers’ accounts. This assessment reflects information relating to the performance of the individual’s Discover account as well as information from credit bureaus relating to the customer’s broader credit performance. We utilize scoring models (statistical evaluation models) to support the measurement and management of credit risk. At the individual customer level, we use custom risk models together with generic industry models as an integral part of the credit decision-making process. Depending on the duration of the customer’s account, risk profile and other performance metrics, the account may be subject to a range of account management treatments, including limits on transaction authorization and increases or decreases in purchase and cash credit limits.

Customer Assistance

We provide our customers with a variety of tools to proactively manage their accounts, including a website dedicated to customer education and payment reminders through email and mobile text alerts. These tools are designed to limit a customer’s risk of becoming delinquent. However, once a customer’s account becomes delinquent or is at risk of becoming delinquent, we employ a variety of strategies to assist customers in becoming current on their accounts.

All monthly billing statements of accounts with past due amounts include a request for payment of such amounts. After the first monthly statement that reflects a past due amount, these accounts also receive a written notice of late fee charges as well as an additional request for payment. Customer assistance personnel generally initiate contact with customers within 30 days after any portion of their balance becomes past due. The nature and the timing of the initial contact, typically a personal call or letter, are determined by a review of the customer’s prior account activity and payment habits.

We reevaluate our collection efforts and consider the implementation of other techniques, including internal collection activities and use of external vendors, as a customer becomes increasingly delinquent. We limit our exposure to

 

-5-


Table of Contents

delinquencies through controls within the authorizations system and criteria based account suspension and revocation. In situations involving customers with financial difficulties, we may enter into arrangements to extend or otherwise change payment schedules, lower their interest rates and/or waive fees to aid customers in becoming current on their obligations to us.

Marketing

In addition to working with our credit risk management personnel on account acquisition and portfolio management, our marketing group provides other key functions, including product development, management of our Cashback Bonus and other rewards programs, fee product management, and brand and advertising management.

Product Development

In order to attract and retain customers and merchants, we continue to develop new products, features, and benefits and market them through a variety of channels, including mail, phone and online. Targeted offers may include balance transfers, fee products and reinforcement of our Cashback Bonus and other rewards programs. Through the development of a large prospect database, use of credit bureau data and use of a customer contact strategy and management system, we have been able to improve our modeling and customer engagement capabilities, which helps optimize product, pricing and channel selection.

Rewards/Cashback Bonus

Under our Cashback Bonus program, we provide our credit card customers with up to 1% Cashback Bonus , based upon their spending level and type of purchases. Customers earn 0.25% on their first $3,000 in annual purchases and 1% once their total annual purchases exceed $3,000. Purchases made at warehouse clubs and discount stores earn a fixed Cashback Bonus of 0.25%.

Customers can choose from several card products that allow them to earn their rewards based on how they want to use credit as set forth below.

 

   

Discover More card offers 5% Cashback Bonus on purchases up to a specified amount, subject to certain limitations, in large retail categories such as gasoline, grocery, restaurants, travel, department stores and home improvement stores, that change throughout the year, and up to 1% unlimited Cashback Bonus on all other purchases.

 

   

Discover Motiva card provides customers with Cashback Bonus as a reward for making on-time payments and up to 1% unlimited Cashback Bonus on all other purchases.

 

   

Miles by Discover customers receive two miles for every $1 on the first $3,000 in travel and restaurant purchases each year and one mile for every $1 on all other purchases.

 

   

Escape by Discover customers earn two miles for every $1 on all purchases that can be redeemed for travel credits, gift cards, cash or merchandise. This card has a $60 annual fee.

 

   

Discover Open Road card customers can earn 2% Cashback Bonus on the first $250 in gas and restaurant purchases each billing period and up to 1% Cashback Bonus on all other purchases.

 

   

Discover Business card offers 5% Cashback Bonus on the first $2,000 in office supply purchases, 2% Cashback Bonus on the first $2,000 in gas purchases and up to 1% unlimited Cashback Bonus on all other purchases each year.

Customers who are not delinquent or otherwise disqualified may redeem their Cashback Bonus starting at $20 for partner gift cards that turn their Cashback Bonus into bigger rewards, brand-name merchandise with free shipping, Discover gift cards or a charitable donation to select charities. For customers who prefer cash, Cashback Bonus can be redeemed starting at $50 in the form of a statement credit or direct deposit to a bank account in increments of $50.

Miles can be redeemed for travel credits starting at 10,000 miles, merchandise starting at 4,000 miles, partner gift cards starting at 1,000 miles, Discover gift cards starting at 5,000 miles, cash in the form of statement credits or direct deposit to a bank account starting at 5,000 miles or charitable donations starting at 5,000 miles.

 

-6-


Table of Contents

Fee Products

We market several fee-based products to our customers, including the following:

 

   

Identity Theft Protection. The most comprehensive identity theft monitoring service we offer includes an initial credit report, credit bureau report monitoring, prompt alerts that help customers spot possible identity theft quickly, identity theft insurance up to $25,000 which may cover certain out of pocket expenses due to identity theft and access to knowledgeable professionals who can provide information about identity theft issues.

 

   

Payment Protection. This service allows customers to suspend their payments for up to two years, depending on the product, in the event of certain covered events. Different products cover different events, such as unemployment, disability or other life events. Depending on the product and availability under state laws, outstanding balances up to certain amounts are cancelled in the event of death.

 

   

Wallet Protection. This service offers one-call convenience if the customer’s wallet is lost or stolen, including requesting cancellation and replacement of the customer’s credit and debit cards, monitoring the customer’s credit bureau reports for 90 days, providing up to $100 to replace the customer’s wallet and, if needed, lending the customer up to $1,000 in emergency cash.

 

   

Credit ScoreTracker. This product offers customers resources that help them understand and monitor their credit score. Credit ScoreTracker is specifically designed for score monitoring by alerting customers when their score changes, allowing customers to set a target score and providing resources to help them understand the factors that may be influencing their score.

 

   

Extended Warranties. Discover customers can purchase online service warranties from Square Trade, our extended warranty provider, to protect their purchases of new electronics and appliances from any retailer as well as certain other purchases.

Brand and Advertising Management

We maintain a full-service, in-house direct marketing department charged with delivering integrated communications to foster customer engagement with our products and services in addition to supervising external agencies. Our brand team utilizes consumer insights to define our mass communication strategy, create multi-channel advertising messages and develop marketing partnerships with sponsorship properties.

Customer Service

Our customers can contact our customer service personnel by calling 1-800-Discover. Credit card customers also can manage their accounts online or through applications for their iPhone, Android or Blackberry mobile devices. Our internet and mobile solutions offer a range of benefits, including:

 

   

Online account services that allow customers to customize their accounts, choose how and when they pay their bills, create annual account summaries that assist them with budgeting and taxes, research transaction details, initiate transaction disputes, and chat with or email a customer representative;

 

   

Email and mobile text reminders to help customers avoid fees and track big purchases or returns;

 

   

Money management tools like the Spend Analyzer, Paydown Planner and Purchase Planner;

 

   

Secure online account numbers that let customers shop online without ever revealing their actual account numbers; and

 

   

ShopDiscover, an online portal where customers automatically earn 5–20% Cashback Bonus when they shop at well-known online merchants using their Discover card.

Processing Services

Processing services cover four functional areas: card personalization/embossing, print/mail, remittance processing and document processing. Card personalization/embossing is responsible for the embossing and mailing of plastic credit cards for new accounts, replacements and reissues, as well as gift cards. Print/mail specializes in statement and letter printing and mailing for merchants and customers. Remittance processing, currently a function outsourced to a third-party vendor, handles account payments and check processing. Document processing handles hard-copy forms, including product enrollments and new account applications.

 

-7-


Table of Contents

Fraud Prevention

We actively monitor our customers’ accounts to prevent, detect, investigate and resolve fraud. Our fraud prevention processes are designed to protect the security of cards, applications and accounts in a manner consistent with our customers’ needs to easily acquire and use our products. Prevention systems handle the authorization of application information, verification of customer identity, sales, processing of convenience and balance transfer checks, and electronic transactions.

Each credit card transaction is subject to screening, authorization and approval through a proprietary POS decision system. We use a variety of techniques that help identify and halt fraudulent transactions, including adaptive models, rules-based decision-making logic, report analysis, data integrity checks and manual account reviews. Accounts identified by the fraud detection system are managed by proprietary software that integrates fraud prevention and customer service. Strategies are subject to regular review and enhancement to enable us to respond quickly to changing credit conditions as well as to protect our customers and our business from emerging fraud activity.

Discover Card Terms and Conditions

The terms and conditions governing our credit card products vary by product and change over time. Each credit card customer enters into a cardmember agreement governing the terms and conditions of the customer’s account. Discover card’s terms and conditions are generally uniform from state to state. The cardmember agreement permits us, to the extent permitted by law, to change any term of the cardmember agreement, including any finance charge, rate or fee, or add or delete any term of the cardmember agreement, with notice to the customer as required by law. The customer has the right to opt out of certain changes of terms and pay their balance off under the unchanged terms. Each cardmember agreement provides that the account can be used for purchases, cash advances and balance transfers. Each Discover card account is assigned a credit limit when the account is initially opened. Thereafter, individual credit limits may be increased or decreased from time to time, at our discretion, based primarily on our evaluation of the customer’s creditworthiness. We offer various features and services with the Discover card accounts, including the Cashback Bonus reward described under “ – Marketing – Rewards/ Cashback Bonus .”

All Discover card accounts generally have the same billing structure, though there are some differences between the consumer and business credit cards. We generally send a monthly billing statement to each customer who has an outstanding debit or credit balance. Customers also can waive their right to receive a physical copy of their bill, in which case they will receive email notifications of the availability of their billing statement online. Discover card accounts are grouped into multiple billing cycles for operational purposes. Each billing cycle has a separate billing date, on which we process and bill to customers all activity that occurred in the related accounts during the period of approximately 28 to 32 days that ends on that date.

Discover card accounts are assessed periodic finance charges using fixed and/or variable interest rates. Certain account balances, such as balance transfers, may accrue periodic finance charges at lower fixed rates for a specified period of time. Variable rates are indexed to the highest prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal on the last business day of the month. Periodic finance charges are calculated using the daily balance (including current transactions) method, which results in daily compounding of periodic finance charges, subject to a grace period on new purchases. The grace period essentially provides that periodic finance changes are not imposed on new purchases, or any portion of a new purchase, that is paid by the due date on the customer’s current billing statement if the customer paid the balance on their previous billing statement in full by the due date on that statement. Neither cash advances nor balance transfers are subject to a grace period.

Each customer with an outstanding debit balance in his or her consumer Discover card account must generally make a minimum payment each month. If a customer exceeds his or her credit limit as of the last day of the billing period, we may include all or a portion of this excess amount in the customer’s minimum monthly payment. A customer may pay the total amount due at any time. We also may enter into arrangements with delinquent customers to extend or otherwise change payment schedules, and to waive finance charges and/or fees, including re-aging accounts in accordance with regulatory guidance.

In addition to periodic finance charges, we may impose other charges and fees on Discover card accounts, including cash advance transaction fees, late fees where a customer has not made a minimum payment by the required due date,

 

-8-


Table of Contents

balance transfer fees, foreign currency transaction fees and returned payment fees. We also charge fees for each time we decline to honor a balance transfer check, cash advance check, or other promotional check due to such reasons as insufficient credit availability, delinquency or default.

The Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 requires us, beginning February 2011, to periodically review annual percentage rates that were increased on accounts since January 1, 2009.

Terms and conditions may vary for other products, such as the Discover Business card and personal and student loans.

Discover Network Operations

We support our growing base of merchants through a merchant acquiring model that primarily includes direct relationships with large merchants in the United States and arrangements with merchant acquirers for small- and mid-size merchants. In addition to our U.S.-based merchant acceptance locations, Discover Network cards also are accepted at many locations in Canada, Mexico, the Caribbean, China and Japan and at a growing number of countries on the Diners Club network, such as Italy, South Korea, South Africa and Brazil.

We maintain direct relationships with most of our largest merchant accounts which enables us to capitalize on joint marketing programs and opportunities and to retain the entire discount revenue from the merchant. The terms of our direct merchant relationships are governed by a merchant services agreement. These agreements also are accompanied by additional program documents that further define our network functionality and requirements, including operating regulations, technical specifications and dispute rules. To enable ongoing improvements in our network’s functionality and in accordance with industry convention, we publish updates to our program documents on a semi-annual basis. Discover card transaction volume was concentrated among our top 100 merchants in 2010, with our largest merchant accounting for approximately 8% of that transaction volume.

In order to increase merchant acceptance, Discover Network has sold the majority of its small- and mid-size merchant portfolios to third-party merchant acquirers to allow them to offer a comprehensive payments processing package for small- and mid-size merchants. Merchants also can apply to our merchant acquirer partners directly to accept Discover Network cards through the acquirers’ integrated payments solution. Merchant acquirers provide merchants with consolidated servicing for Discover, Visa and MasterCard transactions, resulting in streamlined statements and customer service for our merchants, and reduced costs for us. These acquirer partners also perform credit evaluations and screen applications against unacceptable business types and the Office of Foreign Asset Control Specifically Designated Nationals list.

Discover Network operates systems and processes that seek to prevent fraud and ensure compliance with our operating regulations. Our systems evaluate incoming transaction activity to identify abnormalities that require investigation and fraud mitigation. Designated Discover Network personnel are responsible for validating compliance with our operating regulations and law, including enforcing our data security standards and our prohibitions against internet gambling and other illegal or otherwise unacceptable activities. Discover Network is a founding and current member of the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Security Standards Council, LLC, and requires merchants and service providers to comply with the PCI Data Security Standard.

Technology

We provide technology systems processing through a combination of owned and hosted data centers. These data centers support our Discover and PULSE networks and Diners Club processing, provide customers with access to their accounts and manage transaction authorizations, among other functions. Discover Network works with a number of vendors to maintain our connectivity in support of POS authorizations. This connectivity also enables merchants to receive timely payment for their Discover Network card transactions.

Our approach to technology development and management involves both third-party and in-house resources. We use third-party vendors for basic technology services (e.g., telecommunications, hardware and operating systems). We subject each vendor to a formal approval process to ensure that the vendor can assist us in maintaining a cost-effective and reliable technology platform. We use our in-house resources to build, maintain and oversee our technology systems. We believe this approach enhances our operations, improves cost efficiencies and helps distinguish us in the marketplace.

 

-9-


Table of Contents

Seasonality

In our credit card business, we experience fluctuations in transaction volumes and the level of loan receivables as a result of higher seasonal consumer spending and payment patterns around the winter holidays, summer vacations and back-to-school periods. In our student loan business, our loan disbursements peak at the beginning of a school’s academic semester or quarter. Although there is a seasonal impact to transaction volumes and the level of student and credit card loan receivables, seasonal trends have not caused significant fluctuations in our results of operations or credit quality metrics between quarterly and annual periods.

Revenues in our Diners Club business are generally higher in the first half of the year as a result of Diners Club’s tiered pricing system where licensees qualify for lower royalty rate tiers as cumulative volume grows during the course of the year.

Competition

We compete with other credit card issuers and networks on the basis of a number of factors, including brand, reputation, reward programs, customer service, merchant acceptance, product offerings, incentives, and pricing. As a credit card issuer, we compete for accounts and utilization with cards issued by other financial institutions (including American Express, Bank of America, Capital One, JPMorgan Chase and Citigroup) and, to a lesser extent, businesses that issue their own private label cards or otherwise extend credit to their customers. In comparison to our largest credit card competitors, our strengths have included cash rewards, conservative portfolio management and strong customer service. As a student loan issuer, we compete for customers with Sallie Mae, Wells Fargo and JPMorgan Chase, as well as other financial institutions that offer student loans, on the basis of customer service, pricing and rewards. As a personal loan issuer, we compete for customers primarily with Bank of America, JPMorgan Chase, Capital One and Wells Fargo, generally on the basis of the loan product’s terms.

Although our student and personal loan receivables have increased as a percentage of total loans, our credit card receivables continue to represent a substantial portion of our receivables. The credit card business is highly competitive. Some of our competitors offer a wider variety of loan products than we do, including automobile and home loans, which may position them better among customers who prefer to use a single financial institution to meet all of their financial needs. Some of our competitors enjoy lower cost of funds and greater capital resources than we do, and are therefore able to invest more in initiatives to attract and retain customers, such as advertising, targeted marketing, account acquisitions and pricing competition in interest rates, annual fees, reward programs and low-priced balance transfer programs.

Because most domestically issued credit cards, other than those issued on the American Express network, are issued on the Visa and MasterCard networks, most other card issuers benefit from the dominant market share of Visa and MasterCard. The former exclusionary rules of Visa and MasterCard limited our ability to attract merchants and credit and debit card issuers, contributing to Discover not being as widely accepted in the U.S. as Visa and MasterCard. Merchant acceptance of the Discover card, however, has continued to increase and we are making investments to further grow acceptance both domestically and internationally.

In our payment services business, we compete with other networks for volume and to attract third-party issuers to issue credit, debit and prepaid cards on the Discover, PULSE and Diners Club networks. We generally compete on the basis of customization of services and various pricing strategies, including incentives and rebates. The Diners Club and Discover networks’ primary competitors are Visa, MasterCard and American Express, and PULSE’s competitors include Visa’s Interlink, STAR, and MasterCard’s Maestro. American Express is a particularly strong competitor to Diners Club as both cards significantly target international business travelers.

In our direct-to-consumer deposits business, we have acquisition and servicing capabilities similar to other direct competitors, including Ally Financial, American Express, Capital One Direct, HSBC Direct and ING Direct. We also compete with traditional banks and credit unions that source deposits through branch locations. We seek to differentiate our deposits product offerings on the basis of brand reputation, convenience, customer service, and value.

For discussion of the risks we face with respect to competition, see “Risk Factors.”

 

-10-


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We use a variety of methods, such as trademarks, patents, copyrights and trade secrets, to protect our intellectual property. We also place appropriate restrictions on our proprietary information to control access and prevent unauthorized disclosures. Our Discover, PULSE and Diners Club brands are important assets, and we take steps to protect the value of these assets and our reputation.

Employees

As of January 15, 2011, we employed approximately 10,300 individuals.

Risk Management

The understanding, identification and management of risk are important elements to our success. Accordingly, we maintain a comprehensive risk management program to identify, measure, monitor, evaluate, manage, and report on the principal risks we assume in conducting our activities. These risks include credit, market, liquidity, operational, compliance and legal and strategic risks.

Enterprise Risk Management Principles

Our enterprise risk management philosophy is to ensure that all relevant risks inherent in our business activities are appropriately identified, measured, monitored, evaluated, managed and reported. Our enterprise risk management philosophy is expressed through five key principles that guide our approach to risk management: comprehensiveness, accountability, independence, defined risk appetite and strategic limits and transparency.

Comprehensiveness . We seek to maintain a comprehensive framework for managing risk enterprise-wide, including policies, risk management processes, monitoring, and reporting. The framework is designed to be comprehensive with respect to our reporting segments and its control and support functions, and it extends across all risk types.

Accountability . We structure accountability along the principles of risk management execution, oversight and independent validation. Our business units hold primary accountability for management of the risks to which their businesses are exposed. The principles apply across all businesses and risk types.

Independence . We maintain independent risk and control functions including Corporate Risk Management, Law and Compliance, and Internal Audit. Our Corporate Risk Officer, who leads our Corporate Risk Management function, is appointed by our board of directors and is accountable for providing an independent perspective on the risks to which we are exposed; how well management is identifying, assessing and managing risk; and the capabilities we have in place to manage risk across the enterprise.

Defined Risk Appetite and Strategic Limits . Our board of directors approves a risk appetite and strategic limit framework, which establishes the acceptable level of risk taking, considering desired financial returns and other objectives. To that end, management sets, maintains and enforces policies, as well as limits and escalation triggers, that are consistent with the risk appetite and strategic limits approved by our board of directors.

Transparency . Our risk management framework seeks to provide transparency of exposures and outcomes and is core to our risk culture and operating style. We provide transparency through our risk committee structure, processes for escalating risk incidents and risk reporting at each level, including quarterly reports to our Risk Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee of our board of directors.

Risk Management Roles and Responsibilities

Responsibility for risk management is held at several different levels, including our board of directors, the Audit and Risk Committee of our board of directors, our Risk Committee, our Chief Executive Officer, our Executive Committee and our Corporate Risk Officer.

Board of Directors . Our board of directors approves certain risk management policies and our risk appetite and strategic limit framework. Our board also oversees our strategic plan and appoints our Corporate Risk Officer. In addition, our board receives and reviews Federal Reserve examination reports, as well as information regarding other examinations and communications from regulators to the extent they relate to risk management matters.

 

-11-


Table of Contents

Audit and Risk Committee of our Board of Directors . The Audit and Risk Committee of our board of directors reviews reports from management on our enterprise-wide risk management program and reviews with management the framework for assessing and managing our risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such risk exposures. The Committee also reviews reports from management on the status of and changes to risk exposures, policies, procedures and practices.

Risk Committee . Our Risk Committee is a management-level committee, authorized by the Audit and Risk Committee of our board of directors and chaired by our Corporate Risk Officer, that provides a forum for key members of our executive management team to review and discuss credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal and compliance and strategic risks across the company and for each business unit. Risk Committee membership consists of all members of the Executive Committee and the Corporate Risk Officer. The Committee regularly reports to the Audit and Risk Committee of our board of directors on risks and risk management. Our Risk Committee has formed a number of committees to assist it in carrying out its responsibilities. Each committee is guided by a charter that defines the mandates of the committee in further detail. These committees, made up of representatives from senior levels of management, escalate issues to our Risk Committee as necessary. These risk management committees include the Asset/Liability Management Committee, the Capital Planning Committee, the Counterparty Credit Committee, the Discover Bank Credit Committee, the Discover Bank Pricing Committee, the Payment Services Steering Committee, the New Initiatives Committee, the Operational Risk Committee and the Privacy and Policy Committee.

Chief Executive Officer . Our Chief Executive Officer is ultimately responsible for our risk management. In that capacity, our Chief Executive Officer establishes our risk management culture, and ensures that businesses operate in accordance with our risk culture. Our Corporate Risk Officer reports to our Chief Executive Officer.

Senior Executive Officers . Senior executive officers are responsible for ensuring their respective business units operate within established risk limits. They are also responsible for identifying risks, explicitly considering risk when developing strategic plans, budgets and new products, and implementing appropriate risk controls when pursuing business strategies and objectives. Senior executive officers also coordinate with Corporate Risk Management to produce relevant, sufficient, accurate and timely risk reporting that is consistent with the processes and methodology established by Corporate Risk Management. In addition, our senior executive officers are responsible for ensuring that sufficient financial resources and qualified personnel are deployed to control the risks inherent in the business activity.

Corporate Risk Officer . Our Corporate Risk Officer chairs our Risk Committee and manages our Corporate Risk Management function. Our Corporate Risk Officer is responsible for establishing and implementing standards for the identification, management, measurement and reporting of risk on an enterprise-wide basis.

Law and Compliance Department. Our Law and Compliance Department is responsible for establishing and maintaining a compliance program that includes our compliance risk identification, assessment, policy development, monitoring, testing, training and reporting activities. Through collaboration with business units, our Law and Compliance Department incorporates a commitment to compliance in our day-to-day activities. The head of Compliance reports to the General Counsel.

Internal Audit Department. Our Internal Audit Department is responsible for performing periodic, independent reviews and testing of compliance with our risk management policies and standards, performing assessments of the design and operating effectiveness of these policies and standards, and validating that all risk management controls are functioning as intended. The head of Internal Audit reports to the Audit and Risk Committee of our board of directors.

Risk Appetite and Strategic Limit Structure

Our risk appetite and strategic limit structure establish the amount of risk, on a broad level, that we are willing to accept in pursuit of shareholder value. It reflects our risk management philosophy, and, in turn influences our culture and operating style. Our determination of risk appetite and strategic limits is directly linked to the strategic planning process and is consistent with our aspirations and mission statement. Risk appetite expressions and strategic limits are categorized by risk type and cascade through our committees and business units and are incorporated into business decisions, reporting and day-to-day business discussions.

 

-12-


Table of Contents

Management and the Corporate Risk Management function monitor approved limits and escalation triggers to ensure that the business is operating within the expressed risk appetite and strategic limits. Risk limits are monitored and reported on to various risk committees and our board of directors, as appropriate. Through ongoing monitoring of risk exposures, management is able to identify appropriate risk response and mitigation strategies in order to react dynamically to changing conditions.

The expressions of risk appetite and strategic limits also serve as tools to preclude business activities that are inconsistent with our long-term goals. Our risk appetite and strategic limit structure is approved by our board of directors.

Risk Categories

Our risk management program is organized around six major risk categories: credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, legal and compliance risk and strategic risk. We evaluate the potential impact of a risk event on the company by assessing financial impact, impact to our reputation, legal and regulatory impact and client/customer impact.

Credit Risk . Credit risk arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation. Our credit risk includes consumer credit risk and counterparty credit risk. Consumer credit risk is primarily incurred by issuing credit cards and granting student loans and personal loans to consumers. Counterparty credit risk is incurred through a number of activities including settlement, certain marketing programs, treasury and asset/liability management, network incentive programs, vendor relationships and insurers.

Management of consumer credit risk is the primary responsibility of the Discover Bank Credit Committee. The responsibilities of the Discover Bank Credit Committee include (i) establishing consumer credit risk philosophy and tolerance; (ii) establishing procedures for implementing and ensuring compliance with risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures for consumer credit risk management; and (iii) reviewing, on a periodic basis, aggregate risk exposures and efficacy of risk measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures within the Credit Risk Management Department.

Counterparty credit risk is managed through our Counterparty Credit Committee. Our Counterparty Credit Committee’s responsibilities include (i) establishing an enterprise-wide approach to counterparty credit risk management through a program for the identification, measurement, management and reporting of counterparty credit risks; (ii) providing oversight for controls, limits, thresholds and governance processes related to our ongoing management of counterparty credit risks; (iii) reviewing the enterprise-wide portfolio of counterparty risks and ensuring those risks remain within tolerances; and (iv) approving acceptance of and limits for counterparties that represent significant exposure to us.

Market Risk . Market risk is the risk to our financial condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads or equity prices. We are exposed to various types of market risk, in particular interest rate risk and other risks that arise through the management of our investment portfolio. Market risk exposures are managed through the Asset/Liability Management Committee. The responsibilities of our Asset/Liability Management Committee include (i) maintaining oversight and responsibility for all risks associated with the asset/liability management process including risks associated with liquidity and funding, market risk and our investment portfolio; and (ii) recommending limits to be included in the risk appetite and limit structure.

Liquidity Risk . Liquidity risk is the potential that we will be unable to meet our obligations as they come due because of an inability to obtain adequate funding or liquidate assets without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions. Liquidity risk exposures are managed through our Asset/Liability Management Committee. The responsibilities of our Asset/Liability Management Committee are described above.

Operational Risk. Operational risk arises from the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, fraud or external events will result in reputational harm or losses. Operational risk also arises from model risk, which is the potential that we will incur a financial loss, make incorrect business decisions or cause damage to our reputation as a result of (i) errors in financial and decision model design and development, (ii) misapplication of financial or decision models; and (iii) errors in the financial and decision model production process. We further differentiate operational risk into the following sub-categories: theft and fraud; employment practices and workplace safety; customer, products and business practices; technology; physical asset and data security; processing; financial and reporting; and external provider.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

Operational risk exposures are managed through a combination of business line management and enterprise-wide oversight. Enterprise-wide oversight is provided through our Operational Risk Committee. Responsibilities of our Operational Risk Committee include (i) establishing and communicating operational risk policies, tolerance and philosophy; (ii) establishing procedures for implementing our operational risk measurement, monitoring and management policies; and (iii) reviewing aggregate risk exposures and efficacy of our risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls within our business units. In addition, model risk is managed through a model governance process and models are subject to independent validation.

Compliance and Legal Risk . Compliance risk is the operational risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss or damage to reputation resulting from failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, other regulatory requirements, or codes of conduct and other standards of self-regulatory organizations applicable to us. Legal risk arises from the potential that unenforceable contracts, lawsuits or adverse judgments can disrupt or otherwise negatively affect our operations or condition. These risks are inherent in all of our businesses. Both compliance and legal risk are sub-sets of operational risk but are recognized as a separate and complementary risk category by us given their importance to us and the specific capabilities and resources we deploy to manage these risk types effectively.

Compliance and legal risk exposures are actively and primarily managed by our business units in conjunction with our Law and Compliance Department. Our compliance program governs the management of compliance risk. Our Risk Committee oversees our compliance and legal risk management. Our Law and Compliance Department provides independent oversight for all of our compliance and legal risk management activities. Our Law and Compliance Department coordinates with Corporate Risk Management for the management of compliance and legal risks by reporting and escalating material incidents, completing risk and control self-assessments, and monitoring and reporting key risk indicators.

Strategic Risk . Strategic risk can arise from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of decisions, unanticipated economic events, failure to anticipate and respond to industry changes (including regulatory and legislative changes), failure to create and maintain a competitive business model, and failure to attract and profitably serve customers. Our Executive Committee actively manages strategic risk through the development, implementation and oversight of our business strategies, including the development of budgets and business plans. Our business units take and are accountable for managing strategic risk in pursuit of their objectives. Various policies govern the management of our strategic risk. In addition, the assessment of strategic risk is an important consideration of various sub-committees of our Risk Committee. For example, the strategic and other risks associated with new products or services are reviewed and reported on by our New Initiatives Committee and our Payment Services Steering Committee.

Our Corporate Risk Management function also plays an important role in the management of strategic risk by: (i) overseeing the objective setting and strategic planning processes from a risk perspective, to gain comfort that strategic risks have been adequately considered in the setting of objectives and development of strategies; (ii) providing an independent risk perspective to the new initiatives process; and (iii) assessing if there is effective alignment of management’s proposed long-term strategic objectives with the risk appetite and strategic limits approved by our board of directors.

Risk Management Review of Compensation

Our employee compensation program is designed to appropriately balance risk and reward without encouraging imprudent risk-taking. Our Corporate Risk Officer leads periodic risk assessments of our compensation plans and reports results to the Compensation Committee of our board of directors.

Supervision and Regulation

General

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination under U.S. federal, state and foreign laws and regulations. We are a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (“BHC Act”) and a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Federal Reserve Board (“Federal Reserve”).

Permissible activities for a bank holding company include those activities that are so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto such as consumer lending and other activities that have been approved by the Federal Reserve

 

-14-


Table of Contents

by regulation or order. Certain servicing activities are also permissible for a bank holding company if conducted for or on behalf of the bank holding company or any of its affiliates. Impermissible activities for bank holding companies include activities that are related to commerce such as retail sales of nonfinancial products.

A financial holding company and the non-bank companies under its control are permitted to engage in activities considered financial in nature; incidental to financial activities; or complementary to financial activities if the Federal Reserve determines that they pose no risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system in general.

Being a financial holding company under the GLBA requires that the depository institutions that we control meet certain criteria, including capital, management and Community Reinvestment Act requirements. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Reform Act”), we will be required to meet certain capital and management criteria to maintain our status as a financial holding company. If we or our depository institutions were to fail to continue to meet the criteria for financial holding company status, we could, depending on which requirements we failed to meet, face restrictions on new financial activities or acquisitions and/or be required to discontinue existing activities that are not generally permissible for bank holding companies.

Federal Reserve regulations and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Reform Act, require that bank holding companies serve as a source of strength to each subsidiary bank and commit resources to support each subsidiary bank. This support may be required at times when a bank holding company may not be able to provide such support without adversely affecting its ability to meet other obligations.

The Reform Act, which was enacted in July 2010, addresses risks to the economy and the payments system, especially those posed by large systemically significant financial firms (including bank holding companies with assets of at least $50 billion, which would include us). The Reform Act could have a significant impact on us by, for example, requiring us to change our business practices, requiring us to establish more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements, limiting our ability to pursue business opportunities, imposing additional costs on us, or otherwise adversely affecting our businesses. For more information regarding the Reform Act, see Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Legislative and Regulatory Developments” and “Risk Factors.”

Banking Subsidiaries

We operate two banking subsidiaries, each of which is in the United States. Discover Bank offers credit card loans, student loans and personal loans, as well as certificates of deposit, savings accounts and other type of deposit accounts. Discover Bank is chartered and regulated by the Office of the Delaware State Bank Commissioner (the “Delaware Commissioner”), and also regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), which insures its deposits and serves as the bank’s federal banking regulator. Our other bank, Bank of New Castle, is chartered and regulated by the Delaware Commissioner, and also regulated by the FDIC, which insures its deposits.

Dividends

There are various federal and state law limitations on the extent to which Discover Bank can finance or otherwise supply funds to us through dividends, loans or otherwise. These limitations include minimum regulatory capital requirements, federal and state banking law requirements concerning the payment of dividends out of net profits or surplus, and general federal and state regulatory oversight to prevent unsafe or unsound practices. In general, federal and applicable state banking laws prohibit, without first obtaining regulatory approval, insured depository institutions, such as Discover Bank, from making dividend distributions if such distributions are not paid out of available earnings or would cause the institution to fail to meet applicable capital adequacy standards.

Additionally, regulatory guidance requires that we inform and consult with the Federal Reserve before increasing our quarterly dividend or declaring and paying a dividend that could raise safety and soundness concerns; for example, declaring and paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is paid.

Capital

We, Discover Bank and Bank of New Castle are subject to capital adequacy guidelines adopted by federal banking regulators. For a further discussion of the capital adequacy guidelines, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

 

-15-


Table of Contents

Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.” As a bank holding company, we are required to maintain minimum capital ratios. Currently, we are required to maintain Tier 1 and total capital equal to at least 4% and 8% of our total risk-weighted assets, respectively. We are also required to maintain a minimum “leverage ratio” (Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets) of 4% to 5%, depending upon criteria defined and assessed by the Federal Reserve. At November 30, 2010, Discover Financial Services met all requirements to be deemed “well-capitalized.”

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision released two consultative documents proposing significant changes to bank capital and leverage requirements in December 2009, commonly referred to as “Basel III,” and released the Basel III rules text in December 2010. Implementation of Basel III in the U.S. will require U.S. banking regulators to adopt regulations and guidelines, which may differ in significant ways from the recommendations published by the Basel Committee. It is unclear how U.S. banking regulators will define “well-capitalized” in their implementation of Basel III. For a further discussion of Basel III, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Legislative and Regulatory Developments – International Initiatives Related to Capital and Liquidity.”

The Reform Act also includes provisions related to increased capital requirements. Such provisions would establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements on a consolidated basis for all depository institution holding companies and insured depository institutions that cannot be quantitatively less than the strictest requirements in effect for depository institutions as of the date of enactment of the Reform Act (i.e., July 21, 2010).

We are not able to predict at this time the precise content of capital guidelines or regulations that may be adopted by regulatory agencies having authority over us and our subsidiaries or the impact that any changes in regulation would have on us. However, we expect that the new standards will generally require us or our banking subsidiaries to maintain more capital, with common equity as a more predominant component, which could significantly impact our return on equity, financial condition, operations, capital position and ability to pursue business opportunities.

FDIA

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) imposes various requirements on insured depository institutions. For example, the FDIA requires, among other things, the federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDIA sets forth the following five capital tiers: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other factors that are established by regulation. At November 30, 2010, Discover Bank and Bank of New Castle met all applicable requirements to be deemed “well-capitalized.” As noted above, Basel III and the Reform Act could alter the capital adequacy framework for participating banking organizations.

The FDIA also prohibits any depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.” “Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. For a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, among other things, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan.

If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

Each of our banking subsidiaries may also be held liable by the FDIC for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, due to the default of the other U.S. banking subsidiary and for any assistance provided by the FDIC to the other U.S. banking subsidiary that is in danger of default.

The FDIA prohibits a bank from accepting brokered deposits or offering interest rates on any deposits significantly higher than the prevailing rate in its normal market area or nationally (depending upon where the deposits are solicited),

 

-16-


Table of Contents

unless (1) it is well-capitalized or (2) it is adequately capitalized and receives a waiver from the FDIC. A bank that is adequately capitalized and that accepts brokered deposits under a waiver from the FDIC may not pay an interest rate on any deposit in excess of 75 basis points over certain prevailing market rates. There are no such restrictions under the FDIA on a bank that is well-capitalized. As of November 30, 2010, Discover Bank and Bank of New Castle each met the FDIC’s definition of a well-capitalized institution for purposes of accepting brokered deposits. An inability to accept brokered deposits in the future could materially adversely impact our funding costs and liquidity. For more information, see “Risk Factors – An inability to accept or maintain deposits in the future could materially adversely affect our liquidity position and our ability to fund our business.

The Reform Act requires that the FDIC conduct a study on, among other things, (i) the potential impact on the Deposit Insurance Fund of revising the definitions of brokered deposits and core deposits to better distinguish between them and (ii) an assessment of the differences between core deposits and brokered deposits and their role in the economy and banking sector of the United States and report on the results of the study, including any legislative recommendations, to address concerns arising in connection with the definitions of core deposits and brokered deposits. We are not able to predict at this time whether any regulations would be revised as a result of such study or the impact that any changes in regulation would have on us.

The FDIA also affords FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as Discover Bank and Bank of New Castle, the ability to “export” favorable interest rates permitted under the laws of the state where the bank is located. Discover Bank and Bank of New Castle are both located in Delaware and, therefore, charge interest on loans to out-of-state borrowers at rates permitted under Delaware law, regardless of the usury limitations imposed by the state laws of the borrower’s residence. Delaware law does not limit the amount of interest that may be charged on loans of the type offered by Discover Bank or Bank of New Castle. This flexibility facilitates the current nationwide lending activities of Discover Bank and Bank of New Castle.

Investment in Discover

Because Discover Bank and Bank of New Castle are each insured depository institutions, and we are a bank holding company, certain acquisitions of our voting stock may be subject to regulatory approval or notice under U.S. Federal or Delaware law. Investors are responsible for ensuring that they do not, directly or indirectly, acquire shares of our stock in excess of the amount which can be acquired without regulatory approval under the Change in Bank Control Act, the BHCA and the Delaware Change in Bank Control provisions, which prohibit any person or company from acquiring control of us without, in most cases, the prior written approval of each of the FDIC, the Federal Reserve and the Delaware Commissioner.

Consumer Lending Regulation

The relationship between us and our U.S. customers is regulated extensively under federal and state consumer protection laws. Federal laws include the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Moreover, our U.S. banking subsidiaries are subject to the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which protects persons called to active military service and their dependents from undue hardship resulting from their military service. The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act applies to all debts incurred prior to the commencement of active duty (including credit card and other open-end debt) and limits the amount of interest, including service and renewal charges and any other fees or charges (other than bona fide insurance) that is related to the obligation or liability. These and other federal laws, among other things, require disclosures of the cost of credit, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, require safe and sound banking operations and prohibit unfair and deceptive trade practices. State, and in some cases local, laws also may regulate in these areas as well as the areas of collection practices and provide other additional consumer protections.

Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability in litigation by customers, including civil money penalties, actual damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees. Federal banking regulators, as well as state attorneys general and other state and local consumer protection agencies, also may seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain these and other remedies.

The Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the “CARD Act”) was enacted in May 2009. The CARD Act made numerous changes to the Truth in Lending Act, affecting the marketing, underwriting, pricing, billing

 

-17-


Table of Contents

and other aspects of the consumer credit card business. Several provisions of the CARD Act became effective in August 2009, but most of the requirements became effective in February 2010 and in August 2010. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Legislative and Regulatory Developments” and “Risk Factors – The Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 restricts our business practices and negatively impacts our results of operations.

The Reform Act established the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “BCFP”) within the Federal Reserve, which will regulate consumer credit. On July 21, 2011, many consumer financial protection functions currently assigned to the federal banking and other designated agencies will shift to the BCFP. The BCFP will have broad rulemaking authority over providers of credit, savings and payment services and products. The BCFP will be directed to prevent “unfair, deceptive or abusive practices” and ensure that all consumers have access to markets for consumer financial products and services, and that such markets are fair, transparent and competitive. The BCFP will have rulemaking and interpretive authority under existing and future consumer financial services laws and broad supervisory, examination and enforcement authority over large providers of consumer financial products and services, such as us. State officials will be authorized to enforce consumer protection rules issued by the BCFP. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Legislative and Regulatory Developments” and “Risk Factors – The new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection may increase our compliance costs and have a significant impact on our business.

Electronic Funds Networks; Data Privacy

We operate the Discover and PULSE networks, which deliver switching and settlement services to financial institutions and other program participants for a variety of ATM, POS and other electronic banking transactions. These operations are regulated by certain state and federal banking, privacy and data security laws. Moreover, the Discover and PULSE networks are subject to examination under the oversight of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, an interagency body composed of the federal bank and thrift regulators, and the National Credit Union Association. In addition, as our payments business has expanded globally through Diners Club, we are subject to government regulation in countries in which our networks operate or our cards are used, either directly or indirectly through regulation affecting Diners Club network licensees. Changes in existing federal, state or international regulation could increase the cost or risk of providing network services, change the competitive environment, or otherwise materially adversely affect our operations. The legal environment regarding privacy and data security is particularly dynamic, and any disclosure of confidential customer information could have a material adverse impact on our business, including loss of consumer confidence.

In addition, the Reform Act requires, effective July 21, 2011, that interchange fees paid to or charged by payment card issuers on debit card transactions be “reasonable and proportional” to the issuer’s cost in connection with authorization, clearance or settlement of such transactions. The Reform Act directs the Federal Reserve to enact rules to implement this requirement and to prohibit debit card networks and issuers from requiring debit card transactions to be processed solely on a single payment network or two or more affiliated networks. Further, the Reform Act prohibits credit/debit network rules that restrict merchants from offering discounts to customers in order to encourage them to use a particular form of payment, or from setting minimum transaction amounts of $10.00 or less for use of credit cards, as long as such merchant practices do not differentiate on the basis of the issuer or network. The impact of these provisions on the debit card market and the PULSE network will depend upon Federal Reserve implementing regulations, the actions of our competitors, and the behavior of other marketplace participants. The Federal Reserve issued proposed regulations for comment in December 2010, and we are currently evaluating the proposal. The provisions applicable to the debit card market may adversely affect PULSE’s business practices, network transaction volume, revenue, and prospects for future growth. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Legislative and Regulatory Developments” and “Risk Factors – Recent legislative and regulatory reforms related to the debit card market may have a significant impact on our PULSE network business and may result in decreases in our PULSE network volume and revenue.”

Money Laundering & Terrorist Financing Prevention Program

We maintain an enterprise-wide program designed to comply fully with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001. This program includes policies, procedures, training and other internal controls designed to mitigate the risk of money laundering or terrorist financing posed by our products, services, customers and geographic locale. These controls include procedures and

 

-18-


Table of Contents

processes to detect and report suspicious transactions, perform customer due diligence, and meet all recordkeeping and reporting requirements related to particular transactions involving currency or monetary instruments. The program is coordinated by a compliance officer and undergoes an annual, independent audit to assess its effectiveness.

Sanctions Programs

We have a program designed to comply with applicable economic and trade sanctions programs, including those administered and enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. These sanctions are usually targeted against foreign countries, terrorists, international narcotics traffickers and those believed to be involved in the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction. These regulations generally require either the blocking of accounts or other property of specified individuals, entities or individuals, but they may also require the rejection of certain transactions involving specified individuals, entities or individuals. We maintain policies, procedures and other internal controls designed to comply with these sanctions programs.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Set forth below is information concerning our executive officers, each of whom is a member of our Executive Committee.

 

Name    Age      Position

David W. Nelms

     49       Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Roger C. Hochschild

     46       President and Chief Operating Officer

Roy A. Guthrie (1)

     57       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Kathryn McNamara Corley

     50       Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Carlos Minetti

     48       Executive Vice President, President – Consumer Banking and Operations

Diane E. Offereins

     53       Executive Vice President, President – Payment Services

James V. Panzarino

     58       Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Risk Officer

Glenn Schneider

     49       Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Harit Talwar

     50       Executive Vice President, President – U.S. Cards
               
(1) On October 6, 2010, Roy A. Guthrie announced his intent to retire in the summer of 2011.

David W. Nelms has served as our Chairman since January 2009 and our Chief Executive Officer since 2004, and was also our Chairman from 2004 until our spin-off from Morgan Stanley in 2007. He was our President and Chief Operating Officer from 1998 to 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Nelms worked at MBNA America Bank from 1990 to 1998, most recently as a Vice Chairman. Mr. Nelms holds a Bachelor’s of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Florida and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Roger C. Hochschild has served as President and Chief Operating Officer since 2004, and was Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer from 1998 to 2001. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Hochschild was Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative and Chief Strategic Officer of our former parent Morgan Stanley. Mr. Hochschild holds a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from Georgetown University and an M.B.A. from the Amos Tuck School at Dartmouth College.

Roy A. Guthrie has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Guthrie was President, Chief Executive Officer of CitiFinancial International, LTD, a Consumer Finance Business of Citigroup, from 2000 to 2004. In addition Mr. Guthrie served on Citigroup’s Management Committee during this period of time. Mr. Guthrie served as Chief Financial Officer of Associates First Capital Corporation from 1996 to 2000, while it was a public company and served as a member of its board from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Guthrie holds a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from Hanover College and an M.B.A. from Drake University.

Kathryn McNamara Corley has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since February 2008. Prior thereto, she had served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since 1999. Prior to becoming General Counsel, Ms. Corley was Managing Director for our former parent Morgan Stanley’s global government and regulatory relations. Ms. Corley holds a Bachelor’s degree in Political Science from the University of Southern California and a J.D. from George Mason University School of Law.

Carlos Minetti has served as Executive Vice President, President – Consumer Banking and Operations since April 2010. Prior thereto, he had been Executive Vice President, Cardmember Services and Consumer Banking and since September 2006, Executive Vice President, Cardmember Services and Risk Management. Prior to joining us as Executive Vice President, Cardmember Services in January 2001, Mr. Minetti worked in card operations and risk management for American Express from 1987 to 2000, most recently as Senior Vice President. Mr. Minetti holds a Bachelor’s of Science degree in Industrial Engineering from Texas A & M University and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

Diane E. Offereins has served as Executive Vice President, President – Payment Services since April 2010. Prior thereto, she had been Executive Vice President, Payment Services since December 2008 and Executive Vice President and

 

-20-


Table of Contents

Chief Technology Officer since 1998. In addition, she was appointed to oversee the PULSE network in 2006. From 1993 to 1998, Ms. Offereins was at MBNA America Bank, most recently as Senior Executive Vice President. Ms. Offereins holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from Loyola University.

James V. Panzarino has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Risk Officer since December 2009. Prior thereto, he had been Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Risk Officer from 2006 to 2009, and Senior Vice President, Cardmember Assistance from 2003 to 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Panzarino was Vice President of External Collections and Recovery at American Express from 1998 to 2002. Mr. Panzarino holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Management and Communication from Adelphi University.

Glenn Schneider has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since December 2008, and was appointed to our Executive Committee in December 2009. From 2003 to 2008, he was Senior Vice President, Application Development, and from 1998 to 2003, he served as Vice President, Marketing Applications. Mr. Schneider joined us in 1993. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Economics/Computer Science and a minor in Statistics from Northern Illinois University.

Harit Talwar has served as Executive Vice President, President – U.S. Cards since April 2010. Prior thereto, he had been Executive Vice President, Card Programs and Chief Marketing Officer since December 2008 and Executive Vice President, Discover Network since December 2003. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Talwar was Managing Director for our international business. Mr. Talwar held a number of positions at Citigroup from 1985 to 2000, most recently Country Head, Consumer Banking Division, Poland. Mr. Talwar holds a B.A. Hons degree in Economics from Delhi University in India and received his M.B.A. from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad.

 

-21-


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider each of the following risks described below and all of the other information in this annual report on Form 10-K in evaluating us. Our business, financial condition, cash flows and/or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks.

This annual report on Form 10-K also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by us described below and elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” which immediately follows the risks below.

Certain historical numbers from 2009 in this section are shown on an “as adjusted” basis. The as-adjusted basis assumes that the trusts used in our securitization activities were consolidated into our financial results and excludes from results income received in connection with the antitrust litigation settlement in 2009. For an explanation as to why management believes that the “as adjusted” numbers are useful to investors and for a reconciliation of these numbers, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Reconciliation of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”

Economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.

Economic conditions have adversely affected unemployment rates, home values, consumer spending and the availability of consumer credit. These factors, along with an already high level of consumer indebtedness, have adversely affected the ability and willingness of customers to pay amounts owed to us. Although delinquencies and charge-offs have improved in 2010, they remain higher than pre-recession levels. The over 30 days delinquent rate was 3.89% at November 30, 2010, down from 5.31% at November 30, 2009 as adjusted, and the full-year net charge-off rate was 7.57% for 2010, down from 7.77% for 2009, as adjusted. Our business is always influenced by economic conditions. Poor economic conditions not only affect the ability and willingness of customers to pay amounts owed to us, increasing our provision for loan losses and charge-offs, but can also reduce the usage of our cards, the number of transactions on our cards and the average purchase amount of transactions on our cards, which reduces transaction fees and interest income. We rely heavily on our credit card business to generate earnings. Our interest income from credit card loans was $5.8 billion for the 2010 fiscal year, which was 88% of revenues (defined as net interest income plus other income). Our interest income from credit card loans was $6.2 billion in the 2009 fiscal year, as adjusted. Economic conditions may also cause our earnings to fluctuate and diverge from expectations of analysts and investors, who may have differing assumptions regarding their impact on our business and, therefore, may impact the trading price of our common stock.

Recent legislative and regulatory reforms may have a significant impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In July 2010, the President signed into law the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” (the “Reform Act”), which contains a comprehensive set of provisions designed to govern the practices and oversight of financial institutions and other participants in the financial markets. For example, the Reform Act addresses risks to the economy and the payments system posed by large systemically significant financial firms, including us, through a variety of measures, including increased capital and liquidity requirements, limits on leverage and enhanced supervisory authority. A more comprehensive description of the Reform Act and other recent legislative and regulatory initiatives that may affect us is contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Legislative and Regulatory Developments.”

The full impact of the Reform Act is difficult to assess because many provisions require federal agencies to adopt implementing regulations. In addition, the Reform Act mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislative or regulatory action. The Reform Act, as well as other legislative and regulatory changes, could have a significant impact on us by, for example, requiring us to change our business practices, requiring us to meet more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements (including those under Basel III), limiting our ability to pursue business opportunities, imposing additional costs on us, limiting fees we can charge for services, impacting the value of our assets, or otherwise adversely affecting our businesses. The effect of the Reform Act on our business and operations

 

-22-


Table of Contents

could be significant, depending upon final implementing regulations, the actions of our competitors and the behavior of other marketplace participants. In addition, we may be required to invest significant management time and resources to address the various provisions of the Reform Act and the numerous regulations that are required to be issued under it. The Reform Act and any related legislation or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection may increase our compliance costs and have a significant impact on our business.

The Reform Act creates a new federal regulatory agency, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “BCFP”). Headed by a single Director and not subject to the Congressional appropriations/oversight process, the BCFP is expected to have a large budget and staff, and has broad authority with respect to most of the businesses in which we engage. It will write regulations under federal consumer financial protection laws, and enforce those laws against and examine large financial institutions like us for compliance. It will collect fines and provide consumer restitution in the event of violations, engage in consumer financial education, track consumer complaints, request data and promote the availability of financial services to underserved consumers and communities. It has authority to prevent “unfair, deceptive or abusive” practices by issuing regulations or by using its enforcement authority without first establishing regulatory guidance.

Depending on how the BCFP functions and its areas of focus, it could have a material adverse impact on our businesses. For example, the BCFP is expected to establish multiple divisions, each with its own rule writing and compliance examination specialists, to focus on businesses in which we engage (such as revolving loans, other consumer loans, and payments). In addition to increasing our compliance costs and potentially delaying our ability to respond to marketplace changes, this could result in requirements to alter our products and services that would make our products less attractive to consumers and impair our ability to offer them profitably. Should the BCFP discourage the use of products we offer or steer consumers to other products or services that it deems to be preferable, we could suffer reputational harm and a loss of customers. The BCFP’s authority to change regulations adopted in the past by other regulators (e.g., regulations issued under the Truth in Lending Act or the CARD Act (defined below) by the Federal Reserve), or to rescind or ignore past regulatory guidance, could increase our compliance costs and litigation exposure.

The Reform Act authorizes state officials to enforce regulations issued by the BCFP and to enforce the Reform Act’s general prohibition against unfair, deceptive or abusive practices, and makes it more difficult than in the past for federal financial regulators to declare state laws that differ from federal standards to be preempted. To the extent that states enact requirements that differ from federal standards or state officials and courts adopt interpretations of federal consumer laws that differ from those adopted by the BCFP, we may be required to alter products or services offered in some jurisdictions or cease offering products, which will increase compliance costs and reduce our ability to offer the same products and services to consumers nationwide.

Recent legislative and regulatory reforms related to the debit card market may have a significant impact on our PULSE network business and may result in decreases in our PULSE network volume and revenue.

The Reform Act contains several provisions that may adversely affect PULSE’s business practices, network transaction volume, revenue, and prospects for future growth. First, the Reform Act will require that interchange fees paid to or charged by payment card issuers on debit card transactions be “reasonable and proportional” to the issuer’s cost in connection with authorization, clearance or settlement of such transactions. The Federal Reserve also has the power to regulate network fees to the extent necessary to prevent circumvention of interchange regulation under the Reform Act. These requirements may significantly affect the debit card market, decrease prospects for future growth of debit products, negatively impact PULSE’s transaction volume and revenue, and require costly system changes. Our transaction processing revenue was $150 million and $125 million for the years ended November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Reform Act also requires Federal Reserve rulemaking to restrict debit card networks and issuers from requiring debit card transactions to be processed solely on a single payment network or two or more affiliated networks, or from requiring that transactions be routed over certain networks. This restriction will impact PULSE’s ability to enter into exclusivity arrangements, which will affect PULSE’s current business practices and may materially adversely affect its network transaction volume and revenue. The impact of these provisions on PULSE will depend upon Federal Reserve implementing regulations, the actions of our competitors, and the behavior of other marketplace participants. The Federal Reserve issued proposed regulations for comment in December 2010, and we are currently evaluating the proposal.

 

-23-


Table of Contents

The Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 restricts our business practices and negatively impacts our results of operations.

The Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009, or the CARD Act, has required us to make fundamental changes to many of our business practices, including marketing, underwriting, pricing and billing. For example, the CARD Act’s restrictions on our ability to increase interest rates on existing balances to respond to market conditions and credit risk ultimately limits our ability to extend credit to new customers and provide additional credit to current customers. In addition, the CARD Act’s requirement to allocate payments on accounts in excess of the minimum payment due to balances with the highest annual percentage rates before balances with lower annual percentage rates has and will continue to reduce our interest income. Also, the CARD Act’s requirement to review and, in some cases, adjust annual percentage rate increases since January 1, 2009, which became effective in August 2010, will result in reduced interest income. We rely heavily on interest income. Our interest income from credit card loans was $5.8 billion for the 2010 fiscal year, which was 88% of revenues (defined as net interest income plus other income), compared to $6.2 billion in the 2009 fiscal year, as adjusted. The CARD Act’s restrictions on late and other penalty fees have reduced our loan fee income and may impact our ability to deter late payments. Our loan fee income was $340 million for the 2010 fiscal year, which was 5% of revenues, compared to $494 million in the 2009 fiscal year, as adjusted.

We have made changes to our pricing, credit and marketing practices designed to lessen the impact of the changes required by the CARD Act. The long-term impact of the CARD Act on credit card industry profitability generally, and on our business practices and revenues, will depend upon consumer behavior and the actions of our competitors, which remain difficult to predict. Consumers may generally choose to use credit cards less frequently or for smaller dollar amounts. We may have to reconsider certain strategies in order to remain competitive. For example, in the event of another market downturn, we may have to consider expense-reduction initiatives in order to offset our inability to generate increased interest and fee income due to the CARD Act’s repricing restrictions. If the changes we have made and may make in the future to offset the impact of the CARD Act are not effective in the long term, they may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We face competition from other credit card issuers, and we may not be able to compete effectively, which could result in fewer customers and lower account balances and could materially adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The credit card issuing business is highly competitive. We compete with other credit card issuers on the basis of a number of factors, including brand, reputation, rewards programs, customer service, merchant acceptance, product offerings, incentives and pricing. This competition affects our ability to obtain applicants for our credit cards, increase usage of our credit cards, maximize the revenue generated by card usage and generate customer loyalty and satisfaction so as to minimize the number of customers switching to other credit card brands or debit cards. Competition is also increasingly based on the value provided to the customer by rewards programs. Many credit card issuers have instituted rewards programs that are similar to ours, and issuers may in the future institute rewards programs that are more attractive to customers than our programs.

In addition, because most domestically issued credit cards, other than those issued by American Express, are issued on the Visa and MasterCard networks, most other card issuers benefit from the dominant position and marketing and pricing power of Visa and MasterCard. If we are unable to compete successfully, or if competing successfully requires us to take aggressive actions in response to competitors’ actions, our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We incur considerable expenses in competing with other credit card issuers, and many of our competitors have greater scale, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage and negatively affect our financial results.

We incur considerable expenses in competing with other credit card issuers to attract and retain customers and increase card usage. A substantial portion of these expenses relates to marketing expenditures. We incurred expenses of $463 million and $406 million in the 2010 and 2009 fiscal years, respectively, for marketing and business development. Because of the highly competitive nature of the credit card issuing business, a primary method of competition among credit card issuers, including us, has been to offer rewards programs, low introductory interest rates, attractive standard purchase rates and balance transfer programs that offer a favorable annual percentage rate or other financial incentives for a specified length of time on account balances transferred from another credit card. This type of competition has

 

-24-


Table of Contents

adversely affected credit card yields, and customers may frequently switch credit cards or transfer their balances to another card. There can be no assurance that any of the expenses we incur or incentives we offer to attempt to acquire and maintain accounts and increase card usage will be effective.

Furthermore, many of our competitors are larger than we are, have greater financial resources than we do and/or have lower capital, funding and operating costs than we have and expect to have, and have assets such as branch locations and co-brand relationships that may help them compete more effectively. We may be at a competitive disadvantage as a result of the greater scale of many of our competitors.

Our expenses directly affect our earnings results. Many factors can influence the amount of our expenses, as well as how quickly they may increase. Our ongoing investments in infrastructure, which may be necessary to maintain a competitive business, integrate newly-acquired businesses, and establish scalable operations, may increase our expenses. In addition, as our business develops, changes or expands, additional expenses can arise as a result of a reevaluation of business strategies, management of outsourced services, asset purchases, structural reorganization, compliance with new laws or regulations or the integration of newly acquired businesses. If we are unable to successfully manage our expenses, our financial results will be negatively affected.

We face competition from other operators of payment networks, and we may not be able to compete effectively, which could result in reduced transaction volume, limited merchant acceptance of our cards, limited issuance of cards on our networks by third parties and materially reduced earnings.

We face substantial and increasingly intense competition in the payments industry. We compete with other payment networks to attract third-party issuers to issue credit and debit cards and other card products on the Discover, PULSE and Diners Club networks. Competition with other operators of payment networks is generally based on issuer interchange fees, fees paid to networks (including switch fees), merchant acceptance, network functionality and other economic terms. Competition also is based on customer perception of service quality, brand image, reputation and market share.

Many of our competitors are well established, larger than we are and/or have greater financial resources than we do. These competitors have provided financial incentives to card issuers, such as large cash signing bonuses for new programs, funding for and sponsorship of marketing programs and other bonuses. Visa and MasterCard each have been in existence for more than 40 years and enjoy greater merchant acceptance and broader global brand recognition than we do. Although we have made progress in merchant acceptance, we have not achieved global market parity with MasterCard and Visa. In addition, Visa and MasterCard have entered into long-term arrangements with many financial institutions that may have the effect of discouraging those institutions from issuing credit cards on the Discover Network or issuing debit cards on the PULSE network. Some of these arrangements are exclusive, or nearly exclusive, which further limits our ability to conduct material amounts of business with these institutions. If we are unable to remain competitive on issuer interchange and other incentives, we may be unable to offer adequate pricing to third-party issuers while maintaining sufficient net revenues. At the same time, increasing the transaction fees charged to merchants or increasing acquirer interchange could adversely affect our effort to increase merchant acceptance of credit cards issued on the Discover Network and may cause merchant acceptance to decrease. This, in turn, could adversely affect our ability to attract third-party issuers and our ability to maintain or grow revenues from our proprietary network.

American Express is also a strong competitor, with international acceptance, high transaction fees and an upscale brand image. Internationally, American Express competes in the same market segments as Diners Club. We may face challenges in increasing international acceptance on our networks, particularly if third parties that we rely on to issue Diners Club cards, increase card acceptance, and market our brands do not perform to our expectations.

In addition, if we are unable to maintain sufficient network functionality to be competitive with other networks, or if our competitors develop better data security solutions or more innovative products and services than we do, our ability to attract third-party issuers and maintain or increase the revenues generated by our proprietary card issuing business may be materially adversely affected. An inability to compete effectively with other payment networks could result in reduced transaction volume, limited merchant acceptance of our cards, limited issuance of cards on our network by third parties and materially reduced earnings.

Our business depends upon relationships with issuers, merchant acquirers and licensees, which are generally financial institutions. The adverse economic and regulatory environment and increased consolidation in the financial services

 

-25-


Table of Contents

industry decrease our opportunities for new business and may result in the termination of existing business relationships if a business partner is acquired or goes out of business. In addition, as a result of this environment, financial institutions may have decreased interest in engaging in new card issuance opportunities or expanding existing card issuance relationships, which would inhibit our ability to grow our payment services business.

If we are unsuccessful in maintaining the Diners Club network and achieving card acceptance across our networks, we may be unable to sustain and grow our international network business.

In 2008, we acquired the Diners Club network, brand, trademarks, employees, and license agreements. We have made significant progress toward, but have not completed, achieving card acceptance across the Diners Club network, the Discover Network and PULSE to allow Discover customers to use their cards at merchant and ATM locations that accept Diners Club cards around the world and to allow Diners Club customers to use their cards on the Discover Network in North America and on the PULSE network domestically and internationally.

The success of our Diners Club business depends upon our ability to maintain the full operability of the Diners Club network for existing Diners Club cardholders, network licensees and merchants. While a significant portion of Diners Club support functions were successfully moved to us from Citigroup in 2010, we continue to rely on the assistance of Citigroup during a transition period for certain network and operational support services. If we were to lose the assistance of Citigroup, we may face difficulty maintaining operations at the same level. In addition, Citigroup owns and operates network licensees generating a significant share of the Diners Club network sales volume. Citigroup has been reducing assets outside its core businesses, including certain Diners Club businesses, by selling its ownership interest. If Citigroup were to discontinue its support of a significant number of or key Diners Club network licensees, we may face difficulty maintaining and growing our international network.

The success of our Diners Club business depends upon the cooperation and support of the network licensees that issue Diners Club cards and that maintain a merchant acceptance network. As is the case for other card payment networks, Diners Club does not issue cards or determine the terms and conditions of cards issued by the network licensees. Each licensee issuer determines these. Further, unlike the Discover Network, we have only a small number of direct merchant relationships in the Diners Club network. Instead, we rely on network licensees located outside the United States to help us sustain and grow our international business. As a result of a number of factors, including any difficulties in achieving card acceptance across our networks, network licensees may choose not to renew the license agreements with us when their terms expire. In addition, the increasingly competitive marketplace for cross-border issuance and acceptance of credit cards may result in lower participation fees for the Diners Club network. In addition, many of the merchants in the acceptance network, primarily small and mid-size merchants, may not be contractually committed to the network licensees for any period of time and may cease to participate in the Diners Club network at any time on short notice. If we are unable to continue our relationships with network licensees or if the network licensees are unable to continue their relationships with merchants, our ability to maintain or increase revenues and to remain competitive would be adversely affected.

We rely upon numerous other network partners for merchant acceptance for existing Diners Club customers. We have rerouted almost all merchant transactions for foreign Diners Club cards transacting in North America from the MasterCard acceptance network to the Discover Network, and we expect to complete this transition in 2011. If we are unable to continue to offer acceptable North American merchant acceptance to Diners Club customers, we may experience decreased transaction volume, which would reduce our revenues. The long-term success of our acquisition of Diners Club depends upon achieving card acceptance across our networks, which could include higher overall costs or longer timeframes than anticipated. If we are unable to successfully achieve card acceptance across our networks, we may be unable to achieve the synergies we anticipate and grow our business internationally.

The success of our acquisition of The Student Loan Corporation depends upon our ability to maintain the full operability of and integrate the new business. If we fail to do so, we may be unable to sustain and grow our student loan business.

On December 31, 2010, we purchased The Student Loan Corporation (“SLC”), which significantly increased the size of our student loan business, adding approximately $4.0 billion in private student loans (before the application of purchase accounting) to our portfolio of $1.0 billion of private student loans at November 30, 2010. The success of this acquisition depends upon our ability to maintain the SLC business at its current level and manage the risks resulting from our

 

-26-


Table of Contents

relatively recent entry into the student loan market. We are relying heavily on the assistance of Citibank, N.A. (“Citi”) and certain of its affiliates during a transition period for many services to help us transition and integrate the new business, including services related to operations, technology, marketing and origination. We are also relying on key personnel from Citi and SLC in the transition process. The ability to maintain operations at current levels would be adversely impacted if we were to lose the support of Citi or key personnel. If we were to lose the support of Citi, we could experience interruptions in operations that could negatively impact our ability to meet customer demand for student loan originations and disbursements, damage our relationships with schools, customers and vendors, and reduce our market share in the student loan market, all of which could adversely affect our student loan business and results of operations.

The long-term success of our student loan business depends upon our ability to manage the credit risk, pricing, funding and expenses of a larger student loan portfolio. Our ability to maintain or increase market share is largely dependent upon our ability to offer competitively priced, desirable loan products, as well as our ability to communicate effectively to prospective borrowers and schools about these products. We plan to continue to offer competitively priced products by managing our expenses through building economies of scale, which will reduce our origination and servicing costs. If we are unable to integrate the new business well and at a reasonable cost, it may have a negative impact on our results of operations, affect our competitive position in the marketplace and prevent us from sustaining and growing our student loan business.

Our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating our risk of loss.

Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and appropriately balance risk and return. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor and report the types of risk to which we are subject, including credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, legal and compliance risk, and strategic risk. We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a framework of policies, procedures and reporting requirements. Management of our risks in some cases depends upon the use of analytical and/or forecasting models. If the models that we use to mitigate these risks are inadequate, we may incur increased losses. In addition, there may be risks that exist, or that develop in the future, that we have not appropriately anticipated, identified or mitigated. If our risk management framework does not effectively identify or mitigate our risks, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.

Our business depends on our ability to manage our credit risk, and failing to manage this risk successfully may result in high charge-off rates, which would materially adversely affect our business, profitability and financial condition.

Our success depends on our ability to manage our credit risk while attracting new customers with profitable usage patterns. We select our customers, manage their accounts and establish terms and credit limits using proprietary scoring models and other analytical techniques that are designed to set terms and credit limits to appropriately compensate us for the credit risk we accept, while encouraging customers to use their available credit. The models and approaches we use may not accurately predict future charge-offs due to, among other things, inaccurate assumptions. While we continually seek to improve our assumptions and models, we may make modifications that unintentionally cause them to be less predictive or incorrectly interpret the data produced by these models in setting our credit policies.

Our ability to manage credit risk and avoid high charge-off rates may be adversely affected by economic conditions that may be difficult to predict. The full-year net charge-off rate was 7.57% in 2010, down from the full-year net charge-off rate of 7.77% in 2009, as adjusted. At November 30, 2010 and 2009 as adjusted, $1.2 billion, or 2.42%, and $1.7 billion, or 3.26%, of our loan receivables were non-performing (defined as loans over 90 days delinquent and accruing interest plus loans not accruing interest). Although credit performance improved in 2010, we remain subject to conditions in the consumer credit environment. There can be no assurance that our underwriting and portfolio management strategies will permit us to avoid high charge-off levels, or that our provision for loan losses will be sufficient to cover actual losses.

A customer’s ability to repay us can be negatively impacted by increases in their payment obligations to other lenders under mortgage, credit card and other consumer loans. Such changes can result from increases in base lending rates or structured increases in payment obligations, and could reduce the ability of our customers to meet their payment obligations to other lenders and to us. In addition, a customer’s ability to repay us can be negatively impacted by the restricted availability of credit to consumers generally, including reduced and closed lines of credit. Customers with insufficient cash flow to fund daily living expenses and lack of access to other sources of credit may be more likely to

 

-27-


Table of Contents

increase their card usage and ultimately default on their payment obligations to us, resulting in higher credit losses in our portfolio. Our collection operations may not compete effectively to secure more of customers’ diminished cash flow than our competitors. In addition, we may not identify customers who are likely to default on their payment obligations to us quickly and reduce our exposure by closing credit lines and restricting authorizations, which could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to manage credit risk also may be adversely affected by legal or regulatory changes (such as bankruptcy laws, minimum payment regulations and re-age guidance), competitors’ actions and consumer behavior, as well as inadequate collections staffing, techniques, models and performance of vendors such as collection agencies.

We have expanded our marketing of our personal and private student lending products. Our personal and private student loan portfolios grew to $1.9 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, at November 30, 2010, compared to $1.4 billion and $0.6 billion, respectively, at November 30, 2009. In addition, we acquired approximately $4.0 billion in private student loans (before the application of purchase accounting) in connection with our acquisition of The Student Loan Corporation on December 31, 2010. We have less experience in these areas as compared to our traditional credit card lending business, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to grow these products in accordance with our strategies, manage our credit risk or generate sufficient revenue to cover our expenses in these markets. Our failure to manage our credit risks may materially adversely affect our profitability and our ability to grow these products, limiting our ability to further diversify our business.

Adverse market conditions or an inability to effectively manage our liquidity risk could negatively impact our ability to meet our liquidity and funding needs, which could materially adversely impact our business operations and overall financial condition.

We must effectively manage the liquidity risk to which we are exposed. We require liquidity in order to meet cash requirements such as day-to-day operating expenses, extensions of credit on our consumer loans and required payments of principal and interest on our borrowings. Our primary sources of liquidity and funding are payments on our credit card loan receivables, deposits and proceeds from securitization transactions and securities offerings. We may maintain too much liquidity, which can be costly and limit financial flexibility, or we may be too illiquid, which could result in financial distress during a liquidity stress event.

Our liquidity investment portfolio had a balance of approximately $10.1 billion as of November 30, 2010, compared to $14.5 billion as of November 30, 2009. We decreased our liquidity investment portfolio following an elevated level of asset-backed securities and deposit maturities in the first half of 2010. Our total contingent liquidity sources as of November 30, 2010 amounted to $22.5 billion, consisting of $10.1 billion in our liquidity investment portfolio, $6.7 billion in incremental Federal Reserve discount window capacity, $2.4 billion in a revolving credit facility, and $3.3 billion of undrawn capacity in private securitizations. Our total contingent liquidity sources as of November 30, 2009 were $23.2 billion.

In the event that our current sources of liquidity do not satisfy our needs, we would be required to seek additional financing. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as market conditions, the general availability of credit to the financial services industry and our credit ratings. Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital, credit or deposit markets may limit our ability to replace maturing liabilities in a timely manner and satisfy other funding requirements. As such, we may be forced to delay raising funding, issue shorter-term securities than desired, or bear an unattractive cost of funding, which could decrease profitability and significantly reduce financial flexibility. Further, in disorderly financial markets or for other reasons, it may be difficult or impossible to liquidate some of our investments to meet our liquidity needs.

An inability to accept or maintain deposits in the future could materially adversely affect our liquidity position and our ability to fund our business.

We obtain deposits from consumers either directly or through affinity relationships (“direct-to-consumer deposits”) and through third-party securities brokerage firms that offer our deposits to their customers (“brokered deposits”). We have increased and plan to continue to increase our direct-to-consumer deposit funding. We had $20.6 billion in

 

-28-


Table of Contents

direct-to-consumer deposits and $13.7 billion in brokered deposits as of November 30, 2010, compared to $12.6 billion in direct-to-consumer deposits and $19.5 billion in brokered deposits as of November 30, 2009.

Competition from other financial services firms that use deposit funding may affect deposit renewal rates, costs or availability. If we are required to offer higher interest rates to attract or maintain deposits, our funding costs will be adversely impacted. In addition, our ability to maintain existing or obtain additional deposits may be impacted by factors beyond our control, including perceptions about our financial strength or online banking generally, which could reduce the number of consumers choosing to make deposits with us, third parties continuing or entering into affinity relationships with us, or third-party securities brokerage firms offering our deposit products.

Our ability to obtain deposit funding and offer competitive interest rates on deposits is also dependent on capital levels of our bank subsidiaries. The FDIA prohibits a bank, including our subsidiary Discover Bank, from accepting brokered deposits or offering interest rates on any deposits significantly higher than the prevailing rate in its normal market area or nationally (depending upon where the deposits are solicited), unless (1) it is well-capitalized or (2) it is adequately capitalized and receives a waiver from the FDIC. A bank that is adequately capitalized may not pay an interest rate on any deposit, including direct-to-consumer deposits, in excess of 75 basis points over the national rate published by the FDIC. There are no such restrictions on a bank that is well-capitalized. While Discover Bank met the FDIC’s definition of “well-capitalized” as of November 30, 2010, there can be no assurance that it will continue to meet this definition. For a comparison of Discover Bank’s capital ratios to the “well-capitalized” capital requirements, see Note 19: Capital Adequacy to our consolidated financial statements. Additionally, our regulators can adjust the requirements to be well-capitalized at any time and have authority to place limitations on our deposit businesses, including the interest rate we pay on deposits.

An inability to attract or maintain deposits in the future could materially adversely affect our liquidity position and our ability to fund our business.

If we are unable to securitize our receivables, it may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, cost of funds and overall financial condition.

Historically, we have used the securitization of credit card receivables, which involves the transfer of receivables to a trust and the issuance by the trust of beneficial interests to third-party investors, as a significant source of funding. Our average level of securitized borrowings from third parties was $17.2 billion for fiscal year 2010 and $22.7 billion for fiscal year 2009. Due to market events and disruption in the capital markets as well as uncertainty related to various regulatory initiatives impacting the asset-backed securitization markets, we have been less active in the public and private securitization markets since mid-2008 and it is uncertain whether the securitization markets will be available in the future on terms or volumes that are similar to historical levels.

The Reform Act imposes a number of significant changes related to asset-backed securities that may impact our ability and desire to securitize our receivables. For example, the Reform Act nullified Rule 436(g) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) effective immediately, which subjects the rating agencies to “expert liability” under Section 11 of the Securities Act for misstatements or omissions of materials facts in connection with credit ratings contained in registration statements. In response to this measure, the major credit rating agencies issued statements indicating that they would be unwilling to provide issuers with consent to use credit ratings in their registration statements. In order to provide a transition period, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) issued a “no-action” letter in July 2010 allowing issuers to omit credit ratings from registration statements until January 24, 2011. In November 2010, the SEC issued a second letter extending this no-action period indefinitely. Failure to ultimately resolve this issue could impact the market for registered asset-backed securities.

The SEC has also proposed revised rules for asset-backed securities offerings that, if adopted, would substantially change the disclosure, reporting and offering process for public and private offerings of asset-backed securities. Significant changes to the disclosure requirements or registration process for securitizations could make them more expensive, making securitization less viable as a funding source.

The ability of issuers of asset-backed securities to obtain necessary credit ratings for their issuances has been based, in part, on qualification under the FDIC’s safe harbor rule for assets transferred in securitizations. The FDIC recently issued a

 

-29-


Table of Contents

new Final Rule for its securitization safe harbor which requires issuers to comply with a new set of requirements in order to qualify for the safe harbor. Issuances out of our existing credit card securitization trusts are “grandfathered” under the new FDIC Final Rule. However, qualification for the safe harbor with respect to the securitization of any other assets, including student loans, would require us to satisfy the requirements of the FDIC’s new Final Rule.

Our ability to raise funding through the securitization market also depends, in part, on the credit ratings of the securities we issue from our securitization trusts. If we are not able to satisfy rating agency requirements to maintain the ratings of asset-backed securities issued by our securitization trusts, it could limit our ability to access the securitization markets. Additional factors affecting the extent to which we will securitize our credit card receivables in the future include the overall credit quality of our receivables, the costs of securitizing our receivables and the legal, regulatory, accounting and tax requirements governing securitization transactions. A prolonged inability to securitize our receivables may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, cost of funds and overall financial condition.

The occurrence of events that result in the early amortization of our existing credit card securitization transactions or an inability to delay the accumulation of principal collections in our credit card securitization trusts would materially adversely affect our liquidity.

Our liquidity would be materially adversely affected by the occurrence of events that could result in the early amortization of our existing credit card securitization transactions. Credit card securitizations are normally structured as “revolving transactions” that do not distribute to securitization investors their share of monthly principal payments on the receivables during the revolving period, and instead use those principal payments to fund the purchase of replacement receivables. The occurrence of “early amortization events” may result in termination of the revolving periods of our securitization transactions, which would require us to repay the affected outstanding securitized borrowings over a period of a few months. Our average level of securitized borrowings was $17.2 billion for fiscal year 2010 and $22.7 billion for fiscal year 2009. Early amortization events include, for example, insufficient cash flows in the securitized pool of receivables to meet contractual requirements (also known as “excess spread”), certain breaches of representations, warranties or covenants in the agreements relating to the securitization and receivership or insolvency of Discover Bank. For more information on excess spread, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Securitization Financing.” An early amortization event would negatively impact our liquidity, and require us to rely on alternative funding sources, which may or may not be available at the time.

Our credit card securitization structure includes a requirement that we accumulate principal collections into a restricted account in the amount of scheduled maturities on a pro rata basis over the 12 months prior to a security’s maturity date. We have the option under our credit card securitization documents to shorten this accumulation period, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including reaffirmation from each of the rating agencies of the security’s required rating. Historically, we have exercised this option to shorten the accumulation period to one month prior to maturity. If we were to determine that the payment rate on the underlying receivables would not support a one-month accumulation period, or if one or more of the rating agencies were to require an accumulation period of longer than one month, we would need to begin accumulating principal cash flows earlier than we have historically. A lengthening of the accumulation period would negatively impact our liquidity, requiring management to implement mitigating measures. During periods of significant maturity levels, absent management actions, the lengthening of the accumulation period could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

A downgrade in the credit ratings of our securities could materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We, along with Discover Bank, are regularly evaluated by the ratings agencies, and their ratings for our long-term debt and other securities, including asset-backed securities issued by our securitization trusts, are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength as well as factors that may not be within our control. The credit ratings of the securities issued by our securitization trusts are regularly evaluated by the rating agencies. The ratings of our asset-backed securities are based on a number of factors, including the quality of the underlying receivables and the credit enhancement structure of the trusts. The rating agencies may require us to take certain credit enhancement actions to maintain the ratings of the securities issued out of our trusts, which we may not be able to complete. Downgrades in our ratings or those of our trusts could materially adversely affect our cost of funds, access to capital and funding, and overall

 

-30-


Table of Contents

financial condition. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our current credit ratings or that our credit ratings will not be lowered or withdrawn.

We may not be successful in managing the investments in our liquidity investment portfolio and investment performance may deteriorate due to market fluctuations, which would adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We must effectively manage the risks of the investments in our liquidity investment portfolio, which is comprised of cash and cash equivalents and high quality, liquid investments. Our investments may be adversely affected by market fluctuations including changes in interest rates, prices, credit risk premiums and overall market liquidity. Also, investments backed by collateral could be adversely impacted by changes in the value of the underlying collateral. In addition, deteriorating economic conditions may cause certain of the obligors, counterparties and underlying collateral on our investments to incur losses of their own or default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons, thereby increasing our credit risk exposure to these investments. These risks could result in a decrease in the value of our investments, which could negatively impact our financial condition. Further, in an effort to increase the rate of return on our investment portfolio, we may choose new investments, which may increase our risk of loss. For example, during the fourth quarter 2010, we moved a portion of our liquidity investment portfolio into approximately $4 billion of U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agency and corporate debt securities guaranteed by the FDIC in order to pursue a higher return. While we expect these investments to be readily convertible into cash and do not believe they present a material increase to our risk profile or will have a material impact on our risk based capital ratios, they are subject to certain market fluctuations that may reduce the ability to fully convert into cash.

Changes in the level of interest rates could materially adversely affect our earnings.

Changes in interest rates cause our interest expense to increase or decrease, as certain of our debt instruments carry interest rates that fluctuate with market benchmarks. If we are unable to pass any higher cost of funds to our customers, the increase in interest expense could materially reduce earnings. Some of our consumer loan receivables bear interest at a fixed rate or do not earn interest, and we may not be able to increase the rate on those loans to mitigate any higher cost of funds. At the same time, our variable rate loan receivables, which are based on the prime market benchmark rate, may not change at the same rate as our floating rate borrowings or may be subject to a cap, subjecting us to basis point risk. The majority of our floating rate borrowings are asset securitizations, which are generally based on the 1-month LIBOR rate. For example, if the prime rate were to decrease without a decrease in the 1-month LIBOR rate, our earnings would be negatively impacted. In addition to asset securitizations, we also utilize deposits as a significant source of funds. Although our interest costs associated with existing certificates of deposit are fixed, new deposit issuances are subject to fluctuations in interest rates.

Interest rates may also adversely impact our delinquency and charge-off rates. Many consumer lending products bear interest rates that fluctuate with certain base lending rates published in the market, such as the prime rate and LIBOR. As a result, higher interest rates often lead to higher payment requirements by consumers under obligations to us and other lenders, which may reduce their ability to remain current on their obligations to us and thereby lead to loan delinquencies and additions to our loan loss provision, which could materially adversely affect our earnings.

We regularly monitor interest rates and have entered into interest rate derivative agreements in an effort to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Changes in market assumptions regarding future interest rates could significantly impact the valuation of our derivative instruments and, accordingly, impact our financial position and results of operations. If our hedging activities are not appropriately monitored or executed, these activities may not effectively mitigate our interest rate sensitivity or have the desired impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

We have a credit facility that could restrict our operations.

We have a multi-year unsecured committed credit facility that currently has $2.4 billion available and contains restrictions, covenants and events of default. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Additional Funding Sources.” Although we currently have no outstanding balances due under the facility, the terms of the facility impose certain restrictions and future indebtedness may impose various additional restrictions and covenants on us (such as tangible net worth requirements) that could have

 

-31-


Table of Contents

adverse consequences, including: limiting our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders; increasing our vulnerability to changing economic, regulatory and industry conditions; limiting our ability to compete and our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry; limiting our ability to borrow additional funds; and requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other purposes.

We may be unable to increase or sustain Discover card usage, which could impair growth in, or lead to diminishing, average balances and total revenue.

A key element of our business strategy is to increase the usage of the Discover card by our customers, including making it their primary card, and thereby increase our revenue from transaction and service fees and interest income. However, our customers’ use and payment patterns may change because of social, legal and economic factors, and customers may decide to use debit cards instead of credit cards, not to increase card usage, or to pay the balances within the grace period to avoid finance charges. We face challenges from competing credit card products in our attempts to increase credit card usage by our existing customers. Our ability to increase card usage also is dependent on customer satisfaction, which may be adversely affected by factors outside of our control, including competitors’ actions and legislative/regulatory changes. The CARD Act limits pricing changes that may impact an account throughout its lifecycle, which may reduce our capability to offer lower price promotions to drive account usage and customer engagement. As part of our strategy to increase usage, we have been increasing the number of merchants who accept cards issued on the Discover Network. If we are unable to continue increasing merchant acceptance or fail to improve awareness of existing merchant acceptance of our cards, our ability to grow usage of Discover cards may be hampered. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to increase or sustain credit card usage, which could impair growth in, or lead to diminishing, average balances and total revenue.

Our transaction volume is concentrated among large merchants, and a reduction in the number of, or rates paid by, large merchants that accept cards on the Discover Network or PULSE network could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Discover card transaction volume was concentrated among our top 100 merchants in 2010, with our largest merchant accounting for approximately 8% of that transaction volume. These merchants could seek to negotiate better pricing or other financial incentives by continuing to participate in the Discover Network only on the condition that we change the terms of their economic participation. Loss of acceptance at our largest merchants would decrease transaction volume, negatively impact our brand, and could cause customer attrition. At the same time, we are subject to increasing pricing pressure from third-party issuers as a result of the continued consolidation in the banking industry, which results in fewer large issuers that, in turn, generally have a greater ability to negotiate higher interchange fees. In addition, some of our merchants, primarily our remaining small and mid-size merchants, are not contractually committed to us for any period of time and may cease to participate in the Discover Network at any time on short notice.

Actual and perceived limitations on acceptance of credit cards issued on the Discover Network or debit cards issued on the PULSE network could adversely affect the use of Discover cards by existing customers, the attractiveness of the Discover card to prospective new customers and interest of other financial institutions in issuing cards on the Discover Network or the PULSE network. We may have difficulty attracting and retaining third-party issuers if we are unable to add and retain acquirers or merchants who accept cards issued on the Discover or PULSE networks. As a result of these factors, a reduction in the number of, or rates paid by, our merchants could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may be unable to grow earnings if we are unable to increase or maintain the number of small and mid-size merchants that participate in the Discover Network.

In order to expand our merchant acceptance among small and mid-size merchants, we have been entering into agreements with and have been using third-party acquirers and processors to add merchants to the Discover Network and accept and process payments for these merchants on an integrated basis with Visa and MasterCard payments. This strategy could result in decreased revenues, higher expenses, degraded service and signage placement levels and retaliatory responses from competitors. There can be no assurance that the use of third-party acquirers and processors will continue to increase merchant acceptance among small or mid-size merchants, or that such third-party acquirers will

 

-32-


Table of Contents

continue to participate with us if more attractive opportunities arise. If we are unable to continue to increase or maintain small and mid-size merchant acceptance, our competitive position and our ability to grow earnings could be adversely affected.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by the increasing focus of merchants on the fees charged by credit card and debit card networks.

Merchant acceptance and fees are critical to the success of both our card issuing and payment processing businesses. Merchants are concerned with the fees charged by credit card and debit card networks. They seek to negotiate better pricing or other financial incentives as a condition to continued participation in the Discover Network and PULSE network. During the past few years, merchants and their trade groups have filed numerous lawsuits against Visa, MasterCard, American Express and their card issuing banks, claiming that their practices toward merchants, including interchange fees, violate federal antitrust laws. There can be no assurance that they will not in the future bring legal proceedings against other credit card and debit card issuers and networks, including us. Merchants also may promote forms of payment with lower fees, such as ACH-based payments, or seek to impose surcharges at the point of sale for use of credit or debit cards. Merchant groups have also promoted federal and state legislation that would restrict issuer practices or enhance the ability of merchants, individually or collectively, to negotiate more favorable fees. The heightened focus by merchants on the fees charged by credit card and debit card networks, together with the Reform Act and recent U.S. Department of Justice settlements with MasterCard and Visa, which would allow merchants to encourage customers to use other payment methods or cards, could lead to reduced transactions on, or merchant acceptance of, Discover Network or PULSE network cards or reduced fees, either of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Political, economic or other instability in a country or geographic region, or other unforeseen or catastrophic events, could adversely affect our international business activities and reduce our revenue.

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events, including terrorist attacks, may have a negative effect on our business and infrastructure, including our information technology systems. Our Diners Club network, concentrated on primarily serving the global travel industry, could be adversely affected by international conditions that may result in a decline in consumer or business travel activity. Armed conflict, public health emergencies, natural disasters or terrorism may have a significant negative effect on travel activity and related revenue. Although a regionalized event or condition may primarily affect one of our network participants, it may also affect our overall network activity and our resulting revenue. Overall network transaction activity may decline as a result of concerns about safety or disease or may be limited because of economic conditions that result in spending on travel to decline. The impact of such events and other catastrophes on the overall economy may also adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

If fraudulent activity associated with our cards or our networks increases, our brands could suffer reputational damage, the use of our cards could decrease and our fraud losses could be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to the risk of fraudulent activity associated with merchants, customers and other third parties handling customer information. Our fraud losses were $44 million and $58 million for the years ended November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Credit and debit card fraud, identity theft and related crimes are prevalent and perpetrators are growing ever more sophisticated. Our resources and fraud prevention tools may be insufficient to accurately predict and prevent fraud. The risk of fraud is expected to increase as we expand the acceptance of the Discover card internationally and expand our direct-to-consumer deposit business. Our financial condition, the level of our fraud charge-offs and other results of operations could be materially adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to significantly increase. In addition, significant increases in fraudulent activity could lead to regulatory intervention (such as mandatory card reissuance) and reputational and financial damage to our brands, which could negatively impact the use of our cards and networks and thereby have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, fraudulent activity may result in lower license fee revenue from our Diners Club licensees.

If our security systems, or those of merchants, merchant acquirers or other third parties containing information about customers, are compromised, we may be subject to liability and damage to our reputation.

Our security protection measures or the security protections of third parties participating in our networks may not be sufficient to protect the confidentiality of information relating to customers or transactions processed on our networks.

 

-33-


Table of Contents

Customer data also may be stored on systems of third-party service providers and merchants that may have inadequate security systems. Third-party carriers regularly transport customer data, and may lose sensitive customer information. Unauthorized access to our networks or any of our other information systems potentially could jeopardize the security of confidential information stored in our computer systems or transmitted by our customers or others. As we increase acceptance of the Discover card internationally, we may experience additional risks related to security systems. If our security systems or those of merchants, processors or other third-party service providers are compromised such that this confidential information is disclosed to unauthorized parties, we may be subject to liability. For example, in the event of a security breach, we may incur losses related to fraudulent use of cards issued by us as well as the operational costs associated with reissuing cards. Although we take preventive measures to address these factors, such measures are costly and may become more costly in the future. Moreover, these measures may not protect us from liability, which may not be adequately covered by insurance, or from damage to our reputation.

The financial services and payment services industries are rapidly evolving, and we may be unsuccessful in introducing new products or services on a large scale in response to this evolution.

The financial services and payment services industries experience constant and significant technological changes, such as continuing development of technologies in the areas of smart cards, radio frequency and proximity payment devices, electronic commerce and mobile commerce, among others. The effect of technological changes on our business is unpredictable.

We depend, in part, on third parties for the development of and access to new technologies. We expect that new services and technologies relating to the payments business will continue to appear in the market, and these new services and technologies may be superior to, or render obsolete, the technologies that we currently use in our card products and services. As a result, our future success may be dependent on our ability to identify and adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards and to provide payment solutions for our customers, merchants and financial institution customers.

Difficulties or delays in the development, production, testing and marketing of new products or services may be caused by a number of factors including, among other things, operational, capital and regulatory constraints. The occurrence of such difficulties may affect the success of our products or services, and developing unsuccessful products and services could result in financial losses, as well as decreased capital availability. In addition, the new products and services offered may not be attractive to our customers and merchant and financial institution customers. Also, success of a new product or service may depend upon our ability to deliver it on a large scale, which may require a significant capital investment that we may not be in a position to make. If we are unable to successfully introduce and maintain new income-generating products and services, it may impact our ability to compete effectively and materially adversely affect our business and earnings.

We rely on technology and on third parties to deliver services. If key technology platforms become obsolete, or if we face difficulties processing transactions or in managing our relationships with third-party service providers, our revenue or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We have a large technology staff utilizing current technology. There is no assurance that we will be able to sustain our investment in new technology to avoid obsolescence of critical systems and applications. Further, our transaction authorization and settlement systems, and our clearing system for transactions between Diners Club network licensees, may encounter service interruptions due to system or software failure, fire, natural disasters, power loss, disruptions in long distance or local telecommunications access, terrorism or accident. Some of our transaction processing systems are operated at a single facility and could be subject to service interruptions in the event of failure. Our services could be disrupted by a natural disaster or other problem at any of our primary or back-up facilities or our other owned or leased facilities.

We also depend on third-party service providers for many aspects of the operation of our business. For example, we depend on third parties for the timely transmission of information across our data transportation network and for other telecommunications, processing, remittance and technology related services, including ancillary transaction processing services for the PULSE network and authorization, clearing and settlement services for the Diners Club network. Regardless of whether as a result of natural disaster, operational disruption, terrorism, termination of its relationship with

 

-34-


Table of Contents

us, or any other reason, if a service provider fails to provide the communications capacity or deliver services that we require or expect, the failure could interrupt our services and operations and hamper our ability to process customers’ transactions in a timely and accurate manner or to maintain thorough and accurate records of those transactions. Such a failure could adversely affect the perception of the reliability of our networks and services and the quality of our brands, and could materially adversely affect our transaction volumes, our revenues and/or our results of operations.

Merchant defaults may adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

As an issuer and merchant acquirer in the United States on the Discover Network, and as a holder of certain merchant agreements internationally for the Diners Club network, we may be contingently liable for certain disputed credit card sales transactions that arise between customers and merchants. If a dispute is resolved in the customer’s favor, we will cause a credit or refund of the amount to be issued to the customer and charge back the transaction to the merchant or merchant acquirer. If we are unable to collect this amount from the merchant or merchant acquirer, we will bear the loss for the amount credited or refunded to the customer. Where the purchased product or service is not provided until some later date following the purchase, such as an airline ticket, the likelihood of potential liability increases. For the years ended November 30, 2010 and 2009, we had $2 million and $6 million, respectively, of losses related to merchant chargebacks.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon our executive officers and other key employees. If we are unable to recruit, retain and motivate key officers and employees to manage our business well, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to retain, recruit and motivate key officers and employees to manage our business. Our senior management team has significant industry experience and would be difficult to replace. We believe we are in a critical period of competition in the financial services and payments industry. The market for qualified individuals is highly competitive, and we may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel or candidates to replace or succeed members of our senior management team or other key personnel. We may be subject to restrictions under future legislation or regulation limiting executive compensation. For example, the Federal Reserve recently issued guidance on incentive compensation policies at banking organizations and the Reform Act imposes additional disclosures and restrictions on compensation. These restrictions could negatively impact our ability to compete with other companies in recruiting and retaining key personnel and could impact our ability to offer incentives that motivate our key personnel to perform. If we are unable to recruit, retain and motivate key personnel to manage our business well, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Damage to our reputation could damage our business.

Maintaining a positive reputation is critical to our attracting and retaining customers, investors and employees. Damage to our reputation can therefore cause significant harm to our business and prospects. Harm to our reputation can arise from numerous sources, including, among others, employee misconduct, litigation or regulatory outcomes, failing to deliver minimum standards of service and quality, compliance failures, and the activities of customers and counterparties. Negative publicity regarding us, whether or not true, may result in customer attrition and other harm to our business prospects.

We may be unsuccessful in promoting and protecting our brands or protecting our other intellectual property, or third parties may allege that we are infringing their intellectual property rights.

The Discover, PULSE and Diners Club brands have substantial economic and goodwill value. Our success is dependent on our ability to promote and protect these brands and our other intellectual property. Our ability to attract and retain customers is highly dependent upon the external perception of our company and brands. Our brands are licensed for use to business partners and network participants, some of whom have contractual obligations to promote and develop our brands. The value of our brands and our overall business success may be adversely affected by actions of our business partners and network participants that diminish the perception of our brands.

We may not be able to successfully protect our brands and our other intellectual property. If others misappropriate, use or otherwise diminish the value of our intellectual property, our business could be adversely affected. In addition, third

 

-35-


Table of Contents

parties may allege that our marketing, processes or systems may infringe their intellectual property rights. Given the potential risks and uncertainties of such claims, our business could be adversely affected by having to pay significant monetary damages or licensing fees and we may have to alter our business practices.

Acquisitions or strategic investments that we pursue may not be successful and could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition.

We may consider or undertake strategic acquisitions of, or material investments in, businesses, products, portfolios of loans or technologies, such as our recent acquisition of The Student Loan Corporation. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition or investment candidates, or even if we do identify suitable candidates, they may be difficult to finance, expensive to fund and there is no guarantee that we can obtain any necessary regulatory approvals or complete the transactions on terms that are favorable to us. To the extent we pay the purchase price of any acquisition or investment in cash, it would reduce our cash balances and regulatory capital, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition; similarly, if the purchase price is paid with our stock, it would be dilutive to our stockholders. In addition, we may assume liabilities associated with a business acquisition or investment, including unrecorded liabilities that are not discovered at the time of the transaction, and the repayment of those liabilities may have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

We may not be able to successfully integrate the personnel, operations, businesses, products, or technologies of an acquisition or investment. Integration may be particularly challenging if we enter into a line of business in which we have limited experience and the business operates in a difficult legal, regulatory or competitive environment. We may find that we do not have adequate operations or expertise to manage the new business. The integration of any acquisition or investment may divert management’s time and resources from our core business, which could impair our relationships with our current employees, customers and strategic partners and disrupt our operations. Acquisitions and investments also may not perform to our expectations for various reasons, including the loss of key personnel or customers. If we fail to integrate acquisitions or investments or realize the expected benefits, we may lose the return on these acquisitions or investments or incur additional transaction costs and our business and financial condition may be harmed as a result.

We are subject to regulation by a number of different regulatory agencies, which have broad discretion to require us to alter our operations in ways that could adversely affect our business or subject us to penalties for noncompliance.

We must comply with an array of banking and consumer lending laws and regulations in all of the jurisdictions in which we operate. As a bank holding company, we are subject to oversight, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, including scrutiny of our risk management program; business strategy, earnings, capital and cash flow; anti-money laundering program; and examination of our non-bank businesses, including Discover Network, PULSE and Diners Club, and their relationships with our banking subsidiaries. Our subsidiary, Discover Bank, is subject to regulation and regular examinations by the FDIC and the Delaware Bank Commissioner. In addition, we are subject to regulation by the Federal Trade Commission, state banking regulators and the U.S. Department of Justice, as well as the SEC and New York Stock Exchange in our capacity as a public company. In addition, as our payments business has expanded globally through the acquisition of Diners Club, we are subject to government regulation in countries in which our networks operate or our cards are used, either directly or indirectly through regulation affecting Diners Club network licensees. Beginning in July 2011, we will also be subject to regulation by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.

From time to time, these regulations and regulatory agencies have required us to alter certain of our operating practices, and may require us to do the same in the future. Our ability to execute our business strategies through acquisitions or the introduction of new products or pricing may be impaired or delayed as a result of regulatory review or failure to obtain required regulatory approvals. Various federal and state regulators have broad discretion to impose restrictions and requirements on our company, subsidiaries and operations, including restrictions on capital actions such as increasing dividends. U.S. federal and state consumer protection laws and rules limit the manner and terms on which we may offer and extend credit. We are subject to capital, funding and liquidity requirements prescribed by statutes, regulations and orders, including initiatives under the Reform Act and Basel III that will require us to hold higher levels of capital to support our businesses. We are also subject to the requirements of accounting standard setters and those who interpret the accounting standards (such as the FASB, the SEC, banking regulators and our outside auditors), who may add new requirements or change their interpretations on how standards should be applied, potentially materially impacting how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. We are also subject to FDIC

 

-36-


Table of Contents

increases in deposit insurance assessments or additional special assessments, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to comply with laws, regulations and other requirements could lead to adverse consequences such as financial, structural, reputational and operational penalties, including receivership, litigation exposure and fines. In addition, efforts to abide by these laws and regulations may increase our costs of operations or limit our ability to execute our business strategies and engage in certain business activities, including affecting our ability to generate or collect receivables from customers.

Laws, regulations, and supervisory guidance and practices, or the application thereof, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Proposals for legislation further regulating matters affecting public companies are continually being introduced in the U.S. Congress and in state legislatures, including reforms related to health care, employment and particularly the financial services industry. The Reform Act, which was enacted in July 2010, significantly impacts the financial services industry. Among other things, the Reform Act established the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection to regulate consumer financial services and products, including credit, savings and payment products.

The agencies regulating the financial services industry also periodically adopt changes to their regulations and supervisory guidance and practices. In light of recent conditions in the U.S. financial markets and economy, as well as a heightened regulatory and Congressional focus on consumer lending, regulators have increased their scrutiny of the financial services industry, the result of which has included new regulations and guidance. We are unable to predict the long-term impact of this enhanced scrutiny. We are also unable to predict whether any additional or similar changes to statutes or regulations, including the interpretation or implementation thereof, will occur in the future.

In addition, regulation of the payments industry, including regulation applicable to us, merchant acquirers and our other business partners and customers, has expanded significantly in recent years. The Reform Act includes provisions governing debit and credit card network businesses. In addition, various U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and state legislatures are considering new legislation or regulations relating to restrictions regarding fees and interchange charged to merchants and acquirers, as well as additional charges for premium payment card transactions, and other restrictions related to identity theft, privacy, data security and marketing that could have a direct effect on us and our merchant and financial institution customers. In addition, the payments industry is the subject of increasing global regulatory focus, which may result in costly new compliance burdens being imposed on us and our customers and lead to increased costs and decreased payments volume and revenues. We, our Diners Club licensees and Diners Club customers are subject to regulations that affect the payments industry in many countries in which our cards are used.

Failure to comply with laws and regulations could lead to adverse consequences such as financial, structural, reputational and operational penalties, including receivership, litigation exposure and fines. Legislative and regulatory changes could impact the profitability of our business activities, require us to limit or change our business practices, affect retention of our key employees, and expose us to additional costs (including increased compliance costs). Significant changes in laws and regulations may have a more adverse effect on our results of operations than on the results of our larger, more diversified competitors. For additional recent legislative and regulatory developments that may affect our business, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Legislative and Regulatory Developments.”

Current and proposed regulation addressing consumer privacy and data use and security could inhibit the number of payment cards issued and increase our costs.

Regulatory pronouncements relating to consumer privacy, data use and security affect our business. In the United States, we are subject to a number of laws concerning consumer privacy and data use and security. We are subject to the Federal Trade Commission’s and the banking regulators’ information safeguard rules under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The rules require that financial institutions (including us) develop, implement and maintain a written, comprehensive information security program containing safeguards that are appropriate to the financial institution’s size and complexity, the nature and scope of the financial institution’s activities, and the sensitivity of any customer information at issue. The United States has experienced a heightened legislative and regulatory focus on data security, including requiring

 

-37-


Table of Contents

consumer notification in the event of a data breach. In addition, most states have enacted security breach legislation requiring varying levels of consumer notification in the event of certain types of security breaches, and several other states are considering similar legislation.

Regulation of privacy, data use and security may cause an increase in the costs to issue payment cards and/or may decrease the number of our cards that we or third parties issue. New regulations in these areas may also increase our costs to comply with such regulations, which could negatively impact our earnings. In addition, failure to comply with the privacy and data use and security laws and regulations to which we are subject, including by reason of inadvertent disclosure of confidential information, could result in fines, sanctions, penalties or other adverse consequences and loss of consumer confidence, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, overall business and reputation.

Litigation and regulatory actions could subject us to significant fines, penalties and/or requirements resulting in increased expenses.

Businesses in the credit card industry have historically been subject to significant legal actions, including class action lawsuits and commercial, shareholder and patent litigation. Many of these actions have included claims for substantial compensatory, statutory or punitive damages. While we have historically relied on our arbitration clause in agreements with customers to limit our exposure to consumer class action litigation, there can be no assurance that we will continue to be successful in enforcing our arbitration clause in the future. Legal challenges to the enforceability of these clauses have led most card issuers and may cause us to discontinue their use, and there are bills pending in Congress to directly or indirectly prohibit the use of pre-dispute arbitration clauses. Further, we are involved in pending legal actions challenging our arbitration clause. In addition, we may be involved in various actions or proceedings brought by governmental regulatory agencies in the event of noncompliance with laws or regulations, which could harm our reputation, require us to limit our business activities or subject us to significant fines, penalties or other requirements resulting in increased expenses.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report on Form 10-K and materials we have filed or will file with the SEC (as well as information included in our other written or oral statements) contain or will contain certain statements that are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, our forward-looking statements. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates” and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would” and “could” are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. You should not rely solely on the forward-looking statements and should consider all uncertainties and risks throughout this annual report on Form 10-K, including those described under “Risk Factors.” The statements are only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement.

Possible events or factors that could cause results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements include the following:

 

   

changes in economic variables, such as the availability of consumer credit, the housing market, energy costs, the number and size of personal bankruptcy filings, the rate of unemployment and the levels of consumer confidence and consumer debt, and investor sentiment;

 

   

the impact of current, pending and future legislation, regulation and regulatory and legal actions, including new laws and rules related to financial regulatory reform, new laws and rules limiting or modifying certain credit card practices, new laws and rules affecting securitizations, funding and liquidity, and bank holding company regulations and supervisory guidance;

 

   

the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors;

 

   

our ability to manage our expenses;

 

   

our ability to successfully achieve card acceptance across our networks and maintain relationships with network participants;

 

   

our ability to sustain and grow our private student loan business;

 

-38-


Table of Contents
   

our ability to manage our credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, legal and compliance risk, and strategic risk;

 

   

the availability and cost of funding and capital;

 

   

access to deposit, securitization, equity, debt and credit markets;

 

   

the impact of rating agency actions;

 

   

the level and volatility of equity prices, commodity prices and interest rates, currency values, investments, other market fluctuations and other market indices;

 

   

losses in our investment portfolio;

 

   

restrictions on our operations resulting from financing transactions;

 

   

our ability to increase or sustain Discover card usage or attract new customers;

 

   

our ability to attract new merchants and maintain relationships with current merchants;

 

   

the effect of political, economic and market conditions, geopolitical events and unforeseen or catastrophic events;

 

   

fraudulent activities or material security breaches of key systems;

 

   

our ability to introduce new products or services;

 

   

our ability to sustain our investment in new technology and manage our relationships with third-party vendors;

 

   

our ability to collect amounts for disputed transactions from merchants and merchant acquirers;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain employees;

 

   

our ability to protect our reputation and our intellectual property;

 

   

difficulty financing, transitioning, integrating or managing the expenses of new businesses, products or technologies; and

 

   

new lawsuits, investigations or similar matters or unanticipated developments related to current matters.

We routinely evaluate and may pursue acquisitions of or investments in businesses, products, technologies, loan portfolios or deposits, which may involve payment in cash or our debt or equity securities.

The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exclusive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this annual report on Form 10-K. These factors expressly qualify all subsequent oral and written forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf. Except for any ongoing obligations to disclose material information as required under U.S. federal securities laws, we do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements after we distribute this annual report on Form 10-K, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

Our principal properties are located in eight states in the United States. As of January 15, 2011, we owned four principal properties, which included our corporate headquarters, two call centers and a processing center, and we leased five principal properties, which included two call centers, our PULSE headquarters and two Student Loan Corporation offices. The call centers, processing center and Student Loan Corporation offices largely support our Direct Banking segment, the PULSE headquarters is used by our Payment Services segment, and our corporate headquarters is used by both our Direct Banking and Payment Services segments. Both our call centers and processing center are operating at and

 

-39-


Table of Contents

being utilized to a reasonable capacity and we believe our principal facilities are both suitable and adequate to meet our current and projected needs. We also have seven leased offices, five of which are located outside the United States, that are used to support our Diners Club operations and a leased office that supports our Direct Banking segment.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, from time to time, we have been named as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions, and other litigation, arising in connection with our activities. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. We have historically relied on the arbitration clause in our cardmember agreements, which has in some instances limited the costs of, and our exposure to, litigation, but there can be no assurance that we will continue to be successful in enforcing our arbitration clause in the future. Legal challenges to the enforceability of these clauses have led most card issuers and may cause us to discontinue their use, and there are bills pending in Congress to directly or indirectly prohibit the use of pre-dispute arbitration clauses. Further, we are involved in pending legal actions challenging our arbitration clause. We are also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental agencies regarding our business, including, among other matters, accounting, tax and operational matters, some of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions, or other relief. For example, we have received a notice of proposed assessment from the IRS related to its audit of our 1999-2005 tax years as further discussed in Note 17: Income Taxes to the consolidated financial statements. Litigation and regulatory actions could also adversely affect our reputation.

We contest liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, we cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved, or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, we believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of the pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, although the outcome of such matters could be material to our operating results and cash flows for a particular future period, depending on, among other things, our level of income for such period.

Bennett et al. v. Discover Card

On November 16, 2010, a putative class action lawsuit was filed against us by a cardmember in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California (Michele Bennett et al. v. Discover Card, a/k/a DFS Services LLC). The plaintiff alleges that we contacted her, and members of the putative class, on their cellular telephones without their express consent in violation of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”). The TCPA provides for statutory damages of $500 for each violation ($1,500 for willful violations). Plaintiff seeks statutory damages for alleged negligent and willful violations of the TCPA, attorneys’ fees, costs and injunctive relief. We will seek to vigorously defend all claims asserted against us. We are not in a position at this time to assess the likely outcome or our exposure, if any, with respect to this matter.

Payment Protection Cases

On December 6, 2010, the Attorney General for the State of Minnesota filed a lawsuit against us in the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota (Minnesota v. Discover Financial Services, Discover Bank and DFS Services, LLC). The lawsuit challenges our enrollment of Discover cardmembers in our various fee based products under Minnesota law. The remedies sought in the lawsuit include an injunction prohibiting us from engaging in the alleged violations, restitution for all persons allegedly injured by the complained of practices, civil penalties and costs. We will seek to vigorously defend all claims asserted against us. We are not in a position at this time to assess the likely outcome or our exposure, if any, with respect to this matter.

As of January 15, 2011, there were six putative class action cases pending in relation to the sale of our payment protection fee product. The cases were filed (all in United States District Courts) on July 8, 2010 in the Northern District of California (Walker, et al. v. DFS, Inc. and Discover Bank; subsequently transferred to the Northern District of Illinois); July 16, 2010 in the Central District of California (Conroy v. Discover Financial Services and Discover Bank); October 22, 2010 in the District of South Carolina (Alexander v. Discover Financial Services, Inc.; DFS Services, LLC; Discover Bank; and Morgan Stanley); November 5, 2010 in the Northern District of Illinois (Callahan v. Discover Financial Services, Inc. and Discover Bank); December 17, 2010 in the Western District of Tennessee (Sack v. DFS Services, LLC; Discover

 

-40-


Table of Contents

Financial Services, Inc.; and Discover Bank); and January 14, 2011 in the Eastern District of Pennsylvania (Boyce v. DFS Services LLC; Discover Financial Services Inc.; Discover Bank). Each of these lawsuits challenges our marketing practices with respect to our payment protection fee product to our cardmembers under various state laws and the Truth in Lending Act. The plaintiffs seek monetary remedies including unspecified damages and restitution, attorneys’ fees and costs, and various forms of injunctive relief including an order rescinding the payment protection fee product enrollments of all class members. We will seek to vigorously defend all claims asserted against us. We are not in a position at this time to assess the likely outcomes or our exposure, if any, with respect to these matters.

 

Item 4. (Removed and Reserved).

 

-41-


Table of Contents
Part II.  |  Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock Market Prices and Dividends

Our common stock began trading “regular way” on the NYSE (ticker symbol DFS) on July 2, 2007. The approximate number of record holders of our common stock at January 15, 2011 was 86,021.

The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low sales prices as reported by the NYSE and the dividends declared by us during the quarter indicated:

 

Quarter Ended:

                 Cash Dividends
Declared
 
2009    Stock Price     

February 28

   $ 11.47       $ 5.05       $ 0.06   

May 31

   $ 11.65       $ 4.73       $ 0.02   

August 31

   $ 14.24       $ 8.58       $ 0.02   

November 30

   $ 17.36       $ 12.87       $ 0.02   
2010                           

February 28

   $ 16.78       $ 12.58       $ 0.02   

May 31

   $ 16.59       $ 12.61       $ 0.02   

August 31

   $ 15.78       $ 12.11       $ 0.02   

November 30

   $ 19.16       $ 14.65       $ 0.02   
                            

During our second quarter of 2009, we reduced our quarterly common stock dividend from $.06 per share to $.02 per share and we have maintained a $.02 per share dividend since that time. We expect to continue our policy of paying regular cash dividends, although there is no assurance as to future dividends because they are subject to board approval and depend on future earnings, capital requirements and financial condition. In addition, our banking regulators and applicable banking laws and regulations may limit our ability to pay dividends. Further, as a result of provisions that may be contained in our borrowing agreements or the borrowing agreements of our subsidiaries, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders may be limited.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases of our common stock made by us or on our behalf during the fourth quarter of our year ended November 30, 2010:

 

Period    Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased (2)
     Average
Price Paid
per Share
     Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs (1)
     Maximum Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
 

September 1 – 30, 2010

           

Repurchase program (1)

     —         $ —           —         $ 1 billion   

Employee transactions (2)

     2,687       $ 15.22         N/A         N/A   

October 1 – 31, 2010

           

Repurchase program (1)

     —         $ —           —         $ 1 billion   

Employee transactions (2)

     2,970       $ 16.58         N/A         N/A   

November 1 – 30, 2010

           

Repurchase program (1)

     —         $ —           —         $ 1 billion   

Employee transactions (2)

     301       $ 18.14         N/A         N/A   
                             

Total

           

Repurchase program (1)

     —         $ —           —         $ 1 billion   

Employee transactions (2)

     5,958       $ 16.05         N/A         N/A   
                                     

 

(1) On December 3, 2007, we announced that our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $1 billion of our outstanding stock under a new share repurchase program. This share repurchase program expired on November 30, 2010. At November 30, 2010, we had not repurchased any stock under this program.
(2) Reflects shares withheld (under the terms of grants under employee stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units or upon the exercise of stock options.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return (rounded to the nearest whole dollar) of our common stock, the S&P 500 Stock Index and the S&P 500 Financials Index for the period from July 2, 2007 through November 30, 2010. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on July 2, 2007, the date we began “regular way” trading on the NYSE following our spin-off. The cumulative returns include stock price appreciation and assume full reinvestment of dividends. This graph does not forecast future performance of our common stock.

LOGO

 

       Discover
Financial
Services
     S&P
500
Index
     S&P 500
Financials
Index
 

July 2, 2007

   $ 100.00       $ 100.00       $ 100.00   

November 30, 2007

   $ 63.14       $ 97.48       $ 84.67   

November 30, 2008

   $ 36.89       $ 58.99       $ 34.60   

November 30, 2009

   $ 56.63       $ 72.11       $ 40.11   

November 30, 2010

   $ 67.31       $ 77.70       $ 39.52   
                            

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents our selected financial data and operating statistics. The statement of income data for each of the years in the three-year period ended November 30, 2010 and the statement of financial condition data as of November 30, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. The statement of financial condition data as of November 30, 2008 and 2007, and the statement of income data for the year ended November 30, 2007 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

The selected financial data as of and for the year ended November 30, 2006, is for a period prior to our spin-off from Morgan Stanley, and has been derived from unaudited combined financial statements. The combined basis presentation reflects the historical combined income and financial condition of the Morgan Stanley subsidiaries that comprised its Discover segment. Prior to our spin-off, the Discover segment consisted of Discover Financial Services, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley, and certain other subsidiaries and assets related to credit card operations in the United Kingdom, which are now presented as discontinued operations, that were contributed to the Discover segment by Morgan Stanley in conjunction with the spin-off. The combined selected financial data presented for 2006 does not reflect any changes that have occurred in our financing and operations as a result of our spin-off and accordingly, may not be indicative of our future performance or of the results that would have been achieved had we operated as a separate, stand-alone entity during that period. However, the combined financial data presented for 2006 has been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments, consisting of only ordinary recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth in this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

The selected financial data shown below for the year ended November 30, 2010 reflects a change in accounting principle as a result of the consolidation of the securitization trusts, which is more fully described in Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle to our consolidated financial statements. Selected financial data shown below for historical periods prior to December 1, 2009 have not been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the change in accounting principle and therefore continue to reflect the accounting standards that were applicable during those historical periods.

Discover Financial Services

Selected Financial Data

 

       For the Years Ended November 30,  
   2010 (1)     2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Statement of Income Data:

          

Interest income

   $ 6,146,218      $ 3,145,080      $ 2,692,563      $ 2,584,402      $ 2,209,192   

Interest expense

     1,582,988        1,251,284        1,288,004        1,223,270        836,280   
                                        

Net interest income

     4,563,230        1,893,796        1,404,559        1,361,132        1,372,912   

Other income (2)

     2,094,999        4,840,595        4,264,458        3,376,682        3,368,664   
                                        

Revenue net of interest expense

     6,658,229        6,734,391        5,669,017        4,737,814        4,741,576   

Provision for loan losses

     3,206,705        2,362,405        1,595,615        733,887        606,765   

Other expense

     2,182,665        2,251,088        2,415,797        2,478,214        2,467,058   
                                        

Income before income tax expense

     1,268,859        2,120,898        1,657,605        1,525,713        1,667,753   

Income tax expense

     504,071        844,713        594,692        561,514        535,563   
                                        

Income from continuing operations

     764,788        1,276,185        1,062,913        964,199        1,132,190   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (3)

     —          —          (135,163     (375,569     (55,574
                                        

Net income (2)

   $ 764,788      $ 1,276,185      $ 927,750      $ 588,630      $ 1,076,616   
                                        

Net income allocated to common stockholders

   $ 667,938      $ 1,206,965      $ 910,510      $ 572,480      $ 1,076,616   
                                        

Statement of Financial Condition Data (as of):

          

Loan receivables

   $ 48,836,413      $ 23,625,084      $ 25,216,611      $ 20,831,117      $ 20,790,244   

Total assets

   $ 60,784,968      $ 46,020,987      $ 39,892,382      $ 37,376,105      $ 29,064,898   

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 6,456,846      $ 8,435,547      $ 5,915,823      $ 5,599,422      $ 5,774,772   

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 3,304,118      $ 1,757,899      $ 1,374,585      $ 759,925      $ 703,917   

Long-term borrowings

   $ 17,705,728      $ 2,428,101      $ 1,735,383      $ 2,134,093      $ 819,496   

Per Share of Common Stock:

          

Basic EPS from continuing operations

   $ 1.23      $ 2.39      $ 2.18      $ 1.99      $ 2.37   

Diluted EPS from continuing operations

   $ 1.22      $ 2.38      $ 2.18      $ 1.98      $ 2.37   

Weighted average shares outstanding (000’s) (4)

     544,058        504,540        479,335        477,328        477,236   

Weighted average shares outstanding (fully diluted) (000’s) (4)

     548,760        507,907        479,357        477,988        477,236   

Cash dividends declared

   $ 0.08      $ 0.12      $ 0.24      $ 0.06        —     

Dividend payout ratio

     6.52     5.02     11.01     3.02     —     

Ratios:

          

Return on average equity

     12     17     16     10     20

Return on average assets

     1     3     3     2     4

Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets

     11     18     15     15     17
                                          

 

(1) Amounts as of and for the year ended November 30, 2010 include securitized loans as a result of the consolidation of the securitization trusts related to a change in accounting principle on December 1, 2009. Amounts prior to December 1, 2009 do not include securitized loans.
(2) The years ended November 30, 2009 and 2008 include $1.9 billion pretax ($1.2 billion after tax) and $0.9 billion pretax ($0.5 billion after tax), respectively, of income related to the Visa and MasterCard antitrust litigation settlement, which is included in our Direct Banking segment. See Note 21: Litigation to the consolidated financial statements.
(3) 2007 includes a $391 million pretax ($279 million after tax) non-cash impairment charge to write-down the intangible assets and goodwill of the Goldfish business, which was sold on March 31, 2008.
(4) On June 30, 2007, Morgan Stanley distributed to Morgan Stanley stockholders one share of our common stock for every two shares of Morgan Stanley common stock held on June 18, 2007. As a result, on July 2, 2007, we had 477,235,927 shares of common stock outstanding and this share amount is being utilized for the calculation of basic earnings per share (“EPS”) for all periods presented prior to the date of the spin-off. For all periods prior to the spin-off date, the same number of shares is being used for diluted EPS as for basic EPS as none of our common stock was traded prior to July 2, 2007 and none of our equity awards were outstanding for the prior periods.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

The loan receivables information show below is provided on both a GAAP basis and an “as adjusted” basis. The as-adjusted basis assumes that the trusts used in our securitization activities were consolidated into our financial results and excludes from results income received in connection with the antitrust litigation settlement in 2009 and 2008. For an explanation as to why management believes that the “as adjusted” numbers are useful to investors and for a reconciliation of these numbers, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
   2010     2009 (1)     2008 (1)     2007 (1)     2006 (1)  
   (dollars in thousands)  

Selected Statistics:

          

Total Loan Receivables

          

GAAP information:

          

Loan receivables

   $ 48,836,413      $ 23,625,084      $ 25,216,611      $ 20,831,117      $ 20,790,244   

Average loan receivables

   $ 49,909,187      $ 26,552,574      $ 21,348,493      $ 19,947,784      $ 19,252,929   

Interest yield

     12.20     11.31     10.89     10.73     10.48

Net principal charge-off rate

     7.57     7.45     4.59     3.40     3.63

Delinquency rate (over 30 days)

     3.89     4.92     4.35     3.26     3.05

Delinquency rate (over 90 days)

     2.04     2.58     2.06     1.51     1.43

As adjusted information:

          

Loan receivables – As adjusted

     N/A      $ 50,854,146      $ 51,095,278      $ 48,180,436      $ 45,802,071   

Average loan receivables – As adjusted

     N/A      $ 51,130,117      $ 49,011,148      $ 46,913,474      $ 44,409,232   

Interest yield – As adjusted

     N/A        12.40     12.59     12.65     12.52

Net principal charge-off rate – As adjusted

     N/A        7.77     5.01     3.83     3.95

Delinquency rate (over 30 days) – As adjusted

     N/A        5.31     4.56     3.58     3.39

Delinquency rate (over 90 days) – As adjusted

     N/A        2.78     2.17     1.67     1.59

Total Credit Card Loan Receivables

          

GAAP information

          

Credit card loan receivables

   $ 45,156,994      $ 20,230,302      $ 23,814,307      $ 20,579,923      $ 20,694,395   

Average credit card loan receivables

   $ 45,616,791      $ 24,266,782      $ 20,566,864      $ 19,845,880      $ 19,120,946   

Interest yield

     12.79     11.69     10.92     10.75     10.50

Net principal charge-off rate

     8.08     7.87     4.73     3.41     3.64

Delinquency rate (over 30 days)

     4.06     5.52     4.55     3.28     3.05

Delinquency rate (over 90 days)

     2.12     2.92     2.16     1.53     1.44

As adjusted information:

          

Credit card loan receivables – As adjusted

     N/A      $ 47,459,364      $ 49,692,974      $ 47,929,242      $ 45,706,222   

Average credit card loan receivables – As adjusted

     N/A      $ 48,844,325      $ 48,229,519      $ 46,811,570      $ 44,277,249   

Interest yield – As adjusted

     N/A        12.63     12.63     12.66     12.53

Net principal charge-off rate – As adjusted

     N/A        8.00     5.07     3.84     3.96

Delinquency rate (over 30 days) – As adjusted

     N/A        5.60     4.66     3.59     3.39

Delinquency rate (over 90 days) – As adjusted

     N/A        2.94     2.22     1.68     1.59
                                          

 

(1) Amounts as of and for the year ended November 30, 2010 include securitized loans as a result of the consolidation of the securitization trusts related to a change in accounting principle on December 1, 2009. Amounts under “GAAP information” prior to December 1, 2009 do not include securitized loans.

 

-46-


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis constitutes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K particularly under “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” which immediately follows “Risk Factors.”

Unless otherwise specified, references to Notes to our consolidated financial statements are to the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements as of November 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the three-year period ended November 30, 2010.

Introduction and Overview

Discover Financial Services is a direct banking and payment services company. We are a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, subject to oversight, regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). We are also a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Through our Discover Bank subsidiary, we offer our customers credit cards, student loans, personal loans and deposit products. Through our DFS Services LLC subsidiary and its subsidiaries, we operate the Discover Network, the PULSE network (“PULSE”) and Diners Club International (“Diners Club”). The Discover Network provides credit card transaction processing for Discover card-branded and third-party issued credit cards. PULSE operates an electronic funds transfer network, providing financial institutions issuing debit cards on the PULSE network with access to ATMs domestically and internationally, as well as point of sale terminals at retail locations throughout the U.S. for debit card transactions. Diners Club is a global payments network that grants rights to licensees, which are generally financial institutions, to issue Diners Club branded credit cards and/or to provide card acceptance services. Our Diners Club business also offers transaction processing and marketing services to licensees globally. Our fiscal year ends on November 30 of each year.

Our primary revenues consist of interest income earned on loan receivables and fees earned from customers, merchants and issuers. The primary costs required to operate our business include funding costs (interest expense), loan loss provisions, customer rewards, and expenses incurred to grow, manage and service our loan receivables and networks. Our business activities are funded primarily through the raising of consumer deposits, securitization of loan receivables and the issuance of both secured and unsecured debt.

Change in Accounting Principle Related to Off-Balance Sheet Securitizations

Beginning with the first quarter 2010, we have included the trusts used in our securitization activities in our consolidated financial results in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 (“Statement No. 166”) (codified under the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Section 860, Transfers and Servicing ) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretations No. 46(R) (“Statement No. 167”) (codified under ASC Section 810, Consolidation ), which were effective for us on December 1, 2009, the beginning of our 2010 fiscal year.

Under Statement No. 166, the trusts used in our securitization transactions are no longer exempt from consolidation. Statement No. 167 prescribes an ongoing assessment of our involvement in the activities of the trusts and our rights or obligations to receive benefits or absorb losses of the trusts that could be potentially significant in order to determine whether those entities will be required to be consolidated on our financial statements. Based on our assessment, we concluded that we are the primary beneficiary of the Discover Card Master Trust I (“DCMT”) and the Discover Card Execution Note Trust (“DCENT”) (the “trusts”) and accordingly, we began consolidating the trusts on December 1, 2009. Using the carrying amounts of the trust assets and liabilities as prescribed by Statement No. 167, we recorded a $21.1 billion increase in total assets, a $22.4 billion increase in total liabilities and a $1.3 billion decrease in stockholders’ equity (comprised of a $1.4 billion decrease in retained earnings offset by an increase of $0.1 billion in accumulated other comprehensive income). The significant adjustments to our statement of financial condition upon adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167 are outlined below:

 

   

Consolidation of $22.3 billion of securitized loan receivables and the related debt issued from the trusts to third-party investors;

 

-47-


Table of Contents

 

   

Reclassification of $4.6 billion of certificated retained interests classified as investment securities to loan receivables;

 

   

Recording of a $2.1 billion allowance for loan losses, not previously required under GAAP, for the newly consolidated and reclassified credit card loan receivables;

 

   

Derecognition of the remaining $0.1 billion value of the interest-only strip receivable, net of tax, recorded in amounts due from asset securitization and reclassification of the remaining $1.6 billion of amounts due from asset securitization to restricted cash, loan receivables and other assets; and

 

   

Recording of net deferred tax assets of $0.8 billion, largely related to establishing an allowance for loan losses on the newly consolidated and reclassified credit card loan receivables.

Beginning with the first quarter 2010, our results of operations no longer reflect securitization income, but instead report interest income, net charge-offs and certain other income associated with all securitized loan receivables and interest expense associated with debt issued from the trusts to third-party investors in the same line items in our results of operations as non-securitized credit card loan receivables and corporate debt. Additionally, we no longer record initial gains on new securitization activity since securitized credit card loans no longer receive sale accounting treatment. Also, there are no gains or losses on the revaluation of the interest-only strip receivable as that asset is not recognizable in a transaction accounted for as a secured borrowing. Because our securitization transactions are being accounted for under the new accounting rules as secured borrowings rather than asset sales, the cash flows from these transactions are presented as cash flows from financing activities rather than as cash flows from operating or investing activities. Notwithstanding this accounting treatment, our securitizations are structured to legally isolate the receivables from Discover Bank, and we would not expect to be able to access the assets of our securitization trusts, even in insolvency, receivership or conservatorship proceedings. We do, however, continue to have the rights associated with our retained interests in the assets of these trusts.

Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data

We did not retrospectively adopt Statements No. 166 and 167 and, therefore, the consolidated financial statements presented in this annual report as of and for the year ended November 30, 2010 reflect the new accounting requirements, but the historical statement of financial condition as of November 30, 2009 and statements of income and statements of cash flows for the years ended November 30, 2009 and 2008 continue to reflect the accounting applicable prior to the adoption of the new accounting requirements.

To enable the reader to better understand our financial information by reflecting period-over-period data on a consistent basis, this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations presents our financial information as of and for the year ended November 30, 2010 as compared to adjusted results of operations data for the years ended November 30, 2009 and 2008, and, where necessary, we have also provided certain information as of and for the year ended November 30, 2007 and 2006 on an as adjusted basis. Management believes the adjusted financial information is useful to investors as it aligns with the financial information used in its decision-making process and in evaluating the business. The as adjusted amounts:

 

   

show how our financial data would have been presented if the trusts used in our securitization activities were consolidated into our financial statements for such historical periods;

 

   

remove the impact of income received in connection with the settlement of our antitrust litigation with Visa and MasterCard during the years ended November 30, 2009 and 2008; and

 

   

exclude the interest charge related to our dispute with Morgan Stanley regarding the special dividend agreement, which, among other things, specified how proceeds of the antitrust litigation with Visa and MasterCard were to be shared.

The impacts of Statements No. 166 and 167 on our earnings summary, detail of other income and Direct Banking segment information are reflected in two steps in the reconciliations of GAAP to as adjusted data in the tables below. First, we made securitization adjustments to reverse the effect of loan securitization by recharacterizing securitization income to report interest income, expense, provision for loan losses, discount and interchange revenue and loan fee income in the same line items as non-securitized loans. These adjustments result in a “managed basis” presentation, which we have historically included in our quarterly and annual reports to reflect the way in which our senior management evaluated our business performance and allocated resources.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

Then, additional adjustments were made to reflect results as if the trusts used in our securitization activities had been fully consolidated in our historical results. These adjustments include:

 

   

Elimination of interest income and interest expense related to certificated retained interests classified as investment securities and associated intercompany debt;

 

   

An adjustment to the provision for loan losses for the change in securitized loan receivables;

 

   

Elimination of the revaluation gains or losses associated with the interest-only strip receivable, which was derecognized upon adoption; and

 

   

An adjustment to reflect the income tax effects related to these adjustments.

The impacts of Statements No. 166 and 167 on our effective tax rate, loan receivables and average balance sheet information and certain other selected financial data are reflected in one step, rather than two, in the reconciliations of GAAP to as adjusted data set forth in the tables below as there is no meaningful difference between such information on a historical managed basis as compared to on an as adjusted basis.

Earnings Summary and Reconciliation

 

     For the Year Ended November 30, 2009  
       As
Reported
    Securitization
Adjustments
    Managed      Additional
Adjustments
    As
Adjusted
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 3,145,080      $ 3,315,992      $ 6,461,072       $ (25,920 ) (A)     $ 6,435,152   

Interest expense

     1,251,284        397,136        1,648,420         (42,921 ) (B)       1,605,499   
                                         

Net interest income

     1,893,796        2,918,856        4,812,652         17,001        4,829,653   

Provision for loan losses

     2,362,405        1,995,936        4,358,341         764,689 (C)       5,123,030   
                                         

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     (468,609     922,920        454,311         (747,688     (293,377

Antitrust litigation settlement

     1,891,698        —          1,891,698         (1,891,698 ) (D)       —     

Other income

     2,948,897        (922,920     2,025,977         160,087 (E)       2,186,064   
                                         

Total other income

     4,840,595        (922,920     3,917,675         (1,731,611     2,186,064   

Total other expense

     2,251,088        —          2,251,088         (28,992 ) (F)       2,222,096   
                                         

Income (loss) before income tax expense

     2,120,898        —          2,120,898         (2,450,307     (329,409

Income tax expense (benefit)

     844,713        —          844,713         (936,838 ) (G)       (92,125
                                         

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,276,185      $ —        $ 1,276,185       $ (1,513,469   $ (237,284
                                         
                                           

 

-49-


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended November 30, 2008  
       As
Reported
    Securitization
Adjustments
    Managed      Additional
Adjustments
    As
Adjusted
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 2,692,563      $ 3,853,266      $ 6,545,829       $ (54,760 ) (A)     $ 6,491,069   

Interest expense

     1,288,004        1,068,915        2,356,919         (45,595 ) (B)       2,311,324   
                                         

Net interest income

     1,404,559        2,784,351        4,188,910         (9,165     4,179,745   

Provision for loan losses

     1,595,615        1,472,989        3,068,604         408,040 (C)       3,476,644   
                                         

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     (191,056     1,311,362        1,120,306         (417,205     703,101   

Antitrust litigation settlement

     863,634        —          863,634         (863,634 ) (D)       —     

Other income

     3,400,824        (1,311,362     2,089,462         104,322 (E)       2,193,784   
                                         

Total other income

     4,264,458        (1,311,362     2,953,096         (759,312     2,193,784   

Total other expense

     2,415,797        —          2,415,797         —          2,415,797   
                                         

Income (loss) before income tax expense

     1,657,605        —          1,657,605         (1,176,517     481,088   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     594,692        —          594,692         (444,530 ) (G)       150,162   
                                         

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 1,062,913      $ —        $ 1,062,913       $ (731,987   $ 330,926   
                                         
                                           

 

(A) Elimination of interest income on certificated retained interests previously classified as investment securities and balance transfer fee income previously included in gain/loss on interest-only strip receivable.
(B) Elimination of interest expense on certificated retained interests previously classified as investment securities and an interest expense adjustment related to the discount on securitized borrowings.
(C) Provision for loan loss on the period to period change in securitized loans.
(D) Exclusion of settlement proceeds related to the Visa and MasterCard antitrust litigation.
(E) Elimination of gain/loss related to revaluation of interest-only strip receivable and cash collateral accounts.
(F) Exclusion of interest charge related to our dispute with Morgan Stanley regarding the special dividend agreement.
(G) Estimated income tax benefit on the pretax loss related to Statement No. 167 adjustments and exclusion of taxes on the Visa/MasterCard antitrust litigation settlement.

Other Income and Reconciliation

 

     For the Year Ended November 30, 2009  
       As
Reported
    Securitization
Adjustments
    Managed     Additional
Adjustments
    As
Adjusted
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Securitization income

   $ 1,879,304      $ (1,879,304   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Discount and interchange revenue

     222,835        761,253        984,088        —          984,088   

Fee products

     295,066        108,180        403,246        —          403,246   

Loan fee income

     247,267        247,038        494,305        —          494,305   

Transaction processing revenue

     125,201        —          125,201        —          125,201   

Merchant fees

     44,248        —          44,248        —          44,248   

Loss on investment securities

     (3,826     —          (3,826     —          (3,826

Antitrust litigation settlement

     1,891,698        —          1,891,698        (1,891,698 ) (A)       —     

Other income

     138,802        (160,087     (21,285     160,087 (B)       138,802   
                                        

Total other income

   $ 4,840,595      $ (922,920   $ 3,917,675      $ (1,731,611   $ 2,186,064   
                                        
                                          

 

-50-


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended November 30, 2008  
       As
Reported
    Securitization
Adjustments
    Managed     Additional
Adjustments
    As
Adjusted
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Securitization income

   $ 2,429,158      $ (2,429,158   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Discount and interchange revenue

     187,657        781,903        969,560        —          969,560   

Fee products

     249,805        111,612        361,417        —          361,417   

Loan fee income

     262,576        343,605        606,181        (15,002     591,179   

Transaction processing revenue

     115,914        —          115,914        —          115,914   

Merchant fees

     67,027        —          67,027        —          67,027   

Loss on investment securities

     (50,294     —          (50,294     —          (50,294

Antitrust litigation settlement

     863,634        —          863,634        (863,634 ) (A)       —     

Other income

     138,981        (119,324     19,657        119,324 (B)       138,981   
                                        

Total other income

   $ 4,264,458      $ (1,311,362   $ 2,953,096      $ (759,312   $ 2,193,784   
                                        
                                          

 

(A) Exclusion of settlement proceeds related to the Visa and MasterCard antitrust litigation.
(B) Elimination of gain/loss related to revaluation of interest-only strip receivable and cash collateral accounts.

Direct Banking Segment Summary and Reconciliation

 

     For the Year Ended November 30, 2009  
       As
Reported
     Securitization
Adjustments
    Managed      Additional
Adjustments
    As
Adjusted
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 3,143,982       $ 3,315,992      $ 6,459,974       $ (25,920 ) (A)     $ 6,434,054   

Interest expense

     1,251,062         397,136        1,648,198         (42,921 ) (B)       1,605,277   
                                          

Net interest income

     1,892,920         2,918,856        4,811,776         17,001        4,828,777   

Provision for loan losses

     2,362,405         1,995,936        4,358,341         764,689 (C)       5,123,030   

Other income

     4,600,801         (922,920     3,677,881         (1,731,611 ) (D)       1,946,270   

Other expense

     2,116,962         —          2,116,962         (28,992 ) (E)       2,087,970   
                                          

Income (loss) before income tax expense

   $ 2,014,354       $ —        $ 2,014,354       $ (2,450,307 ) (F)     $ (435,953
                                          
                                            
     For the Year Ended November 30, 2008  
       As
Reported
     Securitization
Adjustments
    Managed      Additional
Adjustments
    As
Adjusted
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 2,689,398       $ 3,853,266      $ 6,542,664       $ (54,760 ) (A)     $ 6,487,904   

Interest expense

     1,287,921         1,068,915        2,356,836         (45,595 ) (B)       2,311,241   
                                          

Net interest income

     1,401,477         2,784,351        4,185,828         (9,165     4,176,663   

Provision for loan losses

     1,595,615         1,472,989        3,068,604         408,040 (C)       3,476,644   

Other income

     4,085,258         (1,311,362     2,773,896         (759,312 ) (D)       2,014,584   

Other expense

     2,314,926         —          2,314,926         —          2,314,926   
                                          

Income (loss) from continuing operation before income tax expense

   $ 1,576,194       $ —        $ 1,576,194       $ (1,176,517 ) (F)     $ 399,677   
                                          
                                            

 

(A) Elimination of interest income on certificated retained interests previously classified as investment securities and balance transfer fee income previously included in gain/loss on interest-only strip receivable.
(B) Elimination of interest expense on certificated retained interests previously classified as investment securities and an interest expense adjustment related to the discount on securitized borrowings.
(C) Provision for loan loss on the period-to-period change in securitized loans.
(D) Exclusion of settlement proceeds related to Visa/MasterCard antitrust litigation and elimination of gain/loss related to revaluation of interest-only strip receivable and cash collateral accounts.
(E) Exclusion of interest charge related to our dispute with Morgan Stanley regarding the special dividend agreement.
(F) Estimated income tax on the pretax loss related to Statement No. 167 adjustments and exclusion of taxes on the Visa/MasterCard antitrust litigation settlement.

 

-51-


Table of Contents

Loan Receivables Data and Reconciliation

 

     As of and for the Year Ended November 30,  
Total Loan Receivables    2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Loan portfolio

        

GAAP

   $ 23,625,084      $ 25,216,611      $ 20,831,117      $ 19,733,864   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     27,229,062        25,878,667        27,349,319        26,064,459   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 50,854,146      $ 51,095,278      $ 48,180,436      $ 45,798,323   
                                

Loan receivables

        

GAAP

   $ 23,625,084      $ 25,216,611      $ 20,831,117      $ 20,790,244   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     27,229,062        25,878,667        27,349,319        25,011,827   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 50,854,146      $ 51,095,278      $ 48,180,436      $ 45,802,071   
                                

Allowance for loan losses (beginning of period)

        

GAAP

   $ 1,374,585      $ 759,925      $ 703,917      $ 795,722   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     1,379,772        971,730        928,374        1,153,101   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 2,754,357      $ 1,731,655      $ 1,632,291      $ 1,948,823   
                                

Provision for loan losses

        

GAAP

   $ 2,362,405      $ 1,595,615      $ 733,887      $ 606,765   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     2,760,625        1,881,029        1,162,866        831,981   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 5,123,030      $ 3,476,644      $ 1,896,753      $ 1,438,746   
                                

Charge-offs

        

GAAP

   $ (2,165,653   $ (1,147,241   $ (839,092   $ (852,636

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     (2,208,036     (1,713,409     (1,366,949     (1,331,501
                                

As Adjusted

   $ (4,373,689   $ (2,860,650   $ (2,206,041   $ (2,184,137
                                

Recoveries

        

GAAP

   $ 186,562      $ 166,286      $ 161,213      $ 154,066   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     212,100        240,422        247,439        274,793   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 398,662      $ 406,708      $ 408,652      $ 428,859   
                                

Net charge-offs

        

GAAP

   $ (1,979,091   $ (980,955   $ (677,879   $ (698,570

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     (1,995,936     (1,472,987     (1,119,510     (1,056,708
                                

As Adjusted

   $ (3,975,027   $ (2,453,942   $ (1,797,389   $ (1,755,278
                                

Allowance for loan losses (end of period)

        

GAAP

   $ 1,757,899      $ 1,374,585      $ 759,925      $ 703,917   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     2,144,461        1,379,772        971,730        928,374   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 3,902,360      $ 2,754,357      $ 1,731,655      $ 1,632,291   
                                

Reserve Rate (end of period) %

        

GAAP

     7.44     5.45     3.65     3.39

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     0.23        (0.06     (0.06     0.09   
                                

As Adjusted

     7.67     5.39     3.59     3.48
                                

Net charge-offs %

        

GAAP

     7.45     4.59     3.40     3.63

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     0.32        0.42        0.43        0.32   
                                

As Adjusted

     7.77     5.01     3.83     3.95
                                

Delinquencies (Over 30 Days)

        

GAAP

   $ 1,161,497      $ 1,096,627      $ 679,306      $ 633,150   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     1,539,462        1,233,581        1,044,014        918,887   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 2,700,959      $ 2,330,208      $ 1,723,320      $ 1,552,037   
                                
                                  

 

-52-


Table of Contents
     As of and for the Year Ended November 30,  
Total Loan Receivables    2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Delinquencies (Over 90 Days and accruing interest)

        

GAAP

   $ 522,190      $ 444,324      $ 271,227      $ 244,675   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     694,864        508,241        424,075        360,118   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 1,217,054      $ 952,565      $ 695,302      $ 604,793   
                                

Loans not accruing interest

        

GAAP

   $ 190,086      $ 173,123      $ 102,286      $ 110,625   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     248,192        193,385        154,408        151,152   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 438,278      $ 366,508      $ 256,694      $ 261,777   
                                

Delinquency rate (Over 30 Days)

        

GAAP

     4.92     4.35     3.26     3.05

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     0.39        0.21        0.32        0.34   
                                

As Adjusted

     5.31     4.56     3.58     3.39
                                

Delinquency rate (Over 90 Days)

        

GAAP

     2.58     2.06     1.51     1.43

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     0.20        0.11        0.16        0.16   
                                

As Adjusted

     2.78     2.17     1.67     1.59
                                

Delinquency rate (Over 90 Days and accruing interest)

        

GAAP

     2.21     1.76     1.30     1.18

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     0.18        0.10        0.14        0.11   
                                

As Adjusted

     2.39     1.86     1.44     1.29
                                

Delinquency rate (Loans not accruing interest)

        

GAAP

     0.80     0.69     0.49     0.53

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     0.06        0.03        0.04        0.04   
                                

As Adjusted

     0.86     0.72     0.53     0.57
                                

Discover Card

        

Charge-offs

        

GAAP

   $ (2,034,458   $ (1,119,362   $ (834,792   $ (848,645

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     (2,208,036     (1,713,409     (1,366,949     (1,331,501
                                

As Adjusted

   $ (4,242,494   $ (2,832,771   $ (2,201,741   $ (2,180,146
                                

Recoveries

        

GAAP

   $ 184,383      $ 165,422      $ 160,167      $ 153,006   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     212,100        240,422        247,439        274,793   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 396,483      $ 405,844      $ 407,606      $ 427,799   
                                

Total Discover Card Loans

        

GAAP

   $ 19,826,153      $ 23,348,134      $ 20,345,787      $ 19,582,675   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     27,229,062        25,878,667        27,349,319        26,064,459   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 47,055,215      $ 49,226,801      $ 47,695,106      $ 45,647,134   
                                

Allowance for loan losses (end of period)

        

GAAP

   $ 1,587,107      $ 1,285,215      $ 742,507      $ 698,945   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     2,144,461        1,379,771        971,730        928,375   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 3,731,568      $ 2,664,986      $ 1,714,237      $ 1,627,320   
                                

Total Credit Card Loans

        

Loan receivables

        

GAAP

   $ 20,230,302      $ 23,814,307      $ 20,579,923      $ 20,694,395   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     27,229,062        25,878,667        27,349,319        25,011,827   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 47,459,364      $ 49,692,974      $ 47,929,242      $ 45,706,222   

 

-53-


Table of Contents
     As of and for the Year Ended November 30,  

Total Credit Card Loans

   2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Charge-offs

        

GAAP

   $ (2,096,573   $ (1,139,176   $ (837,210   $ (848,645

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     (2,208,036     (1,713,409     (1,366,949     (1,331,501
                                

As Adjusted

   $ (4,304,609   $ (2,852,585   $ (2,204,159   $ (2,180,146
                                

Recoveries

        

GAAP

   $ 185,616      $ 165,694      $ 160,202      $ 153,006   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     212,100        240,422        247,439        274,793   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 397,716      $ 406,116      $ 407,641      $ 427,799   
                                

Net charge-offs

        

GAAP

   $ (1,910,957   $ (973,482   $ (677,008   $ (695,639

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     (1,995,936     (1,472,987     (1,119,510     (1,056,708
                                

As Adjusted

   $ (3,906,893   $ (2,446,469   $ (1,796,518   $ (1,752,347
                                

Allowance for loan losses (end of period)

        

GAAP

   $ 1,647,086      $ 1,317,811      $ 750,786      $ 701,162   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     2,144,461        1,379,772        971,730        928,374   
                                

As Adjusted

   $ 3,791,547      $ 2,697,583      $ 1,722,516      $ 1,629,536   
                                

Net charge-offs %

        

GAAP

     7.87     4.73     3.41     3.64

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     0.13        0.34        0.43        0.32   
                                

As Adjusted

     8.00     5.07     3.84     3.96
                                

Delinquency Rate (over 30 days)

        

GAAP

     5.52     4.55     3.28     3.05

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     0.08        0.11        0.31        0.34   
                                

As Adjusted

     5.60     4.66     3.59     3.39
                                

Delinquency Rate (over 90 days)

        

GAAP

     2.92     2.16     1.53     1.44

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     0.02        0.06        0.15        0.15   
                                

As Adjusted

     2.94     2.22     1.68     1.59
                                
                                  

 

-54-


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheet Reconciliation

 

     For the Year Ended November 30, 2009     For the Year Ended November 30, 2008  
       Average
Balances
    Interest
Income/Expense
    Yield     Average
Balances
    Interest
Income/Expense
    Yield  
     (dollars in thousands)     (dollars in thousands)  

Average restricted cash

            

GAAP

   $ —        $ —          —     $ —        $ —          —  

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     2,438,438        18,195        0.75        2,770,260        95,060        3.43   
                                                

As Adjusted

   $ 2,438,438      $ 18,195        0.75   $ 2,770,260      $ 95,060        3.43
                                                

Average investment securities

            

GAAP

   $ 1,581,387      $ 68,694        4.34   $ 916,307      $ 51,345        5.60

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     (1,096,270     (43,464     0.86        (721,633     (45,993     (2.85
                                                

As Adjusted

   $ 485,117      $ 25,230        5.20   $ 194,674      $ 5,352        2.75
                                                

Average credit card loan receivables

            

GAAP

   $ 24,266,782      $ 2,835,767        11.69   $ 20,566,864      $ 2,245,719        10.92

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     24,577,543        3,333,536        0.94        27,662,655        3,844,499        1.71   
                                                

As Adjusted

   $ 48,844,325      $ 6,169,303        12.63   $ 48,229,519      $ 6,090,218        12.63
                                                

Average total loan receivables

            

GAAP

   $ 26,552,574      $ 3,004,284        11.31   $ 21,348,493      $ 2,325,414        10.89

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     24,577,543        3,333,536        1.09        27,662,655        3,844,499        1.70   
                                                

As Adjusted

   $ 51,130,117      $ 6,337,820        12.40   $ 49,011,148      $ 6,169,913        12.59
                                                

Average other interest-earning assets

            

GAAP

   $ 2,338,438      $ 18,195        0.78   $ 2,770,260      $ 95,060        3.43

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     (2,338,438     (18,195     (0.78     (2,770,260     (95,060     (3.43
                                                

As Adjusted

   $ —        $ —          —     $ —        $ —          —  
                                                

Average total interest-earning assets

            

GAAP

   $ 39,989,758      $ 3,145,080        7.86   $ 33,409,965      $ 2,692,563        8.06

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     23,581,273        3,290,072        2.26        26,941,022        3,798,506        2.70   
                                                

As Adjusted

   $ 63,571,031      $ 6,435,152        10.12   $ 60,350,987      $ 6,491,069        10.76
                                                

Average allowance for loan losses

            

GAAP

   $ (1,808,493       $ (887,668    

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     (1,741,736         (1,145,671    
                        

As Adjusted

   $ (3,550,229       $ (2,033,339    
                        

Average other assets (non-interest bearing)

            

GAAP

   $ 4,053,270          $ 2,960,496       

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     (913,561         (438,618    
                        

As Adjusted

   $ 3,139,709          $ 2,521,878       
                        

Average total assets

            

GAAP

   $ 42,234,535          $ 36,804,388       

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     20,925,976            25,356,733       
                        

As Adjusted

   $ 63,160,511          $ 62,161,121       
                        

Average securitized borrowings

            

GAAP

   $ —        $ —          —     $ —        $ —          —  

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     22,720,700        354,215        1.56        26,897,712        1,023,320        3.80   
                                                

As Adjusted

   $ 22,720,700      $ 354,215        1.56   $ 26,897,712      $ 1,023,320        3.80
                                                

Average total borrowings

            

GAAP

   $ 2,486,187      $ 64,200        2.58   $ 1,956,807      $ 88,568        4.53

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     22,720,700        354,215        (0.92     26,897,712        1,023,320        (0.69
                                                

As Adjusted

   $ 25,206,887      $ 418,415        1.66   $ 28,854,519      $ 1,111,888        3.84
                                                

Average total interest-bearing liabilities

            

GAAP

   $ 31,609,777      $ 1,251,284        3.96   $ 27,644,581      $ 1,288,005        4.66

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     22,720,700        354,215        (1.00     26,897,712        1,023,320        (0.42
                                                

As Adjusted

   $ 54,330,477      $ 1,605,499        2.96   $ 54,542,293      $ 2,311,325        4.24
                                                
                                                  

 

-55-


Table of Contents

 

     For the Year Ended
November 30, 2009
    For the Year Ended
November 30, 2008
 
       Average Balances  
     (dollars in thousands, except where noted)  

Average other liabilities and stockholders’ equity (non-interest earning)

    

GAAP

   $ 10,624,758      $ 9,159,807   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     (1,794,724     (2,609,385
                

As Adjusted

   $ 8,830,034      $ 6,550,422   
                

Average total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    

GAAP

   $ 42,234,535      $ 36,804,388   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     20,925,976        25,356,733   
                

As Adjusted

   $ 63,160,511      $ 62,161,121   
                
       Ratios and Other Amounts  

Net interest margin

    

GAAP

     7.13     6.58

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     2.32        1.95   
                

As Adjusted

     9.45     8.53
                

Net yield on interest-earning assets

    

GAAP

     4.74     4.20

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     2.86        2.73   
                

As Adjusted

     7.60     6.93
                

Interest rate spread

    

GAAP

     3.90     3.40

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     3.26        3.13   
                

As Adjusted

     7.16     6.53
                

Amortization of balance transfer fees in interest income on credit card loans

(dollars in millions)

    

GAAP

   $ 128      $ 70   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     59        45   
                

As Adjusted

   $ 187      $ 115   
                
                  

 

       For the Year Ended
November 30, 2007
    For the Year Ended
November 30, 2006
 

Total average loan receivables

    

GAAP

   $ 19,947,784      $ 19,252,929   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     26,965,690        25,156,303   
                

As Adjusted

   $ 46,913,474      $ 44,409,232   
                

Total loans interest yield

    

GAAP

     10.73     10.48

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     1.91        2.03   
                

As Adjusted

     12.64     12.51
                

Total average credit card loan receivables

    

GAAP

   $ 19,845,880      $ 19,120,946   

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     26,965,690        25,156,303   
                

As Adjusted

   $ 46,811,570      $ 44,277,249   
                

Credit card interest yield

    

GAAP

     10.75     10.50

Adjustments for Statement No. 167

     1.91        2.03   
                

As Adjusted

     12.66     12.53
                
                  

 

-56-


Table of Contents

2010 Highlights

   

Net income in 2010 was $765 million as compared to a reported net income of $1.3 billion in 2009 (which included $1.2 billion of after tax income from the settlement of our antitrust litigation) and an as adjusted net loss of $237 million in 2009.

 

   

After peaking in the first quarter, net charge-offs declined throughout the remainder of 2010. Our over 30 day delinquencies declined throughout 2010 after peaking in the fourth quarter of 2009. At November 30, 2010, the twelve-month outlook for credit had improved in comparison to the outlook at the end of 2009 resulting in a decline in the loan loss reserve rate, which led to a $598 million reduction of our allowance for loan losses in 2010.

 

   

Discover card sales volume increased 6% in 2010 as compared to 2009, due to higher average spend per customer and broadened merchant acceptance. However, credit card loan receivables at November 30, 2010 were down 5%, to $45.2 billion, from November 30, 2009 as adjusted due to a reduction in promotional rate balances and an increase in the payment rate.

 

   

Our revenues were unfavorably impacted in 2010 by the implementation of CARD Act provisions, which included limitations on our ability to reprice accounts, the elimination of overlimit fees and a reduction in the amount of standard late fees.

 

   

We made significant investments to strengthen the Discover brand in 2010, reflected in a 14% increase in marketing and business development expenses as compared to 2009.

 

   

Transaction dollar volume in our Payment Services segment was $152 billion in 2010, an increase of 8% as compared to 2009, and the number of transactions processed on our PULSE network increased 15% during the same period. Pretax income for the segment was $141 million in 2010, an increase of 33% from 2009, reflecting increased volumes from new and existing clients, higher margins from transactions processed on our PULSE network and lower operating expenses.

 

   

Direct-to-consumer deposits grew to $20.6 billion at November 30, 2010, an increase of $8 billion as compared to November 30, 2009. This increase included the acquisition of approximately $1 billion of deposits in the second quarter 2010.

 

   

Our total equity at November 30, 2010 was $2.0 billion lower than it was at November 30, 2009, although our regulatory capital ratios continued to remain strong. The reduction in equity reflects a $1.3 billion reduction related to our adoption of FASB Statements No. 166 and 167 and a $1.4 billion reduction related to our redemption of our preferred stock and a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock that we previously issued to the U.S. Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program. These reductions were partially offset by the addition of $765 million of net income.

2009 and 2008 Highlights

   

In 2008, we settled our antitrust litigation with Visa and MasterCard for $2.75 billion. We received $862.5 million from MasterCard ($535 million after tax) in the fourth quarter 2008 for its portion of the settlement. Throughout 2009, we received a total of $1.9 billion ($1.2 billion after tax) from Visa for its portion of the settlement. At the time of our spin-off, we entered into an agreement with Morgan Stanley to determine how proceeds from the litigation would be shared, among other things. In 2010, we paid Morgan Stanley a dividend of $775 million under an amendment to that agreement. For additional details, see Note 21: Litigation to our consolidated financial statements.

 

   

We acquired Diners Club International (“Diners Club”) for $168 million in June 2008. Diners Club has network licensees, which are generally financial institutions, that issue Diners Club branded credit cards and/or provide card acceptance services in over 185 countries and territories.

 

   

We sold our United Kingdom credit card business (Goldfish) in March 2008. This business represented substantially all of our International Card segment, which is presented in discontinued operations in this report.

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Outlook

Credit performance improved throughout 2010 and we believe delinquencies and net charge-offs will continue to improve in 2011 as compared to 2010 levels. We expect this improvement to result in further reductions of our loan loss reserves.

In 2011, we expect the continued impact of the implementation of CARD Act provisions along with an anticipated increase in the volume of promotional rate offers to unfavorably impact credit card yield, although we believe it will be partially offset by continued improvement in interest charge-offs. The decline in credit card yield, together with the addition of lower rate student loans from the acquisition of The Student Loan Corporation, discussed further below, will lead to a reduction in our net interest margin.

We believe that the significant investments we made in marketing and advertising in 2010 will continue to benefit Discover card sales volumes in 2011. This along with an expected increase in the volume of promotional rate offers may result in a modest increase in the level of credit card loan receivables.

At November 30, 2010, we had $10.1 billion in our liquidity investment portfolio. Maturities of deposit and securitization obligations leveled off in the second half of 2010 and we expect 2011 maturities will be relatively stable by comparison. In 2011, the level of our liquidity investment portfolio will fluctuate primarily due to asset requirements, maturity obligations and deposit cash flows. With respect to new funding, we expect to continue to grow direct-to-consumer deposits in 2011 and take advantage of opportunities to issue asset-backed securities when we believe market conditions are favorable.

We experienced strong growth in volumes in our payments business in 2010, which we expect to continue in 2011. Our investment in building brand awareness and global acceptance is expected to grow in 2011 compared to 2010 levels. We believe that our strategic network alliances with key card networks such as Korea’s BC Card, Japan’s JCB, China UnionPay and Serbia’s DinaCard, along with the continued development of merchant acquirer relationships, will be our foundation for driving global acceptance and volumes.

Recent Developments

On December 31, 2010, we acquired The Student Loan Corporation (“SLC”) in a merger transaction for $600 million. We received a purchase price closing adjustment in the form of a cash payment of approximately $234 million from Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”), the 80% owner of SLC before the merger, resulting in a net cash outlay of approximately $366 million for the acquisition of SLC. In the transaction, we acquired SLC’s ongoing private student loan business and approximately $4.2 billion of private student loans and other assets, along with assuming approximately $3.4 billion of SLC’s existing asset-backed securitization debt funding and other liabilities. We acquired the loans and other assets at an 8.5% discount, which will be applied to the balance sheet items through purchase accounting entries. SLC is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Discover Bank. The acquisition significantly increased the size of our private student loan portfolio, which was $1.0 billion at November 30, 2010. In addition, the acquisition has provided us with a developed student loan business platform, additional school relationships, experienced personnel and SLC’s website.

Legislative and Regulatory Developments

Financial Regulatory Reform

In July 2010, the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Reform Act”), which contains a comprehensive set of provisions designed to govern the practices and oversight of financial institutions and other participants in the financial markets. The Reform Act, as well as other legislative and regulatory changes, could have a significant impact on us by, for example, requiring us to change our business practices, requiring us to meet more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements, limiting our ability to pursue business opportunities, imposing additional costs on us, limiting fees we can charge for services, impacting the value of our assets, or otherwise adversely affecting our businesses.

The Reform Act addresses risks to the economy and the payments system, especially those posed by large systemically significant financial firms, including bank holding companies with assets of at least $50 billion, which would include us. It

 

-58-


Table of Contents

does so through a variety of measures, including increased capital and liquidity requirements, limits on leverage, enhanced supervisory authority (including authority to limit activities and growth), regulatory oversight of non-banking entities, broad new powers to seize and wind down failed systemically-important financial firms, including non-bank financial companies (and the establishment of a mechanism to recover such costs through assessments on large financial firms), enhanced regulation of derivatives, restrictions on and additional disclosure of executive compensation, additional corporate governance requirements, and oversight of credit rating agencies. Effective July 2011, the Reform Act requires a bank holding company that elects treatment as a financial holding company, such as us, to be both well-capitalized and well-managed in addition to the existing requirement that a financial holding company’s subsidiary banks be well-capitalized and well-managed.

Additionally, the Reform Act established the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “BCFP”) within the Federal Reserve, which will regulate consumer financial products and services. On July 21, 2011, many consumer financial protection functions currently assigned to the federal banking and other designated agencies will shift to the BCFP. The BCFP will have broad rulemaking authority over providers of credit, savings and payment services and products. The BCFP will be directed to prevent “unfair, deceptive or abusive practices” and ensure that all consumers have access to markets for consumer financial products and services, and that such markets are fair, transparent and competitive. The BCFP will have rulemaking and interpretive authority under existing and future consumer financial services laws and broad supervisory, examination and enforcement authority over large providers of consumer financial products and services, such as us. State officials will be authorized to enforce consumer protection rules issued by the BCFP. For more information regarding the BCFP and how it may affect us, see “Risk Factors.”

In addition, the Reform Act requires, effective July 21, 2011, that interchange fees paid to or charged by payment card issuers on debit card transactions be “reasonable and proportional” to the issuer’s cost in connection with such transactions. The Reform Act directs the Federal Reserve to enact rules to implement this requirement and to prohibit debit card networks and issuers from requiring debit card transactions to be processed solely on a single payment network or two or more affiliated networks. Further, the Reform Act prohibits credit/debit network rules that restrict merchants from offering discounts to customers in order to encourage them to use a particular form of payment, or from setting minimum transaction amounts of $10.00 or less for use of credit cards, as long as such merchant practices do not differentiate on the basis of the issuer or network. The impact of these provisions on the debit card market and the PULSE network will depend upon Federal Reserve implementing regulations, the actions of our competitors, and the behavior of other marketplace participants. The Federal Reserve issued proposed regulations in December 2010, and we are currently evaluating the proposal. The provisions applicable to the debit card market may adversely affect PULSE’s business practices, network transaction volume, revenue, and prospects for future growth. For more information regarding the potential impact of these provisions on us, see “Risk Factors.”

In addition, the Reform Act contains several provisions that could increase the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) deposit insurance premiums paid by Discover Bank. See “ – FDIC Initiatives Regarding Assessments” below for more information. Various other assessments and fees are also authorized in the legislation and others could be authorized in the future.

As described below under “ – Asset-Backed Securities Regulations,” the Reform Act also imposes a number of significant changes relating to the asset-backed securities and structured finance markets, which may impact our ability and/or desire to utilize those markets to meet funding and liquidity needs.

Many provisions of the Reform Act require the adoption of rules to implement. In addition, the Reform Act mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislative or regulatory action. The effect of the Reform Act and its implementing regulations on our business and operations could be significant. In addition, we may be required to invest significant management time and resources to address the various provisions of the Reform Act and the numerous regulations that are required to be issued under it. The Reform Act, any related legislation and any implementing regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

-59-


Table of Contents

Legislation Addressing Credit Card Practices

In May 2009, the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the “CARD Act”) was enacted. The CARD Act made numerous changes to the Truth in Lending Act, affecting the marketing, underwriting, pricing, billing and other aspects of the consumer credit card business. Several provisions of the CARD Act became effective in August 2009, but most of the requirements became effective in February 2010 and others became effective in August 2010.

Certain provisions of the CARD Act have required us to make fundamental changes to our business practices and systems. We have made modifications to products, pricing, marketing strategies and other business practices designed to be in compliance with the law, to be attractive to consumers and to provide a good return for our stockholders. Certain CARD Act requirements, however, have reduced and will continue to reduce our interest income and loan fee income. See “Risk Factors” for more information. The long-term impact of the CARD Act ultimately depends upon consumer behavior and the actions of our competitors, in addition to further Federal Reserve and BCFP interpretation of the provisions.

The CARD Act also requires the Federal Reserve and the Government Accountability Office to conduct various studies, including a review of interchange fees, reasons for credit limit reductions and rate increases, “small business” cards, and credit card terms and disclosures. Based on the results of these studies, new requirements that negatively impact us may be introduced as future legislation or regulation.

Asset-Backed Securities Regulations

While we have capacity to issue new asset-backed securities from our credit card securitization trusts, there has been uncertainty in the securitization market as a result of revised accounting standards and related guidance from the FDIC as well as proposed new Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules governing the issuance of asset-backed securities and additional requirements contained in the Reform Act.

FDIC Rule

The ability of issuers of asset-backed securities to obtain necessary credit ratings for their issuances has been based, in part, on the FDIC’s safe-harbor rule entitled Treatment by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Conservator or Receiver of Financial Assets Transferred by an Insured Depository Institution in Connection with a Securitization or Participation , which provides that the FDIC, as conservator or receiver, will not, using its power to disaffirm or repudiate contracts, seek to reclaim or recover assets transferred in connection with a securitization, or recharacterize them as assets of the insured depository institution, provided such transfer meets the conditions for sale accounting treatment under GAAP. Pursuant to FASB guidance for transfers of financial assets, effective for us on December 1, 2009, certain transfers of assets to special purpose entities (including Discover Bank’s transfer of assets to the Discover Card Master Trust) no longer qualify for sale accounting treatment.

In March 2010, the FDIC published a transitional rule that preserved the safe-harbor treatment applicable under the original FDIC safe harbor rule for beneficial interests in securitizations of revolving assets issued on or prior to September 30, 2010 so long as those securitizations would have complied with the original safe harbor under GAAP in effect prior to November 15, 2009. On September 27, 2010, the FDIC approved a final rule that preserves the safe-harbor treatment applicable to revolving trusts and master trusts that issued any securities on or prior to September 27, 2010, which includes the trusts used in our credit card securitization program. Other legislative and regulatory developments, namely the proposed SEC Regulation AB II, the securitization and rating agency provisions of the Reform Act and the federal banking agencies’ notice regarding their consideration of replacement of the ratings-based approach for assessing capital charges against securitization exposures, may, however, impact our ability and/or desire to issue asset-backed securities in the future. See below for additional information.

SEC Regulation AB II

In April 2010, the SEC proposed revised rules for asset-backed securities offerings (“SEC Regulation AB II”) that, if adopted, would substantially change the disclosure, reporting and offering process for public and private offerings of asset-backed securities, including those offered under our credit card securitization program. The proposed rules, if adopted in their current form, would, among other things, impose as a condition for the shelf registration of asset-backed securities a requirement that the sponsor of the asset-backed securities offering hold a minimum of 5% of the nominal amount of each of the tranches sold or transferred to investors (or, in the case of revolving master trusts, an originator’s interest of a minimum of 5% of the nominal amount of the securitization exposures) and not hedge those holdings. Issuers

 

-60-


Table of Contents

of publicly offered asset-backed securities would be required to disclose more information regarding the underlying assets and to file a computer program that demonstrates the effect of the transaction’s waterfall of distributions. In addition, the proposals would alter the safe-harbor standards for the private placement of asset-backed securities to impose informational requirements similar to those that would apply to registered public offerings of such securities.

Reform Act

The Reform Act also imposes a number of significant changes relating to the asset-backed securities and structured finance markets, including a requirement that regulators jointly adopt regulations requiring the sponsor of a securitization to retain, subject to certain exemptions and exceptions, at least 5% unhedged credit risk on securitized exposures. The Reform Act also requires the SEC to impose asset-level registration statement disclosure requirements if the data is necessary for investors to independently perform due diligence.

Additionally, the Reform Act nullified Rule 436(g) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) effective immediately, which had provided that credit ratings assigned by a rating agency would not be considered part of a registration statement prepared or certified by an expert. This change requires registrants (including issuers of asset-backed securities) to obtain written consent of a credit rating agency in order to include the agency’s rating in a registration statement and subjects the rating agencies to “expert liability” under Section 11 of the Securities Act for misstatements or omissions of materials facts in connection with such credit rating disclosure. In response to this measure, the major credit rating agencies issued statements indicating that they would be unwilling to provide the required consent. In order to provide a transition period, the SEC subsequently issued a “no-action” letter in July 2010 allowing issuers of asset-backed securities to omit credit ratings from registration statements until January 24, 2011. In November 2010, the SEC issued a second letter extending this no-action period indefinitely. Failure to ultimately resolve this issue could impact our ability to offer registered asset-backed securities.

Section 939A of the Reform Act requires each federal agency to review and to remove references to external credit ratings from their regulations that require the use of an assessment of creditworthiness of a security, and to substitute in their place other standards of creditworthiness that the agencies determine to be appropriate for such regulations. In response to such requirement, in August 2010, the federal banking agencies issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking soliciting comment on alternatives to the use of credit ratings in their risk-based capital rules for banking organizations, including alternatives to the ratings-based approach in such rules for securitization exposures. It is not clear what alternatives will ultimately be adopted. Any such alternatives could, among other things, significantly affect the amount of capital that banking organizations are required to keep against such exposures.

It is uncertain at this time what the rules implementing the provisions of the Reform Act related to asset-backed securities will ultimately look like and what impact they will have on our ability and/or desire to issue asset-backed securities in the future. For instance, with respect to risk retention, we currently hold the seller’s interest in our securitization trusts as well as certain subordinated tranches issued by these trusts, which collectively represent approximately 57% of the principal receivables balance in our trusts as of November 30, 2010. Although we believe it likely that any final regulations implementing the Reform Act risk retention requirements, which must be adopted on an interagency basis, will recognize these interests as satisfying the risk retention requirement, we will not have certainty until the proposed rules have been promulgated. The SEC recently published a timetable for the release of its rules implementing the provisions of the Reform Act including those impacting the issuance of asset-backed securities, which are scheduled to be released by July 2011. However, the SEC has provided no timetable for implementing the disclosure changes in proposed SEC Regulation AB II, as the Reform Act does not mandate the timing for adoption of those changes.

Student Loan Legislation

The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (“HCERA”) requires all federal student loans originated after July 2010 to be made directly by the federal government, rather than by private institutions through the Federal Family Education Loan Program. Because HCERA allows financial institutions to continue offering private student loans, we do not currently expect it to have a significant impact on our private student loan program. The Reform Act referenced above provides for a study of private education loans and lenders and creates a private education loan ombudsman within the BCFP. The study could lead to additional legislation or regulation in the future. In addition, legislation has been introduced in Congress that would make it substantially easier for borrowers to discharge private student loans in bankruptcy, as described further below, and could be reintroduced in the next Congress.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

Bankruptcy Legislation

A bill referred to the Senate Judiciary Committee in the previous Congress would disallow claims in Chapter 7 bankruptcy based on “high cost” consumer debt and exclude consumers with such debt from the bankruptcy “means test.” The means test requires debtors who can afford to repay a portion of their debts through Chapter 13 repayment plan do so, rather than discharge all indebtedness under Chapter 7. The proposed legislation, if enacted, could increase the percentage of bankruptcy filers who obtain full debt discharges to the detriment of all unsecured lenders, and could result in increased charge-offs of our loan receivables . It is unclear whether this legislation will be considered by the next Congress.

Congress has also considered legislation to allow bankruptcy courts to restructure first mortgage loans (e.g., by reducing the loan amount to the value of the collateral, a process referred to as “cramdown”). Such a change would likely increase the number of individuals who file for bankruptcy, which would adversely impact all creditors including us. While the House of Representatives approved a cramdown bill, the Senate did not. This or similar legislation could be reintroduced in the next Congress.

In addition, a Congressional subcommittee in the previous Congress approved a bill that would remove current limitations on the dischargeability of private student loan debts in bankruptcy. If enacted, the bill would make it substantially easier for borrowers of private student loans to obtain a discharge of their student loan debts. This bill could be reintroduced in the next Congress. If such legislation were to be enacted into law, it could substantially increase the credit losses of our private student loan business.

Compensation Developments

In June 2010, the Federal Reserve, together with the FDIC and the other banking agencies, issued final guidance designed to ensure that incentive compensation practices of financial organizations take into account risk and are consistent with safety and soundness. The Federal Reserve recently conducted a special horizontal review of compensation practices at more than twenty large complex banking organizations, including us, with the expectation that incentive compensation practices appropriately balance risk and financial results and avoid creating incentives for employees to take imprudent risks. The Reform Act described above under “ – Financial Regulatory Reform” imposes additional disclosures and restrictions on compensation.

FDIC Initiatives Regarding Assessments

The Reform Act contains several provisions that could increase the FDIC deposit insurance premiums paid by Discover Bank. One provision includes a change in the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of total deposits to consolidated assets less tangible equity. Another provision includes an increase in the minimum reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits (with the FDIC having until September 30, 2020 to meet the new minimum through assessments on insured depository institutions with assets of $10 billion or more) while also removing the cap on the size of the fund. As required by the Reform Act, in October 2010, the FDIC announced its plan to increase the required reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund to 1.35% by September 30, 2020 utilizing new rate schedules. This was followed by two proposals issued by the FDIC in November 2010. In its first proposal, the FDIC proposed to implement the provision of the Reform Act that changes the assessment base for deposit insurance premiums from one based on insured deposits to one based on average consolidated assets less tangible equity and change the assessment rate schedules so that approximately the same amount of revenue would be collected under the new assessment base as under the rate schedules proposed by the FDIC in October 2010. The second FDIC proposal would revise the risk-based assessment system for all large insured depository institutions (generally, those with at least $10 billion in total assets). Any future increases in assessments would decrease our earnings and could adversely affect our results of operations.

International Initiatives Related to Capital and Liquidity

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision released two consultative documents proposing significant changes to bank capital, leverage and liquidity requirements in December 2009, commonly referred to as “Basel III.” The Basel Committee considered public comments received on the December proposal, the results of a qualitative impact study and the economic impact over the transition period. In July 2010, the Committee issued statements that reflected, among other things, decisions reached on certain elements of the comprehensive proposals, including the overall design of the capital and liquidity reform package.

 

-62-


Table of Contents

In September 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee, announced minimum capital ratios and transition periods and endorsed the statements the Committee released in July 2010. Following endorsement of the Basel III reform package by the Group of Twenty Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors (“G-20”) in November 2010, in December 2010 the Basel Committee released the Basel III rules text.

Basel III provides that: (i) the minimum requirement for the Tier 1 common equity ratio will be increased from the current 2% level to 4.5%, to be phased in by January 1, 2015, and (ii) the minimum requirement for the Tier 1 capital ratio will be increased from 4% to 6%, to be phased in by January 1, 2015. The Tier 1 common equity ratio will be calculated after applying certain regulatory deductions, including for deferred tax assets above prescribed limitations that arise from timing differences.

In addition, Basel III includes a “capital conservation buffer” that requires banking organizations to maintain an additional 2.5% of Tier 1 common equity to total risk weighted assets on top of the minimum requirement, which will be phased in between January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2019. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses in periods of financial and economic distress and, while banks are allowed to draw on the buffer during periods of stress, if a bank’s regulatory capital ratios approach the minimum requirement, the bank will be subject to constraints on earnings distributions. In addition, Basel III includes a countercyclical buffer within a range of 0% – 2.5%, which would be implemented according to a particular nation’s circumstances.

These capital requirements are supplemented under Basel III by a non-risk-based leverage ratio. A minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3% will be tested during the parallel run period starting January 1, 2013. Based on the results of the parallel run period, any final adjustments would be carried out in the first half of 2017.

Basel III states that systemically important banks should have higher “loss absorbing capacity” than required by the Basel III standards. The Committee will complete a study of the magnitude of additional loss absorbency that global systemically important banks should have by mid-2011. Basel III also reaffirms the Basel Committee’s intention to introduce higher capital requirements on securitization and trading activities at the end of 2011.

The Basel III liquidity proposals have three main elements: (i) a “liquidity coverage ratio” designed to ensure that a bank maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality assets sufficient to meet the bank’s liquidity needs over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario, (ii) a “net stable funding ratio” designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon, and (iii) a set of monitoring tools that the Basel Committee indicates should be considered as the minimum types of information that banks should report to supervisors. After an observation period beginning in 2011, the liquidity coverage ratio will become effective on January 1, 2015. The revised net stable funding ratio will become effective January 1, 2018.

Implementation of Basel III in the U.S. will require implementing regulations and guidelines by U.S. banking regulators, which may differ in significant ways from the recommendations published by the Basel Committee. It is unclear how U.S. banking regulators will define “well-capitalized” in their implementation of Basel III.

The Reform Act also includes provisions related to increased capital and liquidity requirements. Such provisions would establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements on a consolidated basis for all depository institution holding companies and insured depository institutions that cannot be less than the strictest requirements in effect for depository institutions as of the date of enactment of the Reform Act (i.e., July 21, 2010).

We are not able to predict at this time the precise content of capital and liquidity guidelines or regulations that may be adopted by regulatory agencies having authority over us and our subsidiaries or the impact that any changes in regulation would have on us. However, we expect that the new standards will generally require us or our banking subsidiaries to maintain more capital, with common equity as a more predominant component, or manage the configuration of our assets and liabilities in order to comply with formulaic liquidity requirements, which could significantly impact our return on equity, financial condition, operations, capital position and ability to pursue business opportunities.

 

-63-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The discussion below provides a summary of our results of operations for the years ended November 30, 2010 compared to our results of operations for the years ended November 30, 2009 and 2008 as adjusted. The discussion also provides information about our loan receivables as of November 30, 2010 as compared to November 30, 2009 and 2008 as adjusted. In certain tables, quantitative information about our loan receivables as of November 30, 2007 and 2006 are also shown on an as adjusted basis. For a reconciliation of GAAP to as adjusted financial data, see “ – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.” All information and comparisons are based solely on continuing operations.

Segments

We manage our business activities in two segments: Direct Banking, and Payment Services. In compiling the segment results that follow, our Direct Banking segment bears all overhead costs that are not specifically associated with a particular segment and all costs associated with Discover Network marketing, servicing and infrastructure, with the exception of an allocation of direct and incremental costs driven by our Payment Services segment.

Direct Banking . Our Direct Banking segment includes Discover card-branded credit cards issued to individuals and small businesses that are accepted on the Discover Network and other consumer products and services, including student loans, personal loans, prepaid cards and other consumer lending and deposit products offered through our Discover Bank subsidiary.

Payment Services . Our Payment Services segment includes the PULSE network, an automated teller machine, debit and electronic funds transfer network; Diners Club, a global payments network; and our third-party issuing business, which includes credit, debit and prepaid cards issued on the Discover Network by third parties.

The following table presents segment data (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010     2009     2008  

Direct Banking (1)

      

Interest income

   $ 6,146,199      $ 6,434,054      $ 6,487,904   

Interest expense

     1,582,745        1,605,277        2,311,241   
                        

Net interest income

     4,563,454        4,828,777        4,176,663   

Provision for loan losses

     3,206,705        5,123,030        3,476,644   

Other income

     1,827,414        1,946,270        2,014,584   

Other expense

     2,056,685        2,087,970        2,314,926   
                        

Income (loss) before income tax expense

     1,127,478        (435,953     399,677   
                        

Payment Services (2)

      

Interest income

     19        1,098        3,165   

Interest expense

     243        222        83   
                        

Net interest income

     (224     876        3,082   

Provision for loan losses

     —          —          —     

Other income

     267,585        239,794        179,200   

Other expense

     125,980        134,126        100,871   
                        

Income before income tax expense

     141,381        106,544        81,411   
                        

Total income (loss) before income tax expense

   $ 1,268,859      $ (329,409   $ 481,088   
                        
                          

 

(1) The 2009 and 2008 Direct Banking segment information is presented on an as adjusted basis. No adjustments have been made to the Payment Services segment. See reconciliation in “ – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”
(2) Diners Club was acquired on June 30, 2008.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

The following table presents information on transaction volume (in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010      2009      2008  

Network Transaction Volume

        

PULSE network

   $ 118,178,821       $ 109,302,121       $ 106,012,108   

Third-Party Issuers

     6,802,480         5,671,555         6,398,579   

Diners Club (1)

     27,132,901         26,172,977         12,685,690   
                          

Total Payment Services

     152,114,202         141,146,653         125,096,377   

Discover Network – Proprietary (2)

     95,759,835         90,688,997         95,688,443   
                          

Total Volume

   $ 247,874,037       $ 231,835,650       $ 220,784,820   
                          

Transactions Processed on Networks

        

Discover Network

     1,605,114         1,513,955         1,515,368   

PULSE network

     3,308,543         2,878,720         2,682,312   
                          

Total

     4,913,657         4,392,675         4,197,680   
                          

Credit Card Volume

        

Discover Card Volume (3)

   $ 98,698,861       $ 95,592,170       $ 105,734,055   

Discover Card Sales Volume (4)

   $ 92,470,523       $ 87,460,552       $ 92,239,779   
                            

 

(1) Diners Club was acquired on June 30, 2008. Diners Club volume is derived from data provided by licensees for Diners Club branded cards issued outside North America and is subject to subsequent revision or amendment.
(2) Represents gross proprietary sales volume on the Discover Network.
(3) Represents Discover card activity related to net sales, balance transfers, cash advances and fee-based products.
(4) Represents Discover card activity related to net sales.

Direct Banking

For the Year Ended November 30, 2010 compared to the Year Ended November 30, 2009

Our Direct Banking segment had pretax income of $1.1 billion for the year ended November 30, 2010 as compared to a reported pretax income of $2.0 billion (which included $1.9 billion in income from the settlement of our antitrust litigation) and an as adjusted pretax loss of $436 million for the year ended 2009.

Discover card sales volume was up for the year ended November 30, 2010 as compared to 2009 reflecting higher average spend per customer and a continued increase in merchant acceptance. Loan receivables totaled $48.8 billion at November 30, 2010, which was down from $50.9 billion at November 30, 2009 as adjusted, reflecting a decline in credit card loans and federal student loans, partially offset by an increase in personal loans and private student loans. Although sales volumes increased, credit card loans declined as a result of a reduction in promotional rate balances and an increase in the payment rate. In 2010, we sold $1.5 billion in federal student loans to the U.S. Department of Education and classified the remaining $788 million of federal student loan balances as held for sale.

Net interest income declined during 2010 as compared to 2009 as adjusted, largely due to a decline in the average level of credit card loan receivables as well as a lower net interest margin. The decline in net interest margin is reflective of the impact of legislative changes on credit card yield and an increase in the average level of lower rate student loan balances, partially offset by higher interest rates earned on standard balances and fewer promotional rate balances.

At November 30, 2010, our over 30 days delinquency rate was 3.89% as compared to 5.31% at November 30, 2009 as adjusted, reflective of continued improvement in credit performance. For the year ended November 30, 2010, our net charge-off rate declined to 7.57%, compared to 7.77% for the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted. A reduction in the loan loss reserve rate and a decline in the level of net charge-offs led to a decline in the provision for loan losses for the year ended November 30, 2010 as compared to 2009 as adjusted. For a more detailed discussion on provision for loan losses, see “ – Loan Quality – Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Other income decreased in 2010 as compared to 2009 as adjusted primarily due to the discontinuance of overlimit fees on consumer credit card loans beginning in February 2010 and a decline in late fees beginning in August 2010 in

 

-65-


Table of Contents

connection with implementing the provisions of the CARD Act. Other income in 2010 also included a $23 million charge related to the decision we made in 2010 to sell our remaining federal student loans. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in discount and interchange revenue and a $19.6 million gain related to the liquidation of collateral supporting the asset-backed commercial paper notes of Golden Key U.S. LLC (“Golden Key”).

Other expenses decreased during 2010 as compared to 2009 as adjusted as the impact of the cost containment initiatives begun in 2009, particularly those related to employee compensation and benefits and information processing and communications, largely offset the impact of higher marketing expenses. Additionally, the first quarter of 2010 benefited from a $29 million expense reversal related to the payment to Morgan Stanley under an amendment to the special dividend agreement, while the second quarter of 2009 included a $20 million restructuring charge related to a reduction in force.

For the Year Ended November 30, 2009 compared to the Year Ended November 30, 2008

Our Direct Banking segment had reported pretax income of $2.0 billion in the year ended November 30, 2009 as compared to reported pretax income of $1.6 billion in the year ended November 30, 2008. The Direct Banking segment had an as adjusted pretax loss of $436 million in 2009 as compared to an as adjusted pretax income of $400 million in 2008.

Rising unemployment and bankruptcy levels adversely impacted customer delinquencies and charge-offs in 2009, resulting in a 5.31% over 30 days delinquency rate at November 30, 2009 as adjusted, up from 4.56% at November 30, 2008 as adjusted. For the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted, the total net charge-off rate was 7.77%, up 276 basis points from the year ended November 30, 2008 as adjusted. The provision for loan losses increased for the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted compared to 2008 as adjusted, as a result of higher charge-offs and a higher reserve rate, reflective of the economic environment during 2009.

Discover card sales volume was down for the year ended November 30, 2009 as compared to 2008 reflecting lower gas prices and a general decline in consumer spending. Loan receivables of $50.9 billion at November 30, 2009 as adjusted were relatively unchanged from November 30, 2008 as adjusted as lower payments from our credit card customers and growth in both student and personal loans were largely offset by lower balance transfer activity and sales volume.

Net interest income increased in 2009 as adjusted compared to 2008 as adjusted due to the impact of higher interest rates earned on standard balances, a substantial reduction in promotional rate balances and lower interest rates on borrowings, partially offset by higher interest charge-offs.

Other income decreased during 2009 as adjusted as compared to 2008 as adjusted, primarily due a decrease in loan fee income partially offset by increases in discount and interchange revenue, fee product revenue and lower losses on investment securities.

Other expense decreased during 2009 as adjusted compared to 2008, reflecting the impact of lower marketing and litigation expenses along with cost containment initiatives, such as a reduction of headcount. Additionally, other expenses in 2008 were lower due to a $39 million benefit related to the curtailment of our pension plan.

Payment Services

For the Year Ended November 30, 2010 compared to the Year Ended November 30, 2009

Our Payment Services segment reported pretax income of $141 million for the year ended November 30, 2010, up $35 million as compared to the year ended November 30, 2009. Revenues were up $28 million as a result of increased volumes from new and existing clients, as well as higher margins from transactions on the PULSE network. Expenses were down $8 million primarily due to transaction processing cost reduction initiatives as well as a lower level of international marketing investments.

Transaction dollar volume for the year ended November 30, 2010 was $152 billion, an increase of 8% compared to the year ended November 30, 2009. The increase in transaction dollar volume was driven by higher volumes from all three contributors of our payments business, particularly PULSE volume. The number of transactions on the PULSE network increased by 15% for the year ended November 30, 2010 as compared to 2009.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

For the Year Ended November 30, 2009 compared to the Year Ended November 30, 2008

Our Payment Services segment reported pretax income of $107 million for the year ended November 30, 2009, up $25 million as compared to the year ended November 30, 2008. Revenues were up $61 million mainly driven by increased transaction volume on the PULSE network, along with lower incentive payments and higher fee revenue. Expenses were also up $33 million including a higher level of international marketing investments, partially offset by the impact of cost containment initiatives. Additionally, the increase in both revenues and expenses during 2009 is due to the inclusion of Diners Club for the full year, as compared to half a year since its acquisition in June 2008.

Transaction dollar volume for the year ended November 30, 2009 was $141 billion, an increase of 13% compared to the year ended November 30, 2008. The increase in transaction dollar volume was driven primarily by the inclusion of Diners Club for the full year, as compared to a half a year in 2008, in addition to higher activity from new and existing financial institutions on the PULSE network. These were partially offset by the loss of volume from one large financial institution along with lower third-party issuer volume as a result of lower gasoline prices and lower overall spending.

Critical Accounting Estimates

In preparing our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management must make judgments and use estimates and assumptions about the effects of matters that are uncertain. For estimates that involve a high degree of judgment and subjectivity, it is possible that different estimates could reasonably be derived for the same period. For estimates that are particularly sensitive to changes in economic or market conditions, significant changes to the estimated amount from period to period are also possible. Management believes the current assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements are appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating amounts in our consolidated financial statements, the resulting changes could have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and, in certain cases, could have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition. Management has identified the estimates related to our allowance for loan losses, the accrual of credit card customer rewards cost, the evaluation of goodwill and other nonamortizable intangible assets for potential impairment and the accrual of income taxes as critical accounting estimates.

Allowance for Loan Losses

We base our allowance for loan loss on several analyses that help us estimate incurred losses as of the balance sheet date. While our estimation process includes historical data and analysis, there is a significant amount of judgment applied in selecting inputs and analyzing the results produced to determine the allowance. We use a migration analysis to estimate the likelihood that a loan will progress through the various stages of delinquency. The migration analysis considers uncollectible principal, interest and fees reflected in the loan receivables. In the first quarter 2010, management refined its ability to estimate loss emergence by using other analyses to estimate losses incurred from non-delinquent accounts. The considerations in these analyses include past performance, risk management techniques applied to various accounts, historical behavior of different account vintages, current economic conditions, recent trends in delinquencies, bankruptcy filings, account collection management, policy changes, account seasoning, loan volume and amounts, payment rates, and forecasting uncertainties. Given the same information, others may reach different reasonable conclusions.

If management used different assumptions in estimating incurred net loan losses, the impact to the allowance for loan losses could have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations. For example, a 10% change in management’s estimate of incurred net loan losses could have resulted in a change of approximately $330 million in the allowance for loan losses at November 30, 2010, with a corresponding change in the provision for loan losses. See “ – Loan Quality” and Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements for further details about our allowance for loan losses.

Customer Rewards Cost

We offer our customers various reward programs, including the Cashback Bonus reward program, pursuant to which we offer certain customers a reward equal to a percentage of their purchase amounts based on the type and volume of the customer’s purchases. The liability for customer rewards is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on our consolidated statements of financial condition. We compute our rewards liability on an individual customer basis and it is accumulated as qualified customers make progress toward earning a reward through their ongoing purchase activity. The liability is adjusted for expected forfeitures of accumulated rewards. We estimate forfeitures based on historical account

 

-67-


Table of Contents

closure and charge-off experience, actual customer purchase activity and the terms of the rewards programs. We recognize reward costs as a reduction of discount and interchange revenue in the consolidated statements of income.

If management used a different estimate of forfeitures, our consolidated statement of financial condition and results of operations could have differed. For example, a 100 basis point decrease in the estimated forfeiture rate as of November 30, 2010, could have resulted in an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities of approximately $10 million. The corresponding increase in rewards cost would have been reflected as a decrease in discount and interchange revenue. See “ – Other Income” and Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements for further details about credit card rewards cost.

Goodwill and Other Nonamortizable Intangible Assets

We recognize goodwill when the purchase price of an acquired business exceeds the total of the fair values of the acquired net assets. In addition, we have recognized certain other nonamortizable intangible assets in our acquisition of the Diners Club business. As required by GAAP, we test goodwill and other nonamortizable intangible assets for impairment annually, or more often if indicators of impairment exist. In evaluating goodwill for impairment, management must estimate the fair value of the business unit(s) to which the goodwill relates. Because market data concerning acquisitions of comparable businesses typically are not readily obtainable, other valuation techniques such as earnings multiples and cash flow models are used in estimating the fair values of these businesses. Similarly, in evaluating the other nonamortizable intangible assets for potential impairment, management estimates their fair values using discounted cash flow models. In applying these techniques, management considers historical results, business forecasts, market and industry conditions and other factors. We may also consult independent valuation experts where needed in applying these valuation techniques. The valuation methodologies we use involve assumptions about business performance, revenue and expense growth, discount rates and other assumptions that are judgmental in nature.

If economic conditions deteriorate or other events adversely impact the assumptions used by management in these valuations, we may be exposed to an impairment loss that, when recognized, could have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations. At November 30, 2010, there were no reporting units or intangible assets that were at reasonable risk for failing the respective impairment evaluations.

Income Taxes

We are subject to the income tax laws of the jurisdictions where we have business operations, primarily the United States, its states and municipalities. We must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and must also make estimates about when in the future certain items will affect taxable income in the various taxing jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. We regularly evaluate the likelihood of assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and tax reserves are established as appropriate.

Changes in the estimate of income taxes can occur due to tax rate changes, interpretations of tax laws, the status and resolution of examinations by the taxing authorities, and newly enacted laws and regulations that impact the relative merits of tax positions taken. When such changes occur, the effect on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations can be significant. See Note 17: Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information about income taxes.

 

-68-


Table of Contents

Earnings Summary

The following table outlines changes in our consolidated statement of income for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,      2010 vs. 2009
increase (decrease)
    2009 vs. 2008
increase (decrease)
 
       2010     

2009

(As
Adjusted 1 )

   

2008

(As
Adjusted 1 )

     $     %     $     %  

Interest income

   $ 6,146,218       $ 6,435,152      $ 6,491,069       $ (288,934     (4 %)    $ (55,917     (1 %) 

Interest expense

     1,582,988         1,605,499        2,311,324         (22,511     (1 %)      (705,825     (31 %) 
                                              

Net interest income

     4,563,230         4,829,653        4,179,745         (266,423     (6 %)      649,908        16

Provision for loan losses

     3,206,705         5,123,030        3,476,644         (1,916,325     (37 %)      1,646,386        47
                                              

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     1,356,525         (293,377     703,101         1,649,902        NM        (996,478     (142 %) 

Other income

     2,094,999         2,186,064        2,193,784         (91,065     (4 %)      (7,720     0

Other expense

     2,182,665         2,222,096        2,415,797         (39,431     (2 %)      (193,701     (8 %) 
                                              

Income (loss) before income tax expense

     1,268,859         (329,409     481,088         1,598,268        NM        (810,497     (168 %) 

Income tax expense (benefit)

     504,071         (92,125     150,162         596,196        NM        (242,287     (161 %) 
                                              

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 764,788       $ (237,284   $ 330,926       $ 1,002,072        NM      $ (568,210     (172 %) 
                                              
                                                            

 

(1) See “ – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”

Net Interest Income

The tables that follow this section have been provided to supplement the discussion below and provide further analysis of net interest income, net interest margin and the impact of rate and volume changes on net interest income. Net interest income represents the difference between interest income earned on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense incurred to finance those assets. We analyze net interest income in total by calculating net interest margin (interest income, net of interest expense, as a percentage of average total loan receivables). We also separately consider the impact of the level of loan receivables and the related interest yield and the impact of the cost of funds related to each of our funding sources, along with the income generated by our liquidity investment portfolio, on net interest income.

Our interest-earning assets consist of: (i) loan receivables, (ii) cash and cash equivalents, which includes amounts on deposit with the Federal Reserve, highly rated certificates of deposit, and triple-A rated government mutual funds, (iii) restricted cash, (iv) short-term investments and (v) investment securities. Our interest-bearing liabilities consist primarily of deposits, both direct-to-consumer and brokered, and long-term borrowings, including amounts owed to securitization investors. Net interest income is influenced by the following:

 

   

The level and composition of loan receivables, including the proportion of credit card loans to other consumer loans, as well as the proportion of loan receivables bearing interest at promotional rates as compared to standard rates;

 

   

The credit performance of our loans, particularly with regard to charge-offs of finance charges, which reduce interest income;

 

   

The terms of long-term borrowings and certificates of deposit upon initial offering, including maturity and interest rate;

 

   

The level and composition of other interest-bearing assets and liabilities, including our liquidity investment portfolio;

 

   

Changes in the interest rate environment, including the levels of interest rates and the relationships among interest rate indices, such as the prime rate, the Federal Funds rate and LIBOR; and

 

   

The effectiveness of interest rate swaps in our interest rate risk management program.

For the Year Ended November 30, 2010 compared to the Year Ended November 30, 2009

Net interest income was $4.6 billion for the year ended November 30, 2010, a decline of 6% as compared to the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted. The decline in net interest income was primarily due to a lower average level of credit card loan receivables as well as a decline in net interest margin.

 

-69-


Table of Contents

Net interest margin was 9.14% for the year ended November 30, 2010, down 31 basis points as compared to the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted. This reflects a greater proportion of lower-rate student loans in our loan portfolio for much of the year, lower rates earned on higher balances in our liquidity investment portfolio and higher rates paid on long-term borrowings, partially offset by lower deposit funding costs and an improvement in credit card yield. Yield on credit card loan receivables improved as a result of fewer promotional rate balances and higher interest rates earned on standard balances, partially offset by the impact of legislative changes related to restrictions on increasing interest rates on existing balances beginning in February 2010. Although the yield on credit card loan receivables was higher for the full year 2010 as compared to 2009 as adjusted, the credit card yield during the fourth quarter 2010 was lower than the fourth quarter 2009 as adjusted. In 2011, we expect the credit card yield to decline as a result of the continued impact of the implementation of CARD Act provisions and a planned increase in promotional rate offers.

The level of net interest income also declined during the year ended November 30, 2010, as compared to the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted, because of a decline in the average level of credit card loan receivables, which was driven by a reduction in promotional rate balances and an increase in the payment rate. This was partially offset by an increase in the level of student loans and a higher average level of liquidity.

Interest expense declined slightly for the year ended November 30, 2010 as compared to the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted largely as a result of lower interest expense on securitized debt and deposits offset by higher expense associated with subordinated debt issuances in late 2009 and April 2010. Interest expense on securitized debt declined because of a significant level of maturities in the first half of 2010. Interest expense on deposits declined as the decline in deposit interest rates more than offset the higher level of deposit borrowings, which replaced the maturing asset-backed securities.

For the Year Ended November 30, 2009 compared to the Year Ended November 30, 2008

Net interest income was $4.8 billion for the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted, an increase of 16% as compared to the year ended November 30, 2008 as adjusted. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to an increase in net interest margin along with an increase in the average level of loan receivables.

Net interest margin was 9.45% for the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted, up 92 basis points as compared to the year ended November 30, 2008 as adjusted. The increase was due to lower funding costs partially offset by a lower yield on our loan receivables and liquidity investment portfolio. In 2008, interest expense was negatively impacted by the disruptions in the capital markets, which caused the differential between LIBOR (the rate to which our securitized borrowings are benchmarked) and the Federal Funds rate (which impacts the prime rate, the rate to which our floating rate credit card receivables are benchmarked). By 2009, the differential between LIBOR and the Federal Funds rate had narrowed to more normalized ranges.

The yield on loan receivables was 12.40% for the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted, down 19 basis points as compared to the year ended November 30, 2008 as adjusted due to a higher level of student and personal loans, which earn lower interest rates. The yield on credit card loans was 12.63% in both 2009 as adjusted and 2008 as adjusted as an increase in rates on standard balances and a reduction in promotional rate balances were offset by an increase in finance charge charge-offs.

The increase in net interest income in 2009 as adjusted as compared to 2008 as adjusted was also due to an increase in the average level of loan receivables. This was primarily attributable to a decline in the credit card payment rate and an increase in both student and personal loan receivable balances, partially offset by lower balance transfer activity and lower sales volume.

Interest expense declined significantly for the period ending November 30, 2009 as adjusted compared to the same period in 2008 as adjusted primarily due to a decline in funding costs related to securitized borrowings as discussed above. Throughout 2009 we grew our deposits business, which provided a significant source of funds while the securitization market was disrupted. Due to the decline in benchmark deposit rates throughout 2009, our cost of funds related to deposits improved during 2009 as compared to 2008.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheet Analysis

 

      2010     2009 (As Adjusted 1 )     2008 (As Adjusted 1 )  
  Average
Balance
    Rate     Interest     Average
Balance
    Rate     Interest     Average
Balance
    Rate     Interest  

Assets

                 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,628,759        0.25   $ 24,319      $ 8,854,380        0.56   $ 50,024      $ 8,374,905        2.64   $ 220,744   

Restricted cash

    2,124,343        0.16     3,419        2,438,438        0.75     18,195        2,770,260        3.43     95,060   

Other short-term investments

    235,549        1.03     2,435        662,979        0.59     3,883        —          —          —     

Investment securities

    1,688,453        1.55     26,222        485,117        5.20     25,230        194,674        2.75     5,352   

Loan receivables: (2)

                 

Credit card (3)

    45,616,791        12.79     5,836,002        48,844,325        12.63     6,169,303        48,229,519        12.63     6,090,218   

Other (4)

    4,292,396        5.91     253,821        2,285,792        7.37     168,517        781,629        10.20     79,695   
                                                     

Total loan receivables

    49,909,187        12.20     6,089,823        51,130,117        12.40     6,337,820        49,011,148        12.59     6,169,913   
                                                     

Total interest-earning assets

    63,586,291        9.67     6,146,218        63,571,031        10.12     6,435,152        60,350,987        10.76     6,491,069   

Allowance for loan losses

    (3,870,545         (3,550,229         (2,033,339    

Other assets

    3,978,625            3,139,709            2,521,878       

Assets from discontinued operations

    —              —              1,321,595       
                                   

Total assets

  $ 63,694,371          $ 63,160,511          $ 62,161,121       
                                   

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Interest-bearing deposits:

                 

Time deposits (5)

  $ 27,274,405        3.84     1,046,108      $ 24,748,485        4.52     1,117,396      $ 21,208,003        5.01     1,062,741   

Savings deposits

    7,262,870        1.43     104,134        4,349,107        1.59     69,288        4,439,434        3.07     136,271   

Other interest-bearing deposits

    21,178        1.24     262        25,998        1.54     400        40,337        1.05     424   
                                                     

Total interest-bearing deposits (6)

    34,558,453        3.33     1,150,504        29,123,590        4.08     1,187,084        25,687,774        4.67     1,199,436   

Borrowings:

                 

Short-term borrowings

    410        0.24     1        837,452        0.30     2,538        37,660        0.91     343   

Securitized borrowings

    17,247,078        1.58     272,535        22,720,700        1.56     354,215        26,897,712        3.80     1,023,320   

Other long-term borrowings (5)

    2,736,017        5.85     159,948        1,648,735        3.74     61,662        1,919,147        4.60     88,225   
                                                     

Total borrowings

    19,983,505        2.16     432,484        25,206,887        1.66     418,415        28,854,519        3.85     1,111,888   
                                                     

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    54,541,958        2.90     1,582,988        54,330,477        2.96     1,605,499        54,542,293        4.24     2,311,324   

Liabilities of discontinued operations

    —              —              968,406       

Other liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    9,152,413            8,830,034            6,650,422       
                                   

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 63,694,371          $ 63,160,511          $ 62,161,121       
                                                     

Net interest income

      $ 4,563,230          $ 4,829,653          $ 4,179,745   
                                   

Net interest margin (7)

      9.14         9.45         8.53  

Net yield on interest-earning assets (8)

      7.18         7.60         6.93  

Interest rate spread (9)

      6.77         7.16         6.52  
                                                                         

 

(1) Information related to restricted cash, investment securities, credit card loan receivables, allowance for loan losses, other assets, securitized borrowings, other long-term borrowings and other liabilities and stockholders’ equity are presented on an as adjusted basis. No adjustments have been made for cash and cash equivalents, other short-term investments, other loan receivables, interest-bearing deposits, short-term borrowings and other long-term borrowings. See “ – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”
(2) Average balances of loan receivables include non-accruing loans, which are included in the yield calculations. If the non-accruing loan balances were excluded, there would not be a material impact on the amounts reported above.
(3) Interest income on credit card loans includes $173 million, $187 million as adjusted and $115 million as adjusted of amortization of balance transfer fees for the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
(4) Includes student loans held for sale.
(5) Includes the impact of interest rate swap agreements used to change a portion of fixed-rate funding to floating-rate funding.
(6) Includes the impact of FDIC insurance premiums and special assessments.
(7) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average total loan receivables.
(8) Net yield on interest-earning assets represents net interest income as a percentage of total interest-earning assets.
(9) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the rate on total interest-earning assets and the rate on total interest-bearing liabilities.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Variance Analysis (1)

 

       2010 vs. 2009     2009 vs. 2008  
   Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Increase/(decrease) in net interest income due to changes in:

            

Interest-earning assets:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,045      $ (29,750   $ (25,705   $ 11,964      $ (182,684   $ (170,720

Restricted cash

     (2,085     (12,691     (14,776     (10,203     (66,662     (76,865

Other short-term investments

     (3,379     1,931        (1,448     3,883        —          3,883   

Investment securities

     28,364        (27,372     992        12,441        7,437        19,878   

Loan receivables:

            

Credit card

     (412,055     78,754        (333,301     77,653        1,432        79,085   

Other

     124,042        (38,738     85,304        116,236        (27,414     88,822   
                                                

Total loan receivables

     (288,013     40,016        (247,997     193,889        (25,982     167,907   
                                                

Total interest income

     (261,068     (27,866     (288,934     211,974        (267,891     (55,917

Interest-bearing liabilities:

            

Interest-bearing deposits:

            

Time deposits

     107,109        (178,397     (71,288     166,390        (111,735     54,655   

Savings deposits

     42,380        (7,534     34,846        (2,719     (64,264     (66,983

Other interest-bearing deposits

     (67     (71     (138     (181     157        (24
                                                

Total interest-bearing deposits

     149,422        (186,002     (36,580     163,490        (175,842     (12,352

Borrowings:

            

Short-term borrowings

     (2,123     (414     (2,537     2,572        (377     2,195   

Securitized borrowings

     (86,431     4,751        (81,680     (139,376     (529,729     (669,105

Other long-term borrowings

     53,016        45,270        98,286        (11,433     (15,130     (26,563
                                                

Total borrowings

     (35,538     49,607        14,069        (148,237     (545,236     (693,473
                                                

Total interest expense

     113,884        (136,395     (22,511     15,253        (721,078     (705,825
                                                

Net interest income

   $ (374,952   $ 108,529      $ (266,423   $ 196,721      $ 453,187      $ 649,908   
                                                
                                                  

 

(1) The rate/volume variance for each category has been allocated on a consistent basis between rate and volume variances based on the percentage of the rate or volume variance to the sum of the two absolute variances. Calculation of rate/volume variance is based on November 30, 2009 and 2008 amounts as adjusted.

Loan Quality

Loan receivables consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010    

2009

(As Adjusted 1 )

   

2008

(As Adjusted 1 )

   

2007

(As Adjusted 1 )

   

2006

(As Adjusted 1 )

 

Loans held for sale

   $ 788,101      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 3,748   

Loan portfolio:

          

Credit card loans:

          

Discover Card (1)

     44,904,267        47,055,215        49,226,801        47,695,106        45,647,134   

Discover Business Card

     252,727        404,149        466,173        234,136        59,088   
                                        

Total credit card loans

     45,156,994        47,459,364        49,692,974        47,929,242        45,706,222   

Other consumer loans:

          

Personal loans

     1,877,633        1,394,379        1,028,093        165,529        24,968   

Federal student loans

     —          1,352,587        167,749        4,380        —     

Private student loans

     999,322        579,679        132,180        8,440        155   

Other

     14,363        68,137        74,282        72,845        66,978   
                                        

Total other consumer loans

     2,891,318        3,394,782        1,402,304        251,194        92,101   
                                        

Total loan portfolio

     48,048,312        50,854,146        51,095,278        48,180,436        45,798,323   
                                        

Total loan receivables

     48,836,413        50,854,146        51,095,278        48,180,436        45,802,071   

Allowance for loan losses

     (3,304,118     (3,902,360     (2,754,357     (1,731,655     (1,632,291
                                        

Net loan receivables

   $ 45,532,295      $ 46,951,786      $ 48,340,921      $ 46,448,781      $ 44,169,780   
                                        
                                          

 

(1) Discover Card loan balances and the allowance for loan losses are presented on an as adjusted basis. No adjustments have been made to loans held for sale, Discover business card, personal loans, federal or private student loans or other loans. See reconciliation in “ – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”

 

-72-


Table of Contents

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

Provision for loan losses is the expense related to maintaining the allowance for loan losses at a level adequate to absorb the estimated probable losses in the loan portfolio at each period end date. Factors that influence the provision for loan losses include:

 

   

The impact of general economic conditions on the consumer, including unemployment levels, bankruptcy trends and interest rate movements;

 

   

Changes in consumer spending and payment behaviors;

 

   

Changes in our loan portfolio, including the overall mix of accounts, products and loan balances within the portfolio;

 

   

The level and direction of historical and anticipated loan delinquencies and charge-offs;

 

   

The credit quality of the loan portfolio, which reflects, among other factors, our credit granting practices and effectiveness of collection efforts; and

 

   

Regulatory changes or new regulatory guidance.

In calculating the allowance for loan losses, we estimate probable losses separately for segments of the loan portfolio that have similar risk characteristics, such as credit card and other consumer loans. For our credit card loans, we use a migration analysis to estimate the likelihood that a loan will progress through the various stages of delinquency. We use other analyses to estimate losses incurred from non-delinquent accounts which broadens the identification of loss emergence. We use these analyses together to determine our allowance for loan losses.

For the year ended November 30, 2010, the provision for loan losses decreased $1.9 billion as compared to the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted. This decrease is attributable to lower net charge-offs, discussed in “ – Net Charge-offs” below, and a reduction in the allowance for loan losses. The reduction in the allowance for loan losses was due to improved delinquency statistics, which resulted in lower loan loss reserve rates, as well as a $2.3 billion decline in the level of credit card loans. More specifically, our allowance at November 30, 2010 was $3.3 billion, a decline of $598 million as compared to November 30, 2009 as adjusted. This full-year net reduction in the allowance includes a $305 million increase to the allowance in the first quarter 2010 upon management’s consideration of refined analytics that expanded its ability to identify loss emergence. By comparison, the allowance for loan losses at November 30, 2009 as adjusted was $3.9 billion, an increase of $1.1 billion as compared to the prior year.

For the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted, the provision for loan losses increased $1.6 billion, or 47%, compared to the year ended November 30, 2008 as adjusted, primarily due to higher net charge-offs resulting from the deterioration in the economic environment. Additionally, because of rising delinquencies, the loan loss reserve rate increased 228 basis points in 2009 as adjusted and we added $1.1 billion to our as adjusted allowance for loan losses. In comparison, the reserve rate increased 180 basis points in 2008 as adjusted and we added $1.0 billion to our as adjusted allowance for loan losses.

For other consumer loans, we consider historical and forecasted losses in estimating the related allowance for loan losses. At November 30, 2010, the level of the allowance related to other consumer loans decreased by $16 million as compared to November 30, 2009. This is largely attributable to a decline in our personal loan reserve rate due to credit improvement in that portfolio. This was partially offset by a reserve increase related to a higher level of private student loans. At November 30, 2009, the level of the allowance related to other consumer loans increased by $54 million as compared to November 30, 2008 mainly due to increased personal loan and private student loan balances.

 

-73-


Table of Contents

The following table provides changes in our allowance for loan losses for the years presented (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010    

2009

(As Adjusted 1 )

   

2008

(As Adjusted 1 )

   

2007

(As Adjusted 1 )

   

2006

(As Adjusted 1 )

 

Balance at beginning of year, as adjusted

   $ 3,902,360      $ 2,754,357      $ 1,731,655      $ 1,632,291      $ 1,948,823   

Additions:

          

Provision for loan losses

     3,206,705        5,123,030        3,476,644        1,896,753        1,438,746   

Deductions:

          

Charge-off related to loans sold

     (25,342     —          —          —          —     

Charge-offs:

          

Discover card

     (4,094,236     (4,242,494     (2,832,771     (2,201,741     (2,180,146

Discover business card

     (59,986     (62,115     (19,814     (2,418     —     
                                        

Total credit card loans

     (4,154,222     (4,304,609     (2,852,585     (2,204,159     (2,180,146

Personal loans

     (92,351     (68,590     (7,974     (1,857     (3,962

Federal student loans

     (719     —          —          —          —     

Private student loans

     (2,783     (468     (8     —          —     

Other

     (1,018     (22     (83     (25     (29
                                        

Total other consumer loans

     (96,871     (69,080     (8,065     (1,882     (3,991

Total charge-offs

     (4,251,093     (4,373,689     (2,860,650     (2,206,041     (2,184,137

Recoveries:

          

Discover card

     466,548        396,483        405,844        407,606        427,799   

Discover business card

     3,549        1,233        272        35        —     
                                        

Total credit card loans

     470,097        397,716        406,116        407,641        427,799   

Personal loans

     1,307        906        576        988        974   

Private student loans

     38        2        —          —          —     

Other

     46        38        16        23        86   
                                        

Total other consumer loans

     1,391        946        592        1,011        1,060   
                                        

Total recoveries

     471,488        398,662        406,708        408,652        428,859   
                                        

Net charge-offs

     (3,779,605     (3,975,027     (2,453,942     (1,797,389     (1,755,278
                                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 3,304,118      $ 3,902,360      $ 2,754,357      $ 1,731,655      $ 1,632,291   
                                        
                                          

 

(1) Information related to Discover card and total loans is presented on an adjusted basis. No adjustments have been made for Discover business card, personal loans, federal and private student loans or other loans. See reconciliation in “ – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”

The following table presents a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010     

2009

(As Adjusted 1 )

    

2008

(As Adjusted 1 )

    

2007

(As Adjusted 1 )

    

2006

(As Adjusted 1 )

 

Discover card

   $ 3,182,603       $ 3,731,568       $ 2,664,986       $ 1,714,237       $ 1,627,320   

Discover business card

     26,285         59,979         32,597         8,279         2,216   
                                            

Total credit card loans

     3,208,888         3,791,547         2,697,583         1,722,516         1,629,536   

Personal loans

     76,087         95,056         51,742         8,310         2,178   

Federal student loans

     —           968         142         4         —     

Private student loans

     18,569         13,734         4,292         256         —     

Other

     574         1,055         598         569         577   
                                            

Total other consumer loans

     95,230         110,813         56,774         9,139         2,755   
                                            

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 3,304,118       $ 3,902,360       $ 2,754,357       $ 1,731,655       $ 1,632,291   
                                            
                                              

 

(1) Information related to Discover card, credit card and total loan receivables is presented on an adjusted basis. No adjustments have been made for Discover business card, federal and private student loans, personal loans or other loans. See reconciliation in “ – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”

 

-74-


Table of Contents

Net Charge-offs

Our net charge-offs include the principal amount of losses charged-off less principal recoveries and exclude charged-off interest and fees, recoveries of interest and fees and fraud losses. Charged-off and recovered interest and fees are recorded in interest and loan fee income, respectively, for loan receivables while fraud losses are recorded in other expense. Credit card loan receivables are charged-off at the end of the month during which an account becomes 180 days contractually past due. Closed-end consumer loan receivables are charged-off at the end of the month during which an account becomes 120 days contractually past due. Generally, customer bankruptcies and probate accounts are charged-off at the end of the month 60 days following the receipt of notification of the bankruptcy or death but not later than the 180-day or 120-day contractual time frame.

The following table presents amounts and rates of net charge-offs of loan receivables (dollars in thousands):

 

       For the Years Ended November 30,  
   2010     2009
(As Adjusted 1 )
    2008
(As Adjusted 1 )
    2007
(As Adjusted 1 )
    2006
(As Adjusted 1 )
 
   $      %     $      %     $      %     $      %     $      %  

Credit card loans

   $ 3,684,125         8.08   $ 3,906,893         8.00   $ 2,446,469         5.07   $ 1,796,518         3.84   $ 1,752,347         3.96

Other consumer loans

     95,480         2.22     68,134         2.98     7,473         0.96     871         0.85     2,931         2.22
                                                       

Total net charge-offs

   $ 3,779,605         7.57   $ 3,975,027         7.77   $ 2,453,942         5.01   $ 1,797,389         3.83   $ 1,755,278         3.95
                                                       
                                                                                       

 

(1) Information related to credit card loan receivables and total loan receivables is presented on an as adjusted basis. No adjustments have been made for other consumer loan receivables. See reconciliation in “ – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”

The amount of charge-offs on credit card loans decreased for the year ended November 30, 2010 compared to the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted. The level of contractual and bankruptcy charge-offs had peaked by the end of the first quarter of 2010 and then declined throughout 2010 as a result of improvement in the economic environment and recoveries. However, the net charge-off rate on our credit card loans increased slightly for the year ended November 30, 2010 compared to the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted due to a lower average level of credit card loans. The seasoning of our personal loan portfolio has led to higher charge-off amounts in other consumer loans during the year ended November 30, 2010 as compared to 2009, but the charge-off rate for other consumer loans declined overall due to an increase in the average level of student loans, as newly originated student loans had not yet entered into repayment and, thus, had minimal levels of net charge-offs.

The increase in our charge-off rate and amount on our loan receivables for the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted compared to November 30, 2008 as adjusted is reflective of the weakened economic environment, including rising unemployment, an increase in bankruptcy-related charge-offs and a decrease in the availability of consumer credit during the period. Additionally, personal loans, which are included in other consumer loans, grew significantly in 2008 and into 2009, had seasoned and had started to experience charge-offs.

Delinquencies

Delinquencies are an indicator of credit quality at a point in time. Loan balances are considered delinquent when contractual payments on the loan become 30 days past due. Credit card and closed-end consumer loan receivables are placed on nonaccrual status upon receipt of notification of the bankruptcy or death of a customer or suspected fraudulent activity on an account. In some cases of suspected fraudulent activity, loan receivables may resume accruing interest upon completion of the fraud investigation.

 

-75-


Table of Contents

The following table presents the amounts and delinquency rates of loan receivables over 30 days delinquent, loan receivables over 90 days delinquent and accruing interest and loan receivables that are not accruing interest, regardless of delinquency (dollars in thousands):

 

       At November 30,  
   2010     2009
(As Adjusted 1 )
    2008
(As Adjusted 1 )
    2007
(As Adjusted 1 )
    2006
(As Adjusted 1 )
 
   $      %     $      %     $      %     $      %     $      %  

Loans over 30 days delinquent

   $ 1,901,924         3.89   $ 2,700,959         5.31   $ 2,330,208         4.56   $ 1,723,320         3.58   $ 1,552,037         3.39

Loans over 90 days delinquent and accruing interest

   $ 853,757         1.75   $ 1,217,054         2.39   $ 952,565         1.86   $ 695,302         1.44   $ 604,793         1.32

Loans not accruing interest

   $ 325,900         0.67   $ 438,278         0.86   $ 366,508         0.72   $ 256,694         0.53   $ 261,777         0.57
                                                                                       

 

(1) See reconciliation in “ – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”

The delinquency rates of loans over 30 days delinquent and loans over 90 days delinquent and accruing interest decreased 142 basis points and 64 basis points, respectively at November 30, 2010 as compared to November 30, 2009 as adjusted. The decline in delinquency rates is mainly due to better credit trends as well as enhanced collection management and underwriting processes. Loan receivables not accruing interest at November 30, 2010 decreased 19 basis points to 0.67%, as compared to November 30, 2009 as adjusted, as a result of a decrease in bankruptcy notifications.

The delinquency rates of loans over 30 days delinquent and loans over 90 days delinquent and accruing interest increased 75 basis points and 53 basis points, respectively at November 30, 2009 as adjusted, as compared to November 30, 2008 as adjusted. The increase in both measures reflected the impact of the weaker economic environment on our customers’ ability to pay their loan balances. Loan receivables not accruing interest at November 30, 2009 increased 14 basis points to 0.86% as adjusted, as compared to November 30, 2008 as adjusted, as a result of an increase in bankruptcy notifications.

Maturities and Sensitivities of Loan Receivables to Changes in Interest Rates

Our loan portfolio had the following maturity distribution (1) at November 30, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

       Due One
Year or
Less
     Due After
One Year
Through
Five Years
     Due After
Five Years
     Total  

Credit card loans

   $ 15,138,461       $ 24,151,916       $ 5,866,617       $ 45,156,994   

Other consumer loans

     9,540         1,369,071         1,512,707         2,891,318   
                                   

Total loan portfolio

   $ 15,148,001       $ 25,520,987       $ 7,379,324       $ 48,048,312   
                                   
                                     

 

(1) Because of the uncertainty regarding loan repayment patterns, the above amounts have been calculated using contractually required minimum payments. Historically, actual loan repayments have been higher than such minimum payments and, therefore, the above amounts may not necessarily be indicative of our actual loan repayments.

At November 30, 2010, approximately $21.4 billion of our loan portfolio due after one year had interest rates tied to an index and approximately $11.5 billion were fixed rate loans.

Modified and Restructured Loans

We hold various credit card loans for which the terms have been modified, including some that are accounted for as troubled debt restructurings. Our modified credit card loans include loans for which temporary hardship concessions have been granted and loans in permanent workout programs. Eligibility, frequency, duration and offer type for both of these programs are designed to comply with regulatory guidelines.

Temporary hardship concessions primarily consist of a reduced minimum payment and an interest rate reduction, both lasting for a period no longer than twelve months. These short term concessions do not include the forgiveness of unpaid

 

-76-


Table of Contents

principal, but may involve the reversal of certain unpaid interest or fee assessments. At the end of the concession period, loan terms revert to standard rates. These arrangements are automatically terminated if the customer makes two consecutive late payments, at which time their account reverts back to its original terms. In assessing the appropriate allowance for loan loss, these loans are included in the general pool of credit cards with the allowance determined under the contingent loss model of ASC 450-20, Loss Contingencies (guidance formerly contained in FASB Statement No. 5). We do not consider these loans in the troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) pool. If we applied accounting under ASC 310-40, Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (guidance formerly contained in FASB Statement No. 114), to loans in this program, there would not be a material difference in the allowance. Loans for which temporary hardship concessions were granted comprised less than 1% of our total credit card loans at November 30, 2010 and November 30, 2009.

In contrast to temporary hardship concessions, our permanent workout programs entail more significant and permanent concessions including changing the structure of the loan to a fixed payment loan with a maturity no longer than 60 months. The concessions associated with a permanent workout also include a significant reduction in interest rate and possible waivers of unpaid interest and fees. We account for permanent workout loans as TDRs and, as a result, we measure impairment of these loans based on the discounted present value of cash flows expected to be received on them. Loans in permanent workout programs comprised less than 1% of our total credit card loans at November 30, 2010 and November 30, 2009.

We also participate in consumer credit counseling agency (“CCCA”) programs in an effort to assist customers to proactively manage their credit card balances. The vast majority of loans entering CCCA programs are not delinquent at the time of enrollment, and our charge-off rate on these loans is comparable or less than the rate on our overall credit card receivables portfolio. These loans continue to be subject to original minimum payment terms and do not normally include waiver of unpaid principal, interest or fees. In assessing the appropriate allowance for loan loss, these loans are included in the general pool of credit card loans with the allowance determined under the contingent loss model. We do not consider these loans in the TDR pool. If we applied TDR accounting to loans in this program, there would not be a material difference in the allowance. Credit card loans modified under CCCA programs comprised approximately 1.7% of our total credit card loans at both November 30, 2010 and November 30, 2009.

Other Income

The following table presents the components of other income for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,     2010 vs. 2009
increase (decrease)
    2009 vs. 2008
increase (decrease)
 
       2010     

2009

(As Adjusted 1 )

   

2008

(As Adjusted 1 )

    $     %     $     %  

Discount and interchange revenue (2)

   $ 1,055,359       $ 984,088      $ 969,560      $ 71,271        7   $ 14,528        1

Fee products

     412,497         403,246        361,417        9,251        2     41,829        12

Loan fee income

     339,797         494,305        591,179        (154,508     (31 %)      (96,874     (16 %) 

Transaction processing revenue

     149,946         125,201        115,914        24,745        20     9,287        8

Merchant fees

     28,461         44,248        67,027        (15,787     (36 %)      (22,779     (34 %) 

Gain (loss) on investment securities

     19,131         (3,826     (50,294     22,957        NM        46,468        92

Other income

     89,808         138,802        138,981        (48,994     (35 %)      (179     (0 %) 
                                             

Total other income

   $ 2,094,999       $ 2,186,064      $ 2,193,784      $ (91,065     (4 %)    $ (7,720     (0 %) 
                                             
                                                           

 

(1) See “ – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”
(2) Net of rewards, including Cashback Bonus rewards, of $738 million, $670 million and $710 million for the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Total other income decreased in the year ended November 30, 2010 compared to the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted as lower loan fees and other income were partially offset by higher revenues from discount and interchange, transaction processing revenue and a $19.6 million gain relating to the liquidation of collateral supporting the asset-backed commercial paper notes of Golden Key. These key drivers as well as other factors are discussed in more detail below.

 

-77-


Table of Contents

Total other income decreased slightly for the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted, as compared to the year ended November 30, 2008 as adjusted. This is primarily attributable to a decrease in loan fee income partially offset by increases in fee product income and lower losses on investment securities. These key drivers as well as other factors are discussed in more detail below.

Discount and Interchange Revenue

Discount and interchange revenue includes discount revenue and acquirer interchange net of interchange paid to third-party issuers in the United States. We earn discount revenue from fees charged to merchants with whom we have entered into card acceptance agreements for processing credit card purchase transactions. We earn acquirer interchange revenue from merchant acquirers on all Discover Network card transactions made by credit card customers at merchants with whom merchant acquirers have entered into card acceptance agreements for processing credit card purchase transactions. We incur an interchange cost to card issuing entities that have entered into contractual arrangements to issue cards on the Discover Network. This cost is contractually established and is based on the card issuing organization’s transaction volume and is reported as a reduction to discount and interchange revenue. We offer our customers various reward programs, including the Cashback Bonus reward program, pursuant to which we pay certain customers a percentage of their purchase amounts based on the type and volume of the customer’s purchases. Reward costs are recorded as a reduction to discount and interchange revenue.

In 2010 we had higher sales volume than 2009, which was the key driver of the increase in discount and interchange revenue. In total, our gross discount and interchange revenue increased by $140 million for the year ended November 30, 2010 as compared to the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted, which was partially offset by a $68 million increase in Cashback Bonus rewards earned by our customers.

Discount and interchange revenue increased slightly for the year ended November 30, 2009, as adjusted compared to the year ended November 30, 2008, as adjusted, due to lower customer rewards costs, partially offset by lower revenues earned on lower sales volume. Lower customer rewards costs were due to a decline in sales volume, partially offset by adjustments made in the third quarter of 2008 to the rewards liability for an increase in expected forfeitures of accumulated rewards.

Fee Products

We earn revenue related to fees received for selling ancillary products and services including debt deferment/debt cancellation and identity theft protection services to customers. The amount of revenue recorded is generally based on either a percentage of a customer’s outstanding balance or a flat fee and is recognized over the agreement or contract period as earned. Fee products income increased slightly for the year ended November 30, 2010, as compared to the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted primarily due to an increase in revenue from our identity theft protection product. Fee products income increased for the year ended November 30, 2009 as adjusted, as compared to the year ended 2008 as adjusted, largely due to an increase in the revenue from our debt deferment/debt cancellation product and from our identity theft protection product. Additionally, fee products income increased in 2009 as compared to 2008 due to higher balances upon which the fees are based.

Loan Fee Income

Loan fee income consists primarily of fees on credit card loans and includes late, overlimit, cash advance, pay-by-phone and other miscellaneous fees. However, effective February 2010, as a result of legislative changes, we no longer charge overlimit or pay-by-phone fees on consumer credit card loans. The legislative changes also resulted in changes to our late fee policy beginning August 2010.

In 2010, loan fee income decreased substantially as compared to 2009 as adjusted, primarily due to the legislative changes mentioned above. We had a minimal level of overlimit fees in 2010 as compared to $82 million in 2009 as adjusted, which was the last year in which we charged overlimit fees throughout the entire year (overlimit fees were $44 million in 2009 on a GAAP basis). Additionally, our late fee income declined by $45 million in 2010 as compared to 2009 as adjusted. This was due in part to the legislative changes mentioned above, but also due to a higher level of late payment incidences in 2009 as a result of the credit environment at that time. In 2009 as adjusted, loan fee income decreased as compared to 2008 as adjusted, primarily due to deferrals of balance transfer fees and higher charge-offs and adjustments of loan fees, partially offset by an increase in income from late fees as discussed above.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

Merchant Fees

To broaden merchant acceptance of Discover Network cards, we began outsourcing our acquisition and servicing of small and mid-sized merchants to merchant acquiring organizations in late 2006. We have also sold small and mid-size merchant portfolios to third-party acquirers to facilitate integrated servicing and to reduce costs. As we have moved away from direct merchant relationships, our merchant fee income and related costs have declined from $67 million in 2008 to $44 million in 2009 and $28 million in 2010. The lower income per transaction is generally offset by increased volume due to broader acceptance.

Transaction Processing Revenue

Transaction processing revenue represents switch fees charged to financial institutions and merchants for processing ATM, debit and point-of-sale transactions over the PULSE network, as well as various participation and membership fees. Switch fees are charged on a per transaction basis. Transaction processing revenue increased in 2010 as compared to 2009, due to higher transaction volumes and higher margins at PULSE. Transaction processing revenue increased for 2009 as compared to 2008 primarily due to increased volumes partially offset by pricing incentives offered to financial institutions, which are accounted for as an offset to transaction processing revenue.

Gain/Loss on Investment Securities

Gain/loss on investment securities includes realized gains and losses on the sale of investments as well as any write-downs of investment securities to fair value when the decline in fair value is considered other than temporary. During the year ended November 30, 2010, we recorded a gain of $19.6 million relating to the liquidation of collateral supporting the asset-backed commercial paper notes of Golden Key. The investment was originally purchased in 2007 for $120.1 million, subsequently written down to $51.3 million, largely as a result of other-than-temporary impairment of $8.2 million and $49.1 million recorded in 2009 and 2008, respectively. In August 2010, this investment was liquidated for $70.9 million. See additional information in Note 5: Investment Securities to our consolidated financial statements.

Other Income

Other income includes royalty revenues earned by Diners Club, revenues from the referral of declined applications to certain third-party issuers on the Discover Network and other miscellaneous revenue items.

Other income decreased in both 2010 and 2009 as adjusted as compared to the prior year periods. In 2010 and 2009 as adjusted, revenue from the referral of declined applications to third-party issuers was lower as compared to the prior years due to a lower level of acquisition activity.

In 2010, other income also included a loss of $23 million related to our decision in 2010 to sell our remaining federal student loans. In 2009 as adjusted, other income was higher than 2008 as adjusted due to the inclusion of a full year of Diners Club revenue as compared to a half year in 2008 (Diners Club was acquired on June 30, 2008).

Other Expense

The following table represents the components of other expense for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

       For the Years Ended November 30,      2010 vs. 2009
increase (decrease)
    2009 vs. 2008
increase (decrease)
 
   2010     

2009

(As Adjusted 1 )

     2008      $      %     $      %  

Employee compensation and benefits

   $ 802,649       $ 827,683       $ 845,392       $ (25,034      (3 %)    $ (17,709      (2 %) 

Marketing and business development

     463,086         406,020         530,901         57,066         14     (124,881      (24 %) 

Information processing and communications

     258,111         289,209         315,943         (31,098      (11 %)      (26,734      (8 %) 

Professional fees

     342,648         321,329         349,484         21,319         7     (28,155      (8 %) 

Premises and equipment

     70,274         73,014         80,394         (2,740      (4 %)      (7,380      (9 %) 

Other expense

     245,897         304,841         293,683         (58,944      (19 %)      11,158         4
                                                 

Total other expense

   $ 2,182,665       $ 2,222,096       $ 2,415,797       $ (39,431      (2 %)    $ (193,701      (8 %) 
                                                 
                                                               

 

(1) See “ – Reconciliations of GAAP to As Adjusted Data.”

 

-79-


Table of Contents

Total other expense decreased $39 million in 2010 as compared to 2009 as adjusted. Employee compensation and benefits expense decreased as we benefitted from cost containment initiatives undertaken in 2009, which included lowering headcount. Information processing and communications expense was lower in 2010 than in 2009 due to our efforts to reduce costs associated with ongoing contracts. Other expense was lower in 2010 due to (i) a $29 million nonrecurring benefit related to the reversal of expense that had been recorded related to the payment to Morgan Stanley under an amendment to the special dividend agreement (see Note 21: Litigation to our consolidated financial statements); (ii) a $20 million restructuring charge recorded during the second quarter 2009 as a result of the reduction in headcount and (iii) a $14 million decline in costs relating to fraud. These declines in expenses were partially offset by an increase in marketing expenses, due to increased advertising and promotional marketing expenses and higher investments in account acquisition, and an increase in professional fees, due to higher collection fees and advisory expenses related to the acquisition of The Student Loan Corporation.

Total other expense decreased $194 million in 2009 as adjusted as compared to 2008. Expenses were lower overall reflecting the impact of cost containment initiatives such as a reduction of headcount, lower marketing and lower litigation expense. Marketing expenses decreased $125 million primarily due to a reduction in new account acquisition. Other expense increased $11 million due to the inclusion of a full year of Diners Club expenses compared to only six months in 2008, a $20 million charge related to a reduction in force, increased costs associated with the global expansion initiative and a charge related to a facility closure. Additionally, in 2008, other expense included a $39 million benefit due to the curtailment of our pension plan. These increases in other expense were partially offset by lower postage, supplies and credit bureau fees resulting from lower account acquisition activity and fraud costs.

Income Tax Expense

For 2010, we had tax expense of $504 million as compared to a tax benefit of $92 million for 2009 as adjusted. The increase was the result of shifting from an as adjusted pretax loss position in 2009 to a pretax income position in 2010. 2010 also includes $49.9 million of state tax expense which is attributable to an increase in pretax income and tax liabilities in additional states.

For 2009 as adjusted, we had a $92 million tax benefit as compared to tax expense of $150 million in 2008 as adjusted, as a result of shifting from an as adjusted pretax income position in 2008 to a pretax loss position in 2009. Included in 2009 was a $24 million valuation allowance on a tax benefit arising from the sale of the Goldfish business in 2008 that we no longer believed was realizable. 2009 also had a higher effective state tax rate due to estimated taxes payable in additional states.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Funding and Liquidity

We seek to maintain diversified funding sources and a strong liquidity profile in order to fund our business and repay or refinance our maturing obligations. In addition, we seek to achieve an appropriate maturity profile, utilize a cost-effective mix of funding sources and ensure that the composition of our funding sources provides appropriate diversification. Our primary funding sources include deposits, sourced directly from consumers or through brokers, term asset-backed securitizations, private asset-backed securitizations and long-term borrowings.

Funding Sources

Deposits . We offer deposit products, including certificates of deposit, money market accounts, online savings accounts and Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) certificates of deposit, to customers through two channels: (i) through direct marketing, internet origination and affinity relationships (“direct-to-consumer deposits”); and (ii) indirectly through contractual arrangements with securities brokerage firms (“brokered deposits”).

Since November 30, 2009, direct-to-consumer deposits have grown $8.0 billion, or 64%, which includes approximately $1 billion of deposit accounts acquired in March 2010 from a third party. At November 30, 2010, we had $20.6 billion of direct-to-consumer deposits and $13.7 billion of brokered deposits Since November 30, 2009, we have deemphasized the brokered deposit channel in favor of our direct-to-consumer deposit program. Remaining maturities of our certificates of deposit range from one month to ten years, with a weighted average maturity of 22 months at November 30, 2010.

 

-80-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes deposits by contractual maturity as of November 30, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

       Total      Three Months
or Less
     Over Three
Months
Through
Six Months
     Over Six
Months
Through
Twelve
Months
     Over Twelve
Months
 

Certificates of deposit in amounts less than $100,000 (1)

   $ 19,797,420       $ 1,366,419       $ 2,032,944       $ 3,813,641       $ 12,584,416   

Certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 to less than $250,000 (1)

     4,626,792         551,400         459,137         1,226,451         2,389,804   

Certificates of deposit in amounts of $250,000 (1) or greater

     1,146,843         177,905         138,962         336,010         493,966   

Savings deposits, including money market deposit accounts

     8,738,784         8,738,784         —           —           —     
                                            

Total interest-bearing deposits

   $ 34,309,839       $ 10,834,508       $ 2,631,043       $ 5,376,102       $ 15,468,186   
                                            
                                              

 

(1) $100,000 represents the basic insurance amount previously covered by the FDIC. Effective July 21, 2010, the basic insurance per depositor was permanently increased to $250,000.

Credit Card Securitization Financing. We use the securitization of credit card receivables as an additional source of funding. We access the asset-backed securitization market using the Discover Card Master Trust I (“DCMT”) and the Discover Card Execution Note Trust (“DCENT”), through which we issue asset-backed securities both publicly and through private transactions.

The DCMT structure utilizes Class A and Class B certificates held by third parties, with credit enhancement provided by the subordinated Class B certificates, cash collateral accounts (discussed below) and subordinated Series 2009-CE. The DCENT structure utilizes four classes of securities with declining levels of seniority (Class A, B, C and D), with credit enhancement provided by the more subordinated classes of notes. Both DCMT and DCENT are further enhanced by Series 2009-SD through its provisions to reallocate principal cash flows, thereby enhancing the excess spread, discussed below, of both trusts. We retain significant exposure to the performance of trust assets through holdings of subordinated security classes of DCMT and DCENT.

The cash collateral accounts that provide credit enhancement to certain DCMT certificates were $459 million at November 30, 2010 and were recorded in restricted cash – for securitization investors in our consolidated statement of financial condition. These cash collateral accounts were partially funded through a loan facility entered into between a consolidated special purpose subsidiary, DRFC Funding LLC, and third-party lenders. At November 30, 2010, $306 million of the DRFC Funding LLC facility was outstanding and was recorded in long-term borrowings in our consolidated statement of financial condition. This loan facility was repaid on December 15, 2010.

The securitization structures include certain features designed to protect investors. The primary feature relates to the availability and adequacy of cash flows in the securitized pool of receivables to meet contractual requirements, the insufficiency of which triggers early repayment of the securities. We refer to this as “economic early amortization,” which is based on excess spread levels. Excess spread is the amount by which income received by a trust during a collection period, including interest collections, fees and interchange, as well as the amount of certain principal collections available to be reallocated from Series 2009-SD exceeds the fees and expenses of the trust during such collection period, including interest expense, servicing fees and charged-off receivables. In the event of an economic early amortization, which would occur if the excess spread fell below 0% for a contractually specified period, generally a three-month rolling average, we would be required to repay the affected outstanding securitized borrowings over a period of months using all available collections received by the trust (the period of ultimate repayment would be determined by the amount and timing of collections received). An early amortization event would negatively impact our liquidity, and require us to utilize our available contingent liquidity or rely on alternative funding sources, which may or may not be available at the time. As of November 30, 2010, the 3-month rolling average excess spread was 13.46%.

Another feature of our securitization structure, which is applicable only to the notes issued from DCENT, is a reserve account funding requirement in which excess cash flows generated by the transferred loan receivables are held at the trust. This funding requirement is triggered when DCENT’s three-month average excess spread rate decreases to below 4.50%, with increasing funding requirements as excess spread levels decline below preset levels to 0%. See Note 7:

 

-81-


Table of Contents

Credit Card Securitization Activities to our consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the structures of DCMT and DCENT and for tables providing information concerning investors’ interests and related excess spreads at November 30, 2010.

At November 30, 2010, we had $14.5 billion of outstanding public asset-backed securities, $0.5 billion of outstanding private asset-backed securitizations and $4.6 billion of outstanding asset-backed securities that had been issued to our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The following table summarizes expected contractual maturities of the investors’ interests in securitizations excluding those that have been issued to our wholly-owned subsidiaries at November 30, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

       Total      Less Than
One Year
     One Year
Through
Three Years
     Four Years
Through
Five Years
     After Five
Years
 

Scheduled maturities of long-term borrowings – owed to securitization investors

   $ 14,919,400       $ 4,825,919       $ 7,504,684       $ 1,589,113       $ 999,684   
                                              

At November 30, 2010, we had capacity to issue up to $4.7 billion in triple-A rated asset-backed securities from DCENT without the issuance of additional Class B or Class C notes as subordination. The triple-A rating of DCENT Class A Notes issued to date has been based, in part, on an FDIC rule which created a safe harbor that provides that the FDIC, as conservator or receiver, will not, using its power to disaffirm or repudiate contracts, seek to reclaim or recover assets transferred in connection with a securitization, or recharacterize them as assets of the insured depository institution, provided such transfer meets the conditions for sale accounting treatment under previous GAAP. Pursuant to amendments to GAAP related to transfers of financial assets, effective for us on December 1, 2009, certain transfers of assets that previously qualified for sale accounting treatment under GAAP no longer qualify for sale accounting treatment. However, on September 27, 2010, the FDIC approved a final rule that preserves the safe-harbor treatment applicable to revolving trusts and master trusts as long as the securitizations would have satisfied the original FDIC safe harbor if evaluated under GAAP pertaining to transfers of financial assets in effect prior to December 1, 2009. Other legislative and regulatory developments, namely the proposed SEC Regulation AB II, the securitization and rating agency provisions of the Reform Act and the federal banking agencies’ notice regarding their consideration of replacement of the ratings-based approach for assessing capital charges against securitization exposures, may, however, impact our ability and/or desire to issue asset-backed securities in the future. See “ – Legislative and Regulatory Developments – Asset-Backed Securities Regulations” for additional information.

Short-Term Borrowings. Short-term borrowings include any debt or time deposits with original maturities of 12 months or less. We primarily access short-term borrowings through the Federal Funds market or through repurchase agreements. In the past two years, we have rarely used short-term borrowings. In fiscal year 2010, we entered into one overnight repurchase agreement for $50 million. At November 30, 2010 we had no outstanding short-term borrowings. However, in December 2010, we entered into one overnight repurchase agreement for $48 million and began accessing the Federal Funds market. The level of short-term borrowings used by us in the future will depend on our liquidity needs and market conditions.

Long-Term Borrowings. At November 30, 2010, we had $0.8 billion of senior unsecured notes outstanding, reflecting two issuances of $400 million each of fixed rate senior unsecured notes, one maturing in June 2017 and the other maturing in July 2019. These notes would require us to offer to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of their aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest in the event of a change of control involving us and a corresponding ratings downgrade to below investment grade. As of November 30, 2010, Discover Bank had a total of $1.2 billion in principal amount of subordinated notes outstanding, which included $700 million due in November 2019 and $500 million due in April 2020.

ECASLA. The Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act of 2008 (as amended, “ECASLA”) provides originators of Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”) loans with a cost-effective source of funding and liquidity with respect to qualifying FFELP loans. On April 12, 2010, Discover Bank financed $0.5 billion of eligible FFELP loans through an agreement with Straight-A Funding, LLC, an asset-backed commercial paper conduit sponsored by the U.S.

 

-82-


Table of Contents

Department of Education (“DOE”) under ECASLA, which matures August 2013. The FFELP loans that secure this funding arrangement were classified as held for sale as of November 30, 2010. This funding will be repaid upon the sale of the financed loans.

The Student Loan Corporation Acquisition. On December 31, 2010, we acquired The Student Loan Corporation (“SLC”) in a merger transaction in which we acquired approximately $4.2 billion of private student loans and other assets, along with assuming approximately $3.4 billion of SLC’s existing asset-backed securitization debt funding and other liabilities. The acquisition significantly increased the size of our private student loan portfolio and long-term borrowings owed to securitization investors.

Additional Funding Sources

Private Asset-Backed Securitizations. We have access to committed undrawn capacity through privately placed asset-backed securitizations to support the funding of our credit card loan receivables. Under these arrangements, we had used $0.5 billion of capacity and had an undrawn capacity of $3.3 billion at November 30, 2010.

Unsecured Committed Credit Facility. Our unsecured committed credit facility of $2.4 billion is available through May 2012. This facility serves to diversify our funding sources and enhance our liquidity. This facility is provided by a group of major global banks, and is available to both Discover Financial Services and Discover Bank (Discover Financial Services may borrow up to 30% and Discover Bank may borrow up to 100% of the total commitment). The facility is available to support general liquidity needs and may be drawn to meet short-term funding needs from time to time. The terms of the credit facility include various affirmative and negative covenants, including financial covenants related to the maintenance of certain capitalization and tangible net worth levels, and certain double leverage, delinquency and tier 1 capital to managed loans ratios. The credit facility also includes customary events of default with corresponding grace periods, including, without limitation, payment defaults, cross-defaults to other agreements evidencing indebtedness for borrowed money and bankruptcy-related defaults. The facility may be terminated upon an event of default. We have no outstanding balances due under the facility.

Federal Reserve . Discover Bank has access to the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia’s discount window. As of November 30, 2010, Discover Bank had $8.2 billion of available capacity through the discount window based on the amount of assets pledged. We have no borrowings outstanding under the discount window.

Credit Ratings

Our borrowing costs and capacity in certain funding markets, including securitizations and senior and subordinated debt, may be affected by the credit ratings of Discover Financial Services, Discover Bank and the securitization trusts. Downgrades in these credit ratings could result in higher interest expense on our unsecured debt and asset securitizations, as well as potentially higher fees related to borrowings under our lines of credit. In addition to increased funding costs, deterioration in credit ratings could reduce our borrowing capacity in the unsecured debt and asset securitization capital markets.

We also have agreements with certain of our derivative counterparties that contain provisions that require Discover Bank’s debt to maintain an investment grade credit rating from specified major credit rating agencies. If Discover Bank’s credit rating is reduced to below investment grade, we would be required to post additional collateral, which, as of November 30, 2010, would have been $31 million.

 

-83-


Table of Contents

A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization, and each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. The credit ratings are summarized in the following table:

 

       Discover
Financial
Services
     Discover
Bank
     Outlook
for Senior
Unsecured Debt
     Discover
Bank
     Discover Card
Master Trust I
   Discover Card Execution
Note Trust
   Senior
Unsecured
Debt
     Senior
Unsecured
Debt
              Subordinated
Debt
     Class A (1)    Class B    Class A (1)    Class B    Class C

Moody’s Investors Service

     Ba1         Baa3         Stable         Ba1       Aaa(sf)    A1(sf)    Aaa(sf)    A1(sf)    Baa1(sf)

Standard & Poor’s

     BBB-         BBB         Stable         BBB-       AAA(SF)    AA+(SF)    AAA(SF)    AA+(SF)    A+(SF)

Fitch Ratings

     BBB         BBB         Stable         BBB-       AAAsf    AAsf    AAAsf    AA-sf    A-sf
                                                              

 

(1) An “sf” in the rating denotes an identification for structured finance product ratings that was implemented for these products by the rating agencies as of September 2010.

Several rating agencies have announced that they will be evaluating the effects of the Reform Act that was enacted in July 2010 in order to determine the extent, if any, to which financial institutions, including us, may be negatively impacted. While we are currently unaware of any negative actions, there is no assurance that our credit ratings could not be downgraded in the future as a result of any such reviews. See “ – Legislative and Regulatory Developments” for information regarding the Reform Act.

Liquidity

We seek to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to sustain business operations, fund asset growth and satisfy debt obligations. In the assessment of our liquidity needs, we also evaluate a range of stress events that would impact our access to normal funding sources, cash needs and/or liquidity. We maintain contingent funding sources, including our liquidity investment portfolio, private securitizations with unused capacity, committed credit facility capacity and Federal Reserve discount window capacity, which we could seek to utilize to satisfy liquidity needs during such stress events. We expect to be able to satisfy all maturing obligations and fund business operations during the next 12 months by utilizing our deposit channels and our contingent funding sources.

We maintain policies outlining the overall framework and general principles for managing liquidity risk across the company, which is the responsibility of the Asset and Liability Committee (the “ALCO”). We seek to balance the trade-offs between maintaining too much liquidity, which may limit financial flexibility and be costly, with having too little liquidity that could cause financial distress. Liquidity risk is centrally managed by the ALCO, which is chaired by our CFO and has cross-functional membership. The ALCO monitors positions and determines any actions that need to be taken.

At November 30, 2010, our liquidity investment portfolio was comprised of cash and cash equivalents and high quality, liquid investments. Cash and cash equivalents are invested primarily in deposits with the Federal Reserve and AAA rated government money market mutual funds. Investments included highly-rated certificates of deposit, credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers plus U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agency and AAA-rated corporate debt obligations issued under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program that are guaranteed by the FDIC, all of which are considered highly liquid. In addition, we have the ability to raise cash through utilizing repurchase agreements and pledging certain of these investments. The level of our liquidity investment portfolio may fluctuate based upon the level of expected maturities of our funding sources as well as operational requirements and market conditions.

 

-84-


Table of Contents

At November 30, 2010, our liquidity investment portfolio was $10.1 billion, which was $4.4 billion lower than the balance at November 30, 2009 due to funding of maturities of primarily asset-backed securities in the first half 2010. Our undrawn credit facility capacity has increased since November 30, 2009 by $3.7 billion, primarily due to the net addition of $1.8 billion of private securitization capacity and through a $1.9 billion increase in collateral pledged to the Federal Reserve discount window.

 

     November 30,
2010
     November 30,
2009
 
     (dollars in billions)  

Liquidity investment portfolio

     

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

   $ 4.7       $ 12.7   

Other short term investments

     0.4         —     

Investment securities

     5.0         1.8   
                 

Total liquidity investment portfolio

     10.1         14.5   

Undrawn credit facilities

     

Private asset-backed securitizations

     3.3         1.5   

Committed unsecured credit facility

     2.4         2.4   

Federal Reserve discount window (2)

     6.7         4.8   
                 

Total undrawn credit facilities

     12.4         8.7   
                 

Total liquidity investment portfolio and undrawn credit facilities

   $ 22.5       $ 23.2   
                 
                   

 

(1) Cash-in-process is excluded from cash and cash equivalents for liquidity purposes.
(2) Excludes $1.5 billion of investments pledged to the Federal Reserve, which is included within the liquidity investment portfolio.

Capital

Our primary sources of capital are from the earnings generated by our businesses and issuances in the capital markets. We seek to manage capital to a level and composition sufficient to support the risks of our businesses, meet regulatory requirements, adhere to rating agency guidelines and support future business growth. Within these constraints, we are focused on deploying capital in a manner that provides attractive returns to our stockholders. The level, composition and utilization of capital are influenced by changes in the economic environment, strategic initiatives, and legislative and regulatory developments. See “ – Legislative and Regulatory Developments – International Initiatives Related to Capital and Liquidity” for a discussion of recent initiatives related to capital matters.

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the FDIC, the Federal Reserve and other bank regulatory agencies, we, along with Discover Bank, must maintain minimum levels of capital. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in the initiation of certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could limit our business activities and have a direct material effect on our financial position and results. We must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets and liabilities as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Our capital adequacy assessment also includes tax and accounting considerations in accordance with regulatory guidance. We maintain a substantial deferred tax asset on our balance sheet, and we include this asset when calculating our regulatory capital levels. However, for regulatory capital purposes, deferred tax assets that are dependent on future taxable income are currently limited to the lesser of: (i) the amount of deferred tax assets we expect to realize within one year of the calendar quarter-end date, based on our projected future taxable income for that year; or (ii) 10% of the amount of our Tier 1 capital. At November 30, 2010, no portion of our deferred tax asset was disallowed for regulatory capital purposes.

At November 30, 2010, Discover Financial Services and Discover Bank met the requirements for well-capitalized status, exceeding the regulatory minimums to which they were subject. See Note 19: Capital Adequacy to our consolidated financial statements for quantitative disclosures of our capital ratios and levels. Recent regulatory initiatives may subject us to increased capital requirements in the future. See “ – Legislative and Regulatory Developments – International Initiatives Related to Capital and Liquidity.”

 

-85-


Table of Contents

Equity Capital. At November 30, 2010, equity was $6.4 billion as compared to $8.4 billion at November 30, 2009. The decline in equity is the result of adopting Statements No. 166 and 167 in the first quarter 2010, which reduced equity by $1.3 billion, and redeeming all outstanding shares of the preferred stock that had previously been issued to the U.S. Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program in the second quarter 2010, which reduced equity by $1.2 billion. On July 7, 2010, we repurchased the warrant to purchase 20,500,413 shares of our common stock that we issued to the U.S. Treasury in connection with the issuance of our preferred stock. We repurchased the warrant from the U.S. Treasury for $172 million.

Dividends . Our board of directors declared a dividend of $.02 per share in each quarter of 2010. The declaration and payment of future dividends, as well as the amount thereof, are subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital levels, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will declare and pay any dividends in the future. In addition, our banking regulators and applicable banking laws and regulations may limit our ability to pay dividends. Further, as a result of provisions that may be contained in our borrowing agreements or the borrowing agreements of our subsidiaries, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders may be limited.

Guarantees

Guarantees are contracts or indemnification agreements that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying asset, liability, or equity security of a guaranteed party, rate or index. Also included in guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to a guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement. Our guarantees relate to transactions processed on the Discover Network and certain transactions processed by PULSE and Diners Club. See Note 20: Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding our guarantees.

Contractual Obligations and Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

In the normal course of business, we enter into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. Contractual obligations at November 30, 2010 include deposits, long-term borrowings, operating and capital lease obligations and purchase obligations. Our future cash payments associated with our contractual obligations as of November 30, 2010 are summarized below (dollars in thousands):

 

              Payments Due By Period  
   Total      Less Than
One Year
     One Year
Through
Three Years
     Four Years
Through
Five Years
     More Than
Five Years
 

Deposits (1)

   $ 34,413,383       $ 18,945,197       $ 11,046,925       $ 3,787,177       $ 634,084   

Long-term borrowings (2)

     17,705,340         5,132,235         7,997,594         1,589,113         2,986,398   

Capital lease obligations

     395         395         —           —           —     

Operating leases

     38,884         5,843         11,216         9,732         12,093   

Interest payments on fixed rate debt

     1,943,815         279,638         505,494         438,400         720,283   

Purchase obligations (3)

     497,607         220,485         181,595         91,163         4,364   

Other long-term liabilities (4)

     166,146         13,274         28,027         30,223         94,622   
                                            

Total contractual obligations

   $ 54,765,570       $ 24,597,067       $ 19,770,851       $ 5,945,808       $ 4,451,844   
                                            
                                              

 

(1) Deposits do not include interest charges.
(2) See Note 11: Long-Term Borrowings to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion. Total future payment of interest charges for the floating rate notes is estimated to be $163 million as of November 30, 2010, utilizing the current interest rates as of that date.
(3) Purchase obligations for goods and services include payments under, among other things, consulting, outsourcing, data, advertising, sponsorship, software license and telecommunications agreements. Purchase obligations also include payments under rewards program agreements with merchants. Purchase obligations at November 30, 2010 reflect the minimum purchase obligation under legally binding contracts with contract terms that are both fixed and determinable. These amounts exclude obligations for goods and services that already have been incurred and are reflected on our consolidated statement of financial condition.
(4) Other long-term liabilities include our expected future contributions to our pension and postretirement benefit plans.

As of November 30, 2010 our consolidated statement of financial condition reflects a liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $373 million, and approximately $68 million of accrued interest and penalties. Since the ultimate amount and

 

-86-


Table of Contents

timing of any future cash settlements cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty, the estimated income tax obligations about which there is uncertainty, as addressed in ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes , (guidance formerly provided by FASB Interpretation No. 48), have been excluded from the contractual obligations table. See Note 17: Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements for further information concerning our tax obligations.

We extend credit for consumer and commercial loans, primarily arising from agreements with customers for unused lines of credit on certain credit cards, provided there is no violation of conditions established in the related agreement. During 2010, our unused commitments were reduced by $7 billion to $165 billion at November 30, 2010, as part of our risk management strategies. These commitments, substantially all of which we can terminate at any time and which do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, are periodically reviewed based on account usage and customer creditworthiness. In addition, in the ordinary course of business, we guarantee payment on behalf of subsidiaries relating to contractual obligations with external parties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by any such guarantees are included in our consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, correlations or other market factors will result in losses for a position or portfolio. We are exposed to market risk primarily from changes in interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk. We borrow money from a variety of depositors and institutions in order to provide loans to our customers, as well as invest in other assets and our business. These loans and other assets earn interest, which we use to pay interest on the money borrowed. Our net interest income and, therefore, earnings, will be negatively affected if the interest rate earned on assets increases at a slower pace than increases to the interest rate we owe on our borrowings. Changes in interest rates and competitor responses to those changes may influence customer payment rates, loan balances or deposit account activity. We may face higher-cost alternative sources of funding as a result, which has the potential to decrease earnings.

Our interest rate risk management policies are designed to measure and manage the potential volatility of earnings that may arise from changes in interest rates by having a financing portfolio that reflects the mix of variable and fixed rate assets. To the extent that asset and related financing repricing characteristics of a particular portfolio are not matched effectively, we may utilize interest rate derivative contracts, such as swap agreements, to achieve our objectives. Interest rate swap agreements effectively convert the underlying asset or financing from fixed to floating rate or from floating to fixed rate. See Note 23: Derivatives and Hedging Activities to our consolidated financial statements for information on our derivatives activity.

We use an interest rate sensitivity simulation to assess our interest rate risk exposure. For purposes of presenting the possible earnings effect of a hypothetical, adverse change in interest rates over the 12-month period from our reporting date, we assume that all interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities will be impacted by a hypothetical, immediate 100 basis point increase in interest rates as of the beginning of the period. The sensitivity is based upon the hypothetical assumption that all relevant types of interest rates that affect our results would increase instantaneously, simultaneously and to the same degree.

Our interest rate sensitive assets include our variable rate loan receivables and the assets that make up our liquidity investment portfolio. Due to recently enacted credit card legislation, we now have restrictions on our ability to mitigate interest rate risk by adjusting rates on existing balances. At November 30, 2010, the majority of our credit card loans were at variable rates. Beginning in the third quarter 2010, we began using interest rate derivatives to reduce the asset sensitivity that resulted from having a larger percentage of our loan portfolio at variable rates. Assets with rates that are fixed at period end but which will mature, or otherwise contractually reset to a market-based indexed rate or other fixed rate prior to the end of the 12-month period, are considered to be rate sensitive. The latter category includes certain credit card loans that may be offered at below-market rates for an introductory period, such as balance transfers and special promotional programs, after which the loans will contractually reprice in accordance with our normal market-based pricing structure. For purposes of measuring rate sensitivity for such loans, only the effect of the hypothetical 100 basis point change in the underlying market-based indexed rate or other fixed rate has been considered rather than the

 

-87-


Table of Contents

full change in the rate to which the loan would contractually reprice. For assets that have a fixed interest rate at the fiscal period end but which contractually will, or are assumed to, reset to a market-based indexed rate or other fixed rate during the next 12 months, earnings sensitivity is measured from the expected repricing date. In addition, for all interest rate sensitive assets, earnings sensitivity is calculated net of expected loan losses.

Interest rate sensitive liabilities are assumed to be those for which the stated interest rate is not contractually fixed for the next 12-month period. Thus, liabilities that vary with changes in a market-based index, such as Federal Funds or LIBOR, which will reset before the end of the 12-month period, or liabilities whose rates are fixed at the fiscal period end but which will mature and are assumed to be replaced with a market-based indexed rate prior to the end of the 12-month period, also are considered to be rate sensitive. For these fixed rate liabilities, earnings sensitivity is measured from the expected repricing date.

Assuming an immediate 100 basis point increase in the interest rates affecting all interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities at November 30, 2010, we estimate that net interest income over the following 12-month period would increase by approximately $50 million, or 1%. Assuming an immediate 100 basis point increase in the interest rates affecting all interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities at November 30, 2009 we estimated that net interest income over the following 12-month period would increase by approximately $84 million, or 2%.

The decline in the estimated impact of an immediate 100 basis point increase in interest rates at November 30, 2010 as compared to November 30, 2009, was primarily driven by reducing the asset sensitivity of our balance sheet through the use of interest rate derivatives. Specifically, beginning in the third quarter 2010, we entered into interest rate derivative agreements under which we receive a fixed interest rate on forecasted cash flows related to variable rate credit card receivables. We anticipate that the asset sensitivity of the balance sheet will be reduced further with continued management of our balance sheet sensitivity and through the use of derivatives. We have not provided an estimate of any impact on net interest income of a decrease in interest rates as many of our interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities are tied to interest rates that are already at or near their minimum levels and, therefore, could not materially decrease further.

 

-88-


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Discover Financial Services

Riverwoods, IL

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Discover Financial Services (the “Company”) as of November 30, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition, and related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows as of and for the year ended November 30, 2010 of the Company and our report dated January 26, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s adoption of the accounting standards “ Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 ” and “ Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)” on December 1, 200 9 .

LOGO

Chicago, Illinois

January 26, 2011

 

-89-


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Discover Financial Services

Riverwoods, IL

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Discover Financial Services (the “Company”) as of November 30, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Discover Financial Services at November 30, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the accounting standards, “ Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” and “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)”, on December 1, 2009.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated January 26, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

LOGO

Chicago, Illinois

January 26, 2011

 

-90-


Table of Contents

Discover Financial Services

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

 

       November 30,
2010
    November 30,
2009
 
     (dollars in thousands,
except per share amounts)
 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,098,733      $ 13,020,719   

Restricted cash – special dividend escrow

     0        643,311   

Restricted cash – for securitization investors

     1,363,758        0   

Other short-term investments

     375,000        1,350,000   

Investment securities:

    

Available-for-sale (amortized cost of $4,989,958 and $2,743,729 at November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively)

     5,002,579        2,645,481   

Held-to-maturity (fair value of $70,195 and $1,953,990 at November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively)

     72,816        2,389,816   
                

Total investment securities

     5,075,395        5,035,297   

Loan receivables:

    

Loans held for sale

     788,101        0   

Loan portfolio:

    

Credit card – restricted for securitization investors

     34,452,989        0   

Other credit card

     10,704,005        20,230,302   
                

Total credit card loan receivables

     45,156,994        20,230,302   

Other

     2,891,318        3,394,782   
                

Total loan portfolio

     48,048,312        23,625,084   
                

Total loan receivables

     48,836,413        23,625,084   

Allowance for loan losses

     (3,304,118     (1,757,899
                

Net loan receivables

     45,532,295        21,867,185   

Amounts due from asset securitization

     0        1,692,051   

Premises and equipment, net

     460,732        499,303   

Goodwill

     255,421        255,421   

Intangible assets, net

     188,973        195,636   

Other assets

     2,434,661        1,462,064   
                

Total assets

   $ 60,784,968      $ 46,020,987   
                

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Deposits:

    

Interest-bearing deposit accounts

   $ 34,309,839      $ 32,028,506   

Non-interest bearing deposit accounts

     103,544        64,506   
                

Total deposits

     34,413,383        32,093,012   

Long-term borrowings:

    

Long-term borrowings – owed to securitization investors

     14,919,400        0   

Other long-term borrowings

     2,786,328        2,428,101   
                

Total long-term borrowings

     17,705,728        2,428,101   

Special dividend – Morgan Stanley

     0        808,757   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,209,011        2,255,570   
                

Total liabilities

     54,328,122        37,585,440   

Commitments, contingencies and guarantees (Note 20)

    

Stockholders’ Equity:

    

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 0 and 1,224,558 issued and outstanding at November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively

     0        1,158,066   

Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 2,000,000,000 shares authorized; 547,128,270 and 544,799,041 shares issued at November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively

     5,471        5,448   

Additional paid-in capital

     3,435,318        3,573,231   

Retained earnings

     3,126,488        3,873,262   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (82,548     (154,818

Treasury stock, at cost; 2,446,506 and 1,876,795 shares at November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively

     (27,883     (19,642
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     6,456,846        8,435,547   
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 60,784,968      $ 46,020,987   
                
                  

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

Discover Financial Services

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010      2009     2008  
    

(dollars in thousands,

except per share amounts)

 

Interest income:

       

Credit card loans

   $ 5,836,002       $ 2,835,767      $ 2,245,719   

Other loans

     253,821         168,517        79,695   

Investment securities

     26,222         68,694        51,345   

Other interest income

     30,173         72,102        315,804   
                         

Total interest income

     6,146,218         3,145,080        2,692,563   

Interest expense:

       

Deposits

     1,150,504         1,187,084        1,199,436   

Short-term borrowings

     1         2,538        343   

Long-term borrowings

     432,483         61,662        88,225   
                         

Total interest expense

     1,582,988         1,251,284        1,288,004   
                         

Net interest income

     4,563,230         1,893,796        1,404,559   

Provision for loan losses

     3,206,705         2,362,405        1,595,615   
                         

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     1,356,525         (468,609     (191,056

Other income:

       

Securitization income

     0         1,879,304        2,429,158   

Discount and interchange revenue

     1,055,359         222,835        187,657   

Fee products

     412,497         295,066        249,805   

Loan fee income

     339,797         247,267        262,576   

Transaction processing revenue

     149,946         125,201        115,914   

Merchant fees

     28,461         44,248        67,027   

Gain (loss) on investment securities

     19,131         (3,826     (50,294

Antitrust litigation settlement

     0         1,891,698        863,634   

Other income

     89,808         138,802        138,981   
                         

Total other income

     2,094,999         4,840,595        4,264,458   

Other expense:

       

Employee compensation and benefits

     802,649         827,683        845,392   

Marketing and business development

     463,086         406,020        530,901   

Information processing and communications

     258,111         289,209        315,943   

Professional fees

     342,648         321,329        349,484   

Premises and equipment

     70,274         73,014        80,394   

Other expense

     245,897         333,833        293,683   
                         

Total other expense

     2,182,665         2,251,088        2,415,797   
                         

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

     1,268,859         2,120,898        1,657,605   

Income tax expense

     504,071         844,713        594,692   
                         

Income from continuing operations

     764,788         1,276,185        1,062,913   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     0         0       (135,163
                         

Net income

   $ 764,788       $ 1,276,185      $ 927,750   
                         

Net income allocated to common stockholders

   $ 667,938       $ 1,206,965      $ 910,510   
                         

Basic earnings per share

       

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.23       $ 2.39      $ 2.18   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     0         0        (0.28
                         

Net income

   $ 1.23       $ 2.39      $ 1.90   
                         

Diluted earnings per share

       

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.22       $ 2.38      $ 2.18   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     0         0        (0.28
                         

Net income

   $ 1.22       $ 2.38      $ 1.90   
                         

Dividends paid per share

   $ 0.08       $ 0.12      $ 0.24   
                           

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-92-


Table of Contents

Discover Financial Services

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
      Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Balance at November 30, 2007

    0       0       477,762      $ 4,777      $ 2,846,127      $ 2,717,905      $ 32,032      $ (1,419   $ 5,599,422   

Adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48 (ASC 740)

    0       0       0        0        0        (8,743     0        0        (8,743

Comprehensive income:

                 

Net income

    0       0       0        0        0        927,750        0        0        927,750   

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

    0       0       0        0        0        0        (21,282     0     

Realization of foreign exchange translation gains upon sale of Goldfish business

    0       0       0        0        0        0        (27,076     0     

Adjustments related to investment securities, net of tax

    0       0       0        0        0        0        (50,158     0     

Adjustments related to pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax

    0       0       0        0        0        0        146        0     
                       

Other comprehensive loss

    0       0       0        0        0        0        (98,370     0        (98,370
                       

Total comprehensive income

    0       0       0        0        0        0        0        0        829,380   

Purchases of treasury stock

    0       0       0        0        0        0        0        (6,838     (6,838

Common stock issued under employee benefit plans

    0       0       1,183        12        16,621        0        0        0        16,633   

Common stock issued and stock-based compensation expense

    0       0       1,572        16        75,909        0        0        0        75,925   

Dividends paid – common stock

    0       0       0        0        0        (116,956     0        0        (116,956

Special dividend – Morgan Stanley

    0       0       0        0        0        (473,000     0        0        (473,000
                                                                       

Balance at November 30, 2008

    0       0       480,517      $ 4,805      $ 2,938,657      $ 3,046,956      $ (66,338   $ (8,257   $ 5,915,823   

Adoption of the measurement date provision of ASC 715 (FASB Statement No. 158), net of tax

    0       0       0        0        0        (1,110     0        0        (1,110

Comprehensive income:

                 

Net income

    0       0       0        0        0        1,276,185        0        0        1,276,185   

Adjustments related to investment securities, net of tax

    0       0       0        0        0        0        (8,527     0     

Adjustments related to pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax

    0       0       0        0        0        0        (79,953    
                       

Other comprehensive loss

    0       0       0        0        0        0        (88,480     0        (88,480
                       

Total comprehensive income

    0       0       0        0        0        0        0        0        1,187,705   

Purchases of treasury stock

    0       0       0        0        0        0        0        (11,385     (11,385

Common stock issued under employee benefit plans

    0       0       135        1        1,157        0        0        0        1,158   

Common stock issued and stock-based compensation expense

    0       0       4,093        42        42,929        120        0        0        43,091   

Income tax deficiency on stock-based compensation plans

    0       0       0        0        (18,601     0        0        0        (18,601

Issuance of common stock

    0       0       60,054        600        533,222        0        0        0        533,822   

Dividends paid – common stock

    0       0       0        0        0        (59,877     0        0        (59,877

Issuance of preferred stock

    1,225        1,148,691        0        0        75,867        0        0        0        1,224,558   

Accretion of preferred stock discount

    0       9,375        0        0        0        (9,375     0        0        0   

Dividends – preferred stock

    0       0       0        0        0        (43,880     0        0        (43,880

Special dividend – Morgan Stanley

    0       0       0        0        0        (335,757     0        0        (335,757
                                                                       

Balance at November 30, 2009

    1,225      $ 1,158,066        544,799      $ 5,448      $ 3,573,231      $ 3,873,262      $ (154,818   $ (19,642   $ 8,435,547   

Adoption of ASC 810 (FASB Statement No. 167), net of tax

    0       0       0        0        0        (1,411,117     78,561        0        (1,332,556

Comprehensive income:

                 

Net income

    0       0       0        0        0        764,788        0        0        764,788   

Adjustments related to investment securities, net of tax

    0       0       0        0        0        0        (8,894     0     

Adjustments related to cash flow hedges, net of tax

                2,525       

Adjustments related to pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax

    0       0       0        0        0        0        78        0     
                       

Other comprehensive loss

    0       0       0        0        0        0        (6,291     0        (6,291
                       

Total comprehensive income

    0       0       0        0        0        0        0        0        758,497   

Purchases of treasury stock

    0       0       0        0        0        0        0        (8,241     (8,241

Common stock issued under employee benefit plans

    0       0       82        1        1,127        0        0        0        1,128   

Common stock issued and stock-based compensation expense

    0       0       2,247        22        36,169        0        0        0        36,191   

Income tax deficiency on stock-based compensation plans

    0       0       0        0        (3,209     0        0        0        (3,209

Dividends paid – common stock

    0       0       0        0        0        (43,899     0        0        (43,899

Accretion of preferred stock discount

    0       66,492       0        0        0        (66,492     0        0        0   

Dividends – preferred stock

    0       0       0        0        0        (23,811     0        0        (23,811

Redemption of preferred stock

    (1,225     (1,224,558 )     0        0        0        0        0        0        (1,224,558

Repurchase of stock warrant

            (172,000           (172,000

Special dividend – Morgan Stanley

    0       0       0        0        0        33,757        0        0        33,757   
                                                                       

Balance at November 30, 2010

    0     $ 0        547,128      $ 5,471      $ 3,435,318      $ 3,126,488      $ (82,548   $ (27,883   $ 6,456,846   
                                                                       
                                                                         

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

Discover Financial Services

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010     2009     2008  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 764,788      $ 1,276,185      $ 927,750   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Net principal disbursed on loans originated for sale

     (142,184     0        0   

Proceeds from sales of loans originated for sale

     142,670        0        0   

Loss related to loans sold and held for sale

     23,307        0        0   

(Gain) loss on investment securities

     (19,131     9,239        50,294   

Loss on sale of Goldfish business

     0        0        165,694   

(Gain) loss on equipment

     1,955        6,436        0   

Stock-based compensation expense

     37,081        44,249        92,558   

Deferred income taxes

     112,581        (61,995     (262,354

Pension curtailment

     0        0        (38,891

Depreciation and amortization on premises and equipment

     89,166        97,930        107,151   

Amortization of deferred revenues

     (194,567     (133,384     (84,174

Other depreciation and amortization

     82,839        105,562        124,247   

Provision for loan losses

     3,206,705        2,362,405        1,615,625   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

(Increase) decrease in amounts due from asset securitization

     0        541,549        805,292   

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (201,105     (104,724     (171,801

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (31,519     (545,560     1,172,768   
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     3,872,586        3,597,892        4,504,159   

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Maturities of other short-term investments

     1,350,000        919,700        0   

Purchases of other short-term investments

     (375,000     (2,269,700     0   

Maturities and sales of available-for-sale investment securities

     723,032        423,014        0   

Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities

     (5,285,756     (683,980     (85,740

Maturities of held-to-maturity investment securities

     21,587        8,286        37,200   

Purchases of held-to-maturity investment securities

     (1,099     (1,269     (33,581

Proceeds from sale of loans held for investment

     1,469,436        0        0   

Net principal disbursed on loans held for investment

     (3,089,034     (7,403,826     (11,426,755

Proceeds from securitization

     0        3,542,850        5,562,195   

Decrease (Increase) in restricted cash – special dividend escrow

     643,311        (643,311     0   

Decrease (Increase) in restricted cash – for securitization investors

     (124,998     0        0   

Proceeds from sale of equipment

     245        1,249        0   

Purchases of premises and equipment

     (54,676     (53,793     (93,532

Proceeds from the sale of Goldfish business

     0        0        69,529   

Payments for business and other acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     0        0        (160,278
                        

Net cash used for investing activities

     (4,722,952     (6,160,780     (6,130,962

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrant

     0        1,224,558        0   

Redemption of preferred stock

     (1,224,558     0        0   

Repurchase of warrant

     (172,000     0        0   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     1,323        533,822        0   

Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings

     0        (500,000     (259,314

Proceeds from issuance of securitized debt

     1,800,000        0        0   

Maturities of securitized debt

     (9,310,528     0        0   

Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings and bank notes

     1,003,427        1,098,194        0   

Repayment of long-term borrowings and bank notes

     (635,912     (404,211     (397,606

Purchases of treasury stock

     (8,241     (11,385     (6,838

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

     1,343,673        3,572,520        3,816,157   

Proceeds from acquisition of deposits

     976,627        0        0   

Dividend paid to Morgan Stanley

     (775,000     0        0   

Dividends paid on common and preferred stock

     (70,431     (101,034     (116,956
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (7,071,620     5,412,464        3,035,443   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     0        0        (24,592
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (7,921,986     2,849,576        1,384,048   

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year

     13,020,719        10,171,143        8,787,095   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of year

   $ 5,098,733      $ 13,020,719      $ 10,171,143   
                        

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest expense

   $ 1,452,051      $ 1,266,427      $ 1,305,554   
                        

Income taxes, net of income tax refunds

   $ 169,045      $ 913,988      $ 670,763   
                        

Non-cash transactions:

      

Acquisition of certificated beneficial interests in DCENT and DCMT, net of maturities

   $ 0      $ 3,561,139      $ 750,000   
                        

Special dividend – Morgan Stanley

   $ 33,757      $ (335,757   $ (473,000
                        
                          

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

-94-


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

1. Background and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business. Discover Financial Services (“DFS” or the “Company”) is a direct banking and payment services company. The Company is a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The Company is subject to oversight, regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). Through its Discover Bank subsidiary, a Delaware state-chartered bank, the Company offers its customers credit cards, student loans, personal loans and deposit products. Through its DFS Services LLC subsidiary and its subsidiaries, the Company operates the Discover Network, the PULSE network (“PULSE”) and Diners Club International (“Diners Club”). The Discover Network is a credit card transaction processing network for Discover card-branded and third-party issued credit cards. PULSE operates an electronic funds transfer network, providing financial institutions issuing debit cards on the PULSE network with access to ATMs domestically and internationally, as well as point of sale terminals at retail locations throughout the U.S. for debit card transactions. Diners Club is a global payments network of licensees, which are generally financial institutions, that issue Diners Club branded credit cards and/or provide card acceptance services.

The Company’s business segments are Direct Banking and Payment Services. The Direct Banking segment includes Discover card-branded credit cards issued to individuals and small businesses on the Discover Network and other consumer products and services, including personal loans, student loans, prepaid cards and other consumer lending and deposit products offered through the Company’s Discover Bank subsidiary. The Payment Services segment includes PULSE, Diners Club and the Company’s third-party issuing business, which includes credit, debit and prepaid cards issued on the Discover Network by third parties.

On March 31, 2008, the Company sold its U.K. credit card business (“Goldfish”) to Barclays Bank PLC. This business represented substantially all of the Company’s International Card segment. The International Card segment is presented in discontinued operations in this report and except where noted, all amounts in the notes to the consolidated financial statements relate solely to continuing operations.

Basis of Presentation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The Company believes that the estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are reasonable. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company’s policy is to consolidate all entities in which it owns more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock unless it does not control the entity. However, the Company did not have a controlling voting interest in any entity other than its wholly-owned subsidiaries in the periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

It is also the Company’s policy to consolidate any variable interest entity for which the Company is the primary beneficiary, as defined by GAAP. Pursuant to amendments to GAAP that became effective for the Company on December 1, 2009, the Company concluded that it is the primary beneficiary of the Discover Card Master Trust I and the Discover Card Execution Note Trust (the “trusts”), and accordingly, began consolidating the trusts. The Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of each of these trusts since it is, for each, the trust servicer and the holder of both the residual interest and the majority of the most subordinated interests. Because of those involvements, the Company has, for each trust, i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the trust, and ii) the obligation (or right) to absorb losses (or receive benefits) of the trust that could potentially be significant. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for additional information. Each of those entities did not meet the conditions for consolidation under GAAP standards in effect through November 30, 2009, as each was a qualified special purpose entity through that date and therefore exempt from the variable interest entity consolidation rules in effect prior to December 1, 2009. The Company has determined that it was not the primary beneficiary of any other variable interest

 

-95-


Table of Contents

entity during the year ended November 30, 2010 and that it was not the primary beneficiary of any variable interest entity during the years ended November 30, 2009 and 2008 under the consolidation rules in effect during those periods.

For investments in any entities in which the Company owns 50% or less of the outstanding voting stock but in which the Company has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company applies the equity method of accounting. In cases where the Company’s equity investment is less than 20% and significant influence does not exist, such investments are carried at cost.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

The application of the following guidance will only affect disclosures and therefore will not impact the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In July 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses . ASU No. 2010-20 requires a greater level of disaggregation in disclosures relating to the credit quality of the Company’s financing receivables and allowance for loan losses. ASU 2010-20 also requires enhanced disclosures around nonaccrual and past due financing receivables, impaired loans and loan modifications. The standard is effective for the first interim or annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010, and will apply beginning with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ending February 28, 2011. In January 2011, the FASB announced that it was deferring the effective date of new disclosure requirements for troubled debt restructurings prescribed by ASU 2010-20. The effective date for those disclosures will be concurrent with the effective date for proposed ASU, Receivables (Topic 310): Clarifications to Accounting for Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors. Currently, that guidance is anticipated to be effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2011.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements . ASU 2010-06 revises two disclosure requirements concerning fair value measurements and clarifies two others. It requires separate presentation of significant transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy and disclosure of the reasons for such transfers. It will also require the presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements within Level 3 on a gross basis rather than a net basis. The amendments also clarify that disclosures should be disaggregated by class of asset or liability and that disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques should be provided for both recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements. The Company’s disclosures about fair value measurements, including the new disclosures which were applicable to the Company beginning in 2010, are presented in Note 22: Fair Value Disclosures. The disclosures concerning gross presentation of Level 3 activity are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010.

 

2. Change in Accounting Principle

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets-an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 (“Statement No. 166”, codified within ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (“Statement No. 167”, codified within ASC Topic 810, Consolidation) became effective for the Company on December 1, 2009.

Statement No. 166 amended the accounting for transfers of financial assets. Under Statement No. 166, the trusts used in the Company’s securitization transactions are no longer exempt from consolidation. Statement No. 167 prescribes an ongoing assessment of the Company’s involvement in the activities of the trusts and the Company’s rights or obligations to receive benefits or absorb losses of the trusts that could be potentially significant in order to determine whether those variable interest entities (“VIEs”) must be consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. In accordance with Statement No. 167, the Company concluded it is the primary beneficiary of the Discover Card Master Trust I (“DCMT”) and the Discover Card Execution Note Trust (“DCENT”) and accordingly, the Company began consolidating the trusts on December 1, 2009. Using the carrying amounts of the trust assets and liabilities as prescribed by Statement No. 167, the Company recorded a $21.1 billion increase in total assets, a $22.4 billion increase in total liabilities and a $1.3 billion decrease in stockholders’ equity (comprised of a $1.4 billion decrease in retained earnings offset by a $0.1 billion increase in accumulated other comprehensive income). These amounts were comprised of the following transition adjustments, which were treated as noncash activities for purposes of preparing the 2010 consolidated statement of cash flows:

 

   

Consolidation of $22.3 billion of securitized loan receivables and the related debt issued from the trusts to third-party investors;

 

-96-


Table of Contents

 

   

Consolidation of $0.1 billion of cash collateral accounts and the associated debt issued from the trusts;

 

   

Reclassification of $2.3 billion of held-to-maturity investment securities to loan receivables;

 

   

Reclassification of $2.3 billion of available-for-sale investment securities to loan receivables and reversal of $0.1 billion, net of tax, of related unrealized losses previously recorded in other comprehensive income;

 

   

Recording of a $2.1 billion allowance for loan losses, not previously required under GAAP, for the newly consolidated and reclassified credit card loan receivables;

 

   

Reversal of all amounts recorded in amounts due from asset securitization through (i) derecognition of the remaining $0.1 billion value of the interest-only strip receivable, net of tax, (ii) reclassification of $0.8 billion of cash collateral accounts and $0.3 billion of accumulated collections to restricted cash, (iii) reclassification of $0.2 billion to unbilled accrued interest receivable, and (iv) reclassification of $0.3 billion of billed accrued interest receivable to loan receivables; and

 

   

Recording of net deferred tax assets of $0.8 billion, largely related to establishing an allowance for loan losses on the newly consolidated and reclassified credit card loan receivables.

The assets of the consolidated VIEs include restricted cash and certain credit card loan receivables, which are restricted to settle the obligations of those entities and are not expected to be available to the Company or its creditors. Liabilities of the consolidated VIEs include secured borrowings for which creditors or beneficial interest holders do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company.

Beginning with the Company’s statements of income for the year ended November 30, 2010, the Company no longer reports securitization income, but instead reports interest income, net charge-offs and certain other income associated with all securitized loan receivables, and interest expense associated with debt issued from the trusts to third-party investors in the same line items in the Company’s statement of income as non-securitized credit card loan receivables and corporate debt. Additionally, the Company no longer records initial gains on new securitization activity since securitized credit card loans no longer receive sale accounting treatment. Also, there are no gains or losses recorded on the revaluation of the interest-only strip receivable as that asset is not recognizable in a transaction accounted for as a secured borrowing. Because the Company’s securitization transactions are accounted for under the new accounting rules as secured borrowings rather than asset sales, the cash flows from securitization transactions are presented as cash flows from financing activities rather than as cash flows from operating or investing activities.

The Company’s statements of income for the years ended November 30, 2009 and 2008 and its statement of financial condition as of November 30, 2009 have not been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the amendments to ASC 810 and ASC 860. Therefore, current period results and balances will not be comparable to prior period amounts.

 

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents is defined by the Company as cash on deposit with banks, including time deposits and other highly liquid investments, with maturities of 90 days or less when purchased. Cash and cash equivalents included $0.4 billion and $0.5 billion of cash and due from banks and $4.7 billion and $12.5 billion of interest-earning deposits in other banks at November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Restricted Cash. Restricted cash includes cash whereby the Company’s ability to withdraw funds at any time is contractually limited. Restricted cash is generally designated for specific purposes arising out of certain contractual or other obligations.

Short-term investments. Short-term investments include certificates of deposit with maturities greater than 90 days but less than one year when purchased.

Investment Securities. At November 30, 2010, investment securities consisted of credit card asset-backed securities issued by other institutions, U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency obligations, corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities issued by government agencies and state agency bonds. Investment securities which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are reported at amortized cost. All other investment securities are classified as available-for-sale, as the Company does not hold investment securities for trading purposes. Available-for-sale investment securities are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net

 

-97-


Table of Contents

of tax, reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income included in stockholders’ equity. The Company estimates the fair value of available-for-sale investment securities pursuant to the guidance in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). The amortized cost for each held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment security is adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts, as appropriate. Such amortization or accretion is included in interest income. The Company evaluates its unrealized loss positions for other-than-temporary impairment in accordance with GAAP applicable for investments in debt and equity securities and in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5M. Realized gains and losses and other-than-temporary impairments related to investment securities are determined at the individual security level and are reported in other income.

Loans Held for Sale. When management makes a decision to sell loan receivables, loans will be reclassified as held for sale. The Company includes its loans held for sale in loan receivables and carries these assets at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. In determining fair value, management considers the expected sale price, which is based on market analysis. An allowance for loan losses does not apply to loans held for sale. At November 30, 2010, the Company had $788.1 million of loans held for sale, which represented a pool of whole loans specifically designated to be sold. The Company did not have any loans classified as held for sale at November 30, 2009.

Loan Receivables. Loan receivables consist of credit card receivables and other consumer loans and include loans classified as held for sale. Loan receivables also include unamortized net deferred loan origination fees and costs (also see “ – Loan Interest and Fee Income”). Credit card loan receivables include consumer credit card loan receivables and business credit card loan receivables. Credit card loan receivables are reported at their principal amounts outstanding and include uncollected billed interest and fees and are reduced for unearned revenue related to balance transfer fees (also see “ – Loan Interest and Fee Income”). Other consumer loans consist of student loans, personal loans and other loans and are reported at their principal amounts outstanding.

The Company’s loan receivables are deemed to be held for investment at origination because management has the intent and ability to hold them for the foreseeable future. In determining the amount of loans that can continue to be held for investment, management considers capital levels and scheduled maturities of funding instruments used.

Cash flows associated with loans that are originated with the intent to sell are included in cash flows from operating activities. Cash flows associated with loans originated for investment are classified as cash flows from investing activities, regardless of a subsequent change in intent.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses at a level that is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is evaluated monthly for adequacy and is maintained through an adjustment to the provision for loan losses. Charge-offs of principal amounts of loans outstanding are deducted from the allowance and subsequent recoveries of such amounts increase the allowance.

The Company calculates its allowance for loan losses by estimating probable losses separately for segments of the loan portfolio with similar loan characteristics, which generally results in segmenting the portfolio by loan product type.

For its credit card loan receivables, the Company bases its allowance for loan loss on several analyses that help estimate incurred losses as of the balance sheet date. While the Company’s estimation process includes historical data and analysis, there is a significant amount of judgment applied in selecting inputs and analyzing the results produced by the models to determine the allowance. The Company uses a migration analysis to estimate the likelihood that a loan will progress through the various stages of delinquency. The migration analysis considers uncollectible principal, interest and fees reflected in the loan receivables. The Company uses other analyses to estimate losses incurred on non-delinquent accounts. The considerations in these analyses include past performance, risk management techniques applied to various accounts, historical behavior of different account vintages, current economic conditions, recent trends in delinquencies, bankruptcy filings, account collection management, policy changes, account seasoning, loan volume and amounts, payment rates, and forecasting uncertainties. The Company does not identify individual loans for impairment, but instead estimates its allowance for credit card loan losses on a pooled basis, which includes loans that are delinquent and/or no longer accruing interest.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

Loan receivables that have been modified under troubled debt restructurings are evaluated separately from the pool of receivables that is subject to the above analysis. As part of certain collection strategies, the Company may place a customer’s account in a permanent workout program under which the loan may be restructured, at which time the customer’s future borrowing privileges are suspended. Therefore, the Company has no commitments to lend additional funds to customers in a permanent workout program. Such modifications are accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-40, Troubled Debt Restructuring by Creditors . Credit card loan receivables modified in a troubled debt restructuring are recorded at their present values with impairment measured as the difference between the loan balance and the discounted present value of cash flows expected to be collected. Changes in the present value are recorded to the provision for loan losses. All of the Company’s permanent workout loans, which are evaluated collectively on an aggregated basis, had a related allowance for loan losses.

For its other consumer loans, the Company considers historical and forecasted estimates of incurred losses in estimating the related allowance for loan losses. The Company may also consider other factors, such as current economic conditions, recent trends in delinquencies and bankruptcy filings, account collection management, policy changes, account seasoning, loan volume and amounts, payment rates and forecasting uncertainties.

Delinquent Loans. The entire balance of an account is contractually past due if the minimum payment is not received by the specified date on the customer’s billing statement. Delinquency is reported on loans that are 30 or more days past due.

Credit card loans are charged off at the end of the month during which an account becomes 180 days past due. Closed-end consumer loan receivables are charged-off at the end of the month during which an account becomes 120 days contractually past due. Customer bankruptcies and probate accounts are charged off at the end of the month 60 days following the receipt of notification of the bankruptcy or death, but not later than the 180-day time frame described above. Receivables associated with alleged or potential fraudulent transactions are adjusted to their net realizable value upon receipt of notification of such fraud through a charge to other expense and are subsequently written off at the end of the month 90 days following notification, but not later than the contractual 180-day time frame. The Company’s charge-off policies are designed to comply with guidelines established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”).

The practice of re-aging an account also may affect credit card loan delinquencies and charge-offs. A re-age is intended to assist delinquent customers who have experienced financial difficulties but who demonstrate both an ability and willingness to repay. Accounts meeting specific criteria are re-aged when the Company and the customer agree on a temporary repayment schedule that may include concessionary terms. With re-aging, the outstanding balance of a delinquent account is returned to a current status. Customers may also qualify for a workout re-age when either a longer term or permanent hardship exists. The Company’s re-age practices are designed to comply with FFIEC guidelines.

Premises and Equipment, net. Premises and equipment, net are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, which is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Buildings are depreciated over a period of 39 years. The costs of leasehold improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the lesser of the remaining term of the lease or the asset’s estimated useful life, typically ten years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over a period of five to ten years. Equipment is depreciated over three to ten years. Capitalized leases, consisting of computers and processing equipment, are depreciated over three and six years, respectively. Maintenance and repairs are immediately expensed, while the costs of improvements are capitalized.

Purchased software and capitalized costs related to internally developed software are amortized over their useful lives of three to five years. Costs incurred during the application development stage related to internally developed software are capitalized in accordance with ASC Subtopic 350-40, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other: Internal Use Software . Pursuant to that guidance, costs are expensed as incurred during the preliminary project stage and post implementation stage. Once the capitalization criteria as defined in GAAP have been met, external direct costs incurred for materials and services used in developing or obtaining internal-use computer software, payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with the internal-use computer software project (to the extent those employees devoted time directly to the project), and interest costs incurred when developing computer software for internal use are capitalized. Amortization of capitalized costs begins when the software is ready for its intended use. Capitalized software is included

 

-99-


Table of Contents

in premises and equipment, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. See Note 8: Premises and Equipment for further information about the Company’s premises and equipment.

Goodwill. Goodwill is recorded as part of the Company’s acquisitions of businesses when the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net tangible and separately identifiable intangible assets acquired. The Company’s goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to an impairment test at the reporting unit level each year, or more often if conditions indicate impairment may have occurred, pursuant to ASC Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other . The Company’s reported goodwill relates to PULSE and the reporting unit is comprised of the PULSE business. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. In the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value including goodwill, goodwill is considered to be not impaired. If the carrying value including goodwill exceeds its fair value, goodwill is potentially impaired and the second step of the test becomes necessary. In the second step, the implied fair value of goodwill is derived and compared to the carrying amount of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the sum of the fair values of all identifiable assets less the liabilities associated with the reporting unit. If the carrying value of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess.

Intangible Assets. The Company’s intangible assets consist of both amortizable and non-amortizable intangible assets. The Company’s amortizable intangible assets consist primarily of acquired customer relationships and certain trade name intangibles. All of the Company’s amortizable intangible assets are carried at net book value and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The amortization periods approximate the periods over which the Company expects to generate future net cash inflows from the use of these assets. Accordingly, customer relationships are amortized over a useful life of 15 years and trade names are amortized over a useful life of 25 years. The Company’s policy is to amortize intangibles in a manner that reflects the pattern in which the projected net cash inflows to the Company are expected to occur, where such pattern can be reasonably determined, as opposed to the straight-line basis. This method of amortization typically results in a greater portion of the intangible asset being amortized in the earlier years of its useful life.

All of the Company’s amortizable intangible assets, as well as other amortizable or depreciable long-lived assets such as premises and equipment, are subject to impairment testing when events or conditions indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be fully recoverable from future cash flows. A test for recoverability is done by comparing the asset’s carrying value to the sum of the undiscounted future net cash inflows expected to be generated from the use of the asset over its remaining useful life. Impairment exists if the sum of the undiscounted expected future net cash inflows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. Impairment would result in a write-down of the asset to its estimated fair value. The estimated fair values of these assets are based on the discounted present value of the stream of future net cash inflows expected to be derived over the remaining useful lives of the assets. If an impairment write-down is recorded, the remaining useful life of the asset will be evaluated to determine whether revision of the remaining amortization or depreciation period is appropriate.

The Company’s nonamortizable intangible assets consist of the international transaction processing rights and brand-related intangibles included in the acquisition of Diners Club. These assets are deemed to have indefinite useful lives and are therefore not subject to amortization. All of the Company’s nonamortizable intangible assets are subject to a test for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. As required by GAAP, if the carrying value of a nonamortizable intangible asset is in excess of its fair value, the asset must be written down to its fair value through the recognition of an impairment charge to earnings. In contrast to amortizable intangibles, there is no test for recoverability associated with the impairment test for nonamortizable intangible assets.

Stock-based Compensation. Pursuant to ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), the Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of stock-based compensation based on the grant-date fair value of the award. The cost is recognized over the requisite service period, except for awards granted to retirement-eligible employees, which are fully expensed by the grant date. No compensation cost is recognized for awards that are subsequently forfeited.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Advertising Costs. The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Television advertising costs are expensed in the period in which the advertising is first aired. Advertising costs are recorded in marketing and business development.

Income Taxes. Income tax expense is provided for using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates. See Note 17: Income Taxes for more information about the Company’s income taxes.

Financial Instruments Used for Asset and Liability Management. The Company enters into derivative financial instrument contracts, specifically interest rate swaps, to manage interest rate risk arising from certain interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities, and it accounts for such transactions in accordance ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging . Derivative contracts having positive net fair values, inclusive of net accrued interest receipts or payments, are recorded in other assets. Derivative contracts with negative net fair values, inclusive of net accrued interest payments or receipts, are recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities. With regard to such derivatives hedging interest-bearing deposits or long-term debt, changes in both the fair value of the derivatives and the gains or losses on the hedged interest-bearing deposits or long-term debt relating to the risk being hedged are recorded in interest expense and provide offset to one another. Ineffectiveness related to these fair value hedges, if any, is recorded in interest expense. With regard to derivatives hedging future cash flows resulting from credit card loan receivables attributable to changes in benchmark interest rates, changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recorded in other comprehensive income and are subsequently reclassified into interest income in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Ineffectiveness related to these cash flow hedges, if any, is recorded in other income.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. In accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income , the Company records unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, certain pension adjustments, changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges and foreign currency translation adjustments in accumulated other comprehensive income on an after tax basis where applicable. The Company presents accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, in its consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.

Significant Revenue Recognition Accounting Policies

Loan Interest and Fee Income. Interest on loans is comprised largely of interest on credit card loans and is recognized based upon the amount of loans outstanding and their contractual interest rate. Interest on credit card loans is included in loan receivables when billed to the customer. The Company accrues unbilled interest revenue each month from a customer’s billing cycle date to the end of the month. The Company applies an estimate of the percentage of loans that will revolve in the next cycle in the estimation of the accrued unbilled portion of interest revenue that is included in accrued interest receivable on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Interest on other consumer loan receivables is accrued monthly in accordance with their contractual terms and recorded in accrued interest receivable in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company recognizes fees (except annual fees, balance transfer fees and certain product fees) on loan receivables in interest income or loan fee income as the fees are assessed. Annual fees, balance transfer fees and certain product fees are recognized in interest income or loan fee income ratably over the periods to which they relate. Balance transfer fees are accreted to interest income over the life of the related balance. As of November 30, 2010 and 2009, deferred revenues related to balance transfer fees, recorded as a reduction of loan receivables, was $43.9 million and $24.9 million, respectively. Loan fee income consists of fees on credit card loans and includes annual, late, returned check, cash advance and other miscellaneous fees and is reflected net of waivers and charge-offs. Prior to February 2010, the Company charged overlimit fees that were also recorded in loan fee income.

Pursuant to ASC Subtopic 310-20, Receivables – Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs , direct loan origination costs on credit card loans are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over a one-year period and recorded in interest income from credit card loans. Direct loan origination costs on other loan receivables are deferred and amortized over the life of the loan and recorded in interest income from other loans. As of November 30, 2010 and 2009, the remaining unamortized deferred costs related to loan origination were $12.5 million and $20.2 million, respectively, and were recorded in loan receivables.

 

-101-


Table of Contents

The Company accrues interest and fees on loan receivables until the loans are paid or charged off, except in instances of customer bankruptcy, death or fraud, where no further interest and fee accruals occur following notification. Payments received on nonaccrual loans are allocated according to the same payment hierarchy methodology applied to loans that are accruing interest. When loan receivables are charged off, unpaid accrued interest and fees are reversed against the income line items in which they were originally recorded in the consolidated statements of income. Charge-offs and recoveries of amounts which relate to capitalized interest on student loans are treated as principal charge-offs and recoveries, affecting the allowance for loan losses rather than interest income. The Company considers uncollectible interest and fee revenues in assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

Discount and Interchange Revenue. The Company earns discount revenue from fees charged to merchants with whom the Company has entered into card acceptance agreements for processing credit card purchase transactions. Discover card transaction volume was concentrated among the Company’s top 100 merchants in 2010, with its largest merchant accounting for approximately 8% of that transaction volume. The Company earns acquirer interchange revenue from merchant acquirers on all transactions made by credit card customers at merchants with whom merchant acquirers have entered into card acceptance agreements for processing credit card purchase transactions. The Company pays issuer interchange to third-party card issuers who have entered into contractual arrangements to issue cards on the Company’s networks as compensation for risk and other operating cost. The discount revenue or acquirer interchange is recognized as revenue, net of the associated issuer interchange cost, at the time the transaction is captured.

Customer Rewards. The Company offers its customers various reward programs, including the Cashback Bonus reward program, pursuant to which the Company pays certain customers a reward equal to a percentage of their credit card purchase amounts based on the type and volume of the customer’s purchases. The liability for customer rewards, which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition, is estimated on an individual customer basis and is accumulated as qualified customers make progress toward earning the reward through their ongoing credit card purchase activity. In determining the appropriate liability for customer rewards, the Company estimates forfeitures of rewards accumulated but not redeemed based on historical account closure and charge-off experience, actual customer credit card purchase activity and the terms of the rewards program. In accordance with ASC Subtopic 605-50, Revenue Recognition: Customer Payments and Incentives (“ASC 605-50”), the Company recognizes customer rewards cost as a reduction of the related revenue. For the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, rewards costs, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, amounted to $737.8 million, $669.5 million and $709.7 million, respectively. At November 30, 2010 and 2009, the liability for customer rewards, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, was $912.3 million and $815.8 million, respectively, which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial condition.

Fee Products. The Company earns revenue related to fees received for marketing services provided by third parties that are ancillary to the Company’s credit card and personal loans, including debt deferment/debt cancellation contracts and identity theft protection services, to the Company’s customers. The amount of revenue recorded is based on the terms of the agreements and contracts with the third parties that provide the services. The Company recognizes this income over the agreement or contract period as earned.

Transaction Processing Revenue. Transaction processing revenue represents fees charged to financial institutions and merchants for processing ATM, debit and point-of-sale transactions over the PULSE network and is recognized at the time the transactions are processed. Transaction processing revenue also includes network participant revenue earned by PULSE related to fees charged for maintenance, support, information processing and other services provided to financial institutions, processors and other participants in the PULSE network. These revenues are recognized in the period that the related transactions occur or services are rendered.

Royalty and Licensee Revenue. The Company earns revenue from licensing fees for granting the right to use the Diners Club brand and processing fees for providing various services to Diners Club licensees. Royalty revenue is recognized in the period that the cardmember volume used to calculate the royalty fee is generated. Processing fees are recognized in the month that the services are provided. Royalty and licensee revenue is included in other income on the consolidated statements of income.

Incentive Payments. The Company makes certain incentive payments under contractual arrangements with financial institutions, Diners Club licensees, merchants and certain other customers. In accordance with ASC Topic 605-50,

 

-102-


Table of Contents

payments to customers are generally classified as contra-revenue unless a specifically identifiable benefit is received by the Company in consideration for the payment and the fair value of such benefit is determinable and measurable. If no such benefit is identified, then the entire payment is classified as contra-revenue, and included in other income in the consolidated statements of income in the line item where the related revenues are recorded. If the payment gives rise to an asset because it is expected to directly or indirectly contribute to future net cash inflows, it is deferred and recognized over the expected benefit period. The unamortized portion of the deferred incentive payments included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition was $45.8 million and $44.9 million at November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively .

Significant Accounting Policies Effective Prior to the Adoption of FASB Statements No. 166 and 167

Loans Held for Sale. Prior to the adoption of FASB Statements No. 166 and 167, loans held for sale generally included the amount of credit card receivables necessary to support net new securitization transactions expected to take place over the subsequent three-month period. The amount of existing credit card receivables that would be reclassified as held for sale was limited to three months from the balance sheet date, as securitizations that were to occur beyond that point involved a significant proportion of receivables that had not yet been originated, due to customer repayment behavior and the revolving nature of credit cards. In estimating the amount of credit card receivables that should be classified as held for sale, the Company considered its ability to access the securitization market given current market conditions, scheduled maturities of outstanding asset-backed securities, management’s targeted mix of funding sources used, and the relative availability of the Company’s other funding sources.

The amount of credit card receivables classified as held for sale was determined on a homogeneous portfolio basis, because the seller’s interest represents an undivided interest in each loan transferred to the securitization trust. Credit card loan receivables that were classified as held for sale were reported at their par value because management believed that approximated their fair values as a result of the short-term nature of the assets. An allowance for loan losses does not apply to loans held for sale.

When credit card receivables classified as held for sale were securitized and beneficial interests issued to third parties, the loans held for sale balance was reduced, cash was received and amounts due from asset securitization was adjusted to reflect changes in the Company’s retained interests as applicable. When certificated beneficial interests were retained, loans held for sale was reduced and the available-for-sale investment securities balance was increased.

Retained Interests in Securitized Assets. The Company periodically transfers credit card loan receivables to asset securitization trusts. Securitized credit card loan receivables include outstanding principal, interest and fees. Prior to the adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167, the Company’s securitization transactions were recognized as sales and accordingly, the Company removed securitized credit card receivables from loan receivables on its consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company retained interests in the transferred financial assets in various forms including an undivided seller’s interest, certificated beneficial interests in the trust assets, accrued interest and fees on securitized credit card receivables (“accrued interest receivable”), cash collateral accounts, servicing rights and rights to certain excess cash flows remaining after payments to investors in the securitization trust of their contractual rate of return, the payment of servicing fees to the Company and reimbursement of credit card losses (“interest-only strip receivable”).

The Company included its undivided seller’s interest within loan receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company classified certificated retained beneficial interests as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity investment securities on the consolidated statements of financial condition at their estimated fair values or amortized costs, respectively. All other retained interests were recorded on the consolidated statements of financial condition in amounts due from asset securitization. Certain components of amounts due from asset securitization were short-term in nature and, therefore, their carrying values approximated fair values. The remaining retained interests in amounts due from asset securitization were accounted for like trading securities and, accordingly, were marked to fair value each period with changes in their fair values recorded in securitization income.

Cash flows associated with the securitization of credit card receivables that were originated for investment were included in cash flows from investing activities. Cash flows related to credit card receivables transferred to the trust during the term of a securitization in order to maintain a constant level of investor interest in receivables were classified as operating cash flows, as those receivables were treated as being originated specifically for sale.

 

-103-


Table of Contents

Securitization Income. When beneficial interests in securitized receivables were issued to third-party investors, the Company recognized a gain on the transfer of the loan receivables. The amount of the gain depended in part on the previous carrying amount of the assets involved in the transfer, allocated between the assets transferred and the retained interests based upon their relative fair values at the date of the transfer. An interest-only strip receivable was recorded in the consolidated statements of financial condition and represented the contractual right to receive interest and certain other revenue less certain costs, including charge-offs on securitized loans and the interest paid to investors in the securitization transactions (“the excess spread”) from the trust over the estimated life of the securitized loan receivables. The interest-only strip receivable was recorded at its estimated fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in securitization income. The Company estimated the fair value of the interest-only strip receivable based on the present value of expected future cash flows using management’s best estimate of the key assumptions, including forecasted interest yield, loan losses and payment rates, the interest rate paid to investors and a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved. The recognition of securitization income from the actual net excess cash flows accrued was offset in part by the revaluation of the interest-only strip receivable such that the interest-only strip receivable reflected only future excess cash flows. Also included in securitization income was the annual servicing fee the Company received based on a percentage of the investor interest outstanding. The Company did not recognize servicing assets or servicing liabilities for servicing rights since the servicing fee approximated adequate compensation to the Company for performing the servicing. In addition, the Company, in accordance with governing securitization documents, allocated portions of discount and interchange revenue to all credit card securitization transactions, which was also recognized as securitization income. Securitization transaction costs were deferred and amortized to securitization income over the life of the related transactions.

 

4. Discontinued Operations

On March 31, 2008, the Company completed the sale of the Goldfish business, previously reported as the International Card segment, to Barclays Bank PLC. The aggregate sale price under the agreement was £35 million (equivalent to approximately $70 million), which was paid in cash at closing.

The following table provides summary financial information for discontinued operations related to the sale of the Company’s Goldfish business (dollars in thousands):

 

       For the Year Ended
November 30,
2008
 

Revenues (1)

   $ 130,935   

Income from discontinued operations

   $ 50,505   

Loss on the sale of discontinued operations (2)

     (225,289
        

Pretax loss from discontinued operations

     (174,784

Income tax benefit (4)

     (39,621
        

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (135,163
        
          

 

(1) Revenues are the sum of net interest income and other income.
(2) Loss on the sale of discontinued operations for the year ended November 30, 2008 includes a $27.1 million realization of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments which were previously recorded net of tax. As a result, there is no tax impact for the year ended November 30, 2008 related to the realization of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

 

5. Investment Securities

The Company’s investment securities consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

       November 30,  
   2010      2009      2008  

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 1,575,403       $ 0       $ 0   

U.S. government agency securities

     1,888,701         0         0   

States and political subdivisions of states

     51,774         68,553         70,290   

Other securities:

        

Certificated retained interests in DCENT and DCMT (1)

     0         4,501,108         981,742   

Credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers

     1,031,112         381,705         85,762   

Corporate debt securities (2)

     507,896         0         0   

Asset-backed commercial paper notes

     0         58,792         59,586   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     9,800         12,929         16,495   

Other debt and equity securities

     10,709         12,210         14,069   
                          

Total other securities

     1,559,517         4,966,744         1,157,654   
                          

Total investment securities

   $ 5,075,395       $ 5,035,297       $ 1,227,944   
                          
                            

 

(1) Upon adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167, the amount outstanding at November 30, 2009 was reclassified to loan receivables. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information.
(2) Amount represents corporate debt obligations issued under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) that are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment securities are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

       Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

At November 30, 2010

          

Available-for-Sale Investment Securities (1)

          

U.S Treasury securities

   $ 1,576,094       $ 344       $ (1,585   $ 1,574,853   

U.S government agency securities

     1,888,909         1,090         (1,298     1,888,701   

Credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers

     1,017,183         13,983         (54     1,031,112   

Corporate debt securities

     507,757         241         (102     507,896   

Equity securities

     15         2         0        17   
                                  

Total available-for-sale investment securities

   $ 4,989,958       $ 15,660       $ (3,039   $ 5,002,579   
                                  

Held-to-Maturity Investment Securities (2)

          

U.S. Treasury securities (3)

   $ 550       $ 0       $ 0     $ 550   

States and political subdivisions of states

     51,774         281         (3,771     48,284   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     9,800         869         0        10,669   

Other debt securities (4)

     10,692         0         0        10,692   
                                  

Total held-to-maturity investment securities

   $ 72,816       $ 1,150       $ (3,771   $ 70,195   
                                  

At November 30, 2009

          

Available-for-Sale Investment Securities (1)

          

Certificated retained interests in DCENT

   $ 2,330,000       $ 978       $ (126,009   $ 2,204,969   

Credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers

     362,377         19,362         (34     381,705   

Asset-backed commercial paper notes

     51,337         7,455         0        58,792   

Equity securities

     15         0         0        15   
                                  

Total available-for-sale investment securities

   $ 2,743,729       $ 27,795       $ (126,043   $ 2,645,481   
                                  

Held-to-Maturity Investment Securities (2)

          

States and political subdivisions of states

   $ 68,553       $ 19       $ (6,162   $ 62,410   

Certificated retained interests in DCENT and DCMT

     2,296,139         0         (430,655     1,865,484   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     12,929         972         0        13,901   

Other debt securities (4)

     12,195         0         0        12,195   
                                  

Total held-to-maturity investment securities

   $ 2,389,816       $ 991       $ (436,817   $ 1,953,990   
                                  
                                    

 

(1) Available-for-sale investment securities are reported at fair value.
(2) Held-to-maturity investment securities are reported at amortized cost.
(3) Amount represents securities pledged as collateral to a government-related merchant for which transaction settlement occurs beyond the normal 24-hour period.
(4) Included in other debt securities at November 30, 2010 and 2009 are commercial advances of $7.9 million and $9.4 million, respectively, related to the Company’s Community Reinvestment Act strategies.

 

-105-


Table of Contents

The following table provides information about investment securities with aggregate gross unrealized losses and the length of time that individual investment securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of November 30, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in thousands):

 

            Less than 12 months      More than 12 months  
       Number of
Securities in a
Loss Position
    

Fair

Value

     Unrealized
Losses
    

Fair

Value

     Unrealized
Losses
 

At November 30, 2010

              

Available-for-Sale Investment Securities

              

U.S. Treasury securities

     17       $ 1,262,670       $ 1,585       $ 0       $ 0   

U.S. government agency securities

     18       $ 1,181,148       $ 1,298       $ 0       $ 0   

Credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers

     23       $ 238,646       $ 54       $ 0       $ 0   

Corporate debt securities

     5       $ 230,441       $ 102       $ 0       $ 0   

Held-to-Maturity Investment Securities

              

State and political subdivisions of states

     4       $ 7,731       $ 239       $ 27,603       $ 3,532   

At November 30, 2009

              

Available-for-Sale Investment Securities

              

Certificated retained interests in DCENT

     10       $ 1,149,143       $ 115,857       $ 889,848       $ 10,152   

Credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers

     9       $ 127,509       $ 34       $ 0       $ 0   

Held-to-Maturity Investment Securities

              

State and political subdivisions of states

     5       $ 0       $ 0       $ 51,778       $ 6,162   

Certificated retained interests in DCENT and DCMT

     3       $ 1,865,484       $ 430,655       $ 0       $ 0   
                                              

During the years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company received $744.6 million, $431.3 million and $37.2 million, respectively, of proceeds related to maturities, redemptions, liquidation or sales of investment securities.

During the year ended November 30, 2009, the Company received $72.9 million of proceeds, and recorded $5.4 million of gross realized gains and no gross realized losses, from the sale of credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers. There were no sales of available-for-sale investment securities during the years ended 2010 or 2008.

The Company records gains and losses on investment securities in other income when investments are sold or liquidated, when the Company believes an investment is other than temporarily impaired prior to the disposal of the investment, or in certain other circumstances. During the year ended November 30, 2010, the Company recorded losses of $0.4 million on other debt securities and a $19.6 million pretax gain related to the liquidation of collateral supporting the asset-backed commercial paper notes of Golden Key U.S. LLC (“Golden Key”), which had invested in mortgage-backed securities. The investment was originally purchased in 2007 for $120.1 million, subsequently written down to $51.3 million and, in August 2010, liquidated for $70.9 million.

During the years ended November 30, 2009 and November 30, 2008, the Company recorded $9.2 million and $50.3 million of other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”), which was recorded entirely in earnings, the majority of which was related to Golden Key.

The Company records unrealized gains and losses on its available-for-sale investment securities in other comprehensive income. For the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded net unrealized losses of $6.7 million, $14.1 million and $79.3 million ($4.2 million, $8.5 million and $50.2 million after tax), respectively, in other comprehensive income. For the year ended November 30, 2010, the Company reversed an unrealized gain of $7.5 million ($4.7 million after tax) from other comprehensive income upon liquidation of the collateral supporting the Golden Key investment. Additionally, the Company eliminated a net unrealized loss of $125.0 million ($78.6 million after tax) upon consolidation of its securitization trusts in connection with the adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167 on December 1, 2009.

At November 30, 2010, the Company had $3.5 million of gross unrealized losses in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months on its held-to-maturity investment securities in states and political subdivisions of states, compared

 

-106-


Table of Contents

to $6.2 million of gross unrealized losses at November 30, 2009. The Company believes the unrealized loss on these investments is the result of changes in interest rates subsequent to the Company’s acquisitions of these securities and that the reduction in value is temporary. The Company does not intend to sell these investments nor does it expect to be required to sell these investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, but rather expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of these securities.

Maturities and weighted average yields of available-for-sale debt securities and held-to-maturity debt securities at November 30, 2010 are provided in the tables below (dollars in thousands):

 

      

One Year

or

Less

    

After One
Year

Through

Five

Years

    

After

Five

Years
Through

Ten

Years

     After Ten
Years
     Total  

Available-for-sale – Amortized Cost (1)

              

U.S Treasury securities

   $ 201,094       $ 1,375,000       $ 0       $ 0       $ 1,576,094   

U.S government agency securities

     241,119         1,647,790         0         0         1,888,909   

Credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers

     742,832         274,351         0         0         1,017,183   

Corporate debt securities

     51,271         456,486         0         0         507,757   
                                            

Total available-for-sale investment securities

   $ 1,236,316       $ 3,753,627       $ 0       $ 0       $ 4,989,943   
                                            

Held-to-maturity – Amortized Cost (2)

              

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 550       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 550   

State and political subdivisions of states

     0         2,905         5,630         43,239         51,774   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     0         0         0         9,800         9,800   

Other debt securities

     619         4,210         2,072         3,791         10,692   
                                            

Total held-to-maturity investment securities

   $ 1,169       $ 7,115       $ 7,702       $ 56,830       $ 72,816   
                                            

Available-for-sale – Fair Values (1)

              

U.S Treasury securities

   $ 201,067       $ 1,373,786       $ 0       $ 0       $ 1,574,853   

U.S government agency securities

     240,825         1,647,876         0         0         1,888,701   

Credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers

     745,410         285,702         0         0         1,031,112   

Corporate debt securities

     51,239         456,657         0         0         507,896   
                                            

Total available-for-sale investment securities

   $ 1,238,541       $ 3,764,021       $ 0       $ 0       $ 5,002,562   
                                            

Held-to-maturity – Fair Values (2)

              

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 550       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 550   

State and political subdivisions of states

     0         3,004         5,784         39,496         48,284   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     0         0         0         10,669         10,669   

Other debt securities

     619         4,210         2,072         3,791         10,692   
                                            

Total held-to-maturity investment securities

   $ 1,169       $ 7,214       $ 7,856       $ 53,956       $ 70,195   
                                            
                                              

 

(1) Available-for-sale investment securities are reported at fair value.
(2) Held-to-maturity investment securities are reported at amortized cost.

 

-107-


Table of Contents

 

      

One Year
or

Less

    After One
Year
Through
Five
Years
    After
Five
Years
Through
Ten
Years
    After Ten
Years
    Total  

Available-for-sale investment securities (1)

          

U.S. Treasury securities

     0.31     0.82     0.00     0.00     0.75

U.S. government agency securities

     0.53     0.78     0.00     0.00     0.75

Credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers

     1.58     3.00     0.00     0.00     1.96

Corporate debt securities

     0.46     0.62     0.00     0.00     0.60

Total available-for-sale investment securities

     1.12     0.93     0.00     0.00     0.98

Held-to-maturity investment securities

          

U.S. Treasury securities

     0.16     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.16

State and political subdivisions of states

     0.00     4.27     5.42     4.69     4.75

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     0.00     0.00     0.00     5.52     5.52

Other debt securities

     4.17     3.65     6.16     3.47     4.10

Total held-to-maturity investment securities

     2.28     3.90     5.62     4.75     4.72
                                          

 

(1) The weighted average yield for available-for-sale investment securities is calculated based on the amortized cost.

The following table presents interest and dividends on investment securities (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
       2010      2009      2008  

Taxable interest

   $ 23,857       $ 65,959       $ 48,787   

Tax exempt interest

     2,365         2,735         2,489   

Dividends

     0         0         69   
                          

Total income from investment securities

   $ 26,222       $ 68,694       $ 51,345   
                          
                            

 

6. Loan Receivables

Loan receivables consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     November 30,  
       2010     2009  

Loans held for sale (1)

   $ 788,101      $ 0   

Loan portfolio:

    

Credit card loans:

    

Discover Card (2) (3)

     44,904,267        19,826,153   

Discover Business Card

     252,727        404,149   
                

Total credit card loans

     45,156,994        20,230,302   

Other consumer loans:

    

Personal loans

     1,877,633        1,394,379   

Federal student loans (4)

     0        1,352,587   

Private student loans (4)

     999,322        579,679   

Other

     14,363        68,137   
                

Total other consumer loans

     2,891,318        3,394,782   
                

Total loan portfolio

     48,048,312        23,625,084   
                

Total loan receivables

     48,836,413        23,625,084   

Allowance for loan losses

     (3,304,118     (1,757,899
                

Net loan receivables

   $ 45,532,295      $ 21,867,185   
                
                  

 

(1) Amount represents the remaining federal student loans at November 30, 2010 which includes $500.2 million of student loan receivables, which, along with accrued interest of $1.2 million, are pledged as collateral against a long-term borrowing.
(2) Amounts include $19.5 billion underlying investors’ interest in trust debt at November 30, 2010, and $14.9 billion and $9.9 billion in seller’s interest at November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. See Note 7: Credit Card Securitization Activities for further information.
(3) Upon adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167, the Company consolidated $22.3 billion of securitized loan receivables, reclassified $4.6 billion from investment securities to loan receivables and recorded a $2.1 billion allowance for loan losses. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information.
(4) Federal student loans are guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education. Private student loans are made directly to the student with no government guarantees.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

In 2010, the Company decided to sell all of its remaining federal student loans. It sold $1.5 billion of federal student loans to the U.S. Department of Education (“DOE”) under the Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act of 2008 (“ECASLA”) and at November 30, 2010, had reclassified all remaining federal student loans as held for sale. As a result, the Company recorded a loss of $23.1 million as a reduction of other income to record the loans at lower of cost or market.

Also in 2010, the Company sold $48.1 million and $46.7 million of Discover business card loans and other loans, respectively, to third parties. Related to these sales, the Company charged off $25.3 million to the allowance for loan losses.

The following table provides changes in the Company’s allowance for loan losses for the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010     2009     2008  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,757,899      $ 1,374,585      $ 759,925   

Addition to allowance related to securitized receivables (1)

     2,144,461        0        0   

Additions:

      

Provision for loan losses

     3,206,705        2,362,405        1,595,615   

Deductions:

      

Charge-off related to loans sold

     (25,342     0        0   

Charge-offs:

      

Discover card

     (4,094,236     (2,034,458     (1,119,362

Discover business card

     (59,986     (62,115     (19,814
                        

Total credit card loans

     (4,154,222     (2,096,573     (1,139,176

Personal loans

     (92,351     (68,590     (7,974

Federal student loans

     (719     0        0   

Private student loans

     (2,783     (468     (8

Other

     (1,018     (22     (83
                        

Total other consumer loans

     (96,871     (69,080     (8,065
                        

Total charge-offs

     (4,251,093     (2,165,653     (1,147,241

Recoveries:

      

Discover card

     466,548        184,383        165,422   

Discover business card

     3,549        1,233        272   
                        

Total credit card loans

     470,097        185,616        165,694   

Personal loans

     1,307        906        576   

Private student loans

     38        2        0   

Other

     46        38        16   
                        

Total other consumer loans

     1,391        946        592   
                        

Total recoveries

     471,488        186,562        166,286   
                        

Net charge-offs

     (3,779,605     (1,979,091     (980,955
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 3,304,118      $ 1,757,899      $ 1,374,585   
                        
                          

 

(1) Upon adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167, the Company recorded a $2.1 billion allowance for loan losses related to newly consolidated and reclassified credit card loan receivables. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information.

 

-109-


Table of Contents

Net charge-offs of principal are recorded against the allowance for loan losses, as shown in the table above. Information regarding net charge-offs of interest and fee revenues on credit card loans is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended

November 30,
 
       2010 (1)      2009      2008  

Interest and fees accrued subsequently charged off, net of recoveries (recorded as a reduction of interest income)

   $ 934,077       $ 465,283       $ 257,543   

Fees accrued subsequently charged off, net of recoveries (recorded as a reduction to other income)

   $ 272,805       $ 176,662       $ 108,976   
                            

 

(1) The amounts at November 30, 2010 include securitized loans as a result of the consolidation of the securitization trusts upon adoption of Statement No. 167 on December 1, 2009. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information.

Information regarding nonaccrual, past due and restructured loan receivables is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     November 30,  
       2010 (1)      2009  

Loans not accruing interest

   $ 325,900       $ 190,086   

Loans over 90 days delinquent and accruing interest

   $ 853,757       $ 522,190   

Restructured loans (2)

   $ 305,344       $ 72,924   
                   

 

(1) The amounts at November 30, 2010 include securitized loans as a result of the consolidation of the securitization trusts upon adoption of Statement No. 167 on December 1, 2009. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information.
(2) Restructured loans include $35.0 million and $9.7 million for the years ended November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, that are also included in loans over 90 days delinquent and accruing interest.

At November 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company had included $113.8 million and $28.0 million, respectively, in its allowance for loan losses for loans in its permanent workout program that were accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-40, Troubled Debt Restructuring . Interest income on these loans is accounted for in the same manner as other accruing loans. Cash collections on these loans are allocated according to the same payment hierarchy methodology applied to loans that are not in such programs. Additional information about loans in the Company’s permanent workout program is shown below (dollars in thousands):

 

       For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
   2010 (1)      2009      2008  

Average recorded investment in loans

   $ 260,251       $ 79,165       $ 47,204   

Interest income recognized during the time within the period these loans were impaired (2)

   $ 2,946       $ 937       $ 549   

Gross interest income that would have been recorded in accordance with the original terms (3)

   $ 39,917       $ 10,454       $ 6,619   
                            

 

(1) The amounts at November 30, 2010 include securitized loans as a result of the consolidation of the securitization trusts upon adoption of Statement No. 167 on December 1, 2009. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information.
(2) The Company does not separately track interest income on loans in its permanent workout program. Amounts shown are estimated by applying an average interest rate to the average loans in the permanent workout program.
(3) The Company does not separately track the amount of gross interest income that would have been recorded if the loans in its permanent workout programs had not been restructured and interest had instead been recorded in accordance with the original terms. Amounts shown are estimated by applying the difference between the average interest rate earned on credit card accounts and the average interest rate earned on loans in the permanent workout program to the average loans in the permanent workout program.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

Geographical Distribution of Loans

The Company originates credit card and other consumer loans throughout the United States. The geographic distribution of the Company’s loan receivables was as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

       November 30, 2010     November 30, 2009  
   $      %     $      %  

California

   $ 4,473,200         9.2   $ 2,394,844         10.1

Texas

     3,848,684         7.9        1,757,449         7.4   

New York

     3,259,953         6.7        1,560,028         6.6   

Florida

     2,902,083         5.9        1,485,592         6.3   

Illinois

     2,747,706         5.6        1,248,441         5.3   

Pennsylvania

     2,540,852         5.2        1,188,116         5.0   

Ohio

     2,147,238         4.4        987,649         4.2   

New Jersey

     1,823,938         3.7        860,802         3.6   

Michigan

     1,555,896         3.2        768,993         3.3   

Georgia

     1,466,863         3.0        725,391         3.1   

Other states

     22,070,000         45.2        10,647,779         45.1   
                                  

Total loan portfolio

   $ 48,836,413         100.0   $ 23,625,084         100.0
                                  
                                    

 

7. Credit Card Securitization Activities

The Company accesses the term asset securitization market through DCMT and DCENT, which are trusts into which credit card loan receivables are transferred (or, in the case of DCENT, into which beneficial interests in DCMT are transferred) and from which beneficial interests are issued to investors.

The DCMT debt structure consists of Class A, triple-A rated certificates and Class B, single-A rated certificates held by third parties. Credit enhancement is provided by the subordinated Class B certificates, cash collateral accounts, and more subordinated Series 2009-CE certificates that are held by a wholly-owned subsidiary of Discover Bank. The DCENT debt structure consists of four classes of securities (DiscoverSeries Class A, B, C and D notes), with the most senior class generally receiving a triple-A rating. In this structure, in order to issue senior, higher rated classes of notes, it is necessary to obtain the appropriate amount of credit enhancement, generally through the issuance of junior, lower rated or more highly subordinated classes of notes. The majority of these more highly subordinated classes of notes are held by subsidiaries of Discover Bank. In addition, there is another series of certificates (Series 2009-SD) issued by DCMT which provides increased excess spread levels to all other outstanding securities of the trusts. The Series 2009-SD certificates are held by a wholly-owned subsidiary of Discover Bank. In January 2010, the Company increased the size of the Class D (2009-1) note and Series 2009-CE certificate to further support the more senior securities of the trusts. The Company was not contractually required to provide this incremental level of credit enhancement but was permitted to do so pursuant to the trusts’ governing documents.

Beginning on December 1, 2009, the Company’s securitizations are accounted for as secured borrowings and the trusts are treated as consolidated subsidiaries of the Company under ASC 810 and ASC 860. Accordingly, beginning on this date, all of the assets and liabilities of the trusts are included directly on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. Trust receivables underlying third-party investors’ interests are recorded in credit card loan receivables – restricted for securitization investors, and the related debt issued by the trusts is reported in long-term borrowings – owed to securitization investors. Additionally, beginning on December 1, 2009, certain other of the Company’s retained interests in the assets of the trusts, principally consisting of investments in DCMT certificates and DCENT notes held by subsidiaries of Discover Bank, now constitute intercompany positions, which are eliminated in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. Trust receivables underlying the Company’s various retained interests, including the seller’s interest in trust receivables, are recorded in credit card loan receivables – restricted for securitization investors.

Upon transfer of credit card loan receivables to the trust, the receivables and certain cash flows derived from them become restricted for use in meeting obligations to the trusts’ creditors. The trusts have ownership of cash balances that also have restrictions, the amounts of which are reported in restricted cash – for securitization investors. Investment of trust

 

-111-


Table of Contents

cash balances is limited to investments that are permitted under the governing documents of the trusts and which have maturities no later than the related date on which funds must be made available for distribution to trust investors. With the exception of the seller’s interest in trust receivables, the Company’s interests in trust assets are generally subordinate to the interests of third-party investors and, as such, may not be realized by the Company if needed to absorb deficiencies in cash flows that are allocated to the investors in the trusts’ debt. The carrying values of these restricted assets, which are presented on the Company’s statement of financial condition as relating to securitization activities, are shown in the table below (dollars in thousands):

 

       November 30,
2010
 

Cash collateral accounts (1)

   $ 459,474   

Collections and interest funding accounts

     904,284   
        

Restricted cash – for securitization investors

     1,363,758   

Investors’ interests held by third-party investors

     14,921,057   

Investors’ interests held by wholly owned subsidiaries of Discover Bank

     4,608,210   

Seller’s interest

     14,923,722   
        

Loan receivables – restricted for securitization investors (2)

     34,452,989   

Allowance for loan losses allocated to securitized loan receivables (2)

     2,431,399   
        

Net loan receivables

     32,021,590   

Other

     24,083   
        

Carrying value of assets of consolidated variable interest entities

   $ 33,409,431   
        
          

 

(1) Amount pledged as collateral against a long-term borrowing.
(2) The Company maintains its allowance for loan losses at an amount sufficient to absorb probable losses inherent in all loan receivables, which includes all loan receivables in the trusts. Therefore, credit risk associated with the transferred receivables is fully reflected on the Company’s statement of financial condition in accordance with GAAP.

The debt securities issued by the consolidated VIEs are subject to credit, payment and interest rate risks on the transferred credit card loan receivables. To protect investors, the securitization structures include certain features that could result in earlier-than-expected repayment of the securities. The primary investor protection feature relates to the availability and adequacy of cash flows in the securitized pool of receivables to meet contractual requirements. Insufficient cash flows would trigger the early repayment of the securities. This is referred to as the “economic early amortization” feature.

Investors are allocated cash flows derived from activities related to the accounts comprising the securitized pool of receivables, the amounts of which reflect finance charges billed, certain fee assessments, allocations of merchant discount and interchange, and recoveries on charged-off accounts. From these cash flows, investors are reimbursed for charge-offs occurring within the securitized pool of receivables and receive a contractual rate of return and Discover Bank is paid a servicing fee as servicer. Any cash flows remaining in excess of these requirements are reported to investors as excess spread. An excess spread rate of less than 0% for a contractually specified period, generally a three-month average, would trigger an economic early amortization event. In such an event, the Company would be required to seek immediate sources of replacement funding. Apart from the restricted assets related to securitization activities, the investors and the securitization trusts have no recourse to the Company’s other assets or credit for a shortage in cash flows.

The Company is required to maintain a contractual minimum level of receivables in the trust in excess of the face value of outstanding investors’ interests. This excess is referred to as the minimum seller’s interest requirement. The required minimum seller’s interest in the pool of trust receivables, which is included in credit card loan receivables restricted for securitization investors, is set at approximately 7% in excess of the total investors’ interests (which includes interests held by third parties as well as those certificated interests held by the Company). If the level of receivables in the trust was to fall below the required minimum, the Company would be required to add receivables from the unrestricted pool of receivables, which would increase the amount of credit card loan receivables restricted for securitization investors. A decline in the amount of the excess seller’s interest could occur if balance repayments and charge-offs exceeded new lending on the securitized accounts or as a result of changes in total outstanding investors’ interests. If the Company could not add enough receivables to satisfy the requirement, an early amortization (or repayment) of investors’ interests would be triggered.

 

-112-


Table of Contents

Another feature of the Company’s securitization structure that is designed to protect investors’ interests from loss, which is applicable only to the notes issued from DCENT, is a reserve account funding requirement in which excess cash flows generated by the transferred loan receivables are held at the trust. This funding requirement is triggered when DCENT’s three-month average excess spread rate decreases to below 4.50%, with increasing funding requirements as excess spread levels decline below preset levels to 0%.

In addition to performance measures associated with the transferred credit card loan receivables, there are other events or conditions which could trigger an early amortization event. As of November 30, 2010, no economic or other early amortization events have occurred.

The tables below provide information concerning investors’ interests and related excess spreads at November 30, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

       Investors’
Interests (1)
     # of Series
Outstanding
 

Discover Card Master Trust I

   $ 7,696,865         12   

Discover Card Execution Note Trust (DiscoverSeries notes)

     11,832,402         21   
                 

Total investors’ interests

   $ 19,529,267         33   
                 
                   

 

(1) Investors’ interests include third-party interests and subordinated interests held by wholly-owned subsidiaries of Discover Bank.

 

       3-Month Rolling
Average Excess
Spread (1)(2)
 

Group excess spread percentage

     13.46

DiscoverSeries excess spread percentage

     12.97
          

 

(1) DCMT certificates refer to the higher of Group excess spread or their applicable series excess spread (not shown) and DiscoverSeries notes refer to the higher of Group or DiscoverSeries excess spread in assessing whether an economic early amortization has been triggered.
(2) Discount Series (DCMT 2009-SD) makes principal collections available for reallocation to other series to cover shortfalls in interest and servicing fees and to reimburse charge-offs. Three-month rolling average excess spread rates reflect the availability of these collections.

The Company continues to own and service the accounts that generate the loan receivables held by the trusts. Discover Bank receives servicing fees from the trusts based on a percentage of the monthly investor principal balance outstanding. Although the fee income to Discover Bank offsets the fee expense to the trusts and thus is eliminated in consolidation, failure to service the transferred loan receivables in accordance with contractual requirements could lead to a termination of the servicing rights and the loss of future servicing income.

The following disclosures apply to securitization activities of the Company prior to December 1, 2009, when transfers of receivables to the trusts were treated as sales in accordance with prior GAAP. At November 30, 2009, the Company’s retained interests in credit card securitizations were accounted for as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

       November 30,
2009
 

Available-for-sale investment securities

   $ 2,204,969   

Held-to-maturity investment securities

     2,296,139   

Loan receivables (seller’s interest) (1)

     9,852,352   

Amounts due from asset securitization:

  

Cash collateral accounts (2)

     822,585   

Accrued interest receivable

     519,275   

Interest-only strip receivable

     117,579   

Other subordinated retained interests

     220,288   

Other

     12,324   
        

Amounts due from asset securitization

     1,692,051   
        

Total retained interests

   $ 16,045,511   
        
          

 

(1) Loan receivables net of allowance for loan losses were $9.1 billion at November 30, 2009.
(2) $0.8 billion was pledged as security against a long-term borrowing.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

Retained interests classified as available-for-sale investment securities at November 30, 2009 were carried at amounts that approximated fair value with changes in the fair value estimates recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Retained interests classified as held-to-maturity investment securities were carried at amortized cost. All other retained interests in credit card asset securitizations were recorded in amounts due from asset securitization at amounts that approximated fair value.

Key estimates and sensitivities of reported fair values of certain retained interests to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those estimates were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

      

November 30,

2009

 

Interest-only receivable strip (carrying amount/fair value)

   $ 118   

Weighted average life (in months)

     3.5   

Weighted average payment rate (rate per month)

     18.70

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

   $ (4

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

   $ (7

Weighted average principal charge-offs (rate per annum)

     9.91

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

   $ (46

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

   $ (81

Weighted average discount rate (rate per annum)

     16.50

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

   $ 0  

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

   $ (1

Cash collateral accounts (carrying amount/fair value)

   $ 823   

Weighted average discount rate (rate per annum)

     1.99

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

   $ (3

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

   $ (7

Certificated retained beneficial interests reported as available-for-sale investment securities (carrying amount/fair value)

   $ 2,205   

Weighted average discount rate (rate per annum)

     6.58

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

   $ (14

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

   $ (27
          

The sensitivity analyses of the interest-only strip receivable, cash collateral accounts and certificated retained beneficial interests are hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on a 10% or 20% variation in an estimate generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the estimate to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular estimate on the fair value of the interest-only strip receivable, specifically, is calculated independent of changes in any other estimate; in practice, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower payments and increased charge-offs), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. In addition, the sensitivity analyses do not consider any action that the Company may take to mitigate the impact of any adverse changes in the key estimates.

During the years ended November 30, 2009 and 2008, the Company recognized a net revaluation of its subordinated retained interests, principally the interest-only strip receivable, consisting of losses of $160.1 million and $119.3 million, respectively, in securitization income in the consolidated statements of income. Included in these amounts are $16.7 million and $71.9 million, respectively, of initial gains on new securitization transactions, net of issuance discounts, as applicable.

 

-114-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes certain cash flow information related to the securitized pool of loan receivables (dollars in millions):

 

     For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
          2009            2008     

Proceeds from third-party investors in new credit card securitizations

   $ 3,543       $ 5,562   

Proceeds from collections reinvested in previous credit card securitizations

   $ 46,753       $ 57,495   

Contractual servicing fees received

   $ 490       $ 556   

Cash flows received from retained interests

   $ 1,980       $ 2,777   

Purchases of previously transferred credit card receivables (securitization maturities)

   $ 5,739       $ 7,739   
                   

Key estimates used in measuring the fair value of the interest-only strip receivable at the date of securitization that resulted from credit card securitizations completed were as follows:

 

       For the Years Ended
November 30,
   2009    2008

Weighted average life (in months)

   1.8 – 4.8     3.0 – 5.1

Payment rate (rate per month)

   17.18% – 18.16%    18.85% – 19.80%

Principal charge-offs (rate per annum)

   9.66% – 9.83%    5.10% – 5.65%

Discount rate (rate per annum)

   16.00% – 17.00%    12.00%
           

The tables below present quantitative information about delinquencies, net principal charge-offs and components of managed credit card loans, which includes owned and securitized credit card loans (dollars in millions):

 

      

November 30,

2009

 

Loans Outstanding:

  

Managed credit card loans

   $ 47,465   

Less: Securitized credit card loans

     27,235   
        

Owned credit card loans

   $ 20,230   
        

Loans Over 30 Days Delinquent:

  

Managed credit card loans

   $ 2,657   

Less: Securitized credit card loans

     1,540   
        

Owned credit card loans

   $ 1,117   
        
          

 

       For the Year Ended
November 30, 2009
 

Average Loans:

  

Managed credit card loans

   $ 48,855   

Less: Securitized credit card loans

     24,588   
        

Owned credit card loans

   $ 24,267   
        

Net Principal Charge-offs:

  

Managed credit card loans

   $ 3,907   

Less: Securitized credit card loans

     1,996   
        

Owned credit card loans

   $ 1,911   
        
          

 

-115-


Table of Contents

 

8. Premises and Equipment

A summary of premises and equipment, net is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     November 30,  
       2010     2009  

Land

   $ 41,816      $ 41,816   

Buildings and improvements

     496,352        494,511   

Capitalized equipment leases

     3,962        7,132   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     508,599        490,594   

Software

     300,018        276,298   
                

Premises and equipment

     1,350,747        1,310,351   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (647,256     (593,295

Less: Accumulated amortization of software

     (248,877     (223,871
                

Premises and equipment held for investment, net

     454,614        493,185   

Premises and equipment held for sale, net (1)

     6,118        6,118   
                

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 460,732      $ 499,303   
                
                  

 

(1) On November 12, 2009, the Company announced plans to close one of its processing centers. As such, this property was classified as held for sale, and the Company recorded a loss in 2009 of $5.6 million, which is included in other expense in the consolidated statement of income. The property was still classified as held for sale at November 30, 2010.

Depreciation expense, including amortization of assets recorded under capital leases, was $64.0 million, $72.7 million and $75.8 million for the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. This includes depreciation expense associated with held-for-sale property of $0.8 million for the years ended November 30, 2009 and 2008. Amortization expense on capitalized software was $25.2 million, $24.9 million and $24.7 million for the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

As of November 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company had goodwill of $255.4 million recorded in connection with its acquisition of PULSE in January 2005, which was allocated to the Payment Services segment. Subsequent to the acquisition date, no adjustments have been made to the Company’s goodwill balance. The Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment testing on June 1, 2010 and 2009, at which times management concluded that goodwill was not impaired.

Intangible Assets

The Company’s amortizable intangible assets consist primarily of acquired customer relationships and trade name intangibles recognized in the acquisition of PULSE in January 2005, and its non-amortizable intangible assets consist of international transaction processing rights and trade name intangibles recognized in the acquisition of Diners Club in June 2008. Acquired customer relationships consist of those relationships in existence between PULSE and the numerous financial institutions that participate in its network, as valued at the date of the Company’s acquisition of PULSE.

 

-116-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s intangible assets (dollars in thousands):

 

            November 30, 2010      November 30, 2009  
       Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Book
Value
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Book
Value
 

Amortizable intangible assets:

                    

Customer relationships

     15 years       $ 69,400       $ 37,786       $ 31,614       $ 69,400       $ 31,431       $ 37,969   

Trade name and other

     25 years         7,700         1,368         6,332         7,700         1,060         6,640   
                                                        

Total amortizable intangible assets

        77,100         39,154         37,946         77,100         32,491         44,609   

Non-amortizable intangible assets:

                    

Trade name

     N/A         127,980         0         127,980         127,980         0        127,980   

International transaction processing rights

     N/A         23,047         0         23,047         23,047         0        23,047   
                                                        

Total non-amortizable intangible assets

        151,027         0         151,027         151,027         0        151,027   
                                                        

Total intangible assets

      $ 228,127       $ 39,154       $ 188,973       $ 228,127       $ 32,491       $ 195,636   
                                                        
                                                                

Amortization expense related to the Company’s intangible assets was $6.7 million, $7.7 million and $7.5 million for the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The following table presents expected intangible asset amortization expense for the next five years based on intangible assets at November 30, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

Year    Amount  

2011

   $ 6,576   

2012

   $ 5,742   

2013

   $ 4,770   

2014

   $ 3,992   

2015

   $ 3,386   
          

 

10. Deposits

The Company offers its deposit products, including certificates of deposit, money market accounts, online savings accounts and Individual Retirement Account (IRA) certificates of deposit to customers through two channels: (i) through direct marketing, internet origination and affinity relationships (“direct-to-consumer deposits”); and (ii) indirectly through contractual arrangements with securities brokerage firms (“brokered deposits”). In March 2010, the Company acquired approximately $1 billion of direct-to-consumer deposit accounts from a third party. As of November 30, 2010 and November 30, 2009, the Company had approximately $20.6 billion and $12.6 billion, respectively, of direct-to-consumer deposits and approximately $13.7 billion and $19.5 billion, respectively, of brokered deposits.

A summary of interest-bearing deposit accounts is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     November 30,  
       2010     2009  

Certificates of deposit in amounts less than $100,000 (1)

   $ 19,797,420      $ 22,587,898   

Certificates of deposit from amounts of $100,000 (1) to less than $250,000 (1)

     4,626,792        2,918,004   

Certificates of deposit in amounts of $250,000 (1) or greater

     1,146,843        1,129,945   

Savings deposits, including money market deposit accounts

     8,738,784        5,392,659   
                

Total interest-bearing deposits

   $ 34,309,839      $ 32,028,506   
                

Average annual interest rate

     3.12     3.94
                  

 

(1) $100,000 represents the basic insurance amount previously covered by the FDIC. Effective July 21, 2010, the basic insurance per depositor was permanently increased to $250,000.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

At November 30, 2010, certificates of deposit maturing over the next five years and thereafter were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Year    Amount  

2011

   $ 10,102,869   

2012

   $ 6,391,277   

2013

   $ 4,655,648   

2014

   $ 1,983,618   

2015

   $ 1,803,559   

Thereafter

   $ 634,084   
          

 

11. Long-Term Borrowings

Long-term borrowings consist of borrowings and capital leases having original maturities of one year or more. The following table provides a summary of the Company’s long-term borrowings and weighted average interest rates on balances outstanding at period end (dollars in thousands):

 

     November 30, 2010     November 30, 2009             
       Outstanding     Interest
Rate
    Outstanding      Interest
Rate
    Interest Rate
Terms
   Maturity  

Discover Card Master Trust I and Discover Card Execution Note Trust

              

Fixed rate asset-backed securities (1)

   $ 2,598,343        5.47   $ 0        0.00  

5.10% to

5.65% fixed

    
 
Various April 2011 –
September 2017
  
  

Floating rate asset-backed securities (1)

     10,621,057        0.75     0        0.00   1-month LIBOR (2) +
3 to 130 basis points
    
 

 

Various December
2010

– September 2015

  
  

  

Floating rate asset-backed securities (1)

     1,250,000        0.63     0        0.00   3-month LIBOR (2) +
34 basis points
     December 2012   

Floating rate asset-backed securities and other borrowings (1)

     450,000        0.98     0        0.00   Commercial Paper rate + 70-74 basis points     
 
Various January 2011
– April 2013
  
  
                                

Total Long-Term Borrowings – owed to securitization investors

     14,919,400          0          

Discover Financial Services (Parent Company)

              

Floating rate senior notes

     0        0.00 %     400,000         0.83  

3-month LIBOR (2)

+ 53 basis points

     June 2010   

Fixed rate senior notes due 2017

              

Book value

     399,467        6.45     399,385         6.45   6.45% fixed      June 2017   

Fair value adjustment (3)

     (7,888       0          
                          

Total

     391,579          399,385           

Fixed rate senior notes due 2019

     400,000        10.25     400,000         10.25   10.25% fixed      July 2019   

Discover Bank

              

Subordinated bank notes due 2019

     698,382        8.70     698,202         8.70   8.70% fixed      November 2019   

Subordinated bank notes due 2020

     496,753        7.00     0         0.00   7.00% fixed      April 2020   

Floating rate secured borrowing (4)

     93,980        0.79     528,246         0.74   Commercial Paper rate + 50 basis points      December 2010 (4)   

Floating rate secured borrowing (4)

     212,336        0.70     0         0.00  

1-month LIBOR (2)

+ 45 basis points

     December 2010 (4)   

Floating rate secured borrowing (5)

     492,910        0.66     0         0.00   Commercial Paper
rate + 50 basis points
     August 2013 (5)   

Capital lease obligations

     388        6.26     2,268         6.26   6.26% fixed      Various   
                          

Total Other Long-Term Borrowings

     2,786,328          2,428,101           
                          

Total long-term borrowings

   $ 17,705,728        $ 2,428,101           
                          
                                                

 

(1) Upon adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167 on December 1, 2009, the Company consolidated $22.3 billion of securitized loan receivables and the related debt issued from the trusts to third-party investors. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information. Asset-backed securities are collateralized by loan receivables as described in Note 7: Credit Card Securitization Activities.
(2) London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).
(3) The Company uses interest rate swaps to hedge this long-term borrowing against changes in fair value attributable to changes in LIBOR. See Note 23: Derivatives and Hedging Activities.
(4) This loan facility was entered into to fund cash collateral accounts, which provide credit enhancement to certain DCMT certificates. Repayment is dependent upon the available balances of the cash collateral accounts at the various maturities of underlying securitization transactions, with final maturity in December 2010. The facility has two funding agents, one of which re-priced from commercial paper conduit costs to LIBOR-based pricing effective in July 2010.
(5) Under a program established by the U.S. Department of Education, this loan facility was entered into to fund certain federal student loans, which were held for sale at November 30, 2010. Principal and interest payments on the underlying student loans will reduce the balance of the secured borrowing over time, with final maturity in August 2013. However, upon sale of the loans, this loan facility will be repaid.

 

-118-


Table of Contents

Maturities . Long-term borrowings had the following maturities at November 30, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

       Discover Financial
Services
(Consolidated)
     Discover Financial
Services
(Parent Company Only)
 

Due in 2011

   $ 5,132,623       $ 0   

Due in 2012

     3,325,989         0   

Due in 2013

     4,671,605         0   

Due in 2014

     989,294         0   

Due in 2015

     599,819         0   

Thereafter

     2,986,398         791,579   
                 

Total

   $ 17,705,728       $ 791,579   
                 
                   

The Company has an unsecured credit agreement that is effective through May 2012. The agreement provides for a revolving credit commitment of up to $2.4 billion (of which the Company may borrow up to 30% and Discover Bank may borrow up to 100% of the total commitment). As of November 30, 2010, the Company had no outstanding balances due under the facility. The credit agreement provides for a commitment fee on the unused portion of the facility, which can range from 0.07% to 0.175% depending on the index debt ratings. Loans outstanding under the credit facility bear interest at a margin above the Federal Funds rate, LIBOR, the Euro Interbank Offered Rate or the Euro Reference rate. The terms of the credit agreement include various affirmative and negative covenants, including financial covenants related to the maintenance of certain capitalization and tangible net worth levels, and certain double leverage, delinquency and Tier 1 capital to managed loans ratios. The credit agreement also includes customary events of default with corresponding grace periods, including, without limitation, payment defaults, cross-defaults to other agreements evidencing indebtedness for borrowed money and bankruptcy-related defaults. The commitment may be terminated upon an event of default.

The Company also has access to committed undrawn capacity through private securitizations to support the funding of its credit card loan receivables. As of November 30, 2010, the total commitment of secured credit facilities through private providers was $3.8 billion, of which $0.5 billion had been used and was included in long-term borrowings – owed to securitization investors at November 30, 2010. Access to the unused portions of the secured credit facilities expires in 2012 and 2013. Borrowings outstanding under each facility bear interest at a margin above LIBOR or the asset-backed commercial paper costs of each individual conduit provider. The terms of each agreement provide for a commitment fee to be paid on the unused capacity, and include various affirmative and negative covenants, including performance metrics and legal requirements similar to those required to issue any term securitization transaction.

 

12. Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The Company has two stock-based compensation plans: the Discover Financial Services Omnibus Incentive Plan and the Discover Financial Services Directors’ Compensation Plan.

Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Discover Financial Services Omnibus Incentive Plan (“Omnibus Plan”), which is stockholder-approved, provides for the award of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and other stock-based and/or cash awards (collectively, “Awards”). The total number of shares that may be granted is 45 million shares, subject to adjustments for certain transactions as described in the Omnibus Plan document. Shares granted under the Omnibus Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares that the Company acquires in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise.

Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant; these types of awards expire ten years from the grant date and may be subject to restrictions on transfer, vesting requirements, which are set at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, or cancellation under specified circumstances. Stock awards also may be subject to similar restrictions determined at the time of grant under this plan. Certain option and stock awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control or upon certain terminations (as defined in the Omnibus Plan).

 

-119-


Table of Contents

Directors’ Compensation Plan. The Discover Financial Services Directors’ Compensation Plan (the “Directors’ Compensation Plan”), which is stockholder-approved, permits the grant of RSUs to non-employee directors. The total number of units available for grant under the Directors’ Compensation Plan equals the excess, if any, of (i) 500,000 shares over (ii) the sum of (a) the number of shares subject to outstanding awards granted under the Directors’ Compensation Plan and (b) the number of shares previously issued pursuant to the Directors’ Compensation Plan. Shares of stock that are issuable pursuant to the awards granted under the Directors’ Compensation Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or shares that the Company acquires in the open market. Annual awards for eligible directors are calculated by dividing $125,000 by the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of grant and are subject to a restriction period whereby 100% of such units shall vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Salary Paid In Shares. The Company paid a portion of certain employees’ annual base salary in shares. During the year ended November 30, 2010, a total of 454 thousand shares were granted to fund $6.8 million of salary expense. Shares were fully vested at the date of grant and were subject to transfer restrictions which lapse between June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2013 according to the salary stock grant date.

Stock-Based Compensation. The following table details the compensation cost, net of forfeitures, related to each of the above plans (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
       2010      2009      2008  

Restricted stock units

   $ 30,245       $ 42,733       $ 73,020   

Salary paid in shares

     6,820         0         0   

Stock options

     16         156         1,084   
                          

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 37,081       $ 42,889       $ 74,104   
                          

Income tax benefit

   $ 13,762       $ 16,006       $ 27,874   
                            

On July 2, 2007, the Company issued “Founder’s Grants” of RSUs to certain directors, executive officers and employees of the Company in the aggregate amount of $134.1 million, which are subject to various vesting terms of up to four years. In connection with these awards, the Company recognized expense of $8.8 million, $22.9 million and $53.2 million, net of estimated forfeitures, for the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Restricted Stock Unit Activity. The following table sets forth the activity concerning vested and unvested RSUs during the year ended November 30, 2010.

 

       Number
of Shares
    Weighted-Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
    

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

(in thousands)

 

Restricted stock units at November 30, 2009

     5,471,225      $ 18.70      

Granted

     1,353,797      $ 15.08      

Conversions to common stock

     (1,789,664   $ 19.55      

Forfeited

     (170,424   $ 15.65      
             

Restricted stock units at November 30, 2010

     4,864,934      $ 17.48       $ 88,931   
             
                           

 

-120-


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the activity concerning unvested RSUs during the year ended November 30, 2010:

 

       Number
of Shares
    Weighted-Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested restricted stock units at November 30, 2009 (1)

     4,575,914      $ 17.64   

Granted

     1,353,797      $ 15.08   

Vested

     (2,600,562   $ 17.93   

Forfeited

     (170,424   $ 15.65   
                

Unvested restricted stock units at November 30, 2010

     3,158,725      $ 16.41   
                
                  

 

(1) Unvested restricted stock units represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligibility requirements.

Compensation cost associated with restricted stock units is determined based on the number of units granted and the fair value on the date of grant. The fair value is amortized on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures over the requisite service period for each separately vesting tranche of the award. The requisite service period is generally the vesting period.

The following table summarizes the total intrinsic value of the RSUs converted to common stock and the total grant date fair value of RSUs vested (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
       2010      2009      2008  

Intrinsic value of RSUs converted to common stock

   $ 25,727       $ 34,868       $ 21,400   

Grant date fair value of RSUs vested

   $ 46,620       $ 64,973       $ 55,355   

Weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs granted

   $ 15.08       $ 10.36       $ 15.96   
                            

As of November 30, 2010, there was $16.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested RSUs. The cost is expected to be recognized over a total period of 3.4 years and a weighted average period of 1.1 years.

Stock Option Activity. The following table sets forth the activity concerning stock option activity during the year ended November 30, 2010:

 

       Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Options outstanding at November 30, 2009

     4,287,065      $ 19.64         3.24      

Granted (1)

     0           

Exercised

     (13,182   $ 14.73         

Expired

     (361,484   $ 21.43         
                

Options outstanding at November 30, 2010

     3,912,399      $ 19.49         2.52       $ 2,557   
                

Vested and exercisable at November 30, 2010 (2)

     3,912,399      $ 19.49         2.52       $ 2,557   
                                    

 

(1) No stock options have been granted by the Company since its spin-off from Morgan Stanley.
(2) Includes 111,916 shares that vested during fiscal year 2010 with a grant date fair value of $26.91.

Cash received from the exercise of stock options was $194 thousand and the income tax benefit realized from the exercise of stock options was $72 thousand for the year ended November 30, 2010.

 

-121-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the total intrinsic value of options exercised and total fair value of options vested (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
       2010      2009      2008  

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 29       $ 17       $ 733   

Grant date fair value of options vested

   $ 844       $ 4,245       $ 5,273   
                            

As of November 30, 2010, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the Company’s Omnibus Plan.

The Company utilized the Black-Scholes pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option at its date of grant. The fair value was amortized on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Since all options were granted prior to the Company’s spin-off from Morgan Stanley, the expected option life of stock options and the expected dividend yield of stock were determined based upon Morgan Stanley’s historical experience. The expected stock price volatility was determined based upon Morgan Stanley’s historical stock price data over a time period similar to the expected option life. The risk-free interest rate was based on U.S. Treasury Strips with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of grant.

 

13. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors the Discover Financial Services Pension Plan, which is a non-contributory defined benefit plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Qualified Plan”), for eligible employees in the U.S. The Company also sponsors an unfunded supplementary plan (the “Supplemental Plan”) that covers certain executives and the Discover Financial Services 401(k) Plan (the “Discover 401(k) Plan”) for its eligible U.S. employees. However, effective December 2008, the Qualified Plan and the Supplemental Plan were amended to discontinue the accrual of future benefits.

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans. The Qualified and Supplemental Plans generally provide pension benefits that are based on each employee’s years of credited service and on compensation levels specified in the plans. For the Qualified Plan, the Company’s policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). For the Supplemental Plan, the Company’s policy is to fund benefits when amounts are paid to the beneficiaries. The Company also participates in an unfunded postretirement benefit plan that provides medical and life insurance for eligible U.S. retirees and their dependents. All information related to the Qualified Plan and the Supplemental plan in this footnote is presented on an aggregate basis, unless otherwise specified.

Net Periodic Benefit Cost. Net periodic benefit cost expensed by the Company included the following components (dollars in thousands):

 

     Pension     Postretirement  
     For the Years Ended
November 30,
    For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
       2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008  

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

   $ 0      $ 1,022      $ 16,825      $ 1,056      $ 777      $ 1,075   

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     20,858        20,189        19,991        1,386        1,575        1,444   

Expected return on plan assets

     (23,295     (24,107     (24,037     0        0       0  

Net amortization

     1,625        30        (2,239     (3     (150     (465

Net settlements and curtailments (1)

     223        64        (38,891     0        0       0  
                                                

Net periodic benefit (income) cost

   $ (589   $ (2,802   $ (28,351   $ 2,439      $ 2,202      $ 2,054   
                                                
                                                  

 

(1) In December 2008, the Qualified Plan and the Supplemental Plan were amended to discontinue the accrual of future benefits. This was considered a curtailment and resulted in the acceleration of a deferred benefit that resulted from a 2004 change in the Qualified Plan.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income . As of November 30, 2010, pretax amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost consist of (dollars in thousands):

 

       Pension     Postretirement  

Prior service (cost) credit

   $ 10,619      $ 27   

Net (loss) gain

     (163,012     5,511   
                

Total

   $ (152,393   $ 5,538   
                
                  

The estimated portion of the prior service (cost) credit and net (loss) gain above that is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost in 2011 is shown below (dollars in thousands):

 

       Pension     Postretirement  

Prior service (cost) credit

   $ 1,054      $ 2   

Net (loss) gain

     (2,417     200   
                

Total

   $ (1,363   $ 202   
                
                  

Benefit Obligations and Funded Status . The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets as well as a summary of the Company’s funded status (dollars in thousands):

 

     Pension     Postretirement  
     For the Years Ended
November 30,
    For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
       2010     2009     2010     2009  

Reconciliation of benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 359,167      $ 256,414      $ 24,360      $ 20,404   

Service cost

     0        6,430        1,055        1,169   

Interest cost

     20,858        20,189        1,386        1,575   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     20,994        101,410        (3,725     2,740   

Settlements

     (826     (204     0        0  

Plan amendments (1)

     (10,882     0        0        0  

Benefits paid

     (13,020     (25,072     (1,209     (1,528
                                

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 376,291      $ 359,167      $ 21,867      $ 24,360   
                                

Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 305,634      $ 324,637      $ 0      $ 0  

Actual return on plan assets

     28,374        6,069        0        0  

Employer contributions

     826        204        1,209        1,528   

Settlements

     (826     (204     0        0  

Benefits paid

     (13,020     (25,072     (1,209     (1,528
                                

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 320,988      $ 305,634      $ 0      $ 0  
                                

Funded status (recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities)

   $ (55,303   $ (53,533   $ (21,867   $ (24,360
                                
                                  

 

(1) In 2010, the Qualified Plan amended the basis used in computing lump sum benefits. The Plan formerly used the rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities, which was subsequently changed to the rate of interest based on the corporate bond yield curve.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Assumptions . The following table presents the assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:

 

     Pension     Postretirement  
     For the Years Ended
November 30,
    For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
       2010     2009     2010     2009  

Discount rate

     5.64     5.92     5.64     5.92
                                  

The following table presents the assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

 

     Pension     Postretirement  
     For the Years Ended November 30,     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008  

Discount rate

     5.92     8.08     6.36     5.92     8.08     6.36

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

     6.75     6.75     6.75     N/A        N/A        N/A   

Rate of future compensation increases

     N/A        N/A        4.53     N/A        N/A        N/A   
                                                  

For the Qualified Plan, the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was estimated by computing a weighted average return of the underlying long-term expected returns on the different asset classes, based on the target asset allocations. Asset class return assumptions are created by integrating information on past capital market performance, current levels of key economic indicators, and the market insights of investment professionals. Individual asset classes are analyzed as part of a larger system, acknowledging both the interaction between asset classes and the influence of larger macroeconomic variables such as inflation and economic growth on the entire structure of capital markets. Medium and long-term economic outlooks for the U.S. and other major industrial economies are forecast in order to understand the range of possible economic scenarios and evaluate their likelihood. Historical relationships between key economic variables and asset class performance patterns are analyzed using empirical models. Finally, comprehensive asset class performance projections are created by blending descriptive asset class characteristics with capital market insight and the initial economic analyses. The expected long-term return on plan assets is a long-term assumption that generally is expected to remain the same from one year to the next but is adjusted when there is a significant change in the target asset allocation, the fees and expenses paid by the plan.

The following table presents assumed health care cost trend rates used to determine the postretirement benefit obligations:

 

     For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
       2010     2009  

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year:

    

Medical

     7.00% – 7.70     7.00% – 7.90

Prescription

     9.20     9.60

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

     5.00     5.00

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     2027        2027   
                  

Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans. As of November 30, 2010, a one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects (dollars in thousands):

 

       One Percentage
Point Increase
     One Percentage
Point Decrease
 

Effect on total of service and interest cost

   $ 32       $ (12

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

   $ 194       $ (170
                   

 

-124-


Table of Contents

Qualified Plan Assets . The targeted asset allocation for 2011 by asset class was 35%, 65% and 0% for equity securities, fixed income securities and other investments, respectively. The asset allocation for the Qualified Plan at November 30, 2009 was 60% for fixed income securities, 38% for equity securities and 2% for other securities.

The Company determined the asset allocation targets for the Qualified Plan based on its assessment of business and financial conditions, demographic and actuarial data, funding characteristics and related risk factors. Other relevant factors, including industry practices and long-term historical and prospective capital market returns were considered as well.

The Qualified Plan return objectives provide long-term measures for monitoring the investment performance against growth in the pension obligations. The overall allocation is expected to help protect the Qualified Plan’s funded status while generating sufficiently stable real returns (net of inflation) to help cover current and future benefit payments. Total Qualified Plan portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual returns with relevant benchmarks, such as the by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index, the Russell 2000 Index, the MSCI EAFE Index and, in the case of the fixed income portfolio, the Qualified Plan’s liability profile.

Both the equity and fixed income portions of the asset allocation use a combination of active and passive investment strategies and different investment styles. The fixed income asset allocation consists of longer duration fixed income securities in order to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better correlate assets with obligations. The longer duration fixed income allocation is expected to help stabilize plan contributions over the long term.

The asset mix of the Qualified Plan is reviewed by the Discover Financial Services Retirement Plan Investment Committee (the “Investment Committee”) on a regular basis. When asset class exposure reaches a minimum or maximum level, an asset allocation review process is initiated and the portfolio is automatically rebalanced back to target allocation levels, unless the Investment Committee determines otherwise.

The Investment Committee has determined to allocate no more than 10% of the Qualified Plan assets to “alternative” asset classes that provide attractive diversification benefits, absolute return enhancement and/or other potential benefit to the plan. Allocations to alternative asset classes will be made based upon an evaluation of particular attributes and relevant considerations of each asset class.

Derivative instruments are permitted in the Qualified Plan’s portfolio only to the extent that they comply with all of the plan’s policy guidelines and are consistent with the plan’s risk and return objectives. In addition, any investment in derivatives must meet the following conditions:

 

   

Derivatives may be used only if the vehicle is deemed by the investment manager to be more attractive than a similar direct investment in the underlying cash market; or if the vehicle is being used to manage risk of the portfolio.

 

   

Under no circumstances may derivatives be used in a speculative manner or to leverage the portfolio.

 

   

Derivatives may not be used as short-term trading vehicles. The investment philosophy of the Qualified Plan is that investment activity is undertaken for long-term investment, rather than short-term trading.

 

   

Derivatives may only be used in the management of the Qualified Plan’s portfolio when their possible effects can be quantified, shown to enhance the risk-return profile of the portfolio and reported in a meaningful and understandable manner.

As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to a respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. The purpose of the use of derivatives is to enhance investment in the underlying assets, not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.

Fair Value Measurements . The Qualified Plan’s assets are stated at fair value. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and are used as the basis for the measurement, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, the estimate of the fair value is based on the best information available in the circumstances. The table below presents information about the Qualified Plan assets and indicates the level within the fair value hierarchy, as

 

-125-


Table of Contents

defined by ASC 820, with which each item is associated. For a description of the fair value hierarchy, see Note 22: Fair Value Disclosures. (Dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Year Ended November 30, 2010  
       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total     

Asset

Allocation

 

Long-duration U.S. fixed income fund

   $ 0       $ 205,695       $ 0       $ 205,695         64

Registered Investment Company – International equity fund

     19,400         0         0         19,400         6

Common Collective Trusts:

              

International equity fund

     0         18,062         0         18,062         6

Domestic large cap equity fund

     0         68,624         0         68,624         21

Domestic small cap equity fund

     0         9,207         0         9,207         3
                                            

Total

   $ 19,400       $ 301,588       $ 0       $ 320,988         100
                                            
                                              

The investments that are categorized as Level 2 assets primarily consist of common collective trusts, and group annuity contract consisting of a domestic equity fund and a stable value product. The common collective trusts and the domestic equity fund are public investment vehicles valued using the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) provided by the administrator of the fund. The NAV is quoted on a private market that is not active; however, the unit price is based on underlying investments that are traded on an active market. The fair value of the stable value product is calculated as the present value of future cash flows.

Cash Flows . The Company expects to contribute approximately $1.5 million to its postretirement benefit plans for 2011.

Expected benefit payments associated with the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans for the next five years and in aggregate for the years thereafter are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

       Pension      Postretirement  

2011

   $ 11,805       $ 1,469   

2012

   $ 12,233       $ 1,520   

2013

   $ 12,699       $ 1,575   

2014

   $ 13,224       $ 1,607   

2015

   $ 13,739       $ 1,653   

Following five years thereafter

   $ 84,964       $ 9,658   
                   

Discover 401(k) Awards. Under the Discover 401(k) Plan, eligible U.S. employees of the Company receive 401(k) matching contributions. Effective January 1, 2009, eligible employees also receive fixed employer contributions and, if eligible, employer transition credit contributions. The pretax expense associated with the 401(k) match for the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $31.7 million, $33.7 million and $15.4 million, respectively.

 

14. Common and Preferred Stock

On March 13, 2009, the Company issued and sold to the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) under the Capital Purchase Program (i) 1,224,558 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “senior preferred stock”) and (ii) a ten-year warrant to purchase 20,500,413 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, (the “warrant”) for an aggregate purchase price of $1.225 billion. The senior preferred stock paid a cumulative dividend rate of 5% per year for the first five years. The warrant had a 10-year term and was immediately exercisable upon issuance, with an exercise price equal to $8.96 per share of common stock. Of the aggregate amount of $1.225 billion received, approximately $1.15 billion was attributable to the senior preferred stock and approximately $75 million was attributable to the warrant, based on the relative fair values of these instruments on the date of issuance. The value of the warrant was initially scheduled to accrete over a period of five years through a reduction to retained earnings on an effective yield basis. The Company used a discounted cash flow analysis to determine the fair value of the senior preferred stock, which included the following key assumptions: (i) a discount rate of 15%, (ii) a dividend rate for the first five years of 5% and (iii) a dividend rate after five years of 9%. The

 

-126-


Table of Contents

Company used a binomial lattice model to determine the fair value of the warrant, which included the following key assumptions: (i) volatility of 50%, (ii) an exercise price of $8.96, (iii) a dividend yield of 2.57% and (iv) the ten-year risk-free rate of 3.5%. The resulting fair values of the preferred stock and stock warrants were used to allocate the aggregate purchase price of $1.225 billion on a pro rata basis. The Company used the effective interest rate method to amortize the discount and the senior preferred stock.

On April 21, 2010, the Company completed the repurchase of all the outstanding shares of the senior preferred stock for $1.2 billion, at which time the Company also accelerated the accretion of the remaining discount on the senior preferred stock of $61 million. On July 7, 2010, the Company repurchased the warrant from the U.S Treasury for $172 million.

During the year ended November 30, 2009, the Company raised approximately $534 million in capital through the issuance of 60,054,055 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01, at a public offering price of $9.25 per share ($8.89 per share net of underwriter discounts and commissions). This included 6,000,000 shares sold pursuant to the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.

 

15. Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

      

Net
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)

on
Securities

    Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
    Adjustments
Related to
Pension and
Other Post
Retirement
Benefits
    Derivatives      Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance at November 30, 2007

   $ (3,061   $ 48,358      $ (13,265   $ 0       $ 32,032   

Net unrealized losses on investment securities, net of tax benefit of $29,124 (1)

     (50,158     0        0        0         (50,158

Foreign currency translation, net of tax (2)

     0        (21,282     0        0         (21,282

Realization of foreign currency translation upon sale of Goldfish business

     0        (27,076     0        0         (27,076

Amortization of losses related to pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax (3)

     0        0        146        0         146   
                                         

Balance at November 30, 2008

     (53,219     0        (13,119     0         (66,338

Net unrealized losses on investment securities, net of tax benefit of $5,594 (1)

     (8,527     0        0        0         (8,527

Amortization of losses related to pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax benefit of $46,335 (3)

     0        0        (79,953     0         (79,953
                                         

Balance at November 30, 2009

     (61,746     0        (93,072     0         (154,818

Adoption of ASC 810 (FASB Statement No. 167), net of tax expense of $46,470

     78,561        0        0        0         78,561   

Net unrealized losses on investment securities, net of tax benefit of $2,493 (1)

     (4,213     0        0        0         (4,213

Net unrealized gain reversed upon the liquidation of an investment security, net of tax benefit of $2,774 (1)

     (4,681     0        0        0         (4,681

Amortization of gains related to pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax (3)

     0       0        78        0         78   

Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges, net of tax expense of $1,497 (4)

     0        0        0        2,525         2,525   
                                         

Balance at November 30, 2010

   $ 7,921      $ 0      $ (92,994   $ 2,525       $ (82,548
                                         
                                           

 

(1) Represents the difference between the fair value and amortized cost of available-for-sale investment securities.
(2) Represents translation gains and losses relating to the Company’s Goldfish business resulting from the change in exchange rates, primarily of the British pound, and the related tax effects.
(3) Represents amortization of losses related to pension and postretirement benefits in accordance with ASC 715-30-25.
(4) Represents unrealized gains (losses) related to effective portion of cash flow hedges.

 

-127-


Table of Contents

 

16. Other Income and Other Expense

Income from fee products includes the following components (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010 (1)             2009            2008        

Debt deferment/debt cancellation

   $ 234,158       $ 125,621       $ 93,835   

Identity theft protection

     99,873         92,557         80,840   

Other fee products

     78,466         76,888         75,130   
                          

Total fee products

   $ 412,497       $ 295,066       $ 249,805   
                          
                            

 

(1) The amounts at November 30, 2010 include income from securitized loans as a result of the consolidation of the securitization trusts upon adoption of Statement No. 167 on December 1, 2009. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information.

Total other income includes the following components (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010             2009              2008          

Royalty and licensee revenue

   $ 70,645      $ 72,636       $ 27,605   

Gain from sales of merchant contracts

     13,688        17,511         34,324   

Referral of declined applications

     4,982        12,954         27,061   

Charge related to loans sold and held for sale

     (23,307     0         0   

Other income

     23,800        35,701         49,991   
                         

Total other income

   $ 89,808      $ 138,802       $ 138,981   
                         
                           

Total other expense includes the following components (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010              2009              2008          

Postage

   $ 82,951       $ 92,914       $ 100,221   

Fraud losses

     43,948         58,383         74,448   

Supplies

     19,852         23,313         27,200   

Credit bureau inquiry fees

     14,218         16,923         19,550   

Other expense

     84,928         142,300         72,264   
                          

Total other expense

   $ 245,897       $ 333,833       $ 293,683   
                          
                            

 

17. Income Taxes

Income tax expense consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010              2009             2008          

Current:

       

U.S. federal

   $ 320,739       $ 759,683      $ 820,180   

U.S. state and local

     68,313         143,610        67,696   

International

     2,438         3,415        907   
                         

Total

     391,490         906,708        888,783   

Deferred:

       

U.S. federal

     107,720         (50,110     (268,785

U.S. state and local

     4,861         (11,612     (25,306

International

     0         (273     0  
                         

Total

     112,581         (61,995     (294,091
                         

Income tax expense

   $ 504,071       $ 844,713      $ 594,692   
                         
                           

 

-128-


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles the Company’s effective tax rate to the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate:

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010     2009     2008  

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

U.S. state and local income taxes and other, net of U.S. federal income tax benefits

     4.1        4.1        2.5   

Valuation allowance – capital loss

     0.0        1.1        0.0   

State examinations and settlements

     0.0        0.0        (0.9

Other

     0.6        (0.4     (0.7
                        

Effective income tax rate

     39.7     39.8     35.9
                        
                          

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The Company evaluates the likelihood of realizing its deferred tax assets by estimating sources of future taxable income and the impact of tax planning strategies. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred income taxes, which are included in other assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition, were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     November 30,  
       2010     2009  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses (1)

   $ 1,264,069      $ 703,563   

Compensation and benefits

     67,263        68,219   

Unrealized gains/losses

     0        72,585   

Customer fees and rewards

     126,197        51,123   

State income taxes

     75,503        0   

Other

     76,030        126,705   
                

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

     1,609,062        1,022,195   

Valuation allowance

     (22,876     (24,545
                

Total deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowance)

     1,586,186        997,650   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and software amortization

     (41,550     (48,421

Securitizations

     0        (45,209

Unrealized gains/losses

     (2,393     0   

Unearned income

     (33,386     (41,593

Other

     (39,652     (72,900
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (116,981     (208,123
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 1,469,205      $ 789,527   
                
                  

 

(1) The amount at November 30, 2010 includes deferred tax assets related to the allowance for loan losses on securitized loans as a result of the consolidation of the securitization trusts upon adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167 on December 1, 2009. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information.

Included in other deferred tax assets at November 30, 2010, is a $62.6 million capital loss carryforward for U.S. federal income tax purposes with a tax benefit of $21.9 million that expires in 2013 and capital loss carryforwards for state purposes with a tax benefit of $1.0 million that expire between 2013 and 2023. These deferred tax assets were created in connection with the sale of the Goldfish business in March 2008. In 2009, the Company concluded there was no prudent or feasible tax planning strategy that would allow it to realize the benefits of substantially all the federal and state capital losses within the carryforward period. As a result, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets in 2009. In 2010, the capital loss was revalued based on a change in estimate related to capital gains generated in prior years.

 

-129-


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010     2009     2008  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 305,721      $ 285,619      $ 248,368   

Additions:

      

Current year tax positions

     10,016        41,943        20,270   

Prior year tax positions

     134,420        32,089        33,597   

Reductions:

      

Prior year tax positions

     (68,843     (19,719     (12,696

Settlements with taxing authorities

     (6,786     (32,508     (2,364

Expired statute of limitations

     (1,273     (1,703     (1,556
                        

Balance at end of period (1)

   $ 373,255      $ 305,721      $ 285,619   
                        
                          

 

(1) For the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the balance at end of period included $100.2 million, $81.9 million and $65.8 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits, which, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. During the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recognized $29.8 million, $8.9 million and $13.7 million, respectively, of interest and penalties in the consolidated statement of income related to unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has $68.3 million and $38.5 million accrued in the consolidated statement of financial position for the payment of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as of November 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The changes primarily relate to the revaluation of existing federal and state tax issues.

The Company is under continuous examination by the IRS and the tax authorities for various states. The tax years under examination vary by jurisdiction; for example, the current IRS examination covers 1999 through 2005, which is in IRS administrative appeals. The Company is being audited for tax years 2006 through June 30, 2007 (the approximate date of our spin-off from Morgan Stanley), which commenced in November 2010. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from these and subsequent years’ examinations. As part of its audit of 1999 through 2005, the IRS has proposed additional tax assessments. In August 2010, the Company filed an appeal with the IRS to protest the proposed adjustments. The Company does not anticipate that resolution of this matter will occur within the next twelve months as it is in the preliminary stage. Due to the uncertainty of the outcome of the appeal, the Company is unable to determine if the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months. However, the Company believes that its reserve is sufficient to cover any penalties and interest that would result in an increase in federal taxes due.

 

18. Earnings Per Share

Effective December 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance on earnings per share, which clarifies that unvested stock-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends are participating securities and should be included in computing earnings per share (“EPS”) using the two-class method. The Company grants restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to certain employees under its stock-based compensation programs, which entitle the recipients to receive nonforfeitable dividend equivalents in the same amount and at the same time as dividends paid to all common stockholders; these unvested awards meet the definition of participating securities. Under the two-class method, all earnings (distributed and undistributed) are allocated to each class of common stock and participating securities, based on their respective rights to receive dividends. In accordance with the transition guidance, prior period EPS amounts have been restated to conform to current period presentation, although there was no material impact on the previously reported basic or diluted EPS.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010     2009     2008  

Numerator:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 764,788      $ 1,276,185      $ 1,062,913   

Preferred stock dividends

     (23,811     (43,880     0   

Preferred stock discount accretion

     (66,492     (9,375     0   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     0        0        (135,163
                        

Net income available to common stockholders

     674,485        1,222,930        927,750   

Income allocated to participating securities

     (6,547     (15,965     (17,240
                        

Net income allocated to common stockholders

   $ 667,938      $ 1,206,965      $ 910,510   
                        

Denominator:

      

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding

     544,058        504,550        479,335   

Effect of dilutive common stock equivalents

     4,702        3,357        22   
                        

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding and common stock equivalents

     548,760        507,907        479,357   

Basic earnings per share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.23      $ 2.39      $ 2.18   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     0        0        (0.28
                        

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 1.23      $ 2.39      $ 1.90   
                        

Diluted earnings per share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.22      $ 2.38      $ 2.18   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     0        0        (0.28
                        

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 1.22      $ 2.38      $ 1.90   
                        
                          

The following securities were considered anti-dilutive and therefore were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS (shares in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended, November, 30,  
       2010              2009              2008          

Unexercised stock options

     3,398         4,385         4,241   
                            

 

19. Capital Adequacy

The Company is subject to capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, and Discover Bank (the “Bank”), the Company’s main banking subsidiary, is subject to various regulatory capital requirements as administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in the initiation of certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial position and results of the Company and the Bank. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items, as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (as defined in the regulations) of total risk-based capital and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. As of November 30, 2010, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject.

Under regulatory capital requirements, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum levels of capital that are dependent upon the risk-weighted amount or average level of the financial institution’s assets, specifically (a) 8% to 10% of total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets (“total risk-based capital ratio”), (b) 4% to 6% of Tier 1 capital to

 

-131-


Table of Contents

risk-weighted assets (“Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio”) and (c) 4% to 5% of Tier 1 capital to average assets (“Tier 1 leverage ratio”). To be categorized as “well-capitalized,” the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. As of November 30, 2010, the Company and the Bank met the requirements for well-capitalized status and there have been no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Company’s or the Bank’s category.

The following table shows the actual capital amounts and ratios of the Company and the Bank as of November 30, 2010 and 2009 and comparisons of each to the regulatory minimum and “well-capitalized” requirements (dollars in thousands):

 

     Actual     Minimum Capital
Requirements
    Capital Requirements To Be
Classified as Well-Capitalized
 
       Amount      Ratio     Amount               Ratio     Amount                       Ratio          

November 30, 2010 (1) :

                     

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

                     

Discover Financial Services

   $ 7,946,619         15.9   $ 3,989,689       ³           8.0   $ 4,987,111       ³           10.0

Discover Bank

   $ 7,817,205         15.9   $ 3,923,344       ³           8.0   $ 4,904,180       ³           10.0

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

                     

Discover Financial Services

   $ 6,095,000         12.2   $ 1,994,844       ³           4.0   $ 2,992,266       ³           6.0

Discover Bank

   $ 5,975,824         12.2   $ 1,961,672       ³           4.0   $ 2,942,508       ³           6.0

Tier I capital (to average assets)

                     

Discover Financial Services

   $ 6,095,000         9.9   $ 2,464,324       ³           4.0   $ 3,080,406       ³           5.0

Discover Bank

   $ 5,975,824         9.8   $ 2,431,610       ³           4.0   $ 3,039,512       ³           5.0

November 30, 2009:

                     

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

                     

Discover Financial Services

   $ 9,516,965         17.9   $ 4,262,230       ³           8.0   $ 5,327,788       ³           10.0

Discover Bank

   $ 8,210,450         15.8   $ 4,168,103       ³           8.0   $ 5,210,129       ³           10.0

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

                     

Discover Financial Services

   $ 8,139,309         15.3   $ 2,131,115       ³           4.0   $ 3,196,673       ³           6.0

Discover Bank

   $ 6,572,320         12.6   $ 2,084,052       ³           4.0   $ 3,126,077       ³           6.0

Tier I capital (to average assets)

                     

Discover Financial Services

   $ 8,139,309         18.1   $ 1,798,937       ³           4.0   $ 2,248,672       ³           5.0

Discover Bank

   $ 6,572,320         15.9   $ 1,657,397       ³           4.0   $ 2,071,746       ³           5.0
                                                                       

 

(1) Upon adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167 on December 1, 2009, the Company recorded a $1.4 billion reduction to retained earnings, which reduced total capital and Tier 1 capital by the same amount, and a $21.1 billion increase to total assets, which impacted average assets. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information. Risk-weighted assets were not significantly impacted by the adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167 as the Company began including securitized assets in its risk-weighted asset calculation beginning in the third quarter 2009 due to actions it took to adjust the credit enhancement structure of the securitization trusts.

The amount of dividends that a bank may pay in any year is subject to certain regulatory restrictions. Under the current banking regulations, a bank may not pay dividends if such a payment would leave the bank inadequately capitalized. In the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, Discover Bank paid dividends of $125 million, $0 and $95 million, respectively, to the Company.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

 

20. Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

Lease commitments . The Company leases various office space and equipment under capital and non-cancelable operating leases which expire at various dates through 2018. At November 30, 2010, future minimum payments on leases with original terms in excess of one year consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

       Capitalized
Leases
     Operating
Leases
 

2011

   $ 395       $ 5,843   

2012

     0         6,362   

2013

     0         4,854   

2014

     0         4,797   

2015

     0         4,935   

Thereafter

     0         12,093   
                 

Total minimum lease payments

     395       $ 38,884   
           

Less: Amount representing interest

     7      
           

Present value of net minimum lease payments

   $ 388      
           
                   

Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally provide for rent and operating expense escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges. Total rent expense under operating lease agreements, which considers contractual escalations, was $14.2 million, $15.0 million and $15.1 million for the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Unused commitments to extend credit . At November 30, 2010, the Company had unused commitments to extend credit for consumer and commercial loans of approximately $165 billion. Such commitments arise primarily from agreements with customers for unused lines of credit on certain credit cards and certain other consumer loan products, provided there is no violation of conditions in the related agreement. These commitments, substantially all of which the Company can terminate at any time and which do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, are periodically reviewed based on account usage, customer creditworthiness and loan qualification.

Secured Borrowing Representations and Warranties . As part of the Company’s financing activities, the Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets pledged as collateral in secured borrowing arrangements conform to specified guidelines. Due diligence is performed by the Company which is intended to ensure that asset guideline qualifications are met. If the assets pledged as collateral do not meet certain conforming guidelines, the Company may be required to replace, repurchase or sell such assets. In its credit card securitization activities, the Company would replace nonconforming receivables through the allocation of excess seller’s interest or from additional transfers from the unrestricted pool of receivables. If the Company could not add enough receivables to satisfy the requirement, an early amortization (or repayment) of investors’ interests would be triggered.

The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of third-party investor interests in credit card asset-backed securities plus the principal amount of any other outstanding secured borrowings. The Company has recorded substantially all of the maximum potential amount of future payments in long-term borrowings on the Company’s statement of financial condition. The Company has not recorded any incremental contingent liability associated with its secured borrowing representations and warranties. Management believes that the probability of having to replace, repurchase or sell assets pledged as collateral under secured borrowing arrangements, including an early amortization event, is low.

Guarantees . The Company has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, which contingently require the Company to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party, rate or index. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the Company to make payments to a guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement. The Company’s use of guarantees is disclosed below by type of guarantee.

 

-133-


Table of Contents

Counterparty Settlement Guarantees. Diners Club and DFS Services LLC, on behalf of PULSE, have various counterparty exposures, which are listed below.

 

   

Merchant Guarantee . Diners Club has entered into contractual relationships with certain international merchants, which generally include travel-related businesses, for the benefit of all Diners Club licensees. The licensees hold the primary liability to settle the transactions of their customers with these merchants. However, Diners Club retains a counterparty exposure if a licensee fails to meet its financial payment obligation to one of these merchants.

 

   

ATM Guarantee. PULSE entered into contractual relationships with certain international ATM acquirers in which DFS Services LLC retains counterparty exposure if an issuer fails to fulfill its settlement obligation.

The maximum potential amount of future payments related to such contingent obligations is dependent upon the transaction volume processed between the time a counterparty defaults on its settlement and the time at which the Company disables the settlement of any further transactions for the defaulting party, which could be up to one month depending on the type of guarantee/counterparty. However, there is no limitation on the maximum amount the Company may be liable to pay. The actual amount of the potential exposure cannot be quantified as the Company cannot determine whether particular counterparties will fail to meet their settlement obligations. While the Company has some contractual remedies to offset these counterparty settlement exposures (such as letters of credit or pledged deposits), in the event that all licensees and/or issuers were to become unable to settle their transactions, the Company estimates its maximum potential counterparty exposures to these settlement guarantees, based on historical transaction volume of up to one month, would be as follows:

 

      

For the Year Ended

November 30,

2010

 

Diners Club:

  

Merchant guarantee (in millions)

   $ 224   

PULSE:

  

ATM guarantee (in thousands)

   $ 910   
          

With regard to the counterparty settlement guarantees discussed above, the Company believes that the estimated amounts of maximum potential future payments are not representative of the Company’s actual potential loss exposure given Diners Club’s and PULSE’s insignificant historical losses from these counterparty exposures. As of November 30, 2010, the Company had not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these counterparty exposures, and management believes that the probability of any payments under these arrangements is low.

The Company also retains counterparty exposure for the obligations of Diners Club licensees that participate in the Citishare network, an electronic funds processing network. Through the Citishare network, Diners Club customers are able to access certain ATMs directly connected to the Citishare network. The Company’s maximum potential future payment under this counterparty exposure is limited to $15 million, subject to annual adjustment based on actual transaction experience. However, as of November 30, 2010, the Company had not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements related to this counterparty exposure, and management believes that the probability of any payments under this arrangement is low.

Merchant Chargeback Guarantees . The Company issues credit cards and owns and operates the Discover Network. The Company is contingently liable for certain transactions processed on the Discover Network in the event of a dispute between the credit card customer and a merchant. The contingent liability arises if the disputed transaction involves a merchant or merchant acquirer with whom the Discover Network has a direct relationship. If a dispute is resolved in the customer’s favor, the Discover Network will credit or refund the disputed amount to the Discover Network card issuer, who in turn credits its customer’s account. The Discover Network will then charge back the transaction to the merchant or merchant acquirer. If the Discover Network is unable to collect the amount from the merchant or merchant acquirer, it will bear the loss for the amount credited or refunded to the customer. In most instances, a payment obligation by the Discover Network is unlikely to arise because most products or services are delivered when purchased, and credits are issued by

 

-134-


Table of Contents

merchants on returned items in a timely fashion. However, where the product or service is not scheduled to be provided to the customer until some later date following the purchase, the likelihood of a contingent payment obligation by the Discover Network increases.

The maximum potential amount of future payments related to such contingent obligations is estimated to be the portion of the total Discover Network transaction volume processed to date for which timely and valid disputes may be raised under applicable law and relevant issuer and customer agreements. There is no limitation on the maximum amount the Company may be liable to pay. However, the Company believes that such amount is not representative of the Company’s actual potential loss exposure based on the Company’s historical experience. The actual amount of the potential exposure cannot be quantified as the Company cannot determine whether the current or cumulative transaction volumes may include or result in disputed transactions.

The table below summarizes certain information regarding merchant chargeback guarantees:

 

     For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
       2010      2009      2008  

Losses related to merchant chargebacks (in thousands)

   $ 2,331       $ 5,836       $ 10,459   

Aggregate transaction volume (in millions) (1)

   $ 99,838       $ 93,257       $ 98,726   
                            

 

(1) Represents period transactions processed on the Discover Network to which a potential liability exists which, in aggregate, can differ from credit card sales volume.

The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements related to merchant chargeback guarantees at November 30, 2010 and November 30, 2009. The Company mitigates this risk by withholding settlement from merchants or obtaining escrow deposits from certain merchant acquirers or merchants that are considered higher risk due to various factors such as time delays in the delivery of products or services. The table below provides information regarding the settlement withholdings and escrow deposits, which are recorded in interest-bearing deposit accounts and accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition (in thousands):

 

     November 30,  
       2010      2009  

Settlement withholdings and escrow deposits

   $ 30,483       $ 38,129   
                   

 

21. Litigation

In the normal course of business, from time to time, the Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions, and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. The Company has historically relied on the arbitration clause in its cardmember agreements, which has in some instances limited the costs of, and the Company’s exposure to, litigation, but there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to be successful in enforcing its arbitration clause in the future. Legal challenges to the enforceability of these clauses have led most card issuers and may cause the Company to discontinue their use, and there are bills pending in Congress to directly or indirectly prohibit the use of pre-dispute arbitration clauses. Further, the Company is involved in pending legal actions challenging its arbitration clause. The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental agencies regarding the Company’s business including, among other matters, accounting, tax and operational matters, some of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions, or other relief. For example, the Company received a notice of proposed assessment from the IRS related to its audit of our 1999-2005 tax years as further discussed in Note 17: Income Taxes. Litigation and regulatory actions could also adversely affect the reputation of the Company.

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or

 

-135-


Table of Contents

indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved, or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of the pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such matters could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular future period, depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s income for such period.

Bennett et al. v. Discover Card . On November 16, 2010, a putative class action lawsuit was filed against the Company by a cardmember in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California (Michele Bennett et al. v. Discover Card, a/k/a DFS Services LLC). The plaintiff alleges that the Company contacted her, and members of the putative class, on their cellular telephones without their express consent in violation of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”). The TCPA provides for statutory damages of $500 for each violation ($1,500 for willful violations). Plaintiff seeks statutory damages for alleged negligent and willful violations of the TCPA, attorneys’ fees, costs and injunctive relief. The Company will seek to vigorously defend all claims asserted against it. The Company is not in a position at this time to assess the likely outcome or its exposure, if any, with respect to this matter.

Payment Protection Cases . On December 6, 2010, the Attorney General for the State of Minnesota filed a lawsuit against the Company in the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota (Minnesota v. Discover Financial Services, Discover Bank and DFS Services, LLC). The lawsuit challenges the Company’s enrollment of Discover cardmembers in its various fee based products under Minnesota law. The remedies sought in the lawsuit include an injunction prohibiting the Company from engaging in the alleged violations, restitution for all persons allegedly injured by the complained of practices, civil penalties and costs. The Company will seek to vigorously defend all claims asserted against it. The Company is not in a position at this time to assess the likely outcome or its exposure, if any, with respect to this matter.

As of November 30, 2010, there were four putative class action cases pending in relation to the sale of the Company’s payment protection fee product. The cases were filed (all in United States District Courts) on July 8, 2010 in the Northern District of California (Walker, et al. v. DFS, Inc. and Discover Bank; subsequently transferred to the Northern District of Illinois); July 16, 2010 in the Central District of California (Conroy v. Discover Financial Services and Discover Bank); October 22, 2010 in the District of South Carolina (Alexander v. Discover Financial Services, Inc.; DFS Services, LLC; Discover Bank; and Morgan Stanley); and November 5, 2010 in the Northern District of Illinois (Callahan v. Discover Financial Services, Inc. and Discover Bank). Subsequent to November 30, 2010, two additional cases were filed on December 17, 2010 in the Western District of Tennessee (Sack v. DFS Services, LLC; Discover Financial Services, Inc.; and Discover Bank) and January 14, 2011 in the Eastern District of Pennsylvania (Boyce v. DFS Services LLC; Discover Financial Services Inc.; Discover Bank). Each of these lawsuits challenges the Company’s marketing practices with respect to its payment protection fee product to its cardmembers under various state laws and the Truth in Lending Act. The plaintiffs seek monetary remedies including unspecified damages and restitution, attorneys’ fees and costs, and various forms of injunctive relief including an order rescinding the payment protection fee product enrollments of all class members. The Company will seek to vigorously defend all claims asserted against it. The Company is not in a position at this time to assess the likely outcome or its exposure, if any, with respect to this matter.

Morgan Stanley Special Dividend Agreement. The Company filed a lawsuit captioned Discover Financial Services, Inc. v. Visa USA Inc., MasterCard Inc. et al. in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on October 4, 2004. Through this lawsuit the Company sought to recover substantial damages and other appropriate relief in connection with Visa’s and MasterCard’s illegal anticompetitive practices that, among other things, foreclosed the Company from the credit and debit network services markets. The Company executed an agreement to settle the lawsuit with MasterCard and Visa for up to $2.75 billion on October 27, 2008, which became effective on November 4, 2008 upon receipt of the approval of Visa’s Class B shareholders. At the time of the Company’s 2007 spin-off from Morgan Stanley, the Company entered into an agreement with Morgan Stanley regarding the manner in which the antitrust case against Visa and MasterCard was to be pursued and settled, and how proceeds of the litigation were to be shared (the “Special Dividend Agreement”).

On October 21, 2008, Morgan Stanley filed a lawsuit against the Company in New York Supreme Court for New York County seeking a declaration that Morgan Stanley did not breach the Special Dividend Agreement, did not interfere with any of the Company’s existing or prospective agreements for resolution of the antitrust case against Visa and MasterCard, and that Morgan Stanley is entitled to receive a portion of the settlement proceeds as set forth in the Special Dividend Agreement. On November 18, 2008, the Company filed its response to Morgan Stanley’s lawsuit, which

 

-136-


Table of Contents

included counterclaims against Morgan Stanley for interference with the Company’s efforts to resolve the antitrust lawsuit against Visa and MasterCard and willful and material breach of the Special Dividend Agreement, which expressly provided that the Company would have sole control over the investigation, prosecution and resolution of the antitrust lawsuit.

Subsequent to a ruling by the New York State Court, the Company estimated that the amount that was probable it would owe to Morgan Stanley was $837.7 million as of November 30, 2009. Of this amount, $808.8 million was recorded as Special dividend – Morgan Stanley in liabilities on the statement of financial condition with an offset to retained earnings and $28.9 million of interest related to delayed payment was recorded in other expense. On February 11, 2010, the Company entered into a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release with Morgan Stanley, in which each party released and discharged the other party from claims related to the sharing of proceeds from the antitrust suit against Visa and MasterCard. On the same day, the Company entered into a First Amendment to the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of June 29, 2007 (the “First Amendment”) with Morgan Stanley. The First Amendment provides that payments that Morgan Stanley receives from the Company in connection with the settlement of the antitrust litigation with Visa and MasterCard shall not exceed a total of $775 million, inclusive of any accrued and unpaid interest and fees under the agreement. In addition, on the same day, the Company paid Morgan Stanley $775 million from restricted cash held in an escrow account in complete satisfaction of its obligations under the Special Dividend Agreement.

Upon payment of the $775 million on February 11, 2010, the Company reversed the $28.9 million that had been recorded in other expense in the fourth quarter 2009 and recorded a reduction to the liability attributable to the special dividend from $808.8 million to $775 million with an offsetting increase to retained earnings.

 

22. Fair Value Disclosures

The Company is required to disclose the fair value of financial instruments for which it is practical to estimate fair value. To obtain fair values, observable market prices are used if available. In some instances, observable market prices are not readily available and fair value is determined using present value or other techniques appropriate for a particular financial instrument. These techniques involve some degree of judgment and, as a result, are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company would realize in a current market exchange. The use of different assumptions or estimation techniques may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

The following table provides the estimated fair values of financial instruments (dollars in thousands):

 

     November 30, 2010      November 30, 2009  
      

Carrying

Value

    

Estimated

Fair Value

    

Carrying

Value

    

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Financial Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,098,733       $ 5,098,733       $ 13,020,719       $ 13,020,719   

Restricted cash – special dividend escrow

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 643,311       $ 643,311   

Restricted cash – for securitization investors (1)

   $ 1,363,758       $ 1,363,758       $ 0       $ 0   

Other short-term investments

   $ 375,000       $ 375,000       $ 1,350,000       $ 1,350,000   

Investment securities:

           

Available-for-sale (1)

   $ 5,002,579       $ 5,002,579       $ 2,645,481       $ 2,645,481   

Held-to-maturity (1)

   $ 72,816       $ 70,195       $ 2,389,816       $ 1,953,990   

Net loan receivables (1)

   $ 45,532,295       $ 45,835,543       $ 21,867,185       $ 21,984,317   

Amounts due from asset securitization (1)

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 1,692,051       $ 1,692,051   

Derivative financial instruments

   $ 4,995       $ 4,995       $ 1,369       $ 1,369   

Financial Liabilities

           

Deposits

   $ 34,413,383       $ 35,500,526       $ 32,093,012       $ 33,139,823   

Long-term borrowings – owed to securitization investors (1)

   $ 14,919,400       $ 15,148,534       $ 0       $ 0   

Other long-term borrowings

   $ 2,786,328       $ 3,118,967       $ 2,428,101       $ 2,524,320   

Derivative financial instruments

   $ 6,594       $ 6,594       $ 0       $ 0   
                                     

 

(1) Upon adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167 on December 1, 2009, the Company consolidated the securitization trusts. Loan receivables increased by the amount of securitized loans and long-term borrowings increased by the amount of debt issued from the trusts to third-party investors. Furthermore, applicable amounts of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment securities were reclassified to loan receivables, while amounts recorded as due from asset securitization were either reclassified or reversed. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Held at November 30, 2010 . Below are descriptions of the techniques used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments on the Company’s statement of financial condition as of November 30, 2010.

Cash and cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the low level of risk these assets present to the Company as well as the relatively liquid nature of these assets, particularly given their short maturities.

Restricted cash. The carrying value of restricted cash approximates fair value due to the relatively liquid nature of these assets, particularly given the short maturities of the assets in which the restricted cash is invested.

Other short-term investments. The carrying value of other short-term investments approximates fair value due to the low level of risk these assets present to the Company as well as the relatively liquid nature of these assets, particularly given their maturities of less than one year.

Available-for-sale investment securities . Investment securities classified as available-for-sale consist of credit card asset-backed securities issued by other financial institutions, U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, corporate debt securities, and, until August 2010, asset-backed commercial paper notes. The fair value for the U.S. Treasury and government agency securities are valued using estimated fair values based on quoted market prices for the same or similar securities. The fair value estimation techniques for the credit card asset-backed securities issued by other financial institutions and corporate debt securities are discussed below.

Held-to-maturity investment securities. Held-to-maturity investment securities are generally valued using the estimated fair values based on quoted market prices for the same or similar securities.

Net loan receivables . The Company’s loan receivables include credit card and installment loans to consumers and credit card loans to businesses. To estimate the fair value of loan receivables, loans are aggregated into pools of similar loan types, characteristics and expected repayment terms. The fair values of the loans are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using rates at which similar loans could be made under current market conditions.

Deposits . The carrying values of money market deposits, non-interest bearing deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits and savings deposits approximate their fair values due to the liquid nature of these deposits. For time deposits for which readily available market rates do not exist, fair values are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using market rates currently offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities.

Long-term borrowings – owed to securitization investors . Fair values of long-term borrowings owed to securitization investors are determined utilizing quoted market prices of the same transactions.

Other long-term borrowings . Fair values of other long-term borrowings are determined utilizing current observable market prices for those transactions, if available. If there are no observable market transactions, then fair values are determined by discounting cash flows of future interest accruals at market rates currently offered for borrowings with similar credit risks, remaining maturities and repricing terms.

Derivative financial instruments. The Company’s derivative financial instruments consist of interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts. The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves and option volatility. The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash receipts (or payments) and the discounted expected variable cash payments (or receipts). The variable cash payments (or receipts) are based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market interest rate curves. See Note 23: Derivatives and Hedging Activities for more information.

 

-138-


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Assets Held at November 30, 2009. Below are descriptions of the techniques used to calculate the fair value of financial instruments on the Company’s statements of financial condition as of November 30, 2009 which were subsequently derecognized, reclassified or eliminated in consolidation as a result of the adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167 on December 1, 2009.

Available-for-sale investment securities . Fair value of certain certificated subordinated interests issued by DCENT that were acquired by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company were estimated utilizing discounted cash flow analyses, where estimated contractual principal and interest cash flows were discounted at current market rates for the same or comparable transactions, if available. If there was little or no market activity, discount rates were derived from indicative pricing observed in the most recent active market for such instruments, adjusted for changes reflective of incremental credit risk, liquidity risk, or both.

Held-to-maturity investment securities . The estimated fair values of certain certificated subordinated interests issued by DCENT and DCMT were derived utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis, where estimated contractual principal and interest cash flows were discounted at market rates for comparable transactions, if available. If there was little or no market activity on which to conclude an appropriate discount rate for similarly rated instruments, the discount rate was interpolated from recent pricing observed on similar asset classes, adjusted for incremental credit risk, liquidity risk, or both, to reflect, for example, the risk related to the lower rating on the instrument being valued than that which was observed. A substantial portion of these investment securities were zero coupon certificated retained interests in DCENT and DCMT, and as such, the aggregate carrying value, or amortized cost, exceeded fair value.

Amounts due from asset securitization . Carrying values of the portion of amounts due from asset securitization that were short term in nature approximated their fair values. Fair values of the remaining assets recorded in amounts due from asset securitization reflected the present value of estimated future cash flows utilizing management’s best estimate of key assumptions with regard to credit card loan receivable performance and interest rate environment projections.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis . ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between valuations that are based on observable inputs from those based on unobservable inputs, and requires certain disclosures about those measurements. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs are defined as those that utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs are those that utilize inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active or inactive markets, quoted prices for the identical assets in an inactive market, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. The Company evaluates factors such as the frequency of transactions, the size of the bid-ask spread and the significance of adjustments made when considering transactions involving similar assets or liabilities to assess the relevance of those observed prices. If relevant and observable prices are available, the fair values of the related assets or liabilities would be classified as Level 2. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs are those based on unobservable inputs, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability being valued. In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety is classified is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company may utilize both observable and unobservable inputs in determining the fair values of financial instruments classified within the Level 3 category. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and involves consideration of factors specific to the asset or liability. Also, the FASB clarified in ASC 820-10-35 that it is not appropriate to automatically conclude that any transaction price in an inactive market is determinable of fair value and, thus, the use of Level 3 inputs may result in fair value estimates that are more reliable than those that would be indicated by the use of observable prices in a market that is not active.

 

-139-


Table of Contents

The table below presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at November 30, 2010, and indicates the level within the fair value hierarchy with which each of those items is associated (dollars in thousands):

 

       Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
     Total  

Balance at November 30, 2010

           

Assets

           

U.S Treasury securities

   $ 1,574,853       $ 0       $ 0       $ 1,574,853   

U.S government agency securities

     1,888,701         0         0         1,888,701   

Credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers

     0         1,031,112         0         1,031,112   

Corporate debt securities

     0         507,896         0         507,896   

Equity securities

     0         0         17         17   
                                   

Available-for-sale investment securities

   $ 3,463,554       $ 1,539,008       $ 17       $ 5,002,579   

Derivative financial instruments

   $ 0       $ 4,995       $ 0       $ 4,995   

Liabilities

           

Derivative financial instruments

   $ 0       $ 6,594       $ 0       $ 6,594   

Balance at November 30, 2009

           

Assets

           

Available-for-sale investment securities

   $ 15       $ 0       $ 2,645,466       $ 2,645,481   

Amounts due from asset securitization (1)

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 940,164       $ 940,164   

Derivative financial instruments

   $ 0       $ 1,369       $ 0       $ 1,369   
                                     

 

(1) Balances represent only the components of amounts due from asset securitization that are marked to fair value.

At November 30, 2010, amounts reported in credit card asset-backed securities issued by other institutions reflected senior-rated Class A securities having a par value of $936 million and more junior-rated Class B and Class C securities with par values of $50 million and $40 million, respectively. The Class A securities had a weighted-average coupon of 2.33% and a weighted-average remaining maturity of 9.1 months, the Class B, 0.59% and 17.6 months, respectively, and the Class C, 0.72% and 13.4 months, respectively. The underlying loans for these securities are predominantly prime general-purpose credit card loan receivables. Amounts reported in corporate debt securities reflected AAA-rated corporate debt obligations issued under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) that are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) with a par value of $495 million, a weighted-average coupon of 2.42% and a weighted-average remaining maturity of 17.7 months.

The Company utilizes an external pricing source for the reported fair value of these securities. Regarding the corporate debt obligations issued under TLGP, fair values estimates are derived utilizing a spread relative to an underlying benchmark curve which reflects the terms and conditions of specific instruments being valued. Regarding credit card asset-backed securities, the expected cash flow models used by the pricing service utilize observable market data to the extent available and other valuation inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker quotes, issuer spreads, bids and offers, the priority of which may vary based on availability of information. The Company assesses the reasonableness of the price quotations received from the external pricing source by reference to indicative pricing from another independent, nationally recognized provider of capital markets information.

At November 30, 2009, the amount reported in asset-backed commercial paper notes included in available-for-sale investment securities was related to mortgage-backed commercial paper notes of Golden Key U.S. LLC. At that time, the estimated fair value reflected an estimate of the market value of those assets held by the issuer, which was primarily reliant upon unobservable data as the market for mortgage-backed securities had continued to experience significant disruption. The collateral supporting these notes was liquidated during the third quarter of 2010. See Note 5: Investment Securities for further discussion of this investment.

 

-140-


Table of Contents

The following tables provide changes in the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Net transfers into and/or out of Level 3 are presented using beginning of the period fair values excluding purchases and other settlements. The Company had no significant transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 during the second, third or fourth quarters of 2010, the effective periods for the new disclosure requirements prescribed by ASU No. 2010-06.

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

(dollars in thousands)

 

      

Beginning

Balance

     Derecognition
of assets
upon
adoption of
Statement
No. 167
    Total Realized
and Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
     Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements and
Issuances, net
    Net Transfers
In and/
or Out of
Level 3
   

Ending

Balance

    

Change in
unrealized
gains

(losses)
related to
assets held
at end of year

 

For the Year Ended November 30, 2010

                 

Assets

                 

Certificated retained interests in DCENT

   $ 2,204,969       $ (2,204,969   $ 0       $ 0      $ 0     $ 0       $ 0   

Credit card asset-backed securities of other issuers

     381,705         0        0         0        (381,705     0         0   

Asset-backed commercial paper notes

     58,792         0        12,101         (70,893     0        0         0   

Equity securities

     0         0        0         0        17        17         0   
                                                           

Available-for-sale investment securities

   $ 2,645,466       $ (2,204,969   $ 12,101       $ (70,893   $ (381,688   $ 17       $ 0   
                                                           

Cash collateral accounts

   $ 822,585       $ (822,585   $ 0       $ 0      $ 0      $ 0       $ 0   

Interest-only strip receivable

     117,579         (117,579     0         0        0        0         0   
                                                           

Amounts due from asset securitization (1)

   $ 940,164       $ (940,164   $ 0       $ 0      $ 0      $ 0       $ 0   
                                                           
                                                             

 

       Beginning
Balance
     Total Realized
and Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
    Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements and
Issuances, net
    Net Transfers
In and/
or Out of
Level 3
    

Ending

Balance

     Change in
unrealized
gains (losses)
related to
assets held at
end of year
 

For the Year Ended November 30, 2009

               

Assets

               

Available-for-sale investment securities

   $ 1,127,090       $ (2,177   $ 1,520,553      $ 0      $ 2,645,466       $ (23,339

Amounts due from asset securitization (1)

   $ 1,421,567       $ (160,087   $ (321,316   $ 0      $ 940,164       $ (160,690
                                                     

 

(1) Balances represent only the components of amounts due from asset securitization that are marked to fair value.

 

-141-


Table of Contents

The following are the amounts recognized in earnings and other comprehensive income related to assets categorized as Level 3 during the respective periods (in thousands):

 

     For the Years Ended
November 30,
 
       2010     2009     2008  

Interest income – interest accretion

   $ 0      $ 15,569      $ 104   

Other income – gain (loss) on investment securities

     19,556        (2,837     (49,095

Securitization income – net revaluation of retained interests

     0        (160,087     (117,943
                        

Amount recorded in earnings

     19,556        (147,355     (166,934

Unrealized gains (losses) recorded in other comprehensive income, pre-tax

     (7,455     (14,909     (42,881
                        

Total realized and unrealized gains (losses)

   $ 12,101      $ (162,264   $ (209,815
                        
                          

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis . The Company also has assets that under certain conditions are subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets include those associated with acquired businesses, including goodwill and other intangible assets. For these assets, measurement at fair value in periods subsequent to their initial recognition is applicable if one or more is determined to be impaired. During the year ended November 30, 2010, the Company had no impairments related to these assets.

As of November 30, 2010, the Company had not made any fair value elections with respect to any of its eligible assets and liabilities as permitted under ASC 825-10-25.

 

23. Derivatives and Hedging Activities

The Company uses derivatives to manage its exposure to various financial risks. The Company entered into interest rate swap agreements as part of its interest rate risk management program. The Company also entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to manage the gains and losses that arise from certain foreign currency denominated receivables of one of its subsidiaries. The foreign exchange forward contracts are not designated as hedges, but provide a hedge of the volatility in earnings that arises from converting foreign denominated balance sheet items into the functional currency. The Company does not enter into derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. All derivatives are recorded in other assets at their gross positive fair values and in accrued expenses and other liabilities at their gross negative fair values.

Derivatives may give rise to counterparty credit risk. The Company enters into derivative transactions with established dealers that meet minimum credit criteria established by the Company. All counterparties must be pre-approved prior to engaging in any transaction with the Company. Counterparties are monitored on a periodic basis by the Company to ensure compliance with the Company’s risk policies and limits.

Derivatives designated as Hedges

Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges.

Cash Flow Hedges. The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates related to future cash flows resulting from credit card loan receivables. These transactions are hedged for a maximum period of three years. The derivatives are designated as a hedge of the risk of overall changes in cash flows on the Company’s portfolios of prime-based interest receipts and qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”).

The effective portion of the change in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges is recorded in other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted cash flows affect earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative, if any, is recognized directly in earnings. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives at November 30, 2010

 

-142-


Table of Contents

will be reclassified to interest income as interest payments are received on certain of its floating rate credit card loan receivables. During the next 12 months, the Company estimates it will reclassify to earnings $7.9 million of pretax gains related to its derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.

Fair Value Hedges. The Company is exposed to changes in fair value of certain of its fixed rate debt obligations due to changes in interest rates. During the year ended November 30, 2010, the Company used an interest rate swap to manage its exposure to changes in fair value of fixed rate senior notes attributable to changes in LIBOR, a benchmark interest rate as defined by ASC 815. The interest rate swap involves the receipt of a fixed rate amount from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making payments of a variable rate amount over the life of the agreement without exchange of the underlying notional amount. This interest rate swap qualifies as a fair value hedge in accordance with ASC 815. Changes in both the fair value of the derivative and the hedged fixed rate senior note relating to the risk being hedged were recorded in interest expense and provided substantial offset to one another. Ineffectiveness related to this fair value hedge was recorded in interest expense. The basis difference between the fair value and the carrying amount of the fixed rate debt as of the inception of the hedging relationship is amortized and recorded in interest expense.

The Company has previously used interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to changes in fair value on certain interest-bearing deposits attributable to changes in LIBOR. In March 2010, the last of these interest-rate swaps matured, and at November 30, 2010, the Company had no derivatives that hedged deposits.

Derivatives not designated as Hedges

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts . The Company has derivatives that are economic hedges and are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to manage foreign currency risk. Foreign exchange forward contracts involve the purchase or sale of a designated currency at an agreed upon rate for settlement on a specified date. Changes in the fair value of these contracts are recorded in other income.

Interest Rate Swaps . The Company also may have from time to time interest rate swap agreements that are not designated as hedges or that were partially de-designated to the extent that differences in the notional amounts of the derivatives and the outstanding amount of the hedged liabilities subsequently arose. Such agreements are not speculative and are also used to manage interest rate risk but are not designated for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of these contracts are recorded in other income.

The following table summarizes the fair value (including accrued interest) and related outstanding notional amounts of derivative instruments, as well as the location they are reported in the statement of financial condition as of November 30, 2010 and November 30, 2009. See Note 22: Fair Value Disclosures for a description of the valuation methodologies of derivatives. (Dollars in thousands):

 

     November 30, 2010      November 30, 2009  
                   Balance Sheet Location             Balance Sheet Location  
       Notional
Amount
     Number of
Transactions
    

Other

Assets

(At Fair
Value)

    

Accrued
Expenses and
Other
Liabilities

(At Fair
Value)

     Notional
Amount
    

Other

Assets

(At Fair
Value)

    

Accrued
Expenses and
Other

Liabilities

(At Fair
Value)

 

Derivatives designated as hedges:

                    

Interest rate swaps – Cash Flow hedge

   $ 2,000,000         8       $ 4,989       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   

Interest rate swaps – Fair Value hedge

   $ 400,000         1       $ 0       $ 6,587       $ 16,048       $ 400       $ 0   

Derivatives not designated as hedges:

                    

Foreign exchange forward contracts (1)

   $ 7,800         2       $ 6       $ 7       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   

Interest rate swaps

   $ 0         0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 46,952       $ 969       $ 0   
                                                                

 

(1) The foreign exchange forward contracts have notional amounts of EUR 4 million and GBP 1.675 million as of November 30, 2010.

 

-143-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the impact of the derivative instruments on income, as well as the location they are reported in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended November 30, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in thousands):

 

            For the Years Ended
November  30,
 
       Location      2010          2009       

Derivatives designated as hedges:

       

Interest Rate Swaps – Cash Flow Hedges:

       

Gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income after amounts reclassified into earnings, pre-tax

     Other Comprehensive Income       $ 4,022      $ 0   
                   

Total gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income

      $ 4,022      $ 0   
                   

Amount reclassified from other comprehensive income into Income

     Interest Income       $ 2,297      $ 0   

Net Hedge ineffectiveness

     Other Income         0        0   

Gain (loss) excluded from assessment of hedge effectiveness

     Interest Income         0        0   

Interest Rate Swaps – Fair Value Hedges:

       

Interest Expense – Ineffectiveness

        (8,585     1,127   

Interest Expense – Other

        745        6,675   
                   

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

     Interest Expense         (7,840     7,802   

Interest Expense – Ineffectiveness

        8,648        (2,334

Interest Expense – Other

        (831     11,139   
                   

Gain (loss) on hedged Item

     Interest Expense         7,817        8,805   
                   

Total gains (losses) recognized in income

      $ 2,274      $ 16,607   
                   

Derivatives not designated as hedges:

       

Gain (loss) on forward contracts

     Other Income       $ 295      $ 0   

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

     Other Income         6        1,819   
                   

Total gains (losses) on derivatives not designated as hedges recognized in income

      $ 301      $ 1,819   
                   
                           

Collateral Requirements and Credit-Risk Related Contingency Features

For its interest rate swaps, the Company has master netting arrangements and minimum collateral posting thresholds with its counterparties. Collateral is required by either the Company or the counterparty depending on the net fair value position of all interest rate swaps held with that counterparty. The Company may also be required to post collateral with a counterparty depending on the credit rating it or Discover Bank receives from specified major credit rating agencies. Collateral amounts recorded in the consolidated statement of financial condition are based on the net collateral receivable or payable position for each counterparty. Collateral receivable or payable amounts are not offset against the fair value of the interest rate swap, but are recorded separately in other assets or deposits.

As of November 30, 2010, the Company had a right to reclaim $7.9 million of cash collateral that had been posted as a result of the fair value position of the interest rate swaps. The Company also had a right to reclaim $4.0 million of cash collateral that had been posted because the credit rating of the Company did not meet specified thresholds. At November 30, 2010, Discover Bank’s credit rating met specified thresholds set by its counterparties. However, if Discover Bank’s credit rating is reduced to below investment grade, the Company would be required to post additional collateral, which, as of November 30, 2010, would have been $31.3 million. As of November 30, 2010, the Company had an obligation to return $3.7 million cash collateral deposited with the Company.

As of November 30, 2010, the Company had swaps in a net liability position with one of its counterparties, the fair value of which was $6.6 million, inclusive of accrued interest. If the Company had breached any provisions of the derivative agreements, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value, which was $6.6 million at November 30, 2010.

The Company also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

 

24. Segment Disclosures

The Company’s business activities are managed in two segments: Direct Banking and Payment Services.

 

   

Direct Banking. The Direct Banking segment includes Discover card-branded credit cards issued to individuals and small businesses on the Discover Network and other consumer products and services, including student loans, personal loans, prepaid cards and other consumer lending and deposit products offered through the Company’s Discover Bank subsidiary.

 

   

Payment Services. The Payment Services segment includes PULSE, an automated teller machine, debit and electronic funds transfer network; Diners Club, a global payments network; and the Company’s third-party issuing business, which includes credit, debit and prepaid cards issued on the Discover Network by third parties.

The business segment reporting provided to and used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker is prepared using the following principles and allocation conventions:

 

   

Prior to adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167 on December 1, 2009, segment information was presented on a managed basis because management considered the performance of the entire managed loan portfolio in managing the business. A managed basis presentation involved reporting securitized loans with the Company’s owned loans and reporting the earnings on securitized loans in the same manner as the owned loans instead of as securitization income. Although similar, a managed basis presentation is not the same as presenting a full consolidation of the trusts and, therefore, certain information may not be comparable between current and prior periods, particularly related to net interest income, provision for loan losses and other income. Subsequent to the consolidation of securitized assets and liabilities in connection with the adoption of Statements No. 166 and 167, there is no distinction between securitized and non-securitized assets on a GAAP basis. See Note 2: Change in Accounting Principle for more information.

 

   

Other accounting policies applied to the operating segments are consistent with the accounting policies described in Note 3: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

 

   

Corporate overhead is not allocated between segments; all corporate overhead is included in the Direct Banking segment.

 

   

Through its operation of the Discover Network, the Direct Banking segment incurs fixed marketing, servicing and infrastructure costs that are not specifically allocated among the operating segments.

 

   

The assets of the Company are not allocated among the operating segments in the information reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker.

 

   

Income taxes are not specifically allocated among the operating segments in the information reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker.

 

-145-


Table of Contents

The following tables present segment data on a GAAP basis for the year ended November 30, 2010 and on a managed basis with a reconciliation to a GAAP presentation for the years ended November 30, 2009 and 2008 (dollars in thousands):

 

     GAAP Basis               
For the Years Ended    Direct
Banking
     Payment
Services
    Total                   

2010

            

Interest income

   $ 6,146,199       $ 19      $ 6,146,218        

Interest expense

     1,582,745         243        1,582,988        
                              

Net interest income

     4,563,454         (224     4,563,230        

Provision for loan losses

     3,206,705         —          3,206,705        

Other income

     1,827,414         267,585        2,094,999        

Other expense

     2,056,685         125,980        2,182,665        
                              

Income before income tax expense

   $ 1,127,478       $ 141,381      $ 1,268,859        
                              
     Managed Basis      Securitization
Adjustment (2 )
    GAAP
Basis
 
       Direct
Banking
     Payment
Services (1)
    Total        Total  

2009

            

Interest income

   $ 6,459,974       $ 1,098      $ 6,461,072       $ (3,315,992   $ 3,145,080   

Interest expense

     1,648,198         222        1,648,420         (397,136     1,251,284   
                                          

Net interest income

     4,811,776         876        4,812,652         (2,918,856     1,893,796   

Provision for loan losses

     4,358,341         —          4,358,341         (1,995,936     2,362,405   

Other income ( 3 )

     3,677,881         239,794        3,917,675         922,920        4,840,595   

Other expense

     2,116,962         134,126        2,251,088         —          2,251,088   
                                          

Income before income tax expense

   $ 2,014,354       $ 106,544      $ 2,120,898       $ —        $ 2,120,898   
                                          

2008

            

Interest income

   $ 6,542,664       $ 3,165      $ 6,545,829       $ (3,853,266   $ 2,692,563   

Interest expense

     2,356,836         83        2,356,919         (1,068,915     1,288,004   
                                          

Net interest income

     4,185,828         3,082        4,188,910         (2,784,351     1,404,559   

Provision for loan losses

     3,068,604         —          3,068,604         (1,472,989     1,595,615   

Other income ( 3 )

     2,773,896         179,200        2,953,096         1,311,362        4,264,458   

Other expense

     2,314,926         100,871        2,415,797         —          2,415,797   
                                          

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

   $ 1,576,194       $ 81,411      $ 1,657,605       $ —        $ 1,657,605   
                                          
                                            

 

(1) Diners Club was acquired on June 30, 2008.
(2) The Securitization Adjustment column presents the effect of loan securitizations by recharacterizing as securitization income the portions of the following items that relate to the securitized loans: interest income, interest expense, provision for loan losses, discount and interchange revenue and loan fee revenues. Securitization income is reported in other income.
(3) The years ended November 30, 2009 and 2008 include $1.9 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively, of income related to the Visa and MasterCard antitrust litigation settlement, which is included in the Direct Banking segment. See Note 21: Litigation.

 

25. Related Party Transactions

In the ordinary course of business, the Company offers consumer loan products to its directors, executive officers and certain members of their families. These products are offered on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties, and these receivables are included in the loan receivables in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. They were not material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

-146-


Table of Contents
26. Parent Company Condensed Financial Information

The following Parent Company financial statements are provided in accordance with SEC Regulation S-X, which requires all issuers or guarantors of registered securities to include separate annual financial statements.

Discover Financial Services

(Parent Company Only)

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

 

     November 30,  
       2010      2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 367       $ 1,035,606   

Restricted cash

     0         643,311   

Notes receivable from subsidiaries

     764,626         1,808,339   

Investments in subsidiaries

     6,372,290         6,800,332   

Other assets

     347,512         389,727   
                 

Total assets

   $ 7,484,795       $ 10,677,315   
                 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

     

Non-interest bearing deposit accounts

   $ 2,543       $ 1,685   

Other long-term borrowings

     791,579         1,199,385   

Special dividend – Morgan Stanley

     0         808,757   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     233,827         231,941   
                 

Total liabilities

     1,027,949         2,241,768   

Stockholders’ equity

     6,456,846         8,435,547   
                 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 7,484,795       $ 10,677,315   
                 
                   

 

-147-


Table of Contents

Discover Financial Services

(Parent Company Only)

Condensed Statements of Income

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010     2009     2008  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 28,948      $ 53,696      $ 72,368   

Interest expense

     69,598        49,324        43,135   
                        

Net interest income

     (40,650     4,372        29,233   

Dividends from subsidiaries

     132,500        0        95,000   

Antitrust litigation settlement

     0        1,153,936        526,817   

Other income

     27,605        (497     (1,207
                        

Total income

     119,455        1,157,811        649,843   

Other expense

      

Employee compensation and benefits

     23,879        30,121        30,220   

Marketing and business development

     251        134        218   

Information processing and communications

     511        125        123   

Professional fees

     8,932        8,025        7,216   

Premises and equipment

     3,095        3,051        3,531   

Other

     (37,089     29,309        2,514   
                        

Total other expense

     (421     70,765        43,822   
                        

Income before income tax benefit (expense) and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries and losses from discontinued operations

     119,876        1,087,046        606,021   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     9,070        (420,641     (197,082

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     635,842        609,780        531,720   

Loss from discontinued operations

     0        0        (12,909
                        

Net income

   $ 764,788      $ 1,276,185      $ 927,750   
                        
                          

 

-148-


Table of Contents

Discover Financial Services

(Parent Company Only)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010     2009     2008  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 764,788      $ 1,276,185      $ 927,750   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

      

Non-cash charges included in net income:

      

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     (635,842     (609,780     (531,720

Stock-based compensation expense

     37,081        44,249        92,558   

Deferred income taxes

     12,032        (31,699     1,390   

Depreciation and amortization

     82        85        88   

Pension curtailment

     0        0        (38,891

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (6,644     1,864        (854,687

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities and accrued expenses

     (7,575     65,287        110,105   
                        

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

     163,922        746,191        (293,407

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Net proceeds from (payments for):

      

(Increase) decrease in investment in subsidiaries

     (275,000     (1,233,958     0   

(Increase) decrease in loans to subsidiaries

     1,080,576        (463,591     465,776   

Maturities of investment securities

     0        4,032        0   

Decrease (Increase) in restricted cash – special dividend escrow

     643,311        (643,311     0   
                        

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

     1,448,887        (2,336,828     465,776   

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings and bank notes

     0        400,000        0   

Maturity of long-term borrowings

     (400,000     0        0   

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants

     0        1,224,558        0   

Redemption of preferred stock

     (1,224,558     0        0   

Repurchase of stock warrant

     (172,000     0        0   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     1,323        533,822        0   

Purchases of treasury stock

     (8,241     (11,385     (6,838

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

     859        (6,319     7,353   

Dividend paid to Morgan Stanley

     (775,000     0        0   

Dividends paid on common and preferred stock

     (70,431     (101,034     (116,956
                        

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

     (2,648,048     2,039,642        (116,441
                        

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,035,239     449,005        55,928   

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year

     1,035,606        586,601        530,673   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of year

   $ 367      $ 1,035,606      $ 586,601   
                        

Supplemental Disclosures:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest expense

   $ 70,207      $ 36,056      $ 45,668   
                        

Income taxes, net of income tax refunds

   $ (64,044   $ 438,098      $ 111,041   
                        

Non-cash transactions

      

Special dividend – Morgan Stanley

   $ 33,757      $ (335,757   $ (473,000
                        
                          

 

-149-


Table of Contents

 

27. Subsequent Events

Acquisition of The Student Loan Corporation. The Company completed the acquisition of The Student Loan Corporation (“SLC”) on December 31, 2010. Discover Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, acquired SLC for aggregate consideration of $600 million (the “Aggregate Merger Consideration”), in a merger transaction, with SLC surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Discover Bank, in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger entered into between Discover Bank and SLC on September 17, 2010 (the “Merger Agreement”). Discover Bank received a purchase price closing adjustment in the form of a cash payment of approximately $234 million by Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”), the 80% owner of SLC before the merger, resulting in a net cash outlay by Discover Bank of approximately $366 million for the acquisition of SLC.

As a result of the merger, Discover Bank acquired: (i) the beneficial interests in securitization trusts formed for the purpose of holding the private student loans associated with a public securitization transaction issued out of the SLC Private Student Loan Trust 2006-A, and a private securitization transaction issued out of the SLC Private Student Loan Trusts 2010-A and 2010-B (collectively, the “Loans”), (ii) the cash reserves held in the securitization trusts associated with the Loans and (iii) certain fixed, tangible and intangible assets including, without limitation, SLC’s student loan origination business. The total assets Discover Bank acquired had a book value of approximately $4.2 billion as of November 30, 2010. Discover Bank also assumed securitization debt and other liabilities of approximately $3.4 billion. Discover Bank acquired the Loans and other assets at an 8.5% discount, which will be applied to balance sheet items through purchase accounting entries.

In connection with the closing of the merger, Discover Bank consented to the commutation of certain insurance policies covering certain of the Loans, and entered into amendments of the Indemnification Agreement with Citibank and the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement with Citibank and SLC that were entered into concurrently with the Merger Agreement, as further described below.

Under the terms of the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement, Citibank paid Discover Bank approximately $234 million, which is the amount by which the Aggregate Merger Consideration ($600 million) exceeded the closing purchase price of the securitization trust certificates (approximately $439 million), plus the absolute value of all reimbursable liabilities (approximately $57 million), plus an amount equal to a portion of the commutation payment made in connection with the commutation of certain insurance policies covering certain of the Loans (approximately $16 million). The provision for the commutation payment was added to the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement by amendment. The commutation is further described below.

Under the terms of the original Indemnification Agreement, Citibank agreed to indemnify Discover Bank for liabilities and losses arising from and relating to (i) SLC’s asset sales to Sallie Mae and Citibank, (ii) failure of the issuers of the insurance policies covering the Loans to perform their obligations, and (iii) certain other events. Under the terms of the amendment to the Indemnification Agreement, Citibank agreed to indemnify Discover Bank for liabilities and losses arising from and relating to the commutation of certain insurance policies covering the Loans, as further described below.

In connection with the closing of the merger, Discover consented to the commutation of three of SLC’s student loan insurance policies with United Guaranty Commercial Insurance Company of North Carolina (“United Guaranty”) covering certain of the Loans. Accordingly, SLC and United Guaranty entered into a Commutation Agreement and Release whereby United Guaranty agreed to make a lump sum payment to SLC in consideration of the termination of United Guaranty’s obligations under the commuted policies. None of the commuted policies covers any of the Loans associated with the public securitization transaction issued out of the SLC Private Student Loan Trust 2006-A. In connection with the foregoing, Discover and Citi agreed to amend the Indemnification Agreement, and Discover, Citi and SLC agreed to amend the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement.

Long-term Borrowings. On December 15, 2010, DCENT, one of the Company’s securitization trusts, issued $500 million of asset-backed securities through its private conduit providers. Related to this issuance, $69.8 million of subordinated interests were issued and retained by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

-150-


Table of Contents

 

28. Quarterly Results (unaudited) (dollars in thousands, except per share data):

 

       November 30,
2010
     August 31,
2010
     May 31,
2010
     February 28,
2010
    November 30,
2009
     August 31,
2009
    May 31,
2009
    February 28,
2009
 

Interest income

   $ 1,499,347       $ 1,535,939       $ 1,551,782       $ 1,559,150      $ 638,086       $ 833,217      $ 857,984      $ 815,793   

Interest expense

     375,506         389,137         404,621         413,724        314,158         304,401        320,005        312,720   
                                                                    

Net interest income

     1,123,841         1,146,802         1,147,161         1,145,426        323,928         528,816        537,979        503,073   

Provision for loan losses

     382,670         712,565         724,264         1,387,206        399,732         380,999        643,861        937,813   

Gain (loss) on investment securities

     0         18,951         0         180        5,413         (7,422     (1,012     (805

Other income (1)

     472,135         545,193         512,844         545,696        1,248,146         1,323,382        1,082,132        1,190,761   

Other expense

     628,075         566,238         513,548         474,804        607,499         523,838        560,628        559,123   
                                                                    

Income (loss) before income tax expense

     585,231         432,143         422,193         (170,708     570,256         939,939        414,610        196,093   

Income tax expense

     235,589         171,526         164,126         (67,170     217,719         362,485        188,810        75,699   
                                                                    

Net income (loss)

   $ 349,642       $ 260,617       $ 258,067       $ (103,538   $ 352,537       $ 577,454      $ 225,800      $ 120,394   
                                                                    

Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders (1)

   $ 346,517       $ 258,194       $ 184,590       $ (122,233   $ 330,505       $ 552,928      $ 206,366      $ 118,380   
                                                                    

Basic earnings (loss) per share (1)

   $ 0.64       $ 0.47       $ 0.34       $ (0.22   $ 0.61       $ 1.08      $ 0.43      $ 0.25   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share (1)

   $ 0.64       $ 0.47       $ 0.33       $ (0.22   $ 0.60       $ 1.07      $ 0.43      $ 0.25   
                                                                      

 

(1) The year ended November 30, 2009 includes $1.9 billion of income related to the Visa and MasterCard antitrust litigation settlement, which is included in the Direct Banking segment. See Note 21: Litigation.
(2) Because the inputs to net income allocated to common stockholders and earnings per share are calculated using weighted averages for the quarter, the sum of all four quarters may differ from the year to date amounts in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting. These limitations include the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of the system and reasonable resource constraints. Because of its inherent limitations, our internal control over financial reporting may not

 

-151-


Table of Contents

prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2010. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on management’s assessments and those criteria, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of November 30, 2010.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2010 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and the firm’s report on this matter is included in Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Discover Financial Services

Riverwoods, IL

January 26, 2011

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In preparation for management’s report on internal control over financial reporting, we documented and tested the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) that occurred during the quarter ended November 30, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

 

-152-


Table of Contents
Part III.   |   Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Information regarding our executive officers is included under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Item 1 of this annual report on Form 10-K. Information regarding our directors and corporate governance under the following captions in our proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders to be held on April 7, 2011 (“Proxy Statement”) is incorporated by reference herein.

 

   

“Election of Directors – Information Concerning Nominees for Election as Directors”

 

   

“Other Matters – Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance”

 

   

“Corporate Governance – Shareholder recommendations for director candidates”

 

   

“Corporate Governance – Board meetings and committees”

Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. You can find our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct on our internet site, www.discover.com . We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange, on our internet site.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Information regarding executive compensation under the following captions in our Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

   

“Executive and Director Compensation”

 

   

“Compensation Discussion and Analysis”

 

   

“Compensation Committee Report”

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Information relating to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance as of November 30, 2010, is presented under the caption “Proposal 4 – Approval of an Amendment to the Directors’ Compensation Plan” in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference herein.

Information related to the beneficial ownership of our common stock is presented under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Company Common Stock” in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence under the following captions in our Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

   

“Other Matters – Certain transactions”

 

   

“Corporate Governance – Director independence”

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information regarding principal accounting fees and services under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees” in our Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

-153-


Table of Contents
Part IV.   |   Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Documents filed as part of this Form 10-K:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements required to be filed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed below and appear on pages 86 through 148 herein.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    89   

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of November 30, 2010 and 2009

    91   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008

    92   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended November  30, 2010, 2009 and 2008

    93   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended November 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008

    94   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

    95   
         

2. Financial Statement Schedules

Separate financial statement schedules have been omitted either because they are not applicable or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements.

3. Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index beginning on page E-1 for a list of the exhibits being filed or furnished with or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

-154-


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

Discover Financial Services

(Registrant)

By:   / S /    D AVID W. N ELMS        
 

David W. Nelms

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Date: January 26, 2011

 

-155-


Table of Contents

Power of Attorney

We, the undersigned, hereby severally constitute Kathryn McNamara Corley and D. Christopher Greene, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys to any and all amendments to said Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

-156-


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on January 26, 2011.

 

Signature    Title

/ S /    D AVID W. N ELMS        

David W. Nelms

   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

/ S /    R OY A. G UTHRIE        

Roy A. Guthrie

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/ S /    L AWRENCE A. W EINBACH        

Lawrence A. Weinbach

   Lead Director

/ S /    J EFFREY S. A RONIN        

Jeffrey S. Aronin

   Director

/ S /    M ARY K. B USH        

Mary K. Bush

   Director

/ S /    G REGORY C. C ASE        

Gregory C. Case

   Director

/ S /    R OBERT M. D EVLIN        

Robert M. Devlin

   Director

/ S /    C YNTHIA A. G LASSMAN        

Cynthia A. Glassman

   Director

/ S /    R ICHARD H. L ENNY        

Richard H. Lenny

   Director

/ S /    T HOMAS G. M AHERAS        

Thomas G. Maheras

   Director

/ S /    M ICHAEL H. M OSKOW        

Michael H. Moskow

   Director

/ S /    E. F OLLIN S MITH        

E. Follin Smith

   Director

 

-157-


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit Number    Description
2.1*    Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2007, between Morgan Stanley and Discover Financial Services (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto), as amended by the First Amendment to the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of June 29, 2007 between Discover Financial Services and Morgan Stanley, dated February 11, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 12, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
2.2*    Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of the Goldfish Credit Card Business, dated February 7, 2008, among Discover Financial Services, Goldfish Bank Limited, Discover Bank, SCFC Receivables Corporation, and Barclays Bank Plc (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference thereto), as amended and restated by Amended and Restated Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of the Goldfish Credit Card Business, dated March 31, 2008, among Discover Financial Services, Goldfish Bank Limited, Discover Bank, SCFC Receivables Corporation, Barclays Bank PLC, and Barclays Group US Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 14, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
2.3    Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Discover Bank, Academy Acquisition Corp. and The Student Loan Corporation dated as of September 17, 2010.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Discover Financial Services (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 1, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws of Discover Financial Services (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.1    Senior Indenture, dated as of June 12, 2007, by and between Discover Financial Services and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2007, by and between Discover Financial Services and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as representative of the several initial purchasers listed therein (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.3    Form of Certificate for the Series A Preferred Stock (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.4    Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.5    Form of Subordinated Indenture (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Discover Financial Services’ Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on July 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.6    Form of 10.250% Senior Note due 2019 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 15, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
4.7    Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, dated November 16, 2009, between Discover Bank, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as fiscal and paying agent (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
      

 

E-1


Table of Contents
Exhibit Number    Description
  4.8    Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement, dated April 15, 2010, between Discover Bank, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as fiscal and paying agent (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 16, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.1    Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2007, between Morgan Stanley and Discover Financial Services (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.2    U.S. Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2007, between Morgan Stanley and Discover Financial Services (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.3    Transition Services Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2007, between Morgan Stanley and Discover Financial Services (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.4    Transitional Trade Mark License Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2007, between Morgan Stanley & Co. PLC and Goldfish Bank Limited (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.5    Trust Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2007, between Discover Bank, as Beneficiary, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Discover Bank’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto), as amended by the First Amendment to Trust Agreement, between Discover Bank, as Beneficiary and Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee, dated as of June 4, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Discover Bank’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.6    Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, between Discover Bank, as Master Servicer, Servicer and Seller and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, dated as of June 4, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Discover Bank’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.7    Series Supplement for Series 2007-CC, dated as of July 26, 2007, between Discover Bank, as Master Servicer, Servicer and Seller and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Discover Bank’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto), as amended by the Amendment to Specified Series Supplements, between Discover Bank, as Master Servicer, Servicer and Seller and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, dated as of June 4, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Discover Bank’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.8†    Discover Financial Services Omnibus Incentive Plan (filed as an attachment to Discover Financial Services’ Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on February 27, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.9†    Amended Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Under Discover Financial Services Omnibus Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Discover Financial Services’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 12, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.10†    Directors’ Compensation Plan of Discover Financial Services (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.11†    Amended Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Under Discover Financial Services Directors’ Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Discover Financial Services’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 12, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
      

 

E-2


Table of Contents
Exhibit Number    Description
10.12†    Discover Financial Services Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto) as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Discover Financial Services Employee Stock Purchase Plan effective as of May 1, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Discover Financial Services’ Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on January 28, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto), and further amended by Amendment No. 2 to Discover Financial Services Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective as of December 1, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Discover Financial Services’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 9, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.13    Credit Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2007, among Discover Financial Services, Discover Bank, the subsidiary borrowers from time to time party thereto, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto), as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 29, 2008, among Discover Financial Services, Discover Bank, the subsidiary borrowers from time to time party thereto, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Discover Financial Services’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 14, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference thereto) and Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 11, 2009, among Discover Financial Services, Discover Bank, the subsidiary borrowers from time to time party thereto, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Discover Financial Services’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 8, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.14†    Offer of Employment, dated as of January 8, 1999 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.15†    Waiver of Change of Control Benefits, dated September 24, 2007 (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to Discover Financial Services’ Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on November 27, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.16    Collateral Certificate Transfer Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2007 between Discover Bank, as Depositor and Discover Card Execution Note Trust (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Discover Bank’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.17    Indenture, dated as of July 26, 2007, between Discover Card Execution Note Trust, as Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Discover Bank’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto), as amended by the First Amendment to Indenture, between Discover Card Execution Note Trust, as Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee, dated as of June 4, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Discover Bank’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.18    Amended and Restated Indenture Supplement for the DiscoverSeries Notes, between Discover Card Execution Note Trust, as Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee, dated as of June 4, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Discover Bank’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.19    Omnibus Amendment to Indenture Supplement and Terms Documents, dated as of July 2, 2009, between Discover Card Execution Note Trust, as Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Indenture Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Discover Bank’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 6, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.20†    Discover Financial Services Change-in-Control Severance Policy (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Discover Financial Services’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 12, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference thereto, as amended by First Amendment, dated as of June 24, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 9, 2008).
      

 

E-3


Table of Contents
Exhibit Number    Description
10.21    Release and Settlement Agreement, executed as of October 27, 2008, by and among Discover Financial Services, DFS Services, LLC, Discover Bank, and their Subsidiaries and Affiliates; MasterCard Incorporated and MasterCard International Incorporated and their Affiliates; and Visa Inc. and its Affiliates and Predecessors including Visa U.S.A. Inc. and Visa International Service Association (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 28, 2008).
10.22†    2008 Year End Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Under Discover Financial Services Omnibus Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to Discover Financial Services’ Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on January 28, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.23†    2008 Special Grant Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Under Discover Financial Services Omnibus Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Discover Financial Services’ Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on January 28, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.24    Letter Agreement, dated March 13, 2009, between Discover Financial Services and United States Department of the Treasury, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.25    Side Letter, dated March 13, 2009, between Discover Financial Services and the United States Department of the Treasury (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.26†    Form of Waiver, executed by each of Discover Financial Services’ senior executive officers and certain other employees (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.27†    Form of Executive Compensation Agreement, dated March 13, 2009, executed by each of Discover Financial Services’ senior executive officers and certain other employees (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Discover Financial Services’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 8, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.28†    Form of Share Award Agreement Under Discover Financial Services Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(a) to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.29†    Amendment to 2009 Year End Award Certificate for Restricted Stock Units Under Discover Financial Services Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan, effective December 1, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 9, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.30†    Form of Share Award Agreement Under Discover Financial Services Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10(a) to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 11, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.31    Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release between Discover Financial Services and Morgan Stanley, dated February 11, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Discover Financial Services’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 12, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference thereto).
10.32    Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement by and among Citibank, N.A., The Student Loan Corporation and Discover Bank, dated September 17, 2010.
10.33    Amendment to Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement by and among Citibank, N.A., The Student Loan Corporation and Discover Bank, dated December 30, 2010.
10.34    Indemnification Agreement by and between Citibank, N.A. and Discover Bank, dated September 17, 2010.
10.35*    First Amendment to Indemnification Agreement by and between Citibank, N.A. and Discover Bank, dated December 30, 2010.
      

 

E-4


Table of Contents
Exhibit Number    Description
11    Statement Re: Computation of Per Share Earnings (the calculation of per share earnings is in Part II, Item 8, Note 18: Earnings Per Share to the consolidated financial statements and is omitted in accordance with Section (b)(11) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K).
12    Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.
99.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
99.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
      

 

* We agree to furnish supplementally to the Commission a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to such agreement upon the request of the Commission in accordance with Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K.
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.

 

E-5

Exhibit 2.3

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

by and among

DISCOVER BANK,

ACADEMY ACQUISITION CORP.

and

THE STUDENT LOAN CORPORATION

Dated as of September 17, 2010

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
Article I   
DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.1

   Definitions      3   
Article II   
THE MERGER   

Section 2.1

   The Merger      20   

Section 2.2

   Closing      20   

Section 2.3

   Effective Time; Effect      21   

Section 2.4

   Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws      21   

Section 2.5

   Board of Directors      21   

Section 2.6

   Officers      21   
Article III   
EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON CAPITAL STOCK; EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES   

Section 3.1

   Effect on Securities      21   

Section 3.2

   Exchange of Certificates      22   

Section 3.3

   Lost Certificates      24   

Section 3.4

   Dissenting Shares      25   

Section 3.5

   Transfers; No Further Ownership Rights      25   

Section 3.6

   Withholding      25   
Article IV   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY   

Section 4.1

   Organization and Qualification      26   

Section 4.2

   Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws      26   

Section 4.3

   Capitalization; Subsidiaries      26   

Section 4.4

   Authority Relative to Agreement      27   

Section 4.5

   No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents      28   

Section 4.6

   Compliance with Laws      29   

Section 4.7

   Company SEC Documents; Undisclosed Liabilities      30   

Section 4.8

   Controls and Procedures      31   

Section 4.9

   Absence of Certain Changes or Events      31   

Section 4.10

   Absence of Litigation      32   

 

i


 

Section 4.11

   Employee Benefit Plans      32   

Section 4.12

   Labor Matters      34   

Section 4.13

   Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights      35   

Section 4.14

   Taxes      37   

Section 4.15

   Properties; Assets      39   

Section 4.16

   Material Contracts      39   

Section 4.17

   Insurance Policies      41   

Section 4.18

   Transactions with Related Parties      42   

Section 4.19

   Post-Sale Company Assets and Liabilities      42   

Section 4.20

   Opinion of Financial Advisors      42   

Section 4.21

   Anti-Takeover Statutes      43   

Section 4.22

   Vote Required      43   

Section 4.23

   Brokers      43   

Section 4.24

   Trust Certificates      43   

Section 4.25

   Securitization Trusts      43   

Section 4.26

   Other Securitization Basic Documents      44   

Section 4.27

   Trust Student Loans      46   

Section 4.28

   Related Transaction Agreements      47   

Section 4.29

   No Other Representations or Warranties      47   
Article V   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND ACQUISITION SUB   

Section 5.1

   Organization and Qualification      48   

Section 5.2

   Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws      48   

Section 5.3

   Authority Relative to Agreement      48   

Section 5.4

   No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents      48   

Section 5.5

   Absence of Litigation      49   

Section 5.6

   Available Funds      50   

Section 5.7

   Brokers      50   

Section 5.8

   Agreements with Other Parties      50   

Section 5.9

   Capitalization and Operations of Acquisition Sub      50   

Section 5.10

   Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties      50   
Article VI   
COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS   

Section 6.1

   Conduct of Business Pending the Merger      51   

Section 6.2

   Proxy Statement      54   

Section 6.3

   Stockholders’ Meeting      56   

Section 6.4

   Appropriate Action; Consents; Filings      56   

Section 6.5

   Access to Information; Confidentiality      58   

Section 6.6

   No Solicitation of Competing Proposal      59   

Section 6.7

   Notification of Certain Matters      65   

Section 6.8

   Public Announcements      65   

 

ii


 

Section 6.9

   Employee Matters      65   

Section 6.10

   Acquisition Sub      68   

Section 6.11

   Related Transaction Agreements      68   

Section 6.12

   Certain Ancillary Agreements      68   

Section 6.13

   Agreements with Other Parties      69   

Section 6.14

   FIRPTA Certificate      69   
Article VII   
CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER   

Section 7.1

   Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party      69   

Section 7.2

   Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer      70   

Section 7.3

   Conditions to the Obligations of the Company      71   
Article VIII   
TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER   

Section 8.1

   Termination      72   

Section 8.2

   Effect of Termination      73   

Section 8.3

   Fees and Expenses      73   

Section 8.4

   Amendment      75   

Section 8.5

   Waiver      75   
Article IX   
GENERAL PROVISIONS   

Section 9.1

   Notices      76   

Section 9.2

   Interpretation; Certain Definitions      77   

Section 9.3

   Severability      78   

Section 9.4

   Assignment      78   

Section 9.5

   Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries      78   

Section 9.6

   Governing Law      78   

Section 9.7

   Consent to Jurisdiction      79   

Section 9.8

   Counterparts      79   

Section 9.9

   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      79   

Section 9.10

   Specific Performance      79   

 

iii


Exhibits

Exhibit A    Indemnification Agreement
Exhibit B    Voting and Support Agreement
Exhibit C    Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement
Exhibit D    Form of Subservicing Letter Agreement
Exhibit E    Form of Makewhole Agreement
Exhibit F    Term Sheet for Transition Agreements

Appendix

Appendix A     Company Representations and Warranties with Respect to Trust Student Loans

 

iv


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of September 17, 2010 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Discover Bank, a Delaware banking corporation (“ Buyer ”), Academy Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Buyer (“ Acquisition Sub ”), and The Student Loan Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company is entering into an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement, by and among the Company, Citibank (South Dakota) National Association (“ CSD ”), SLC Student Loan Receivables I, Inc. (the “ Depositor ”) and Citibank, N.A., (“ CBNA ”) (the “ CBNA Transaction Agreement ”, and the transactions contemplated by the CBNA Transaction Agreement, the “ CBNA Transaction ”), pursuant to which, immediately prior to the Effective Time, (i) the Company will sell to CBNA the Acquired Assets (as defined in the CBNA Transaction Agreement and defined herein as the “ CBNA Purchased Assets ”), and (ii) CBNA will assume the Other Business Liabilities;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company is entering into an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement (the “ FFELP Transaction Agreement ”, and the transactions contemplated by the FFELP Transaction Agreement, the “ FFELP Transaction ”), by and among the Company, CBNA, CSD, SLM Corporation (“ FFELP Buyer Parent ”), Depositor, Bull Run 1 LLC, SLM Education Credit Finance Corporation and Sallie Mae, Inc., pursuant to which, immediately prior to the Effective Time and immediately following the consummation of the CBNA Transaction, (i) the Company will sell to Subsidiaries of FFELP Buyer Parent, the Acquired Assets (as defined in the FFELP Transaction Agreement and defined herein as the “ FFELP Purchased Assets ”), (ii) the Company and its Affiliates will assign to FFELP Buyer Parent and its Affiliates certain administrative and loan servicing duties and obligations with respect to the interests in the FFELP trust certificates and FFELP loans and (iii) FFELP Buyer Parent will assume the Liabilities to be assumed by the FFELP Buyer Parent and its Affiliates, pursuant to the FFELP Transaction Agreement (collectively, the “ FFELP Assumed Liabilities ”);

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Time, and immediately after giving effect to the FFELP Transaction and the CBNA Transaction, (i) the Acquired Assets will be the only assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) the Retained Liabilities and Excluded Liabilities will be the only Liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Special Committee ”)) has determined that the Transactions are fair, from a financial point of view, to the stockholders of the Company (other than Citigroup Inc. and its Affiliates);


WHEREAS, in connection with its approval of the Transactions, the Board of Directors of the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee) has (i) determined that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements are fair to, and in the best interests of, the stockholders of the Company, (ii) approved and declared advisable the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the merger of Acquisition Sub with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”), with the Company continuing as the Surviving Corporation in the Merger, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth herein and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”), and (iii) resolved to recommend that the Company’s stockholders adopt this Agreement and approve the Merger and the FFELP Transaction;

WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of Buyer and Acquisition Sub each have approved and declared advisable this Agreement and the Merger, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth herein and in accordance with the DGCL;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger, each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Company Common Stock ”), of the Company issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than shares cancelled pursuant to Section 3.1(a) hereof and the Dissenting Shares) will be converted into the right to receive $30.00 in cash, without interest (the “ Merger Consideration ”);

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and as a condition to the willingness of Buyer to enter into this Agreement, CBNA is entering into (i) an Indemnification Agreement with Buyer and the Company, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”), and (ii) a Voting and Support Agreement with Buyer and FFELP Buyer Parent, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit B hereto (the “ Voting and Support Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, CBNA, the Company and Buyer are entering into (i) a Separation Agreement (the “ Separation Agreement ”) and (ii) a Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit C hereto (the “ Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement ) ;

WHEREAS, upon the Closing of the Transactions, CBNA, the Company, Buyer and their applicable Affiliates will enter into (i) a Subservicing Letter Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (the “ Subservicing Letter Agreement ”), relating to certain servicing matters following the Closing, providing, among other things, that Buyer and the Company shall not permit the transfer of the servicing of any Student Loan subject to certain insurance policies without the consent of CBNA, unless certain conditions precedent have been satisfied, including the consent of the applicable insurer under the applicable insurance policy and (ii) a Makewhole Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto (the “ Makewhole Agreement ”), pursuant to which CBNA will either purchase Student Loans or compensate the Company for

 

2


specified losses with respect to Student Loans that were in breach of certain representations or warranties made by the Company when such Student Loans were sold to a Securitization Trust, or that are required to be purchased by the Company because of breaches of servicing obligations under the related servicing agreements; and

WHEREAS, upon the Closing of the Transactions, CBNA, the Company and Buyer will enter into a Transition Services Agreement and a Trademark License Agreement containing the terms set forth in Exhibit F attached hereto (collectively, the “ Transition Agreements ), relating to certain services (a) to be provided by CBNA and its Affiliates to the Company, Buyer and their Affiliates and (b) to be provided by the Company to CBNA and its Affiliates, in each case, for a specified period of time following the Closing.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual representations, warranties and covenants and subject to the conditions herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . Defined terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them as follows:

2006-A Trust ” shall mean SLC Private Student Loan Trust 2006-A, a Delaware statutory trust.

2010-A Trust ” shall mean SLC Private Student Loan Trust 2010-A, a Delaware statutory trust.

2010-B Trust ” shall mean SLC Private Student Loan Trust 2010-B, a Delaware statutory trust.

Acquired Assets ” shall mean all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the same shall exist on the Closing Date, immediately prior to giving effect to the FFELP Transaction Closing and the CBNA Transaction Closing, other than the CBNA Purchased Assets and the FFELP Purchased Assets, including all of the following:

 

  (i) the Trust Certificates;

 

  (ii) the Securitization Restricted Cash;

 

  (iii) the LIBOR/Prime basis swap between the 2006-A Trust and Goldman Mitsui Marine;

 

  (iv) the accrued interest receivable of the Trust Student Loans;

 

3


 

  (v) the Student Loan Origination Platform;

 

  (vi) all insurance policies of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the Student Loan Insurance Policies, the Commercial Insurance Policies and the other insurance policies set forth in Section 1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule;

 

  (vii) all of the assets and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries relating to underwriting, servicing and administering the Trust Student Loans, including all data, information, books and records required to service and administer the Trust Student Loans;

 

  (viii) all of the data and information included in the Schedule of Trust Student Loans;

 

  (ix) all employment records, personnel files and other information relating to the Company Employees;

 

  (x) all goodwill of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (xi) all equipment, systems, furniture and personal property of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (xii) the minute books and organizational documents (including the Securitization Basic Documents) of the Company and the Post-Sale Subsidiaries;

 

  (xiii) all of the Company Permits, including the Company Permits listed in Section 4.6(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule;

 

  (xiv) all Copyrights, Patent Rights and Trademarks (and all goodwill associated therewith) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including (A) those listed or required to be listed in Section 4.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule and (B) the name “The Student Loan Corporation”;

 

  (xv) all Software of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the Software listed or required to be listed in Section 4.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule;

 

  (xvi) all Trade Secrets and other confidential information, including customer data;

 

  (xvii) all rights, claims or causes of action against third parties relating to the Acquired Assets or the Post-Sale Business; and

 

  (xviii)  all Contracts of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the Company Material Contracts listed in Section 4.16(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

Acquisition Sub ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble .

 

4


A ffiliate ” of a specified person, shall mean a person who, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified person.

Aggregate Merger Consideration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a) .

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble .

Alternate Superior Proposal ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(i)(iv) .

Ancillary Agreements ” shall mean (i) the Indemnification Agreement, the Voting and Support Agreement, the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement, the Subservicing Letter Agreement, the Makewhole Agreement, the Transition Agreements and the Separation Agreement, (ii) the Sub-Administration Agreements, the Replacement Subservicing Agreements, the Services Agreements, the Amended and Restated Student Loan Purchase Agreement, the Amended and Restated Funding Note Purchase Agreement, the Conduit Replacement Servicing Agreement, the Conduit Replacement Subservicing Agreement, the Depositor Agreement (each as defined in the FFELP Transaction Agreement) and that certain Amended and Restated Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and FFELP Buyer Parent and each other closing document to which the Company is or will be a party as set forth in Section 9.4 of the FFELP Transaction Agreement, (iii) the Master Servicing Agreement and the Sub-Administration Agreement (each as defined in the CBNA Transaction Agreement) and each other closing document to which the Company is or will be a party as set forth in Section 7.4 of the CBNA Transaction Agreement and (iv) all other agreements, instruments and documents being or to be executed and delivered by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer under the aforementioned agreements or in connection therewith.

Approved School ” shall mean colleges eligible under title IV, Part B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 and universities that have been approved by the Company’s credit department.

Benefit Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a) .

Bill of Sale ” means, with respect to each Securitization Trust, the Bill of Sale entered into between the Company and the Depositor pursuant to which Student Loans are sold from the Company to the Depositor, in accordance with Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreement for that Securitization Trust.

Blue Sky Laws shall mean state securities or “blue sky” laws.

Book-Entry Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) .

Borrower ” means the obligor on a Trust Student Loan.

 

5


B usiness Day shall mean any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or Chicago, Illinois are authorized or obligated to be closed.

Buyer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble .

Buyer Disclosure Schedule ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article V .

Buyer FSA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.9(f) .

CBNA ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

CBNA FSA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.9(f) .

CBNA Purchased Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

CBNA Transaction ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

CBNA Transaction Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

CBNA Transaction Closing ” shall mean the purchase and sale of the CBNA Purchased Assets and the assumption by CBNA of the Excluded Liabilities pursuant to the CBNA Transaction Agreement.

Certificate of Merger ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .

Certificates ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) .

Change of Recommendation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(d) .

Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

Closing Related Transaction Agreements ” shall mean the Related Transaction Agreements, other than the FFELP Transaction Agreement and the CBNA Transaction Agreement.

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Commercial Insurance Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.17(a) .

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble .

Company Benefit Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a) .

Company Charter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 .

 

6


Company Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Company Contract ” shall mean any Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets or properties are bound.

Company Disclosure Schedule ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article IV .

Company Employees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.9(b) .

Company Intervening Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(i) .

Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any event, change, effect, development, state of facts, condition, circumstance or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, results of operations or financial condition of the Post-Sale Company, taken as a whole, other than any event, change, effect, development, state of facts, condition, or circumstance or occurrence resulting from or arising out of: (i) changes in general economic or political conditions or the financial, securities or credit markets in general (but only to the extent the Post-Sale Company is not adversely affected in a disproportionate manner relative to other participants in the student loan industry); (ii) any events, circumstances, changes or effects that affect the student loan industry (but only to the extent the Post-Sale Company is not adversely affected in a disproportionate manner relative to other participants in the student loan industry); (iii) any changes, after the date hereof, in Laws applicable to the Post-Sale Company or any of its properties or assets; (iv) any changes, after the date hereof, in GAAP; (v) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or war (whether or not declared) or any act of terrorism, or any earthquakes, hurricanes, tornados or other natural disasters (but only to the extent the Post-Sale Company is not adversely affected in a disproportionate manner relative to other participants in the student loan industry); (vi) the announcement of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Related Transaction Agreements and the Transactions; (vii) any change in the trading price of Company Common Stock or the failure by the Company or its Subsidiaries to meet any internal or published projections, forecasts or estimates for any period (it being understood that the event, change, effect, development, state of facts, condition, circumstance or occurrence underlying such change or failure that is not otherwise excluded from the definition of Company Material Adverse Effect may be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would reasonably be expected to be a Company Material Adverse Effect); and (viii) any action taken as required by this Agreement, provided that, when used (A) to qualify any representation or warranty of the Company set forth in Article IV (other than Section 4.9 ) and (B) in the conditions to the obligations of Buyer set forth in Section 7.2(a)(i) – (iii) , “Company Material Adverse Effect” shall be read without giving effect to this clause (viii) to the extent that (x) the required action relates to the obligation of the Company under Section 6.1 or (y) the action would result in a breach of the representations set forth in Section 4.5 or Section 4.17(c) .

Company Material Contracts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.16(a) .

Company Permits ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Section 4.6(a) .

 

7


Company Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) .

Company Recommendation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 .

Company SEC Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a) .

Company Termination Fee ” shall mean any fee payable by the Company to Buyer pursuant to Section 8.3(a) , 8.3(b) , 8.3(c) , 8.3(d) or 8.3(e) .

Competing Proposal ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(i) .

Confidentiality Agreement ” shall mean the confidentiality agreement dated April 27, 2010, between Buyer and the Company.

Contract ” shall mean any contract, indenture, deed of trust, note, bond, mortgage, guarantee, lease, sublease, license, sublicense, commitment, obligation, understanding, arrangement, instrument or other agreement (whether written or oral).

control ” (including the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Copyrights ” shall mean United States and non-U.S. copyrights and mask works (as defined in 17 U.S.C. §901), whether registered or unregistered, and pending applications to register the same.

CSD ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Cut-Off Date ” shall mean the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which the Closing takes place.

Delinquent means, for any Student Loan, the period in which any payment of principal or interest due on such Student Loan is overdue (after giving effect to all grace, forbearance and deferment periods).

Depositor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

DGCL ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Dissenting Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 .

Effective Time ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(c) .

 

8


Evaluation Material ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(b) .

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Exchange Fund ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a) .

Excluded Liabilities ” shall mean all Liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than the Retained Liabilities.

FFELP ” shall mean the U.S. Federal Family Education Loan Program.

FFELP Assumed Liabilities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

FFELP Buyer Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

FFELP Purchased Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

FFELP Transaction ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

FFELP Transaction Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

FFELP Transaction Closing ” shall mean the purchase and sale of the FFELP Purchased Assets and the assumption of the FFELP Assumed Liabilities by FFELP Buyer Parent pursuant to the FFELP Transaction Agreement.

Funding Note Issuer ” shall mean SLC Conduit I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

GAAP ” shall mean the United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any United States (federal, state or local) or foreign government, or governmental, regulatory, judicial or administrative authority, agency or commission or self-regulatory organization.

HSR Act ” shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.

Indebtedness ” shall mean: (i) any indebtedness for borrowed money; (ii) any obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments or letters of credit; (iii) any obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business); (iv) any obligations as lessee under capitalized leases; (v) any indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to acquired property; (vi) any reimbursement, payment or similar obligations, contingent or otherwise, under acceptance credit, letters of credit or similar facilities; (vii) any obligations under interest rate

 

9


swap, hedging or similar agreements; and (viii) all indebtedness and other obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) above secured by any Lien upon or in property of the Post-Sale Company, or which is guaranteed by the Post-Sale Company or for which the Post-Sale Company is contingently liable.

Indemnification Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Intellectual Property ” shall mean Copyrights, Patent Rights, Trademarks and Trade Secrets.

IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

IT Assets ” shall mean the computers, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, data communications lines and all other tangible information technology equipment and Software owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries and used in connection with the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

knowledge ” shall mean the actual knowledge after reasonable investigation of the employees of the Company and Buyer set forth on Section 1(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule and Section 1 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, respectively.

Law ” shall mean any and all domestic (federal, state or local) or foreign laws, statutes, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, requirements or Orders issued or imposed by any Governmental Authority or common law.

Leased Real Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a) .

Liability ” shall mean any debt, liability, commitment or obligation of any kind or nature (whether known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, direct or indirect, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated or due or to become due), including any liability for Taxes.

Lien ” shall mean liens, claims, adverse claims, judgments, mortgages, hypothecations, pledges, security interests, charges, equitable interests, easements, conditional sale or other title retention agreements, rights of first refusal, options, restrictions (including any restrictions on use, voting, transfer, alienation, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership) or other encumbrances of any kind.

Loan File ” means, with respect to a Student Loan, the file containing all current, relevant information pertaining to such Student Loan.

Loan Transmittal Summary Form means the form attached to a bill of sale with respect to a Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreement or Securitization Master Terms Sale Agreement, which lists, by Borrower, each Student Loan sold pursuant to such bill of sale.

Makewhole Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

 

10


Merger ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Merger Consideration ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Note ” shall mean a note evidencing a Student Loan.

Notice of a Proposed Change of Recommendation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(e) .

Notice of Superior Proposal ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(e) .

NYSE ” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.

Omnibus Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Amended & Restated Omnibus Credit Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2010, by and among the Company, CBNA and the other parties thereto.

Order ” shall mean any decree, order, writ, judgment, stipulation, award, injunction, temporary restraining order or other order by any Governmental Authority, and shall include any code of conduct or other requirement with which a person voluntarily agrees with a Governmental Authority to comply.

Other Business Liabilities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the CBNA Transaction Agreement.

Other Securitization Basic Documents ” shall mean, with respect to each Other Securitization Trust, the applicable Basic Documents (as defined under the Other Securitization Indenture related to such Other Securitization Trust) and all other documents, agreements, instruments and certificates executed or delivered in connection with the establishment of such Other Securitization Trust or any securitization or other transaction to which it is a party, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Other Securitization Indenture ” shall mean, with respect to each Other Securitization Trust, the indenture or funding note purchase agreement pursuant to which the Other Securitization Trust has issued notes, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Other Securitization Trusts ” shall mean all issuers of student loan asset-backed notes (including the Funding Note Issuer, the 2004-1 Trust, the 2005-1 Trust, the 2005-2 Trust, the 2005-3 Trust, the 2006-1 Trust, the 2006-2 Trust, the 2007-1 Trust, the 2007-2 Trust, the 2008-1 Trust, the 2008-2 Trust, the 2009-1 Trust, the 2009-2 Trust, the 2009-3 Trust, the 2010-1 Trust and the 2009-A Trust) affiliated with the Company prior to giving effect to the Related Transactions, but excluding the Securitization Trusts.

Owned Software ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(g) .

 

11


Patent Rights ” shall mean the United States and non-U.S. patents, provisional patent applications, patent applications, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, reissues, patent disclosures, industrial designs, inventions (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice) and improvements thereto.

Paying Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a) .

Payment Cutoff Date ” shall mean, with respect to a Securitization Trust, a “Payment Cutoff Date” as defined in the related Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreement.

Permitted Change of Recommendation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(e).

Permitted Lien ” shall mean any (i) Lien for Taxes not yet due, that is being contested in good faith or for which adequate accruals or reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (ii) such non-monetary Liens or other imperfections of title on real property, if any, that do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect title to, materially detract from the value of, or materially impair the existing use of, the property affected by such Lien or imperfection, (iii) Liens imposed or promulgated by Laws with respect to real property and improvements, including zoning regulations, (iv) Liens disclosed on existing title reports or existing surveys (in either case copies of which title reports and surveys have been delivered or made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof) and (v) mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s and similar Liens, incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due and payable.

person ” shall mean an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority or a Rating Agency.

Post-Sale Business ” shall mean the business of (i) servicing and administering the Trust Student Loans, (ii) serving as master servicer and master administrator under the Other Securitization Basic Documents relating to the FFELP Purchased Assets and the CBNA Purchased Assets, (iii) marketing, underwriting, originating, owning, selling, servicing, administering and collecting Student Loans, (iv) providing services pursuant to any of the Ancillary Agreements and (v) engaging in ancillary activities relating thereto.

Post-Sale Company ” shall mean the Company and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to (i) the CBNA Transaction, including the purchase and sale of the CBNA Purchased Assets and the assumption of the Excluded Liabilities by CBNA pursuant to the CBNA Transaction Agreement and (ii) the FFELP Transaction, including the purchase and sale of the FFELP Purchased Assets and the assumption of the FFELP Assumed Liabilities by FFELP Buyer Parent pursuant to the FFELP Transaction Agreement.

Post-Sale Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Company that will be a Subsidiary of the Post-Sale Company.

 

12


Principal Balance ” shall mean, with respect to a Student Loan, the outstanding principal balance of such student loan, plus accrued interest expected to be capitalized (if any), as of a specified date.

Proceeding ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.10 .

Proxy Materials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 .

Proxy Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a) .

Purchase Agreement ” means, with respect to a Securitization Trust, the Purchase Agreement entered into between the Company and the Depositor pursuant to which Student Loans are sold from the Company to the Depositor, in accordance with the Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreement for that Securitization Trust.

Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Qualifying Transaction ” shall mean any transaction contemplated by a Competing Proposal, except that the reference to “15%” in each of clause (A), (B) and (C) of the definition of “Competing Proposal” shall be deemed to be a reference to “50%.” For the avoidance of doubt, neither the purchase and sale of the FFELP Purchased Assets by the FFELP Buyer Parent pursuant to the terms of the FFELP Transaction Agreement nor the purchase and sale of the CBNA Purchased Assets by CBNA pursuant to the terms of the CBNA Transaction Agreement shall be deemed a Competing Proposal so long as neither of such transactions includes any of the Acquired Assets or the capital stock of the Company.

Rating Agency ” shall mean a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or other comparable person rating the Securitization Notes in accordance with the applicable Securitization Indentures.

Related Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.18 .

Related Transaction Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the FFELP Transaction Agreement, the Trust Certificates Bill of Sale, the Sub-Servicing agreements, the Securitization Eligible Lender Trust Agreement, the Participation Agreement, the Conduit Bill of Sale, the Conduit Replacement Servicing Agreement, the Amended and Restated Funding Note Purchase Agreement and the Conduit Eligible Lender Trust Agreement (each as defined in the FFELP Transaction Agreement) and each other closing document to which the Company is or will be a party as set forth in Section 9.4 of the FFELP Transaction Agreement, (ii) the CBNA Transaction Agreement and each other closing document to which the Company is or will be a party as set forth in Section 7.4 of the CBNA Transaction Agreement and (iii) all other agreements, instruments and documents being or to be executed and delivered by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, FFELP Buyer Parent, any Subsidiary of FFELP Buyer Parent, CBNA or any Subsidiary of CBNA under the aforementioned agreements or in connection therewith.

 

13


Related Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, the transactions contemplated by the Related Transaction Agreements.

Representatives ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.5(a) .

Requisite Stockholder Approval ” shall mean the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock entitled to vote at the Stockholders’ Meeting adopting this Agreement and approving the Merger and the FFELP Transaction.

Retained Liabilities ” shall mean the following Liabilities of the Company and the Post-Sale Subsidiaries: (a) Liabilities related to the Acquired Assets, the conduct of the Post-Sale Business or the ownership and operation of the assets and properties of the Post-Sale Company or any of its Affiliates, in each case arising after the Effective Time; (b) Liabilities in respect of the Company Employees arising from any incident, event, fact or circumstance occurring after the Effective Time; (c) the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, Section 10.6 of the FFELP Transaction Agreement and Section 8.3 of the CBNA Transaction Agreement, in each case arising after the Effective Time; and (d) all Liabilities and obligations of the Company and the Post-Sale Subsidiaries arising under or to be performed under the Securitization Basic Documents, in each case arising after the Effective Time; provided , however , that in no event shall the Retained Liabilities include:

 

  (i) the FFELP Assumed Liabilities, the Other Business Liabilities or any Liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries relating to the CBNA Purchased Assets or the FFELP Purchased Assets;

 

  (ii) any Liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries relating to, arising out of or resulting from (A) the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates or the ownership and operation of the assets and properties of the Company or any of its Affiliates prior to the Effective Time or (B) incidents, events, facts or circumstances existing or occurring on or prior to the Closing Date, including any Liabilities in respect of the Proceedings set forth in Section 4.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule;

 

  (iii) any Liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries relating to or arising out of any breach of, or default under, any Company Contract by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates occurring on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

  (iv) any Liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries relating to, arising out of or resulting from any violation of Law occurring, or relating to or resulting from incidents, events, facts or circumstances existing or occurring, on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

  (v) any Liabilities for Taxes of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than any Taxes for which Buyer is liable pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement;

 

14


 

  (vi) any Liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries relating to, resulting from or arising out of claims of infringement or other misappropriation of the Intellectual Property rights of third parties occurring, or relating to or resulting from incidents, events, facts or circumstances existing or occurring, on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

  (vii)  any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any Liabilities with respect thereto (other than the Securitization Notes);

 

  (viii)  any Liabilities relating to any Company Benefit Plan to extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of any incident, event, fact or circumstance existing or occurring on or prior to the Effective Time, including all Liabilities related to the transaction awards payable under the Company Benefit Plans; or

 

  (ix) except as set forth in Article VII of the Separation Agreement, any Liabilities relating to any current or former employee, director or other service provider of the Company or any of its Affiliates to the extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of any incident, event, fact or circumstance existing or occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, including (A) all Liabilities arising out of or relating to the failure of the Company or any of its Affiliates to file timely any required notice under the WARN Act with respect to employee terminations effected by the Company or any of its Affiliates at or prior to the Effective Time, (B) all Liabilities arising out of or relating to any right, interest or claim of any current or former employees, directors or other service providers of the Company or any of its Affiliates, including any employment, severance, retention or termination Contract (other than any Liabilities to the extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of any incident, event, fact or circumstance occurring following the Effective Time), (C) all Liabilities arising out of or relating to the employment classification practices and policies of the Company or any of its Affiliates prior to the Effective Time, (D) all Liabilities with respect to compensation (including earned base salary, bonuses or other compensation and commissions owed to any current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Affiliates for all services performed up to and including the Closing Date and (E) all Liabilities with respect to any earned, unused planned time-off days earned by, and credited to, Company Employees as of the Closing Date to the extent used by Company Employees.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act ” shall mean the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Schedule of Trust Student Loans ” shall mean the schedule(s), file(s) or data storage disk(s) or tape(s) produced by the Company from its management information system identifying all of the Trust Student Loans and containing data related to such Trust Student Loans, including with respect to each Trust Student Loan, the loan identification number, current loan rate of interest, maturity date, original Principal Balance and

 

15


Principal Balance and accrued interest as of a specified date and all other information included in the data tape(s), dated March 31, 2010 and dated June 30, 2010, previously delivered to Buyer.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secretary of State ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933.

Securitization Basic Documents ” shall mean, with respect to each Securitization Trust, the applicable Basic Documents (as defined under the Securitization Indenture), as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Securitization Closing Date ” shall mean, with respect to each Securitization Trust, the applicable closing date under the Securitization Indenture.

Securitization Cutoff Date shall mean, with respect to each Securitization Trust, the applicable cutoff date under the Securitization Indenture.

Securitization Eligible Loan ” shall mean a Student Loan offered for sale by the Depositor under the applicable Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Securitization Closing Date, or substituted by the Depositor under any other Purchase Agreement entered into after the Securitization Closing Date, which, as of the Securitization Cutoff Date, or in the case of a Purchase Agreement entered into after the Securitization Closing Date, as of the related purchase date, is current or no more delinquent than permitted under such Purchase Agreement and which meets the other criteria for an “Eligible Loan” under and as defined in the applicable Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreement as of the applicable Securitization Cutoff Date, or in the case of any Student Loan substituted pursuant to this Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreement after the Securitization Closing Date, as of the applicable cutoff date by the Depositor.

Securitization Indenture ” shall mean, with respect to each Securitization Trust, the indenture pursuant to which the Securitization Trust has issued Securitization Notes, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreement ” shall mean, with respect to each Securitization Trust, the purchase agreement entered into by and between the Company and the Depositor pursuant to which the Student Loans to be deposited into the Securitization Trust are sold from the Company to the Depositor, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Securitization Master Terms Sale Agreement ” shall mean, with respect to each Securitization Trust, the Master Terms Sale Agreement entered into by and between the Depositor and the Securitization Trust pursuant to

 

16


which Student Loans are sold by the Depositor to the Securitization Trust, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Securitization Note ” shall mean a note issued by the related Securitization Trust.

Securitization Restricted Cash ” shall mean, with respect to each Securitization Trust, all cash and investments held from time to time in any Trust Account (as defined in the applicable Administration Agreement (as defined in the applicable Securitization Indenture)) whether in the form of deposit accounts, physical property, book-entry securities, uncertificated securities or otherwise.

Securitization Trust ” shall mean the 2006-A Trust, the 2010-A Trust or the 2010-B Trust, as the context requires.

Securitization Trust SEC Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.25(e) .

Separation Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Servicer ” shall mean the Company in its capacity as Servicer under each Securitization Servicing Agreement (as defined in the FFELP Transaction Agreement) or under the Conduit Servicing Agreement and the Conduit Supplemental Servicing Agreement (each as defined in the FFELP Transaction Agreement) or under the servicing agreement with respect to the 2009-A Trust, as the context requires, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

Services Agreements ” means, collectively, with respect to each of the Other Securitization Trusts, each Services Agreement and Administration Services Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date, by and among the Company and CBNA, as service providers, and CSD, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Signing Related Transaction Agreements shall mean the FFELP Transaction Agreement and the CBNA Transaction Agreement.

Software ” shall mean computer software programs and software systems, including firmware, middleware, databases, compilations, tool sets, compilers, higher level or “proprietary” languages and related documentation, whether in source code, object code or human readable form.

Special Committee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Stockholders Meeting ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a) .

 

17


Student Loan ” shall mean private education loans to students and parents of students that are not guaranteed or reinsured under the FFELP or any other federal student aid programs.

Student Loan Insurance Policies ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.17(a) .

Student Loan Origination Platform ” shall mean the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in and to the Software, IT Assets, systems and other materials directly used in connection with the acquisition and servicing of students loans with respect to the Post-Sale Business, including the following:

 

  (i) the implementation of the third party application commonly known as Diploma and related code used solely by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

  (ii) the implementation of the third party application commonly known as Appworks and related code used solely by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connecting systems that are specific to the Appworks interface;

 

  (iii) the application commonly known as CSRAgent and code used solely by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in related systems that are specific to the CSRAgent interface;

 

  (iv) the Internet domain names StudentLoan.com, FAAOnline.com, and EducationalLoanCenter.com, content thereon (excluding any Trademarks owned by an Affiliate of the Company), and underlying code specific to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the foregoing websites and related systems that are specific to the foregoing websites’ interfaces;

 

  (v) training materials, policies, procedures, marketing materials, templates, and other materials specific to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and used in connection with the acquisition, disbursement and servicing of students loans with respect to the Post-Sale Business;

 

  (vi) spreadsheets, databases, documents, reports and other materials specific to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and used in connection with the acquisition, disbursement and servicing of students loans with respect to the Post-Sale Business; and

 

  (vii)  the algorithms, processes and business logic specific to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Subservicer ” shall mean CSD, in its capacity as the subservicer under each Securitization Subservicing Agreement or the Conduit Subservicing Agreement (each as defined in the FFELP Transaction Agreement) or under the subservicing agreement with respect to the 2009-A Trust, as the context requires, and its successors and assigns in such capacity.

 

18


Subservicing Letter Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Subsidiary ” of any person, shall mean any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity of which such person owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the stock or other equity interests, the holders of which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such corporation or other legal entity, including, in the case of the Company, the Securitization Trusts.

Superior Proposal ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(i) .

Superior Proposal Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(g) .

Surviving Corporation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign net income, gross income, gross receipts, windfall profit, severance, property, production, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, employment, payroll, withholding, alternative or add-on minimum, ad valorem, value-added, transfer, stamp, or environmental tax (including taxes under Code Section 59A), or any other tax, custom, duty, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority.

Tax Returns ” shall mean returns, reports and information statements with respect to Taxes required to be filed with any other taxing authority, domestic or foreign, including consolidated, combined and unitary tax returns.

Termination Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b) .

Trademarks ” shall mean United States, state and non-U.S. trademarks, service marks, trade names, assumed names, Internet domain names, designs, logos, slogans and general intangibles of like nature, whether registered or unregistered, and pending registrations and applications to register the foregoing.

Trade Secrets ” shall mean trade secrets and confidential ideas, know-how, concepts, methods, processes, formulae, technology, algorithms, models, reports, data, customer lists, supplier lists, mailing lists, business plans and other proprietary information, in each case which derive economic value, actual or potential, from being maintained in confidence.

Transaction Expenses ” shall mean all documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred or paid by or on behalf of Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer in connection with the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby or related to the authorization, preparation, negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, including all fees and expenses of counsel, investment banking firms, financing sources, accountants, experts and consultants.

 

19


Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the FFELP Transaction, (ii) the CBNA Transaction and (iii) the transactions, including the Merger, contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements.

Transition Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Trust Certificate ” shall mean, with respect to each Securitization Trust, a certificate evidencing a 100% beneficial interest in such Securitization Trust.

Trust Student Loan ” shall mean a Student Loan that has been sold or permissibly transferred to a Securitization Trust by the Depositor, the Servicer or a Subservicer and the beneficial ownership of which is still held by such Securitization Trust on the date specified.

Voting and Support Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

WARN Act ” means, collectively, the Workers Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act and any and all comparable state, local and other Laws.

ARTICLE II

THE MERGER

Section 2.1 The Merger . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, and in accordance with the DGCL, at the Effective Time, Acquisition Sub shall be merged with and into the Company, whereupon the separate existence of Acquisition Sub shall cease, and the Company shall continue under the name “The Student Loan Corporation” as the surviving corporation (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), shall become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Buyer and shall continue to be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 2.2 Closing . Subject to the satisfaction or, if permissible, waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VII hereof, the closing of the Merger (the “ Closing ”) will take place at 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the third Business Day after the day on which the last of the conditions required to be satisfied or waived pursuant to Article VII hereof is either satisfied or waived (other than conditions that, by their nature, are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions) at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square, New York, New York, 10036, unless another time, date or place is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto (such date on which the Closing occurs being the “ Closing Date ”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including Section 6.12 , the parties will cooperate to cause the Closing to occur immediately following the closings of each of the FFELP Transaction and the CBNA Transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless CBNA or one of its Affiliates (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) confirms to Buyer in writing on or prior to November 15, 2010 that it will provide the human resources services and employee benefit plans and programs

 

20


contemplated under Article VII of the Separation Agreement, in no event shall the Closing Date occur prior to December 31, 2010.

Section 2.3 Effective Time; Effect .

(a) Concurrently with the Closing, the Company, Buyer and Acquisition Sub shall cause a certificate of merger (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) with respect to the Merger to be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Secretary of State ”) as provided under the DGCL. The Merger shall become effective on the date and time at which the Certificate of Merger has been duly filed with the Secretary of State or at such other date and time as is agreed by the parties and specified in the Certificate of Merger, and such date and time is hereinafter referred to as the “ Effective Time .”

(b) The Merger shall have the effects specified herein and in the DGCL.

Section 2.4 Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws . At the Effective Time, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “ Company Charter ”), shall be amended so that Article FOURTH thereof reads in its entirety as follows: “The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value.” As so amended, the Company Charter shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable Law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation. At the Effective Time, the by-laws of Acquisition Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall become the by-laws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable Law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws of the Surviving Corporation.

Section 2.5 Board of Directors . Subject to applicable Law, each of the parties hereto shall take all necessary action to ensure that the Board of Directors of the Surviving Corporation effective as of, and immediately following, the Effective Time shall consist of the members of the Board of Directors of Acquisition Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Section 2.6 Officers . From and after the Effective Time, the officers of the Acquisition Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation, until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified in accordance with applicable Law.

ARTICLE III

EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON CAPITAL STOCK; EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES

Section 3.1 Effect on Securities . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the Company, Acquisition Sub or the holders of any securities of the Company or Acquisition Sub:

 

21


(a) Cancellation of Company Securities . Each share of Company Common Stock held by the Company as treasury stock or held by Buyer or Acquisition Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be cancelled, retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration or payment shall be delivered in exchange therefor or in respect thereof.

(b) Conversion of Company Securities . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than shares cancelled pursuant to Section 3.1(a) hereof and the Dissenting Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration. Each share of Company Common Stock to be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration as provided in this Section 3.1(b) shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holders thereof, be automatically cancelled and shall cease to exist and the holders of certificates (the “ Certificates ”) or book-entry shares (“ Book-Entry Shares ”) which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented such shares of Company Common Stock shall cease to have any rights with respect to such shares of Company Common Stock other than the right to receive, upon surrender of such Certificates (or affidavits of loss in lieu thereof and in compliance with Section 3.3 ) or Book-Entry Shares in accordance with Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the Merger Consideration, without interest thereon.

(c) Conversion of Acquisition Sub Capital Stock . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, each share of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of Acquisition Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become one (1) fully paid share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Surviving Corporation and shall constitute the only outstanding shares of capital stock of the Surviving Corporation.

(d) Adjustments . Without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, if at any time during the period between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time, any change in the number of outstanding shares of Company Common Stock shall occur as a result of a reclassification, recapitalization, stock split (including a reverse stock split), or combination, subdivision, exchange or readjustment of shares, or any stock dividend or stock distribution with a record date during such period, the Merger Consideration shall be equitably adjusted to reflect such change.

Section 3.2 Exchange of Certificates .

(a) Designation of Paying Agent; Deposit of Exchange Fund . Prior to the Effective Time, Buyer shall designate a paying agent (the “ Paying Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Company for the payment of the Merger Consideration as provided in Section 3.1(b) . At or immediately following the Effective Time, Buyer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, with the Paying Agent, for the benefit of holders of shares of Company Common Stock, cash constituting an amount equal to the aggregate Merger Consideration (the “ Aggregate Merger Consideration ,” and such Aggregate Merger Consideration as deposited with the Paying Agent, the “ Exchange Fund ”). In the event the Exchange Fund shall be insufficient to make the payments contemplated by Section 3.1(b) , Buyer shall promptly deposit, or cause to be deposited, additional funds with the

 

22


Paying Agent in an amount which is equal to the deficiency in the amount required to make such payment. The Paying Agent shall cause the Exchange Fund to be (i) held for the benefit of the holders of Company Common Stock and (ii) applied promptly to making the payments pursuant to Section 3.2(c) hereof. The Exchange Fund shall not be used for any purpose that is not expressly provided for in this Agreement.

(b) As promptly as practicable following the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall cause the Paying Agent to mail to each holder of record of a Certificate or Book-Entry Share, which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented outstanding shares of Company Common Stock (x) a letter of transmittal, which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates or Book-Entry Shares, as applicable, shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Certificates (or affidavits of loss in lieu thereof and in compliance with Section 3.3 ) or Book-Entry Shares to the Paying Agent and which shall be in the form and have such other provisions as Buyer and the Surviving Corporation may reasonably specify and (y) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates or Book-Entry Shares in exchange for the Merger Consideration into which the number of shares of Company Common Stock previously represented by such Certificate or Book-Entry Shares shall have been converted pursuant to this Agreement (which instructions shall provide that at the election of the surrendering holder, Certificates or Book-Entry Shares may be surrendered, and the Merger Consideration in exchange therefor collected, by hand delivery). Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 3.2 , each Certificate or Book-Entry Share shall be deemed at any time after the Effective Time to represent only the right to receive upon surrender the applicable portion of the Aggregate Merger Consideration in cash as contemplated by this Section 3.2 , without interest thereon.

(c) Upon surrender of a Certificate (or affidavit of loss in lieu thereof and in compliance with Section 3.3 ) or Book-Entry Share for cancellation to the Paying Agent, together with a letter of transmittal duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, and such other documents as may be required pursuant to such instructions, the holder of such Certificate or Book-Entry Share shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor the Merger Consideration for each share of Company Common Stock formerly represented by such Certificate or Book-Entry Share, to be promptly mailed following the later to occur of (x) the Effective Time or (y) the Paying Agent’s receipt of such Certificate (or affidavit of loss in lieu thereof and in compliance with Section 3.3 ) or Book-Entry Share, and the Certificate (or affidavit of loss in lieu thereof and in compliance with Section 3.3 ) or Book-Entry Share so surrendered shall be forthwith cancelled. If the payment of the applicable portion of the Aggregate Merger Consideration is made to a person other than the person in whose name the surrendered Certificate is registered, it shall be a condition of payment that (A) the Certificate so surrendered shall be properly endorsed or shall otherwise be in proper form for transfer and (B) the person requesting such payment shall have paid any transfer and other Taxes required by reason of the payment of the applicable portion of the Aggregate Merger Consideration to a person other than the registered holder of such Certificate surrendered or shall have established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Surviving Corporation that such Tax either has been paid or is not applicable. The Paying Agent shall accept such Certificates (or affidavits of loss in lieu thereof) or Book-Entry Shares upon compliance with such reasonable terms and conditions as the Paying Agent may impose to effect an orderly exchange thereof in accordance with normal exchange practices. No interest shall be paid or accrued for the benefit of holders of the

 

23


Certificates or Book-Entry Shares on the Merger Consideration payable upon the surrender of the Certificates or Book-Entry Shares.

(d) Termination of Exchange Fund . Any portion of the Exchange Fund which remains undistributed to the holders of the Certificates or Book-Entry Shares for twelve (12) months after the Effective Time shall be delivered to the Surviving Corporation, upon demand, and any such holders of shares of Company Common Stock prior to the Merger who have not theretofore complied with this Article III shall thereafter look only to the Surviving Corporation, as general creditors thereof for payment of their claim for Merger Consideration, without interest, to which such holders may be entitled.

(e) No Liability . None of Buyer, Acquisition Sub, the Company, the Surviving Corporation or the Paying Agent shall be liable to any person in respect of any cash held in the Exchange Fund delivered to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Law. If any Certificates or Book-Entry Shares shall not have been surrendered prior to one (1) year after the Effective Time (or immediately prior to such earlier date on which any cash in respect of such Certificate or Book-Entry Share would otherwise escheat to, or become the property of, any Governmental Authority), any such cash in respect of such Certificate or Book-Entry Share shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, become the property of the Surviving Corporation, free and clear of all claims or interest of any person previously entitled thereto.

(f) Investment of Exchange Fund . The Paying Agent shall, if directed by Buyer or, after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation, invest any cash included in the Exchange Fund as so directed; provided that (i) no such investment shall relieve Buyer or the Paying Agent from making the payments required by this Article III , and following any losses that result in the amount of cash in the Exchange Fund to be insufficient to make the remaining payments contemplated to be paid by the Paying Agent from the Exchange Fund pursuant to this Agreement, Buyer shall promptly provide additional funds to the Paying Agent for the benefit of the holders of Company Common Stock in the amount of such deficiency, and (ii) such investments shall be in (A) short-term obligations of the United States of America with maturities of no more than thirty (30) days or guaranteed by the United States of America and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, (B) commercial paper obligations rated A-1 or P-1 or better by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s, respectively or (C) money market funds substantially all the assets of which are comprised of investments in the obligations described in clauses (A) and (B). Any interest or income produced by such investments shall be payable to the Surviving Corporation.

Section 3.3 Lost Certificates . If any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if required by the Surviving Corporation, the posting by such person of a bond, in such reasonable amount as the Surviving Corporation may direct, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Certificate, the Paying Agent shall pay in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate, the Merger Consideration to which the holder thereof is entitled pursuant to this Article III .

 

24


Section 3.4 Dissenting Shares . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent that holders of Company Common Stock are entitled to appraisal rights under Section 262 of the DGCL, shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a holder who has properly exercised and perfected his or her demand for appraisal rights under Section 262 of the DGCL (the “ Dissenting Shares ”), shall not be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration, but the holders of such Dissenting Shares shall be entitled to receive such consideration as shall be determined pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL; provided , however , that if any such holder shall have failed to timely perfect or shall have effectively withdrawn or lost his or her right to appraisal under the DGCL, such holder’s shares of Company Common Stock shall thereupon be deemed to have been converted as of the Effective Time into the right to receive the Merger Consideration, without any interest thereon, and such shares shall not be deemed to be Dissenting Shares. At the Effective Time, any holder of Dissenting Shares shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the rights provided in Section 262 of the DGCL and as provided in this Section 3.4 . The Company shall give Buyer and Acquisition Sub prompt notice of any demands received by the Company for appraisal of shares of Company Common Stock, and Buyer and Acquisition Sub shall have the right to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands except as required by applicable Law. The Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of Buyer, make any payment with respect to any demands for fair value for Dissenting Shares or offer to settle, settle or negotiate in respect of any such demands.

Section 3.5 Transfers; No Further Ownership Rights . After the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of the Company or the Surviving Corporation will be closed, and there shall be no registration of transfers on the stock transfer books of the Company or the Surviving Corporation of shares of Company Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If Certificates or Book-Entry Shares are presented to the Surviving Corporation for transfer following the Effective Time, they shall be cancelled against delivery of the Merger Consideration, as provided for in Section 3.1(c) hereof, for each share of Company Common Stock formerly represented by such Certificates or Book-Entry Shares.

Section 3.6 Withholding . Each of the Paying Agent, the Company, Buyer and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the payments otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of Company Common Stock such amounts as it is respectively required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of the Company Common Stock in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Except: (i) as disclosed in any Company SEC Document filed prior to the date hereof (excluding (A) risk factor disclosures contained under the heading “Risk Factors” (other

 

25


than any historical information included therein), (B) any disclosure of risks included in any “Forward-looking statements” disclaimers and (C) any other statements included in such Company SEC Documents to the extent that such disclosures are predictive or forward-looking in nature); provided , however , that any disclosures in the Company SEC Documents that are the subject of this clause (i) shall be deemed to qualify a representation or warranty only if the relevance of such disclosure to such representation or warranty is reasonably apparent on the face of such disclosure; provided , further , that the disclosures in the Company SEC Documents shall not be deemed to qualify any representations or warranties made in Section 4.3 ; or (ii) as disclosed in any section of the separate disclosure schedule which has been delivered by the Company to Buyer immediately prior to the execution of this Agreement (the “ Company Disclosure Schedule ”), which Company Disclosure Schedule shall be arranged in numbered and lettered sections corresponding to the numbered and lettered sections contained in this Article IV (it being agreed that the disclosure of any item in any section of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall also be deemed to be disclosed with respect to any other section of the Company Disclosure Schedule to which the relevance of such item is reasonably apparent on the face of such disclosure), the Company hereby represents and warrants to Buyer and Acquisition Sub as follows:

Section 4.1 Organization and Qualification . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or formation and has the requisite corporate or other legal entity power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified or licensed as a foreign corporation or other legal entity to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except for such failures to be so qualified or licensed and in good standing as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.2 Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws . The Company has made available to Buyer a complete and correct copy of the Company Charter and the by-laws of the Company, and the comparable organizational documents of each Subsidiary of the Company, in each case as amended to date.

Section 4.3 Capitalization; Subsidiaries .

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 50,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Company Preferred Stock ”). Twenty million shares of Company Common Stock are issued and outstanding and no shares of Company Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding. No shares of Company Common Stock are held by the Company in its treasury. All outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to, and were not issued in violation of, any preemptive rights.

(b) Section 4.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of each Subsidiary of the Company, together with the jurisdiction of organization

 

26


and percentage of outstanding equity or voting interests owned by the Company. All outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries of the Company are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to, and were not issued in violation of, any preemptive rights and are owned of record and beneficially by the Company free and clear of any Liens.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 4.3(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any shares of capital stock or other equity or voting interests in (including any securities exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into capital stock or other equity or voting interests in) any other person (other than equity or debt securities held as investments in the ordinary course of business which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole).

(d) There are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, convertible securities, phantom stock rights, stock appreciation rights, stock-based performance units or other similar rights, agreements, commitments or Contracts of any kind to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound obligating the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock of, or other equity or voting interests in, or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of capital stock of, or other equity or voting interests in, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or obligating the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, grant, extend or enter into any such security, option, warrant, call, right, unit, agreement, commitment or Contract.

Section 4.4 Authority Relative to Agreement .

(a) The Company has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the Merger, the Related Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements, subject in the case of the Merger and the FFELP Transaction to receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Approval. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the Merger, the Related Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements or to consummate the Merger, the Related Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (other than, with respect to the Merger and the FFELP Transaction, the receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Approval, and with respect to the Merger, the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State). This Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements have been (or at the time of the Closing, will be) duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer and Acquisition Sub, this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements constitute (or, at the time of Closing, will constitute), and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each of the other parties thereto, the Related

 

27


Transaction Agreements constitute (or, at the time of Closing, will constitute), legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditor’s rights, and to general equitable principles).

(b) In connection with its approval of the Transactions, the Board of Directors of the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee), at a meeting duly called and held, has unanimously (i) approved and adopted this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements and approved the Merger, the Related Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (ii) determined that the Merger and the Related Transactions are advisable and fair to and in the best interests of, the stockholders of the Company and (iii) resolved to submit this Agreement and the FFELP Transaction Agreement to the stockholders of the Company for approval, file the Proxy Statement with the SEC and, subject to Section 6.6 hereof, make the Company Recommendation.

Section 4.5 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents .

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements by the Company do not and will not, the performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements by the Company will not, and the consummation by the Company of the Merger, the Related Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements will not, with or without notice or lapse of time, or both, (i) conflict with or violate the restated certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) conflict with or violate any Law applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or affected, (iii) result in any breach of, or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to any right of consent, termination, amendment, modification, acceleration, cancellation of, or any right of acceleration or cancellation or modification of any benefit or obligation under, or right to challenge (A) any Securitization Basic Document or Other Securitization Basic Document or (B) any other Company Contract or (iv) result in the creation of a Lien, other than any Permitted Lien, on any property or asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) hereof, any such conflict, violation, breach, default, termination, amendment, acceleration, cancellation or Lien that has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect or that would not reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to perform any of their obligations under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the Related Transaction Agreements or prevent or unreasonably delay the consummation of the Transactions.

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements by the Company do not, and at the time of the Closing, will not, the performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements by the Company will not, and the consummation by the Company of the Merger, the Related Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the

 

28


Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements will not, require any consent, approval, authorization, waiver or permit of, or filing or registration with or notification to, any Governmental Authority or any other person, including any trustee, any holder of, or holder of a beneficial interest in, note issued under a Securitization Indenture or any Rating Agency, except for applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, Blue Sky Laws, the HSR Act, any applicable non-U.S. competition, antitrust or investment Laws, filing and recordation of appropriate merger documents as required by the DGCL and except where failure to obtain such consents, approvals, authorizations, waivers or permits, or to make such filings or notifications, has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect or would not reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to perform any of their obligations under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the Related Transaction Agreements or prevent or unreasonably delay the consummation of the Transactions.

Section 4.6 Compliance with Laws .

(a) The Post-Sale Company and the Post-Sale Subsidiaries are in possession of all authorizations, licenses, permits, franchises, exemptions, orders, approvals and certificates necessary for the Post-Sale Company and the Post-Sale Subsidiaries to own, lease or operate their properties and assets and to carry on their businesses as they are now being conducted (the “ Company Permits ”), and no suspension or cancellation of any of the Company Permits is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, except where the failure to be in possession of, or the suspension or cancellation of, any of the Company Permits has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Section 4.6(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of the material Company Permits. None of the Post-Sale Company or any of the Post-Sale Subsidiaries is or has been in default or violation of (i) any Laws applicable to the Post-Sale Company or any of the Post-Sale Subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of the Post-Sale Company or any of the Post-Sale Subsidiaries is bound or affected or (ii) the Company Permits, except, in each case, for any such defaults or violations that have not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, none of the Company Permits will be subject to revocation, withdrawal, suspension, termination, non-renewal or modification as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the Related Transaction Agreements or the consummation of the Transactions.

(b) With respect to each state or jurisdiction therein in which the Company or any of its Affiliates undertakes origination activities of Student Loans, the Company or such Affiliate is and has been in compliance in all material respects with such state’s or jurisdiction’s (as applicable) Laws, settlement agreements and other standards and procedures, including those promulgated by agencies or officers thereof, applicable to it and pertaining to the conduct of participants in the student loan industry, including any applicable voluntary code of conduct, to the extent the Company or any such Affiliate has assented thereto.

(c) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective agents, officers or employees, is or has been in violation in any respect of any Laws or Orders applicable to the Trust Student Loans, including all Laws applicable to the marketing,

 

29


origination, ownership, sale, servicing and collection of the Trust Student Loans and the Company’s business, except for such violation that has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. The servicing and collection practices used by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to the Trust Student Loans are and have been compliant with applicable Law and have met customary standards and practices utilized by similar student lenders in their servicing businesses, except for such non-compliance that has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.7 Company SEC Documents; Undisclosed Liabilities .

(a) The Company has filed with the SEC all forms, documents, reports, schedules and statements required to be filed or furnished with the SEC since December 31, 2009, together with any amendments, restatements or supplements thereto (the “ Company SEC Documents ”). As of their respective dates, or, if amended or restated, as of the date of the last such amendment or applicable subsequent filing prior to the date of this Agreement, each of the Company SEC Documents complied, and each of the Company SEC Documents to be filed subsequent to the date hereof will comply, in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, as the case may be, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and none of the Company SEC Documents at the time they were filed, or will be filed, as the case may be, or, if amended or restated, as of the date of the last such amendment or applicable subsequent filing prior to the date of this Agreement, contained, or will contain, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, or will omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, or are to be made, not misleading.

(b) The consolidated financial statements (giving effect to any amendments, restatements or supplements thereto filed prior to the date of this Agreement, and including all related notes and schedules) of the Company included in the Company SEC Documents comply as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the respective dates thereof and their consolidated results of operations and consolidated cash flows for the respective periods then ended (subject, in the case of the unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and to any other adjustments described therein including the notes thereto) in conformity with GAAP (except, in the case of the unaudited statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated therein or in the notes thereto). The books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries are true and complete, have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices and accurately present and reflect in all material respects all of the transactions and actions therein described.

(c) The Company and its Subsidiaries do not have any Liabilities that would have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, except (i) as disclosed, reflected or reserved against in the most recent audited balance sheet or the notes thereto included in the Company SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof, (ii) for Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the most recent audited balance sheet

 

30


included in the Company SEC Documents and not in violation hereof, (iii) Liabilities incurred in connection with the obligations of the Post-Sale Company for ongoing performance under any Company Contract set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule that are not related to any breach or default thereunder and (iv) for Liabilities which were incurred in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any of the Related Transaction Agreements.

Section 4.8 Controls and Procedures . The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting (as such terms are defined in paragraphs (e) and (f), respectively, of Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act) as required by Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed or furnished under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the required time periods and that all such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and to make the certifications required pursuant to Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company’s management has completed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and, as of their respective filing dates or, if amended, as of the date of the last amendment prior to the date hereof, to the extent required by applicable Law, has presented in any applicable Company SEC Document that is a report on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q or any amendment thereto its conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by such report or amendment based on such evaluation. The Company’s management has completed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the year ended December 31, 2009, and a description of such assessment is set forth in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 filed prior to the date hereof. The Company has disclosed, based on its most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s outside auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) which are reasonably likely to adversely affect in any material respect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Section 4.9 Absence of Certain Changes or Events .

(a) Since December 31, 2009, (i) the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries have been conducted in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and (ii) there has not been any event, change, effect, development, state of facts, condition, circumstance or occurrence that has had or would have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Since December 31, 2009 through the date of this Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action that, if taken after the date hereof,

 

31


would constitute a breach of or require a consent under Section 6.1(a)(iii) , 6.1(a)(vi) , 6.1(a)(viii) or 6.1(a)(xv) .

Section 4.10 Absence of Litigation .

(a) There is no claim, action, suit, proceeding, investigation, arbitration, audit or hearing (each, a “ Proceeding ”) pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any present or former officer, director or employee (in their capacity as such) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority, in each case as would have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. There are no Orders outstanding against the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any present or former officer, director or employee (in their capacities as such) that would be material to the Post-Sale Company and as of the date hereof, there is no Proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that seeks to prevent, hinder, modify, delay or challenge any of the Transactions.

(b) (i) As of the date hereof and (ii) after the date hereof, none of the Company, the Depositor, any Securitization Trust or any Other Securitization Trust has received any notice or other communication from any Governmental Authority, any party to a Securitization Basic Document or Other Securitization Basic Document, any holder of, or holder of a beneficial interest in, any note issued under a Securitization Indenture or in connection with the Other Securitization Basic Documents, any issuer of a Student Loan Insurance Policy or any Rating Agency in connection with this Agreement, the Related Transaction Agreements or the Transactions, or from any person alleging that the consent of such person is or may be required in connection herewith or therewith and there are no material Proceedings commenced or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or involving such person or any of its Subsidiaries, other than, in the case of clause (ii), any such alleged consent that, if not obtained, or Proceeding that has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.11 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Section 4.11(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of each material Benefit Plan. All “employee benefit plans” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, and all stock purchase, stock option, severance, employment, consulting, change-in-control, fringe benefit, welfare benefit, bonus, incentive, retention, tax gross up, deferred compensation, pension benefit, educational assistance and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies, commitments or arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA, in each case in which any Company Employee participates, or has any present or future right to benefits, or to which any Company Employee is a party are collectively referred to as the “ Benefit Plans . ” Any Benefit Plan sponsored by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “ Company Benefit Plans .”

(b) Buyer has received, with respect to each Company Benefit Plan, to the extent applicable, complete copies of (i) all plan documents and agreements and related trust

 

32


agreements or other funding vehicles, (ii) the most recent summary plan descriptions, (iii) summaries of any Company Benefit Plans for which there is not a plan documents and (iv) the most recent determination or opinion letter issued by the IRS with respect to each Company Benefit Plan that is intended to be a “qualified plan” under Section 401 of the Code.

(c) No Liability under Title IV, Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code has been incurred by the Company or any entity, whether or not incorporated, that together with the Company would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001(b) of ERISA (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”) that has not been satisfied in full, and no condition exists that presents a material risk to the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of the Company of incurring any such Liability, other than Liability for premiums due the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (which premiums have been paid when due). The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation has not instituted Proceedings to terminate any Benefit Plan, and no condition exists that would reasonably be expected to result in such Proceedings being instituted. Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates have ever contributed, or been obligated to contribute, to a “multiemployer plan” (within in the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) at any time.

(d) Each Company Benefit Plan has been operated in material compliance with its terms and the requirements of applicable Law, including ERISA and the Code. Each Benefit Plan which is intended to qualify under Code Section 401(a) has been maintained in a manner intended to remain so qualified and nothing has occurred with respect to the operation of each such Benefit Plan which would result in the loss of such qualification.

(e) There are no Proceedings, other than routine claims for benefits, or Liens pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened with respect to any Benefit Plan as to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has or could reasonably be expected to have any material Liability.

(f) Except as set forth on Section 4.11(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or any of the Related Transaction Agreements, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will (i) result in any payment becoming due to any Company Employee, (ii) increase any benefits otherwise payable to any Company Employee under any Benefit Plan or (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits to any Company Employee under any such plan, in all such events, which would otherwise not have been due, increased or accelerated had this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements not been executed.

(g) Except as set forth on Section 4.11(g) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no Benefit Plan entitles any Company Employee or beneficiary thereof to any retiree medical or other retiree welfare benefits, except as specifically required by the continuation requirements of Part 6 of Title I of ERISA.

(h) Except as set forth on Section 4.11(h)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there are no Company Benefit Plans. Except as set forth on Section 4.11(h)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, following the Effective Time, the Company and its Subsidiaries

 

33


shall not have any Liability with respect to any (A) Benefit Plan that is not a Company Benefit Plan or (B) employee benefits or employee benefit or compensation plan, program, agreement or arrangement maintained or sponsored or otherwise contributed to by CBNA of any Affiliate of CBNA that would be a Benefit Plan but for the fact that no Company Employee is a party to, participates in or is entitled to present or future benefits from, such plan, program, agreement or arrangement.

(i) Each Benefit Plan that is a nonqualified deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code has been administered, operated and maintained with respect to the Company Employees according to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and, as applied to the Company Employees, the terms of the written plan document of each such Benefit Plan comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code, except, in each case, where any such failure would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or the Company Employee. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been required to withhold or pay any Taxes as a result of a failure to comply with Section 409A of the Code. No person is entitled to receive any additional payment from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the imposition of a Tax under Section 409A of the Code.

Section 4.12 Labor Matters .

(a) There is no Proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under, nor any Order to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are subject that concerns, the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (or under any state or local wage and hour Law) that affects the Company Employees, nor is there any basis for any of the same, in each case as has had or would have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(b) With respect to the Company Employees, (i) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or has been a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement with a labor union or organization, (ii) no labor union, labor organization or group of employees has made a demand for recognition or certification and (iii) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or has been a party to, affected by, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, with any labor strike, work stoppage, slowdown, walkout or lockout or any dispute or controversy with a union or with respect to unionization or collective bargaining.

(c) The Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been in compliance in all material respects with all Laws and Orders relating to wage payments and the collection and payment of withholding Taxes, social security Taxes and other similar Taxes, except as has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(d) All Company Employees working in the United States are authorized to work in the United States and a Form I-9 has been properly completed and retained with respect to each Company Employee and former employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as required by applicable Law, except as has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

34


(e) All Company Employees working in countries outside of the United States are authorized to work in such countries and the necessary immigration approvals have been obtained with respect to each such Company Employee and former employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as required by applicable Law, except as has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(f) The Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been in material compliance in all material respects with the requirements of the WARN Act and have no Liabilities or unfulfilled notice obligations pursuant to the WARN Act. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action that would cause any of them to have any Liability thereunder, except as has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.13 Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights .

(a) Section 4.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a list and description (showing in each case the registered or other owner, expiration date and registration or application number, if any) of all applications or registrations for Copyrights, Patent Rights and Trademarks owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, as of the date listed on Section 4.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

(b) Section 4.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all material Software owned or directly used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and that is used in connection with the Post-Sale Business, provided that Section 4.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule need not list mass market Software licensed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is commercially available and subject to “shrink wrap” or “click through” license agreements.

(c) Section 4.13(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all (i) material Contracts to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that relate to Software and/or Intellectual Property owned by a third party and used in connection with the Post-Sale Business, and (ii) material Contracts pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries grants to a third party a right to use any Trade Secrets or any of the Intellectual Property or Software required to be identified in Section 4.13(a) or Section 4.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

(d) Except as disclosed in Section 4.13(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company either: (i) owns the entire right, title and interest in and to the Intellectual Property and Software used by the Company or such Subsidiary, free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens); or (ii) has the valid and enforceable right to use the same as the same is necessary to be used by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Post-Sale Business. Except as set forth in Section 4.13(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is listed in the records of the appropriate United States, state or non-U.S. registry as the sole current owner of record for each application or registration required to be identified in Section 4.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule as being owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

35


(e) Except as disclosed in Section 4.13(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule: (i) all registrations for Copyrights, Patent Rights and Trademarks required to be identified in Section 4.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule as being owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are valid and in force, and all applications to register any unregistered Copyrights, Patent Rights and Trademarks so identified are pending and in good standing, all without challenge of any kind with respect to the applicable registration process; (ii) the material Intellectual Property owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries and used in connection with the Post-Sale Business has not been cancelled or abandoned and is, to the Company’s knowledge, valid and enforceable; (iii) the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has the sole and exclusive right to bring actions for infringement, misappropriation, dilution, violation or unauthorized use of the Intellectual Property and Software owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and to the knowledge of the Company, there is no basis for any such action; (iv) the Company and its Subsidiaries have taken all commercially reasonable actions to protect the Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (v) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in material breach of any agreement with respect to the Intellectual Property licensed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and has not taken any action that would impair or otherwise adversely affect its rights in such licensed Intellectual Property.

(f) Except as has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, or as disclosed in Section 4.13(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule: (i) the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of another person; (ii) no claim of any infringement, misappropriation, violation or dilution of any Intellectual Property of any other person has been made or asserted in writing in respect of the operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (that has not been settled or otherwise fully resolved without material ongoing obligations or restrictions); (iii) no claim of invalidity of any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been made in writing by any other person (that has not been settled or otherwise fully resolved without material ongoing obligations or restrictions); (iv) no proceedings are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened that challenge the validity, ownership or use of any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (v) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has had written notice of or, knowledge of any basis for, a claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that the operations, activities, products, Software, equipment, machinery or processes used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries infringe, misappropriate, violate or dilute any Intellectual Property of any other person.

(g) Except as disclosed in Section 4.13(g) of the Company Disclosure Schedule: (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries have maintained and protected the Software that each owns (the “ Owned Software ”) and such Owned Software operates in all material respects in accordance with and conforms in all material respects to any relevant specifications, manuals, guides, descriptions and other similar documentation, in written or electronic form; (ii) the Owned Software does not incorporate any Software that is licensed pursuant to a so called “open source” license in a manner that would require disclosure and licensing to third parties of the Company’s proprietary components of such Owned Software; (iii) the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has complete and exclusive right, title

 

36


and interest in and to the Owned Software; and (iv) the Owned Software complies with all applicable Laws relating to the export or re-export of the same.

(h) Except as disclosed in Section 4.13(h) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the knowledge of the Company, all employees, agents, consultants or contractors who have contributed to or participated in the creation or development of any material Intellectual Property or material Software on behalf of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any predecessor in interest thereto either: (i) created such materials in the scope of his or her employment; (ii) is a party to a “work-for-hire” agreement under which the Company or such Subsidiary is deemed to be the owner of all right, title and interest therein; or (iii) has executed an assignment in favor, as applicable, of the Company or such Subsidiary (or such predecessor in interest, as applicable) of all right, title and interest in such material.

(i) Except as disclosed in Section 4.13(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule: (i) the Company and each Subsidiary of the Company has taken commercially reasonable steps to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of Trade Secrets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (except with respect to disclosure to one another, where applicable); (ii) the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ employee handbook requires that Trade Secrets of the Company and its Subsidiaries be kept confidential, and such employee handbook further requires each individual to provide a signed acknowledgment of his or her receipt of such handbook; (iii) there is no material breach by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under, and to the knowledge of the Company, no material breach by any other party to, any non-disclosure agreement pertaining to any such material Trade Secret; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, there has been no unauthorized material disclosure or use by employees, consultants, officers, directors, or agents of Trade Secrets of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(j) Except as disclosed in Section 4.13(j) of the Company Disclosure Schedule: (i) the IT Assets owned by the Company operate and perform in all material respects in accordance with their documentation and functional specifications and otherwise as required by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with their respective businesses; (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, no person has gained unauthorized access to the IT Assets; (iii) the Company has implemented reasonable backup and disaster recovery technology consistent with industry practices; (iv) the Company takes commercially reasonable measures, directly or indirectly, to ensure the confidentiality, privacy and security of customer, employee and other confidential information; and (v) to the knowledge of the Company, the Company has complied in all material respects with (A) all applicable Laws regarding data protection and the privacy and security of personal information and (B) its privacy policy or commitment to customers and consumers.

Section 4.14 Taxes . Except as otherwise disclosed on Section 4.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule:

(a) all material Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries have been prepared and timely filed (taking into account any extension of time within which to file properly obtained), and, except as set forth in Section 4.14(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, all such Tax Returns (taking into account all

 

37


amendments thereto) are complete and accurate insofar as they relate solely to the Company or its Subsidiaries;

(b) all Taxes (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) payable by or with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have been paid, except to the extent being contested in good faith, and Schedule 4.14(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists any such Taxes being contested to the extent the resolution of such contest could result in the Company having a direct Liability for Taxes after the Closing Date and includes the amount for which the Company could be liable as a result of such contest;

(c) none of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any Affiliate thereof has received written notice of any pending Proceedings, and there are presently no Proceedings, in each case, other than Proceedings that relate to the consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary group of which the Company and CBNA are members, in respect of any Taxes of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(d) to the knowledge of the Company, no claim has ever been made in writing by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has never paid Taxes or filed Tax Returns asserting that the Company or such Subsidiary is or may be subject to material Taxes assessed by such jurisdiction;

(e) all deficiencies asserted or assessments made as a result of any examination of the Tax Returns referred to in Section 4.14(a) , to the extent relating to Taxes for which the Company could have direct Liability after the Closing Date, have been paid in full or are disclosed in Section 4.14(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule;

(f) there are no Tax rulings, requests for rulings, or closing agreements relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that could materially affect the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Liability for Taxes for any taxable period ending after the Closing Date;

(g) the Tax Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1992 between CBNA and the Company, is the only Tax sharing agreement or Tax indemnity arrangement relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (other than this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement);

(h) all Taxes which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are required by law to withhold or to collect for payment have been duly withheld and collected and have been paid to the appropriate Governmental Authority;

(i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been a member of any affiliated, consolidated, unitary or combined group other than each such group which it is a member as of the date hereof;

(j) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any Liability for Taxes of another Person under Treasury Regulation § 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), other than as a result of being a member of such a group of which it is a member as of the date hereof or as transferee or successor;

 

38


(k) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has participated in a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.6011-4(b)(2) requiring disclosure to the IRS;

(l) during the last three years, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been a party to any transaction treated by the parties thereto as one to which Section 355 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law) applied; and

(m) there are no Liens (other than Permitted Liens) for Taxes on any of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 4.15 Properties; Assets .

(a) None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries owns any real property. With respect to the real property leased or subleased by the Company or its Subsidiaries (the “ Leased Real Property ”), except as has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) all of the leases and subleases under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a tenant are in full force and effect, and the Company has delivered or otherwise made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof true and correct copies of such leases and subleases (including all amendments, supplements and modifications thereto), (ii) the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has a valid leasehold interest in the Leased Real Property and (iii) none of the Company, its applicable Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party to such leases is in breach or violation or default under any lease or sublease relating to the Leased Real Property.

(b) Except as has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ personal property and tangible assets (except personal property sold or otherwise disposed of since the date thereof in the ordinary course of business), free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens).

(c) Without limiting Section 4.15(a) and Section 4.15(b) , the Post-Sale Company or one of its Post-Sale Subsidiaries has, and immediately following the Closing will have, good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of the Acquired Assets, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens).

Section 4.16 Material Contracts .

(a) Section 4.16(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list, as of the date hereof, of each of the following Contracts to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their assets or businesses are bound (and any amendments, supplements and modifications thereto), in each case, relating to the Post-Sale Company or to which the Post-Sale Company will be subject or bound (the “ Company Material Contracts ”):

(i) any Contract that is a “material contract” (as such term is defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act;

 

39


(ii) any employment Contract;

(iii) any collective bargaining agreement or other Contract with any labor organization, union or association;

(iv) any risk-sharing Contract with any school;

(v) any Contract that limits in any material respect the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or, following the consummation of the Transactions, would limit in any material respect the ability of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Surviving Corporation) to compete in any line of business or with any person or in any geographic area;

(vi) any Contract with a Related Party or that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act;

(vii) any Contract for the lease of real property by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that by its terms calls for aggregate annual rent payments of more than $250,000 by the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(viii) any Contract or series of related Contracts relating to Indebtedness, other than the Omnibus Credit Agreement;

(ix) any Contract for any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement, or any Contract involving a sharing of revenues, profits, losses, costs, or Liabilities by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with any other person;

(x) any Contract that (A) grants any exclusive rights to make, sell or distribute the Company’s or any of its Affiliates (including Buyer and its Affiliates after Closing) products or services, (B) grants “most favored nation” status or equivalent preferential pricing terms to any other person, (C) contains “requirements” provisions or other provisions obligating the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to purchase or obtain a minimum or specified amount of any product or service from any person in excess of $500,000 in any fiscal year, (D) contains minimum sales or volume provisions in excess of $500,000 in any fiscal year or (E) involves the obligation or potential obligation of the Company or any Company Subsidiary to make any “earn-out” or similar payments to any person; or

(xi) any other Contract not otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to this Section 4.16(a) that has an aggregate payment obligation to any person in excess of $500,000 and is not terminable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by notice of not more than 60 days.

(b) The Company or the applicable Subsidiary of the Company has performed all obligations required to be performed by it under the Company Material Contracts, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is in breach of or default under the terms of any Company Material Contract, except where such failure to perform or such breach or default has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse

 

40


Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice from any counterparty to any Company Material Contract that such counterparty intends to terminate such Company Material Contract where such termination would have a Company Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge, each other party to the Company Material Contracts has performed all obligations required to be performed by it under the Company Material Contracts, and no other party to any Company Material Contract is in breach of or default under the terms of any Company Material Contract, except where such failure to perform or such breach or default has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Each Company Material Contract is a valid and binding obligation of the Company or its Subsidiaries, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and, to the knowledge of the Company, is in full force and effect, except as has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect or except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, and to general equitable principles. True and complete copies of all Company Material Contracts, together with all amendments, supplements and modifications thereto, have been made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof.

Section 4.17 Insurance Policies .

(a) Section 4.17(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of (i) each insurance policy, in force as of the date hereof, issued by a third party insurance company to the Company to provide insurance coverage for the Trust Student Loans owned by the Securitization Trusts, including any supplements, program manuals, underwriting manuals, endorsements, declarations, riders and commitment letters in connection therewith (the “ Student Loan Insurance Policies ”) and (ii) each other material insurance policy to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (the “ Commercial Insurance Policies ”).

(b) All premiums due and payable related to the Student Loan Insurance Policies have been paid. All premiums due and payable related to the Commercial Insurance Policies have been paid, other than where any non-payment has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has any claims under review, in dispute or unpaid by any issuer of any Student Loan Insurance Policy or Commercial Insurance Policy with respect to such Student Loan Insurance Policy or Commercial Insurance Policy, as the case may be, (ii) has received written notice of any cancellation, termination or revocation or other written notice that any such Student Loan Insurance Policy or Commercial Insurance Policy is no longer in full force or effect or that the issuer of any Student Loan Insurance Policy or Commercial Insurance Policy is not willing or able to perform its obligations thereunder or (iii) is in breach of or default under the terms of any Student Loan Insurance Policy or Commercial Insurance Policy, in each case, except as has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. True and complete copies of all Student Loan Insurance Policies and Commercial Insurance Policies, together with all amendments, supplements and modifications thereto, have been made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof.

 

41


(c) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements by the Company do not and will not, the performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements by the Company will not, and the consummation by the Company of the Transactions will not, (i) require any consent, approval, authorization, waiver or permit of, or filing or registration with or notification to any issuer of any Student Loan Insurance Policy or Commercial Insurance Policy, (ii) result in any breach of, or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under, any Student Loan Insurance Policy or Commercial Insurance Policy, (iii) give the issuer of any Student Loan Insurance Policy or Commercial Insurance Policy the right to cancel, terminate or revoke such Student Loan Insurance Policy or Commercial Insurance Policy, reduce the coverage provided thereunder, or otherwise provide such issuer with a right or defense to deny payment of any claim or performance of any obligation under or in connection therewith, (iv) cause any Student Loan Insurance Policy or Commercial Insurance Policy to cease to be in full force and effect or (v) entitle the issuer of any Student Loan Insurance Policy or Commercial Insurance Policy to charge additional premiums or other amounts in respect thereof.

(d) Except as set forth in Section 4.17(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, any Trust Student Loan that is purported to be insured under a Student Loan Insurance Policy was underwritten and has been serviced and otherwise managed in all material respects in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Student Loan Insurance Policy, including any applicable program or underwriting manual.

Section 4.18 Transactions with Related Parties . Except as set forth in Section 4.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedule and except for any Related Transaction Agreements and Ancillary Agreements, no Related Party (i) has borrowed money from or loaned money to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that will be outstanding after the Effective Time, (ii) has any ownership interest in any property or asset necessary for or primarily used by the Post-Sale Company or any Post-Sale Subsidiary in the conduct of its business or (iii) is a party to any Contract under which the Post-Sale Company will have any Liabilities. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Related Party ” means any director, officer or Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and if any such person is a natural person, any member of the immediate family of any such natural person.

Section 4.19 Post-Sale Company Assets and Liabilities . As of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the FFELP Transaction and the CBNA Transaction, the Company and its Subsidiaries will have no assets other than the Acquired Assets and no Liabilities other than the Retained Liabilities and the Excluded Liabilities. As of the Closing Date, the Acquired Assets will, together with the services to be provided under the Subservicing Letter Agreement and the Transition Agreements (other than any services that would be captured under the headings “Citibank Excluded Services” and “Additional Services” in the term sheet attached as Exhibit F hereto), constitute all of the assets, properties and services necessary for the conduct of the Post-Sale Business in substantially the same manner as conducted immediately prior to the Closing.

Section 4.20 Opinion of Financial Advisors . The Special Committee has received the written opinion of Moelis & Company LLC on or prior to the date of this Agreement, to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion, the Merger Consideration to be

 

42


received by the holders of Company Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement is fair from a financial point of view to such holders (other than Citigroup Inc. and its Affiliates).

Section 4.21 Anti-Takeover Statutes . The Company has taken all action necessary to exempt the Merger, this Agreement, the Voting and Support Agreement, the Related Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby from the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, and such action remains in effect. No other state takeover, “moratorium,” “fair price,” “business combination” or similar statute or regulation under any applicable Law is applicable to the Merger, any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Voting and Support Agreement or any of the Related Transactions.

Section 4.22 Vote Required . The Requisite Stockholder Approval is the only vote of holders of securities of the Company that is necessary to approve this Agreement, the FFELP Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the FFELP Transaction Agreement.

Section 4.23 Brokers . No broker, finder or investment banker (other than Moelis & Company LLC) is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Related Transaction Agreements or the Transactions based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company.

Section 4.24 Trust Certificates . The Company has, and immediately following the Closing will have, good and marketable title to the Trust Certificate with respect to each Securitization Trust, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens granted under the Omnibus Credit Agreement that shall be released on the Closing Date) and no right of rescission, offsets, defenses or counterclaims have been asserted or threatened with respect to such Trust Certificates.

Section 4.25 Securitization Trusts .

(a) Section 4.25(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule is a true, correct and complete list of all existing Securitization Basic Documents with respect to each Securitization Trust. True, correct and complete copies of all such Securitization Basic Documents have been made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof.

(b) Each Securitization Basic Document to which the Company, the Depositor, any Securitization Trust or any of their Affiliates is a party is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such person and, to the knowledge of the Company, each other party to such Securitization Basic Document, and is enforceable against the Company, the Depositor, such Securitization Trust and such Affiliate and, to the knowledge of the Company, each such other party in accordance with its terms (except in each case as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, and to general equitable principles), and none of the Company, the Depositor, any Securitization Trust or any of their Affiliates or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party to a Securitization Basic Document, is in default or breach or has failed to perform any obligation under a Securitization Basic Document, and to the

 

43


knowledge of the Company, there does not exist any event, condition or omission that would constitute such a breach or default (whether by lapse of time or notice or both).

(c) Neither the Company or any of its Affiliates has received any notice or communication from any person asserting that any provision of a Securitization Basic Document (i) is not effective or is not a legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of any party thereto or (ii) that any party to a Securitization Basic Documents is in default or breach or has failed to perform any obligation under a Securitization Basic Document.

(d) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements by the Company do not and will not, the performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements by the Company will not, and the consummation by the Company of the Merger, the Related Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements will not, (i) require any consent, approval, authorization, waiver or permit of, or filing with or notification to any party to a Securitization Basic Document, any holder of, or holder of a beneficial interest in, any note issued under a Securitization Indenture or any Rating Agency for the purpose of rating any Securitization Notes, (ii) result in any breach of, or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to any right of termination, amendment, modification, acceleration, cancellation of, or any right of acceleration or cancellation or modification of any benefit or obligation under, any Securitization Basic Document or (iii) cause any provision of any Securitization Basic Document to cease to be in full force and effect.

(e) The Company and the Securitization Trusts have filed with the SEC all forms, documents, reports, schedules and statements required to be filed or furnished with the SEC for each Securitization Trust, together with any amendments, restatements or supplements thereto (the “ Securitization Trust SEC Documents ”). As of their respective dates, or, if amended or restated, as of the date of the last such amendment or applicable subsequent filing prior to the date of this Agreement, each of the Securitization Trust SEC Documents complied, and each of the Securitization Trust SEC Documents to be filed subsequent to the date hereof will comply, in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, as the case may be, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and none of the Securitization Trust SEC Documents at the time they were filed, or will be filed, as the case may be, or, if amended or restated, as of the date of the last such amendment or applicable subsequent filing prior to the date of this Agreement, contained, or will contain, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, or will omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, or are to be made, not misleading. The Company has not received any notification regarding the continued effectiveness of the Depositor’s existing shelf registration statement and, as holder of the Trust Certificates, it has not directed or assigned any right to distributions from the related Securitization Trust to a third person.

Section 4.26 Other Securitization Basic Documents .

 

44


(a) Section 4.26(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all existing Other Securitization Basic Documents with respect to each Other Securitization Trust. True, correct and complete copies of all such Other Securitization Basic Documents have been made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof.

(b) Section 4.26(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all existing Other Securitization Basic Documents to which the Company shall remain a party immediately after the Effective Time with respect to each Other Securitization Trust.

(c) Each Other Securitization Basic Document to which the Company, the Depositor, any Other Securitization Trust or any of their Affiliates is a party is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such person and, to the knowledge of the Company, each other party to such Other Securitization Basic Document, and is enforceable against the Company, the Depositor, such Other Securitization Trust and such Affiliate and, to the knowledge of the Company, each such other party in accordance with its terms (except in each case as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, and to general equitable principles), and none of the Company, the Depositor, any Other Securitization Trust or any of their Affiliates or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party to an Other Securitization Basic Document, is in default or breach or has failed to perform any obligation under an Other Securitization Basic Document, and, to the knowledge of the Company, there does not exist any event, condition or omission that would constitute such a breach or default (whether by lapse of time or notice or both).

(d) Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates has received any notice or communication from any person asserting that any provision of an Other Securitization Basic Document (i) is not effective or is not a legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of any party thereto or (ii) that any party to an Other Securitization Basic Document is in default or breach or has failed to perform any obligation under an Other Securitization Basic Document.

(e) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements by the Company do not and will not, the performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements by the Company will not, and the consummation by the Company of the Merger, the Related Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements will not, (i) require any consent, approval, authorization, waiver or permit of, or filing with or notification to any party to a Other Securitization Basic Document, any holder of, or holder of a beneficial interest in, any note issued under an Other Securitization Indenture or any Rating Agency rating any Other Securitization Trust (except for those set forth on Section 4.26(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule which have been or will be obtained on or prior to the Closing Date), (ii) result in any breach of, or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to any right of termination, amendment, modification, acceleration, cancellation of, or any right of acceleration or cancellation or modification of any benefit or obligation under, any Other Securitization Basic Document or (iii) cause any provision of any Other Securitization Basic Document to cease to be in full force and effect.

 

45


Section 4.27 Trust Student Loans .

(a) Each Schedule of Trust Student Loans, dated March 31, 2010 and dated June 30, 2010, previously delivered to Buyer sets forth the Principal Balances of each of the Trust Student Loans as of March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010, respectively, which balances, together with all of the other data and information contained in such Schedule of Trust Student Loans as of such date, were true and correct in all material respects as of such date. Section 4.27(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule accurately sets out a description of the meanings of the codes that are used in the Schedule of Trust Student Loans. Each Schedule of Trust Student Loans includes all loans included in the Trust Student Loans with respect to each Securitization Trust as of the date thereof.

(b) The Schedule of Trust Student Loans as of the Cut-Off Date will set forth the Principal Balances of the Trust Student Loans as of such date, which balances, taken together as a whole with all of the other data and information contained in the Schedule of Trust Student Loans as of the Cut-Off Date, will be true and correct in all material respects as of such date.

(c) The Company affirms each of its representations and warranties set forth in Appendix A as of the date such representations and warranties were made with respect to the applicable Securitization Trust and Trust Student Loan.

(d) Each Trust Student Loan (including all interest, fees and all other charges payable with respect to each Trust Student Loan) complies in all material respects with all applicable Laws, including usury, truth-in-lending, equal credit opportunity, foreign entity qualification or disclosure laws, and the Company and its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with such Laws to the extent applicable.

(e) None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any other person acting for or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has (i) made any modification, agreement or waiver, or reached any understanding with the borrower under any Trust Student Loan for any variation or modification of the interest rate, amortization schedule, principal amount thereof, or of any other term or condition of such Trust Student Loan other than in compliance with applicable Laws, or (ii) made any advance, extension or other accommodation to such borrower for purposes of changing or beneficially affecting the delinquency status of such Trust Student Loan or which otherwise materially impairs or adversely affects such Trust Student Loan other than in compliance with applicable Law. There are no disbursement or funding obligations remaining under any Trust Student Loan.

(f) Except as set forth in Section 4.27(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no Student Loan has, prior to the date hereof, been purchased, repurchased or substituted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in (i) any Securitization Basic Document or any Other Securitization Basic Document, (ii) a securitization transaction sponsored by a third party as to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has sold Student Loans or as to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is servicing or administering Student Loans or (iii) the sale of any Student Loans by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to a third party. For Student Loans that have been purchased, repurchased or substituted as a result of such breaches, Section 4.27(f) of the

 

46


Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth the number and aggregate Principal Balance of the Student Loans affected thereby, and a statement indicating that such purchase, repurchase or substitution satisfied the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s obligation under the applicable agreement in full. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received a request since January 1, 2007 through the date of this Agreement to purchase, repurchase or substitute any Student Loans as a result of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in any Securitization Basic Document or document relating to private student loan securitization as applicable that has not been satisfied, waived or withdrawn.

(g) To the extent any Trust Student Loan is evidenced by an electronic promissory note, the Company complied (and has caused each Securitization Trust, the Depositor, any originator each servicer or sub-subservicer of such Trust Student Loan to comply) with all regulations and other requirements under applicable Law or adopted by the applicable issuer of a Student Loan Insurance Policy relating to the validity and enforceability of such promissory note.

Section 4.28 Related Transaction Agreements . True, correct and complete copies of all Related Transaction Agreements have been delivered to Buyer on or prior to the date hereof. Each of the Signing Related Transaction Agreements, in the form so delivered, is in full force and effect and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto. Each of the Closing Related Transaction Agreements, in the form so delivered, will be as of the Closing in full force and effect and a legal, valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto. To the knowledge of the Company, as of the date hereof, no event has occurred which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, could reasonably be expected to result in the failure of a condition to one of the Related Transaction Agreements to be satisfied.

Section 4.29 No Other Representations or Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article IV and in the Ancillary Agreements, neither the Company nor any other person on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to any other information provided to Buyer or Acquisition Sub in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND ACQUISITION SUB

Except as disclosed in the separate disclosure schedule which has been delivered by Buyer to the Company immediately prior to the execution of this Agreement (the “ Buyer Disclosure Schedule ”), which Buyer Disclosure Schedule shall be arranged in numbered and lettered sections corresponding to the numbered and lettered sections contained in this Article V (it being agreed that the disclosure of any item in any section of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule shall also be deemed to be disclosed with respect to any other section of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule to which the relevance of such item is reasonably apparent on the face of such disclosure), Buyer and Acquisition Sub hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

 

47


Section 5.1 Organization and Qualification . Each of Buyer, Acquisition Sub and each of Buyer’s Subsidiaries is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or formation and has the requisite corporate or other legal entity power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Each of Buyer and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified or licensed as a foreign corporation or other legal entity to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except for such failures to be so qualified or licensed and in good standing as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay or materially impair the ability of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws . Buyer has made available to the Company a complete and correct copy of the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents), each as amended to date, of Buyer and Acquisition Sub.

Section 5.3 Authority Relative to Agreement . Each of Buyer and Acquisition Sub has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by Buyer and Acquisition Sub, as applicable, and the consummation by Buyer and Acquisition Sub of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Buyer and Acquisition Sub (and, with respect to Acquisition Sub, by its sole stockholder), and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Buyer or Acquisition Sub are necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party or to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (other than, with respect to the Merger, the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State). This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements have been (or at the time of the Closing, will be) duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer and Acquisition Sub, as applicable, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements constitute (or, at the time of the Closing, will constitute) legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer and Acquisition Sub, enforceable against Buyer and Acquisition Sub in accordance with their terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditor’s rights, and to general equitable principles).

Section 5.4 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents .

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by Buyer and Acquisition Sub do not and will not, and the performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by Buyer and Acquisition Sub will not, and the consummation by Buyer and Acquisition Sub of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements will not, (i) conflict with or

 

48


violate the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents) of Buyer or Acquisition Sub, (ii) conflict with or violate any Law applicable to Buyer, Acquisition Sub or any of Buyer’s Subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of Buyer, Acquisition Sub or any of Buyer’s Subsidiaries is bound or affected, (iii) result in any breach of, or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to any right of consent, termination, amendment, modification, acceleration, cancellation or modification of any benefit or obligation under, or right to challenge any material note, bond, mortgage, indenture or credit agreement, or any other contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which Buyer, Acquisition Sub, or any of Buyer’s Subsidiaries is a party or by which Buyer, Acquisition Sub or any of Buyer’s Subsidiaries or any property or asset of Buyer, Acquisition Sub, or any of Buyer’s Subsidiaries is bound or affected or (iv) result in the creation of a Lien, other than any Permitted Lien, on any property or asset of Buyer, Acquisition Sub, or any of Buyer’s Subsidiaries, other than, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) hereof, any such conflict, violation, breach, default, termination, amendment, acceleration, cancellation or Lien that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to perform any of their obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements or prevent or unreasonably delay the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by Buyer and Acquisition Sub do not (and at the time of the Closing, will not), the performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by Buyer and Acquisition Sub will not, and the consummation by Buyer and Acquisition Sub of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements will not, require any consent, approval, authorization, waiver or permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Authority or any other person, except for applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, Blue Sky Laws, the HSR Act, any applicable non-U.S. competition, antitrust or investment Laws, filing and recordation of appropriate merger documents as required by the DGCL, and except where failure to obtain such consents, approvals, authorizations, waivers or permits, or to make such filings or notifications, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to perform any of their obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements or prevent or unreasonably delay the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

Section 5.5 Absence of Litigation . There is no Proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer, threatened against Buyer, Acquisition Sub or any of Buyer’s Subsidiaries or any present or former officer, director or employee (in their capacity as such) of Buyer, Acquisition Sub or any of Buyer’s Subsidiaries by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority, in each case as would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to perform any of their obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements or prevent or unreasonably delay the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. There are no Orders outstanding against Buyer, Acquisition Sub, any of Buyer’s Subsidiaries or any present or former officer, director or employee (in their capacities as such) and there is no Proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of

 

49


Buyer, threatened against Buyer, Acquisition Sub or any of Buyer’s Subsidiaries that seeks to prevent, hinder, modify, delay or challenge any of the Transactions.

Section 5.6 Available Funds . Buyer’s and Acquisition Sub’s obligations hereunder are not subject to any conditions regarding Buyer’s, Acquisition Sub’s or any other person’s ability to obtain financing for the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. Buyer and Acquisition Sub have, and as of the Closing will have, cash on hand sufficient to (i) enable Buyer and Acquisition Sub to perform each of their respective obligations hereunder, (ii) consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and (iii) pay all costs and expenses incurred by Buyer and Acquisition Sub in connection with this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including (x) the Aggregate Merger Consideration and (y) any other payments or obligations of Buyer and Acquisition Sub pursuant to this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

Section 5.7 Brokers . No broker, finder or investment banker (other than Barclays Capital Inc.) is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Buyer or Acquisition Sub.

Section 5.8 Agreements with Other Parties . As of the date hereof, there are no agreements, arrangements or understandings (other than as provided in this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements) between Buyer or its Affiliates and either (i) FFELP Buyer Parent or its Affiliates with respect to the Transactions or (ii) CBNA or its Affiliates with respect to the Transactions that would have the effect of providing additional consideration in excess of the Merger Consideration provided to CBNA pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Capitalization and Operations of Acquisition Sub . All of the issued and outstanding share capital of Acquisition Sub is, and at the Effective Time will be, owned by a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Buyer. Acquisition Sub was formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the transactions contemplated hereby, and it has not conducted any business prior to the date hereof and has no, and prior to the Effective Time will have no, assets, Liabilities or obligations of any nature other than those incident to its formation and pursuant to this Agreement and the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.10 Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties . Buyer and Acquisition Sub each acknowledges and agrees that, except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, (a) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any director, officer or employee of any of the foregoing, makes, or has made, any representations or warranties relating to itself or the businesses of the foregoing or otherwise in connection with the Merger, (b) no person has been authorized by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to make any representation or warranty relating to itself or its business or otherwise in connection with the Merger and (c) any estimates, projections, predictions, data, financial information, memoranda, presentations or any other materials or information provided or otherwise made available to Buyer, Acquisition Sub or any

 

50


of their Representatives are not and shall not be deemed to be or include representations or warranties unless any such materials or information is the subject of any express representation or warranty set forth in Article IV of this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

Section 6.1 Conduct of Business Pending the Merger .

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that, between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time or the date, if any, on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1 , except (1) as required by Law or any Governmental Authority, (2) as agreed in writing by Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), (3) as expressly required under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the Related Transaction Agreements or (4) as set forth in Section 6.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the business of the Post-Sale Company and the Post-Sale Subsidiaries shall be conducted only in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice in all material respects; and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to preserve intact the Post-Sale Company’s and the Post-Sale Subsidiaries’ business organizations, preserve intact the Post-Sale Company’s and the Post-Sale Subsidiaries’ goodwill and ongoing business relationships with borrowers, schools, insurers, service providers and others having business dealings with them and to keep available the services of their present officers, employees and consultants. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company agrees with Buyer that, except (A) as required by Law or any Governmental Authority, (B) as agreed in writing by Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), (C) as required under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the Related Transaction Agreements or (D) as set forth in Section 6.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, to the extent relating to the Post-Sale Company and the Post-Sale Subsidiaries:

(i) amend, modify or otherwise change the Company Charter or the by-laws of the Company or such equivalent organizational documents of any of its Subsidiaries, including the Securitization Basic Documents;

(ii) issue, sell, pledge, dispose, encumber or grant any shares of its or its Subsidiaries’ capital stock, or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any kind to acquire any shares of its or its Subsidiaries’ capital stock;

(iii) (A) declare, authorize, make or pay any dividend or other distribution, payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise, with respect to the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ capital stock, other than (1) dividends paid by any Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Post-Sale Company, (2) the payment referred to in Section 6.1(e)(vii) of the Indemnification Agreement, and (3) the payment of ordinary dividends of the Company declared prior to the date hereof and set forth on Section 6.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (B)

 

51


split, combine or reclassify the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its or its Subsidiaries’ capital stock, or (C) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ capital stock or any other securities thereof or any rights, warrants or options to acquire any such shares or other securities;

(iv) establish or create any employee benefit plan or arrangement for the benefit of any Company Employee, amend or modify in any material respect any Benefit Plan with respect to a Company Employee, or materially change the compensation of any Company Employee, except to the extent undertaken (A) in connection with any such actions by CBNA or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries) and not targeted to the Company Employees or (B) in connection with any such actions related to the filling of any position existing as of the date hereof that becomes vacant prior to the Closing Date; provided , that such actions are consistent with the Company’s usual and customary past practices;

(v) merge or consolidate with any other person, acquire any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, other business organization or any division thereof, or, other than in the ordinary course of business, any material amount of assets in connection with acquisitions or investments with a purchase price in excess of $1,000,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate, provided that there is no ongoing obligation of the Post-Sale Company and the acquisition is unrelated to the Post-Sale Company;

(vi) (A) incur any Indebtedness or guarantee any such Indebtedness for any person except for any (1) Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice under the Omnibus Credit Agreement or (2) renewals or refinancings of existing Indebtedness, so long as the principal amount of the Indebtedness issued in such renewal or refinancing (x) does not exceed the principal amount of such existing Indebtedness, (y) has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of such existing Indebtedness and (z) does not contain any change of control or similar provision, does not subject any assets or properties of the Company or any of its Affiliates (including Buyer and its Affiliates after the Closing) to any Lien, and does not contain any provision that would be violated or breached in connection with the Transactions or (B) make any loans, advances or capital contributions to any other person;

(vii) except as may be permitted by Section 6.1(a)(vi) , (A) modify, amend, terminate, cancel, extend or grant any consent or waiver under any Company Material Contract or (B) enter into any Contract that would have been required to be set forth in Section 4.16(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule if it were in effect on the date hereof, other than renewals or replacements, on commercially reasonable terms, of such Contracts terminated in accordance with their terms prior to the Effective Time;

(viii) make any material change to its methods of accounting in effect at December 31, 2009, except as required by GAAP or Regulation S-X of the Exchange Act

 

52


or as required by a quasi-Governmental Authority (including the Financial Accounting Standards Board or any similar organization);

(ix) sell, lease, license, transfer, exchange or swap, mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber, or subject to any Lien (other than Permitted Liens), or otherwise dispose of any material portion of its properties or assets, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and except (A) pursuant to existing agreements in effect prior to the execution of this Agreement and set forth on Section 4.16(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule or (B) FFELP Purchased Assets and CBNA Purchased Assets in compliance with the terms of the FFELP Transaction Agreement and the CBNA Transaction Agreement;

(x) make or agree to make any new capital expenditures other than capital expenditures that (A) are not in excess of $1,000,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate or (B) as contemplated by the Company’s existing budget and business plan previously delivered to Buyer;

(xi) commence any Proceeding (other than in the ordinary course of business or as a result of a Proceeding commenced against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), or compromise, settle or agree to settle any Proceeding resulting in any post-Closing obligations for the Post-Sale Company or any modification to any Contract of the Post-Sale Company (including any Proceeding relating to this Agreement, the Related Transaction Agreements or the Transactions) other than compromises, settlements or agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or addressed in Section 6.1(a)(xii)(A) below;

(xii) (A) settle or compromise any material Liability for non-income Taxes for an amount in excess of $50,000 in any particular instance or (B) except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (I) make any material non-income Tax election, (II) file any amended material non-income Tax Return or (III) change in any material respect any method of accounting for non-income Tax purposes, in each case in this clause (B) to the extent such action could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Tax liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any taxable periods ending after the Closing Date;

(xiii) waive, extend, renew or enter into any non-compete, exclusivity, non-solicitation or similar Contract that would restrict or limit, in any material respect, the operations of Buyer or the Company, as the case may be, or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

(xiv) enter into (including via any acquisition) any new line of business which represents a material change in its operations, or make any material change to the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ businesses;

(xv) make any material change in internal accounting controls;

(xvi) cancel any Student Loan Insurance Policies or any material Commercial Insurance Policies, or fail to renew any such insurance policies upon

 

53


expiration on substantially the same terms as those in place on the date of this Agreement to the extent commercially available;

(xvii) knowingly violate or knowingly fail to perform any obligation or duty imposed on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by applicable Law;

(xviii) enter into any transaction, arrangement or understanding, or amend or modify the terms of any existing transaction, arrangement or understanding, with any Related Party which would constitute an Acquired Asset or a Retained Liability;

(xix) hire any new employee or engage any new independent contractor to provide services (including any person employed by any Affiliate of the Company), other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(xx) enter into any agreement that grants any right to severance or termination pay to any Company Employee or independent contractor;

(xxi) take any action that could result in any Liability or notice or other obligation for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under the WARN Act;

(xxii) enter into any compromise or settlement of any material Proceeding by any Governmental Authority relating to any Company Employee; or

(xxiii) authorize or enter into any written agreement or otherwise make any binding commitment to do any of the foregoing.

Other than the right to consent or withhold consent with respect to the foregoing matters, nothing contained in this Agreement shall give to Buyer, directly or indirectly, any right to control or direct the operation of the business or operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing. Subject to the foregoing and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, prior to the Effective Time, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall exercise complete control over their business and operations.

(b) The Company covenants and agrees that, between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time or the date, if any, on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1 , it shall, and shall cause each of the Depositor, the Securitization Trusts, the Other Securitization Trusts and each of its other Affiliates to, comply with the terms and conditions of the Securitization Basic Documents and the Other Securitization Basic Documents.

Section 6.2 Proxy Statement .

(a) Covenants of the Company with Respect to the Proxy Statement . As promptly as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement, the Company shall prepare and shall cause to be filed with the SEC a proxy statement (together with any amendments thereof or supplements thereto, the “ Proxy Statement ”) for use in connection with the meeting of the Company’s stockholders to be held for the purpose of voting upon (i) the adoption of this Agreement and approval of the Merger and (ii) the approval of the FFELP Transaction (the “ Stockholders Meeting ”). The

 

54


Company shall include in the Proxy Statement, unless the Board of Directors of the Company has made a Permitted Change of Recommendation in compliance with Section 6.6 , the Company Recommendation. The Company shall use all reasonable best efforts to respond to any comments by the SEC staff in respect of the Proxy Statement and to have the Proxy Statement cleared by the SEC as promptly as practicable after its filing with the SEC. The Company covenants and agrees that none of the information to be included in the Proxy Statement (other than the information supplied by Buyer for use in the Proxy Statement) will, at the time of (A) the mailing of the Proxy Statement or any amendments or supplements thereto and (B) the Stockholders’ Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company shall ensure that the Proxy Statement will comply as to form in all material respects with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(b) Covenants of Buyer with Respect to the Proxy Statement . Buyer shall use all reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the Company to respond to any comments by the SEC staff in respect of the Proxy Statement. Buyer covenants and agrees that none of the information with respect to Buyer or its Subsidiaries to be included in the Proxy Statement will, at the time of (A) the mailing of the Proxy Statement or any amendments or supplements thereto and (B) the Stockholders’ Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(c) Cooperation . The Company, Buyer and Acquisition Sub shall reasonably cooperate and consult with each other in the preparation of the Proxy Statement and the Company will provide Buyer a reasonable opportunity for review and comment on the draft proxy statement (including each amendment or supplement thereto), and shall consider in good faith all comments made by Buyer with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of Buyer and Acquisition Sub will furnish to the Company the information relating to it required by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder to be set forth in the Proxy Statement. Each of the Company and Buyer (as applicable) shall promptly (i) notify the other of the receipt of any comments from the SEC with respect to the Proxy Statement and of any request by the SEC for amendments of, or supplements to, the Proxy Statement, and (ii) provide the other party with copies of all filings made with the SEC and all correspondence between the Company and the SEC with respect to the Proxy Statement. The Company and Buyer shall make all necessary filings with respect to the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby under the Exchange Act and the applicable Blue Sky Laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Company will provide Buyer a reasonable opportunity for review and comment on any correspondence filed with or delivered to the SEC with respect to the Proxy Statement, and shall consider in good faith all comments made by Buyer with respect thereto.

(d) Mailing of Proxy Statement; Amendments . As promptly as reasonably practicable after the Proxy Statement has been cleared by the SEC, the Company shall mail the Proxy Statement to the holders of Company Common Stock as of the record date established for the Stockholders’ Meeting and, unless the Board of Directors of the Company has made a Permitted Change of Recommendation in compliance with Section 6.6 , shall use reasonable best

 

55


efforts to solicit proxies and votes in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Merger and the FFELP Transaction, and shall take all other action necessary or advisable to secure the adoption of Agreement and the approval of the Merger and the FFELP Transaction. If, at any time prior to the Effective Time, any event or circumstance relating to the Company or Buyer or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or their respective officers or directors should be discovered by the Company or Buyer, respectively, which, pursuant to the Exchange Act, should be set forth in an amendment or a supplement to the Proxy Statement, such party shall promptly inform the other (in which case the parties shall cooperate to effect the applicable amendment or supplement). Prior to the Stockholders’ Meeting, each of Buyer, Acquisition Sub and the Company agrees to correct any information provided by it for use in the Proxy Statement which shall have become false or misleading.

Section 6.3 Stockholders’ Meeting . The Company shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement, establish a record date for, duly call, give notice of, convene and hold the Stockholders’ Meeting. At such Stockholders’ Meeting, unless the Board of Directors of the Company has made a Permitted Change of Recommendation in compliance with Section 6.6 , the Company shall recommend to its stockholders the adoption of this Agreement and approval of the Merger and the Related Transactions (the “ Company Recommendation ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, prior to the termination of this Agreement, the obligation of the Company to call, give notice of, convene and hold the Stockholders’ Meeting and to hold a vote of the Company’s stockholders on the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Merger and the FFELP Transaction at the Stockholders’ Meeting shall not be limited or otherwise affected by the commencement, disclosure, announcement or submission to it of any Competing Proposal (whether or not a Superior Proposal), or by a Change of Recommendation. In any case in which the Company makes a Change of Recommendation, (a) the Company shall nevertheless submit this Agreement, the Merger and the FFELP Transaction to a vote of its stockholders and (b) the Proxy Statement and any and all accompanying materials (including the proxy card, the “ Proxy Materials ”) shall be identical in form and content to Proxy Materials that would have been prepared by the Company had no Change of Recommendation been made, except for appropriate changes to the disclosure in the Proxy Statement stating that such Change of Recommendation has been made and, if applicable, describing matters relating to the Superior Proposal or other event giving rise to the Change of Recommendation to the extent required by applicable Law. The Company agrees that, prior to the termination of this Agreement, it shall not submit to the vote of its stockholders any Competing Proposal (whether or not a Superior Proposal) or propose to do so.

Section 6.4 Appropriate Action; Consents; Filings .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the parties hereto will use their respective reasonable best efforts to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to cause the conditions to the Merger set forth in Article VII to be satisfied including:

(i) the obtaining of all necessary actions or nonactions, consents, terminations or expirations of waiting periods and approvals from Governmental Authorities or other persons necessary in connection with the consummation of the

 

56


transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the making of all necessary registrations and filings (including filings with Governmental Authorities, if any) and the taking of all steps as may be necessary to obtain an approval from, or to avoid an action or proceeding by, any Governmental Authority or other persons necessary in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement ( provided that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, in no event shall any party be required to make any payment to any such other persons to obtain such approval);

(ii) the defending of any Proceedings, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the performance or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the Merger) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including seeking to have any stay or temporary restraining order entered by any court or other Governmental Authority vacated or reversed; and

(iii) the execution and delivery of any additional instruments necessary to consummate the Merger and other transactions to be performed or consummated by such party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and to fully carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

Without limiting the foregoing, each of the parties hereto shall, to the extent required by applicable Law, promptly (in no event later than fifteen (15) Business Days following the date that this Agreement is executed) make its respective filings, and thereafter make any other required submissions, under the HSR Act with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company, Buyer and Acquisition Sub shall cooperate (A) in promptly determining whether any filings are required to be or should be made or whether any consents, approvals, permits or authorizations are required to be or should be obtained under any other federal, state or non-U.S. Law or regulation or whether any consents, approvals or waivers are required to be or should be obtained from other parties to loan agreements or other contracts or instruments material to the Company’s business in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (B) in promptly making any such filings, furnishing information required in connection therewith and seeking to obtain timely any such consents, permits, authorizations, approvals or waivers.

(b) If filings are required to be made under the HSR Act as contemplated by Section 6.4(a) , in furtherance and not in limitation of the covenants of the parties contained in Section 6.4(a) , each of the parties hereto shall use its reasonable best efforts to resolve such objections, if any, as may be asserted with respect to the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement by or under the HSR Act, the Federal Trade Commission or Department of Justice, including taking all reasonable actions to obtain clearance; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to (and the Company shall not unless directed to by Buyer) (i) contest any final action or decision taken by the Federal Trade Commission, Department of Justice or other Governmental Authority challenging the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) agree to any “hold separate” agreement, contractual undertakings or asset divestiture or restriction on its or its Subsidiaries’ business operations, properties or assets or (iii) terminate existing relationships, contractual rights or obligations.

 

57


(c) Each of Buyer and the Company shall give (or shall cause its respective Subsidiaries to give) any notices to third parties, and Buyer and, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 6.1(a)(vii) , the Company, shall use, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to use, its reasonable best efforts to obtain any third party consents not covered by Section 6.4(a) and Section 6.4(b) above, necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the Merger. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall Buyer, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries be required to pay any fee, penalty or other consideration, modify any Contract or make any other concession to any third party for any consent or approval required for the consummation of the Transactions under any Company Contract to which the Post-Sale Company will be a party or by which the Post-Sale Company or any of its assets or properties will be subject to or bound; provided , however , that the Company shall not, and shall not permit its Subsidiaries to, unless directed by Buyer, modify any Contract included in or relating to the Acquired Assets or make any other concession that would adversely affect the Post-Sale Company.

(d) In connection with the matters that are the subject of this Section 6.4 , each party shall without limitation, subject to applicable Law: (i) promptly notify the other of, and if in writing, furnish the other with copies of (or, in the case of oral communications, advise the other of) any communications from or with any Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to permit the other to review and discuss in advance, and consider in good faith the views of the other in connection with, any proposed written or any oral communication with any such Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) use its reasonable best efforts not to participate in any meeting or have any communication with any such Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, unless it has given the other an opportunity to consult with it in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority, gives the other the opportunity to attend and participate therein; and (iv) furnish the other with such necessary information and reasonable assistance as the other may reasonably request in connection with its preparation of necessary filings or submissions of information to any such Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Such materials and the information contained therein that is competitively sensitive shall be given only to the outside legal counsel of the other party and will not be disclosed by such outside counsel to employees, officers or directors of their respective client unless express permission is obtained in advance from the disclosing party or its legal counsel.

(e) The Company agrees to, and to cause its Affiliates to use its and their respective reasonable best efforts to, consummate and make effective the Related Transactions as promptly as practicable and to cause the conditions to the closing of the FFELP Transaction and the CBNA Transaction set forth in Article IX of the FFELP Transaction Agreement and Article VII of the CBNA Transaction Agreement, respectively, to be satisfied, including the obtaining of all necessary actions, consents, terminations or expirations of waiting periods and approvals from Governmental Authorities or other persons necessary in connection with the consummation of the FFELP Transaction and the CBNA Transaction to the extent required to do so under such Related Transaction Agreements.

Section 6.5 Access to Information; Confidentiality .

 

58


(a) From the date hereof to the Effective Time, or the date, if any, on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1 , to the extent permitted by applicable Law, the Company shall (i) provide to Buyer (and its officers, directors, employees, accountants, consultants, legal counsel, agents and other representatives, collectively, “ Representatives ”) reasonable access during normal business hours and, following reasonable notice from Buyer, to the Post-Sale Company’s employees, properties, books, contracts and records and other information as Buyer may reasonably request regarding the business, assets, Liabilities, employees and other aspects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (ii) furnish promptly to Buyer such information concerning the same as Buyer or its Representatives may reasonably request; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to provide access to any information or documents which would, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, (x) breach any agreement with any third party if the Company shall have used its reasonable best efforts to obtain the consent of such third party to such access or disclosure, (y) constitute a waiver of the attorney-client or other privilege held by the Company or (z) otherwise violate any applicable Laws. If any material is withheld by the Company pursuant to the proviso of the preceding sentence, the Company shall inform Buyer as to the general nature of what is being withheld.

(b) No investigation pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall affect any representation or warranty in this Agreement of any party hereto or any condition to the obligations of the parties hereto. The parties shall comply with, and shall cause their respective Representatives to comply with, all of their respective obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement with respect to the information provided pursuant to Section 6.5(a) (which shall be deemed “ Evaluation Material ” for purposes thereof).

Section 6.6 No Solicitation of Competing Proposal .

(a) From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the date, if any, on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1 , the Company agrees that neither it nor any Subsidiary of the Company shall, and that it shall cause its and their respective Representatives not to, directly or indirectly: (i) solicit, initiate, assist or knowingly facilitate or encourage the making of any Competing Proposal or any inquiry, offer or proposal that could reasonably be expected to lead to any Competing Proposal; (ii) enter into, engage or participate in, or continue any negotiations regarding any Competing Proposal or any inquiry, proposal or offer that could reasonably be expected to lead to, any Competing Proposal; (iii) other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and not in connection with any Competing Proposal, furnish to any person or group (other than Buyer and its Affiliates) any non-public information relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (provided that the Company may furnish information with respect to the FFELP Transaction to the FFELP Buyer Parent and may furnish information with respect to the CBNA Transaction to CBNA); (iv) engage or participate in discussions with any person with respect to any Competing Proposal or any proposal, inquiry or offer that could reasonably be expected to lead to any Competing Proposal; (v) approve, endorse or recommend or propose publicly to approve, endorse or recommend any Competing Proposal or any proposal, inquiry or offer that could reasonably be expected to lead to any Competing Proposal; or (vi) approve, endorse or recommend or publicly announce an intention to approve, endorse or recommend, or enter into any letter of intent or similar document or any agreement, commitment or other Contract relating

 

59


to any Competing Proposal or any inquiry, offer or proposal that could reasonably be expected to lead

to, any Competing Proposal (other than as contemplated by the Related Transactions). The Company agrees that any breach of this Section 6.6(a) by any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or any of its or their respective Representatives shall constitute a breach of this Section 6.6(a) by the Company.

(b) The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and its and their respective Representatives to, immediately cease any existing solicitations, discussions or negotiations with any person (other than the parties hereto) with respect to any Competing Proposal (other than as contemplated by the Related Transactions).

(c) Notwithstanding any limitations set forth in this Agreement, if after the date hereof and prior to the receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Approval, the Company receives an unsolicited, bona fide written Competing Proposal that (i) did not result from a violation of Section 6.6 and (ii) the Board of Directors of the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee) determines in good faith after consultation with the Company’s outside legal and financial advisors that such Competing Proposal constitutes or would reasonably be expected to result, after the taking of any of the actions referred to in any of clause (x), (y) or (z) below, in a Superior Proposal or an Alternate Superior Proposal, then the Company may, at any time prior to the receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Approval, take the following actions: (x) furnish non-public information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries to the third party making such Competing Proposal, if, and only if, such information has been previously or is contemporaneously provided to Buyer and prior to so furnishing such information, the Company receives from the third party an executed confidentiality agreement with terms no less favorable in the aggregate to the third party than the Confidentiality Agreement is to Buyer; (y) engage or participate in discussions or negotiations with such third party with respect to the Competing Proposal; and (z) in the case of a Competing Proposal that constitutes or would reasonably be expected to result in an Alternate Superior Proposal, engage in discussions or negotiations with CBNA and FFELP Buyer Parent with respect to the Competing Proposal; provided , however , that as promptly as reasonably practicable following the Company taking such actions as described in clauses (x), (y) or (z) above (and in any event within 24 hours), the Company shall provide written notice to Buyer of such determination as provided for in clause (ii) above, the identity of the third party making such Competing Proposal and the terms and conditions of the Competing Proposal. The Company shall keep Buyer informed on a current basis of the status of any such discussions or negotiations, including any discussions or negotiations with CBNA and FFELP Buyer Parent. Buyer shall be permitted to engage in discussions and negotiations with CBNA and FFELP Buyer Parent in connection with any Competing Proposal.

(d) Neither the Board of Directors of the Company nor any committee thereof shall (i) change, qualify, withdraw or modify, or publicly propose to change, qualify, withdraw or modify the Company Recommendation (a “ Change of Recommendation ”), (ii) approve or recommend, or publicly propose to approve or recommend, any Competing Proposal or (iii) exempt any person from any state takeover law, except as provided or permitted by this Section 6.6 .

(e) If prior to the receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Approval, either:

 

60


(i) the Company receives an unsolicited Superior Proposal or an unsolicited Alternate Superior Proposal and the Company has complied with its obligations under this Section 6.6 , or

(ii) other than in connection with a Competing Proposal, the Board of Directors of the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee) determines in good faith, in response to the occurrence of a Company Intervening Event and after consultation with outside legal and financial advisors, that the failure of the Board of Directors of the Company to effect a Change of Recommendation would be inconsistent with the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors of the Company to the Company’s stockholders under applicable Law,

then, prior to the receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Approval, the Board of Directors of the Company may effect a Change of Recommendation (a “ Permitted Change of Recommendation ”); provided , that with respect to clause (i), (x) the Company shall have first (A) provided seven (7) Business Days’ prior written notice (a “ Notice of Superior Proposal ”) to Buyer that it is prepared to effect a Permitted Change of Recommendation in response to a Superior Proposal or an Alternate Superior Proposal and specifying the reasons therefor, including the terms and conditions of the Superior Proposal or Alternate Superior Proposal that are the basis of such proposed Permitted Change of Recommendation, copies of the agreements proposed to effect such Superior Proposal or Alternate Superior Proposal as well as all material correspondence relating to such Superior Proposal or Alternate Superior Proposal and the identity of the person making such proposed Superior Proposal or Alternate Superior Proposal (it being understood and agreed that any amendment to the financial terms or any material amendment of any such Superior Proposal or Alternate Superior Proposal shall require a new Notice of Superior Proposal and a new seven (7) Business Day period), and (B) during such seven (7) Business Day period, if requested by Buyer, engaged in good faith negotiations with Buyer (and the parties to the Related Transactions, if applicable) to amend this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, and/or the Related Transaction Agreements in such a manner that any Competing Proposal which was determined to be a Superior Proposal or an Alternate Superior Proposal, as the case may be, would no longer constitute a Superior Proposal or an Alternate Superior Proposal, as the case may be, and (y) at the end of such seven (7) Business Day period (or at such earlier time following receipt of a Notice of Superior Proposal that Buyer notifies the Company that it is not interested in pursuing further negotiations to amend this Agreement), such Competing Proposal has not been withdrawn and continues to constitute a Superior Proposal or an Alternate Superior Proposal (taking into account any changes, which have not been withdrawn, to the terms of this Agreement proposed by Buyer and/or, in the case of a Superior Proposal only, any changes to the Related Transaction Agreements or the Ancillary Agreements proposed by the parties thereto following a Notice of Superior Proposal, as a result of the negotiations required by sub-clause (B) or otherwise) and in the case of clause (ii), the Company shall have first provided seven (7) Business Days’ prior written notice (“ Notice of a Proposed Change of Recommendation ”) to Buyer that it is prepared to effect a Permitted Change of Recommendation in response to a Company Intervening Event and describing such Company Intervening Event and during such seven (7) Business Day period, if requested by Buyer, engaged in, and caused its

 

61


Representatives and Affiliates to have engaged in, good faith negotiations with Buyer and its Representatives (and the parties to the Related Transaction Agreements and their Representatives) to amend this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and/or the Related Transaction Agreements and at the end of such seven (7) Business Day period, the Board of Directors of the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee) after taking into account all changes, which have not been withdrawn, to the terms of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and/or the Related Transaction Agreements proposed by Buyer or the parties thereto following such Notice of a Proposed Change of Recommendation, again determines in good faith that the failure to effect a Change of Recommendation would be inconsistent with the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors of the Company to the Company’s stockholders under applicable Law.

(f) The Company shall advise Buyer promptly (and in any event within 24 hours) of (i) any Competing Proposal or indication, inquiry, proposal or offer with respect to or that could reasonably be expected to lead to any Competing Proposal, (ii) any request for non-public information relating to the Company, or (iii) any inquiry or request for discussion or negotiation regarding a Competing Proposal, including in each case the identity of the person making any such Competing Proposal or indication, inquiry, offer or proposal, the material terms of any such Competing Proposal or indication, inquiry, offer or proposal and any material correspondence relating thereto. The Company shall keep Buyer informed on a current basis of any material changes to the terms of any such Competing Proposal or indication or inquiry.

(g) Notwithstanding the limitations set forth in this Section 6.6 , and in accordance with Section 6.6(e) , if the Board of Directors of the Company has effected a Permitted Change of Recommendation in compliance with the requirements of Section 6.6(e)(i) in response to a Superior Proposal (but not an Alternate Superior Proposal) and is not in breach of Section 6.6 , then, prior to receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Approval, the Board of Directors of the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee) may cause the Company to enter into a binding written agreement (a “ Superior Proposal Agreement ”) to effect such Superior Proposal and terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.1(g) .

(h) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit the Company or the Board of Directors of the Company from (i) disclosing to the Company’s stockholders a position contemplated by Rules 14d-9 and 14e-2(a) promulgated under the Exchange Act or (ii) making any disclosure to its stockholders if the Board of Directors of the Company (or a committee thereof, as applicable) has reasonably determined in good faith, after consultation with outside legal and financial advisors, that the failure to do so would be inconsistent with any applicable Law; provided , however , that (A) any disclosure of a position contemplated by Rule 14e-2(a) or Rule 14d-9 promulgated under the Exchange Act other than a “stop, look and listen”, an express rejection of any applicable Competing Proposal or an express reaffirmation of the Company Recommendation shall be deemed to be a Change of Recommendation and (B) neither the Company nor the Company’s Board of Directors (nor any committee thereof) shall make any Change of Recommendation except in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 6.6 .

(i) As used in this Agreement:

 

62


(i) “ Competing Proposal ” shall mean any proposal or offer from any person or group other than Buyer and its Affiliates to effect: (A) any direct or indirect acquisition or purchase, in any single transaction or series of related transactions, by any such person or group of persons, of 15% or more of the fair market value of the assets of the Post-Sale Company; (B) any direct or indirect acquisition or purchase by any person or group of persons of 15% or more of the total outstanding voting securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (C) any tender offer or exchange offer (including through the filing with the SEC of a Schedule TO), as defined pursuant to the Exchange Act, that if consummated, would result in any person or group beneficially owning 15% or more of the Company Common Stock or (D) any merger, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, issuance of or amendment to the terms of outstanding stock or other securities, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction involving the Company as a result of which any person or group acting in concert would acquire assets or securities described in clause (A), (B) or (C) above;

(ii) “ Company Intervening Event ” means an event or circumstance material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (other than any event or circumstance resulting from a breach of this Agreement by the Company or its Subsidiaries or any breach of any of the Related Transaction Agreements), that was unknown to the Board of Directors of the Company on the date hereof, which event or circumstance becomes known to the Board of Directors of the Company prior to the Requisite Stockholder Approval; provided , however , that (A) in no event shall the receipt, existence or terms of a Competing Proposal (or any proposal or inquiry to acquire any of the FFELP Purchased Assets or the CBNA Purchased Assets), or any inquiry or matter relating thereto or consequence thereof, constitute a Company Intervening Event, (B) in no event shall events or circumstances arising from the announcement or the existence of, or any action taken by either party pursuant to and in compliance with the terms of, this Agreement or the Related Transaction Agreements constitute a Company Intervening Event and (C) in no event shall any increase in the market price of the Company Common Stock, in and of itself, constitute a Company Intervening Event ( provided that the event or circumstance underlying such increase in the market price of the Company Common Stock shall not be excluded, and may be taken into account, in determining whether there is a Company Intervening Event);

(iii) “ Superior Proposal ” shall mean any unsolicited, bona fide written Competing Proposal (except the references in clauses (A), (B) and (C) thereof to “15%” shall be replaced by “80%” and the reference in clause (A) thereof to the “Post-Sale Company” shall be replaced by the “Company”) that (A) is on terms that the Board of Directors of the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee) determines in good faith, after consultation with outside financial and legal advisors and consideration of all relevant factors, would, if consummated, result in a transaction that is more favorable from a financial point of view to the holders of the Company Common Stock than the Transactions (taking into account any binding proposal to amend the terms of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and/or any of the Related Transaction Agreements) and (B) is reasonably capable of being completed on the terms set forth in the proposal within a reasonable period of time, taking into account all financial, legal, regulatory and other aspects thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, references to the

 

63


“Company” in this definition mean the Company, including the FFELP Purchased Assets, the CBNA Purchased Assets and the Acquired Assets; and

(iv) “ Alternate Superior Proposal ” shall mean any unsolicited, bona fide written Competing Proposal (except the references in clauses (A), (B) and (C) thereof to “15%” shall be replaced by “100%”) that (A) is on terms that the Board of Directors of the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee) determines in good faith, after consultation with outside financial and legal advisors and consideration of all relevant factors, would, if consummated, result in a transaction that is more favorable from a financial point of view to the holders of the Company Common Stock than the Transactions (taking into account any binding proposal to amend the terms of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and/or any of the Related Transaction Agreements), (B) is reasonably capable of being completed on the terms set forth in the proposal within a reasonable period of time, taking into account all financial, legal, regulatory and other aspects thereof and (C) would, if consummated, not result in (I) any person other than CBNA acquiring the CBNA Purchased Assets in accordance with the terms and conditions of the CBNA Transaction Agreement (as in effect immediately prior to the announcement of or the Company’s receipt of such Competing Proposal) and the Transaction Documents (as defined in the CBNA Transaction Agreement) and (II) any person other than FFELP Buyer Parent (and its Affiliates) acquiring the FFELP Purchased Assets in accordance with the terms and conditions of the FFELP Transaction Agreement (as in effect immediately prior to the Company’s receipt of such Competing Proposal) and the Transaction Documents (as defined in the FFELP Transaction Agreement).

(j) During the period from the date of this Agreement through the earlier of the Effective Time and the date of termination of this Agreement, the Company shall not terminate, amend, modify or waive any provision of any confidentiality agreement relating to a Competing Proposal or standstill agreement to which the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries is a party (other than any involving Buyer). During such period, the Company agrees to enforce, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law, the provisions of any such agreements, including obtaining injunctions to prevent any breaches of such agreements and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions thereof in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may waive any such standstill if the Board of Directors of the Company, after consultation with outside legal counsel, determines that the failure to do so would be inconsistent with the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors of the Company to the Company’s stockholders under applicable Law.

(k) From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the date, if any, on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1 , the Company agrees that it will comply with all agreements and covenants to be performed by it under Section 10.4 of the FFELP Transaction Agreement.

(l) Buyer agrees that neither it nor its Affiliates shall make any Competing Proposal (as defined in the FFELP Transaction Agreement) without the prior written consent of the Company or except as otherwise permitted through the FFELP Transaction Agreement.

 

64


Section 6.7 Notification of Certain Matters . The Company shall give prompt notice to Buyer, and Buyer shall give prompt notice to the Company, (a) of any event or matter that has caused any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement to be inaccurate in any material respect ( provided , that the failure to provide such notice shall not in and of itself result in the failure of a closing condition, it being understood and agreed that the underlying inaccuracy may result in the failure of a closing condition), (b) of receipt of any notice or other communication received by such party (or, in the case of the Company, by the Depositor, any Securitization Trust or any Other Securitization Trust) from any Governmental Authority, any party to a Securitization Basic Document or an Other Securitization Basic Document, any holder of, or holder of a beneficial interest in, any note issued under a Securitization Indenture or an Other Securitization Indenture, any issuer of a Student Loan Insurance Policy or any Rating Agency in connection with this Agreement, the Related Transaction Agreements or the Transactions, or from any person alleging that the consent of such person is or may be required in connection herewith or therewith, and (c) upon becoming aware of any Proceedings commenced or, to such party’s knowledge, threatened against or involving such party or any of its Subsidiaries which relate thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall give prompt notice to Buyer, upon becoming aware of (i) any default or breach or failure to perform any obligation by any party to a Securitization Basic Document or Other Securitization Basic Document or (ii) receipt by it or by the Depositor, any Securitization Trust or any Other Securitization Trust of any written notice or communication from any person asserting the same.

Section 6.8 Public Announcements . The initial press releases with respect to the Transactions shall be press releases mutually agreed upon by Buyer, the Company, CBNA and FFELP Buyer Parent. Buyer and the Company shall consult with each other before issuing any other press release or otherwise making any public statements with respect to this Agreement or the Merger (and none of Buyer or its Affiliates shall issue or make any other press release with respect to the Related Transactions) and shall not issue any such press release without the prior consent of the other (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), except as may be required by Law or any listing agreement with the NYSE to which Buyer or the Company is a party.

Section 6.9 Employee Matters .

(a) On or before the Closing, but effective as of the Closing Date (or January 1, 2011 in the event the Closing Date occurs prior to December 31, 2010), the Company shall take, or shall use reasonable efforts to cause its Affiliates, as applicable, to take, all actions necessary, if any, to cause the Company and its Subsidiaries to cease to be adopting or participating employers under all Benefit Plans that are not Company Benefit Plans and each Company Employee shall cease to accrue benefits under the Benefit Plans that are not Company Benefit Plans.

(b) The employment of each person employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to the Related Transactions and Section 6.1 ) (the “ Company Employees ”) shall automatically be continued on the Closing Date.

 

65


(c) Except as otherwise provided in the Separation Agreement with respect to severance benefits and transition services with respect to human resources and employee benefit plans and programs, for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Buyer shall, or shall cause one of its Affiliates to, provide Company Employees with compensation and employee benefit plans, programs, policies and arrangements that are no less favorable, in the aggregate, than the compensation and employee benefit plans, programs, policies and arrangements provided to similarly situated employees of Buyer and its Affiliates. In addition, for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, unless agreed upon by such Company Employee, Buyer shall not, and shall cause each of its Affiliates not to, increase any Company Employee’s commute as of immediately prior to the Closing Date by thirty (30) or more miles one way.

(d) For the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending six (6) months following the Closing Date, Buyer shall, or shall cause its Affiliates to, provide to each Company Employee base wages or salaries, as applicable, that are no less favorable than the base wages or salaries provided to each such Company Employee by the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Closing Date. In addition, on and following the Closing Date (or January 1, 2011 in the event the Closing Date occurs prior to December 31, 2010), Buyer shall, or shall cause its Affiliates to, cause each compensation or employee benefit plan, program, or arrangement maintained or contributed to by Buyer or any of its Affiliates and in which any Company Employee becomes eligible to participate, to treat the prior service of such Company Employee with the Company or any of its Affiliates, as the case may be, as service rendered to Buyer or its Affiliates, as the case may be, for all purposes (including vesting, eligibility, level of benefit (including for purposes of severance and vacation/paid time off benefits) and benefit accrual purposes); provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply with respect to benefit accruals under any defined benefit plan; and provided , further , that the Company Employees’ years of service with the Company and its Affiliates and their respective predecessors before the Closing Date shall be not included for purposes of determining whether a Company Employee is eligible for subsidized retiree medical benefits.

(e) Buyer shall, or shall cause its Affiliates to, (i) waive any limitation on health and welfare coverage of any Company Employee due to pre-existing conditions and/or waiting periods, active employment requirements, and requirements to show evidence of good health under the applicable health and welfare plan of Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer to the extent such Company Employee is currently covered under a health and welfare benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates (as the case may be) and (ii) in the event the Closing Date occurs after January 1, 2011, credit each Company Employee with all deductible payments, co-payments and co-insurance paid by such employee and covered dependents under the group health plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates (as the case may be) prior to the Closing Date during the year in which the Closing Date occurs for the purpose of determining the extent to which any such employee and his or her dependents have satisfied their deductible and whether they have reached the out-of-pocket maximum under any medical plan of Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer for such year.

(f) Effective as of the Closing Date (if the Closing Date occurs after December 31, 2010), Buyer shall (i) permit, or shall cause its Affiliates to permit, Company Employees to participate in flexible spending reimbursement accounts under a cafeteria plan

 

66


qualifying under Section 125 of the Code (the “ Buyer FSA ”) to the extent coverage under such Buyer FSA replaces coverage under a comparable Benefit Plan in which such Company Employee participated immediately prior to the Closing Date (the “ CBNA FSA ”), (ii) credit Company Employees under the Buyer FSA immediately following the Closing Date with amounts available for reimbursement equal to such amounts as were credited under the CBNA FSA with respect to such person immediately prior to the Closing Date, and (iii) give effect under the Buyer FSA to any elections made by such Company Employees with respect to the CBNA FSA for the plan year in which the Closing Date falls.

(g) In the event that a Company Employee makes a voluntary election pursuant to Section 401(a)(31) of the Code to roll over his or her account balance in the Citigroup 401(k) Plan to a tax-qualified defined contribution plan sponsored by Buyer, Buyer agrees to cause such tax-qualified defined contribution plan to accept such rollover, subject to the terms of the Buyer’s tax-qualified defined contribution plan.

(h) Effective as of January 1, 2011 (if the Closing Date occurs prior to December 31, 2010) or effective as of the Closing Date (if the Closing Date occurs on or after January 1, 2011), Buyer shall credit each Company Employee with the number of unused planned time off days earned by and credited to such Company Employee as of immediately prior to the Closing Date in accordance with the policy of the Company immediately prior to the Closing Date. For the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Buyer shall provide Company Employees with planned and unplanned time-off policies that are no less favorable than the planned and unplanned time-off policies provided to similarly situated employees of Buyer and its Affiliates; provided , however , that the number of unused planned time-off days that may be carried over from 2010 to 2011 shall be limited by the time-off policies as in effect with respect to the Company Employees immediately prior to the Closing Date; provided further that any unused planned time-off days that are carried over from 2010 to 2011 must be used before any planned time-off days earned in 2011 may be used. For the avoidance of doubt, the number of unused planned time-off days and unplanned time-off days that may be carried over from 2011 to 2012 shall be limited by the planned and unplanned time-off policies of similarly situated employees of the Buyer and its Affiliates.

(i) Without limiting the generality of Section 9.5 , the provisions of this Section 6.9 are for the sole benefit of the parties to this Agreement and nothing herein, expressed or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Company Employee or former employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), other than the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, any legal or equitable or other rights or remedies (with respect to the matters provided for in this Section 6.9 ) under or by reason of any provision of this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 6.9 shall amend, or be deemed to amend (or prevent the amendment or termination of) any Benefit Plan or any compensation or benefit plan of the Company or its Affiliates. Nothing in this Section 6.9 shall create any obligation on the part of Buyer (or the Company, as applicable) to continue the employment of a Company Employee or any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries for any definite period of time following the Effective Time.

 

67


Section 6.10 Acquisition Sub . Buyer will take all actions necessary to (a) cause Acquisition Sub to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the Merger on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and (b) ensure that, prior to the Effective Time, Acquisition Sub shall not conduct any business or make any investments other than in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or incur or guarantee any indebtedness.

Section 6.11 Related Transaction Agreements .

(a) Without the prior written consent of Buyer, the Company shall not (i) amend, modify or waive any provision of the Related Transaction Agreements or the Ancillary Agreements (or the forms thereof or term sheets relating thereto) in a manner that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect Buyer’s, the Company’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ rights and obligations under, or materially impair the ability of Buyer, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries to perform any of their obligations under, this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the Related Transaction Agreements or materially delay the Closing Date or (ii) terminate the FFELP Transaction Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1(a) of such agreement or the CBNA Transaction Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1(a) of such agreement. Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall deliver promptly (and in any event not later than five Business Days prior to the proposed effective date thereof) to Buyer copies of all proposed amendments, modifications and waivers to any Related Transaction Agreement or Ancillary Agreement. The Company shall comply in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required to be performed by it under the Related Transaction Agreements and the Ancillary Agreements on or prior to the Closing Date. The Company agrees to use reasonable best efforts to enforce, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law, the provisions of each Related Transaction Agreement and Ancillary Agreement, including obtaining injunctions to enforce specifically the terms and provisions thereof in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction.

(b) The Company shall keep Buyer informed on a reasonably current basis of any material changes in or developments with respect to the Related Transactions, including delivering to Buyer copies of all notices the Company receives under the Related Transaction Agreements, and, subject to applicable Laws, shall furnish promptly to Buyer such information concerning the status of and the progress towards closing the Related Transactions as Buyer or its Representatives may reasonably request. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall give prompt notice to Buyer of any event or matter that it becomes aware of that would be reasonably likely to result in the failure of any condition in any Related Transaction Agreement to be satisfied.

Section 6.12 Certain Ancillary Agreements .

(a) Each of the Company and Buyer agree that it will, and cause its Affiliates and Subsidiaries to, negotiate in good faith definitive versions of the Transition Agreements in a manner consistent with, and containing the terms set forth in, the term sheet attached hereto as Exhibits G and on other customary terms to which the parties may agree, for execution by the Company and Buyer, their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.

 

68


(b) At the Closing, each of the Company and Buyer shall, and shall cause their applicable Affiliates to, execute and deliver the Subservicing Letter Agreement, the Transition Agreements and each other Ancillary Agreement to be executed and delivered by such party or its Affiliates.

Section 6.13 Agreements with Other Parties . Without the prior written consent of the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee), between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, Buyer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, enter into any agreements, arrangements or understandings (other than as provided in this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Related Transaction Agreements) between Buyer or its Affiliates and either (i) FFELP Buyer Parent or its Affiliates with respect to the Transactions or (ii) CBNA or its Affiliates with respect to the Transactions that would have the effect of providing additional consideration in excess of the Merger Consideration provided to CBNA pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 6.14 FIRPTA Certificate . The Company shall deliver to Buyer at Closing a duly executed certificate that the Company does not constitute a “United States real property holding corporation” (as defined in section 897 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) in the form and manner required under section 1.1445-2(c)(3) of the Treasury Regulations; provided , however , if the Company fails to deliver such a certificate or Buyer has actual knowledge that such statement is false (or has received a notice that the statement is false) pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-4, Buyer shall be entitled to withhold pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code from amounts payable under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

Section 7.1 Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party . The obligations of the Company, Buyer and Acquisition Sub to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by mutual agreement of the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee) and Buyer, to the extent permitted by applicable Law) of the following conditions:

(a) the Requisite Stockholder Approval shall have been obtained;

(b) any applicable waiting period (or extension thereof) under the HSR Act relating to the Merger shall have expired or been terminated;

(c) no Governmental Authority shall have commenced, enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered into any Proceeding, Order or Law which is then in effect and has the effect of making the Merger illegal or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Merger;

(d) the FFELP Transaction Closing shall have occurred; and

 

69


(e) the CBNA Transaction Closing shall have occurred.

Section 7.2 Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer . The obligations of Buyer and Acquisition Sub to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Buyer of the following further conditions:

(a) (i) the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and at and as of the Effective Time (without giving effect to any limitation as to materiality or Company Material Adverse Effect set forth therein) with the same force and effect as if made at and as of the Effective Time (other than (A) the representations and warranties set forth in the second and last sentences in Section 4.3(a) , the second sentence in Section 4.3(b) , Section 4.3(c) , Section 4.3(d) , Section 4.7(c) , Section 4.9 , Section 4.15(c) , Section 4.17(c) , Section 4.19 , Section 4.24 , Section 4.25 , Section 4.26 , Section 4.27 and Section 4.28 , which are addressed in clauses (ii) and (iii) below, and (B) those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date or only with respect to a specific period of time, which need only be true and correct as of such date or with respect to such period), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct has not had and would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect or materially impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the Related Transaction Agreements; (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in the second and last sentences in Section 4.3(a) , the second sentence in Section 4.3(b) , Section 4.3(c) , Section 4.3(d) , Section 4.15(c) , Section 4.17(c) , Section 4.19 , Section 4.24 , Section 4.25 , Section 4.26 and Section 4.27 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and at and as of the Effective Time with the same force and effect as if made at and as of the Effective Time (other than those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date or only with respect to a specific period of time, which need only be true and correct as of such date or with respect to such period); and (iii) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 4.7(c) , Section 4.9 and Section 4.28 shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and at and as of the Effective Time with the same force and effect as if made at and as of the Effective Time;

(b) the Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all material agreements and covenants required by this Agreement and the Separation Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Effective Time, other than the covenant set forth in Section 6.14 ;

(c) the Omnibus Credit Agreement shall have been terminated, all obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder shall have been discharged in full, all Liens thereunder shall have been terminated and released and all property and assets held as collateral thereunder shall have been released, and Buyer shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence thereof;

(d) since the date hereof, there shall not have been any receiver or conservator appointed for CBNA or for all or any substantial part of its property;

 

70


(e) there shall have been no amendment or modification to, or waiver of, any provision or condition of the Related Transaction Agreements or the Ancillary Agreements (or the forms thereof or term sheets relating thereto) in a manner that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect Buyer’s, the Company’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the Related Transaction Agreements effected without the prior written consent of Buyer;

(f) all of the Ancillary Agreements and all of the Related Transaction Agreements shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, each such agreement shall be in full force and effect, and no event shall have occurred and no condition or state of facts shall exist that has caused or would reasonably be expected to cause any such agreement not to be in full force and effect or that has materially impaired or would reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of any party to perform its obligations thereunder; and

(g) the Company shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate, dated the Effective Time and signed by an executive officer of the Company, certifying to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.2(a) through 7.2(f) have been satisfied.

Section 7.3 Conditions to the Obligations of the Company . The obligations of the Company to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee) of the following further conditions:

(a) the representations and warranties of Buyer and Acquisition Sub contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to materiality set forth therein) at and as of the Effective Time with the same force and effect as if made at and as of the Effective Time (other than those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date or only with respect to a specific period of time, which need only be true and correct as of such date or with respect to such period), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay or materially impair the ability of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to consummate any of the Transactions;

(b) Buyer and Acquisition Sub shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all material agreements and covenants required by this Agreement and the Separation Agreement to be performed or complied with by them at or prior to the Effective Time; and

(c) Buyer shall have delivered to the Company a certificate, dated the Effective Time and signed by an executive officer of Buyer, certifying to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) and Section 7.3(b) have been satisfied.

 

71


ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

Section 8.1 Termination . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned, at any time prior to the Effective Time, whether before or after the Requisite Stockholder Approval, as follows:

(a) by mutual written consent of each of Buyer and the Company;

(b) by written notice of either Buyer or the Company, if (i) the Merger has not been consummated on or before March 31, 2011 (the “ Termination Date ”); and (ii) the party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(b) shall not have breached in any material respect its obligations under this Agreement in any manner that shall have proximately caused the failure to consummate the Merger on or before such date; provided that, if as of the Termination Date, (A) all of the conditions to this Agreement (other than those that are to be satisfied by action taken at the Closing) shall have been satisfied or waived other than the conditions set forth in (x)  Section 7.1(b) or Section 7.1(c) , or (y)  Section 7.1(d) or Section 7.1(e) (to the extent resulting from the failure to obtain regulatory approvals), or (B) the “Termination Date” (as defined in the FFELP Transaction Agreement or the CBNA Transaction Agreement, as applicable) has been extended, then the Termination Date shall be automatically extended to April 30, 2011 or such date as the Termination Date (as defined in the FFELP Transaction Agreement or the CBNA Transaction Agreement) has been extended;

(c) by written notice of either Buyer or the Company, if any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have issued an Order or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such Order or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; provided that the party seeking to terminate this agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(c) shall have complied in all material respects with its obligations under Section 6.4 hereof;

(d) by written notice of either Buyer or the Company, if the Requisite Stockholder Approval shall not have been obtained at a duly held Stockholders’ Meeting (including any adjournment or postponement thereof at which a quorum is present and the votes to adopt this Agreement and approve the Merger are taken);

(e) by written notice from the Company to Buyer, if Buyer shall have breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (1) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.3(a) or Section 7.3(b) and (2) cannot be cured by the Termination Date; provided that the Company shall have given Buyer written notice, delivered at least forty-five (45) days prior to such termination, stating the Company’s intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(e) and the basis for such termination;

 

72


(f) by written notice from Buyer to the Company, if the Company shall have breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform (1) would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) and (2) cannot be cured by the Termination Date; provided that Buyer shall have given the Company written notice, delivered at least forty-five (45) days prior to such termination, stating Buyer’s intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(f) and the basis for such termination;

(g) by written notice from the Company (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee) to Buyer, simultaneously with the Company or its Subsidiaries entering into a Superior Proposal Agreement in accordance with Section 6.6(g) ;

(h) by written notice from either Buyer or the Company, if either the FFELP Transaction Agreement or the CBNA Transaction Agreement has been terminated; or

(i) by written notice from Buyer if the Company effects a Change of Recommendation in response to a Superior Proposal.

Section 8.2 Effect of Termination . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1 , this Agreement shall become void and of no effect without liability of any party (or any stockholder, director, officer, employee, agent, consultant or representative of such party) to the other party hereto; provided , however , no party to this Agreement shall be relieved or released from any liabilities or damages arising out of its knowing and intentional breach of its obligations under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “knowing and intentional breach” means an act or failure to act which constitutes a breach of this Agreement with respect to which the breaching party has knowledge (actual or constructive) that such act or failure to act would or would reasonably be expected to breach its obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article VIII , Article IX , and the Confidentiality Agreement referred to in Section 6.5 shall survive any termination hereof pursuant to Section 8.1 .

Section 8.3 Fees and Expenses .

(a) If (i) prior to the termination of this Agreement, a Qualifying Transaction is proposed or publicly disclosed, (ii) this Agreement is terminated by Buyer or the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(b) and (iii) concurrently with, or within twelve (12) months after any such termination, any Qualifying Transaction is consummated or the Company or any of its Affiliates enters into any letter of intent, agreement in principle or Contract with respect to a Qualifying Transaction, then the Company shall pay to Buyer a fee of $24,000,000 in cash, such payment to be made upon the earlier of entry into the letter of intent, agreement in principle or Contract with respect to such Qualifying Transaction or the consummation of such Qualifying Transaction; provided , that if at the time of such payment the FFELP Buyer Parent is entitled to a payment from the Company pursuant to Section 11.3(a) of the FFELP Transaction Agreement, then the Company shall pay to Buyer a fee of $12,000,000 in cash.

 

73


(b) If (i) prior to the termination of this Agreement, an Alternate Superior Proposal is proposed or publicly disclosed and (ii) this Agreement is terminated by Buyer or the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.1(d) , then the Company shall pay to Buyer a fee of $24,000,000 in cash, such payment to be made promptly upon termination of this Agreement and in any event within two (2) Business Days after the termination of this Agreement.

(c) If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(g) , then the Company shall pay to Buyer a fee of $12,000,000 in cash, such payment to be made concurrently with such termination.

(d) If this Agreement is terminated by Buyer pursuant to Section 8.1(i) , then the Company shall pay to Buyer a fee of $12,000,000 in cash, such payment to be made promptly upon termination of this Agreement and in any event within two (2) Business Days after the termination of this Agreement.

(e) If this Agreement is terminated by the Company or Buyer (i) pursuant to Section 8.1(h) and, prior thereto, the FFELP Transaction Agreement was terminated by the FFELP Buyer Parent pursuant to Section 11.1(e) or Section 11.1(g) of the FFELP Transaction Agreement or (ii) pursuant to Section 8.1(b) and there had previously occurred a willful breach by the Company of the FFELP Transaction Agreement, then the Company shall pay Buyer a fee of $24,000,000 in cash, such payment to be made no later than two (2) Business Days after the date of termination of this Agreement. In the event that Buyer receives the Company Termination Fee pursuant to this Section 8.3(e) , the receipt of such fee shall be deemed to be liquidated damages for any and all losses or damages suffered or incurred by Buyer or Acquisition Sub in connection with this Agreement (and the termination hereof); provided , that nothing in this Section 8.3(e) shall prohibit any payment required to be made pursuant to Section 8.3(f) .

(f) Unless a Company Termination Fee is payable under Section 8.3(e) , if this Agreement is terminated by the Company or Buyer pursuant to (i)  Section 8.1(b) and at the time of such termination the only conditions that were not satisfied were Section 7.1(d) , Section 7.1(e) , Section 7.2(c) and any other conditions that by their nature can only be satisfied at the Closing or (ii)  Section 8.1(h) , then the Company shall reimburse Buyer upon demand by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account specified in writing by Buyer for an amount equal to 120% of the aggregate amount of Transaction Expenses of Buyer; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to make a payment pursuant to this Section 8.3(f) in excess of $4,000,000 in the aggregate.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the Company be required to pay a Company Termination Fee pursuant to Section 8.3(a) , 8.3(b) , 8.3(c) , 8.3(d) or 8.3(e) on more than one occasion. Any such payment shall be reduced by any amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under applicable Tax Law, provided , however , that prior to or on the date of the Company making any such withholding, (i) the Company shall notify Buyer as soon as reasonably practicable after notice of termination of this Agreement or entry into a Superior Proposal Agreement, as applicable, that such withholding is required, (ii) the Company and Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to

 

74


minimize any withholding Taxes and (iii) Buyer may deliver to the Company such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Law as would permit such payment to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. Buyer and the Company each acknowledge that under current Law, no U.S. federal withholding Tax would be required with respect to the Company Termination Fee.

(h) Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that the Company Termination Fee and the other provisions of this Section 8.3 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that, without the Company Transaction Fee and such other provisions, Buyer would not enter into this Agreement; accordingly, if the Company fails to promptly pay the amounts due pursuant to Section 8.3(a) , 8.3(b) , 8.3(c) , 8.3(d) , 8.3(e) or 8.3(f) and, in order to obtain such payment Buyer commences a suit which results in a judgment against the Company for any of the amounts set forth in Section 8.3(a) , 8.3(b) , 8.3(c) , 8.3(d) , 8.3(e) or 8.3(f) , then the Company shall pay to Buyer its costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with such suit, together with interest on all amounts due pursuant to Section 8.3(a) , 8.3(b) , 8.3(c) , 8.3(d) , 8.3(e) or 8.3(f) at the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. in effect on the date plus 2% per annum from the date such amounts were required to be paid until the date actually received by Buyer.

(i) Subject to the foregoing, all expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such expenses, except that the Company shall pay, whether or not the Merger or any other transaction is consummated, all expenses incurred in connection with (i) printing, filing and mailing the Proxy Statement and all SEC and other regulatory filing fees incurred in connection with the Proxy Statement, (ii) any filing with antitrust authorities and (iii) the Paying Agent. Any Company Termination Fee required to be paid pursuant hereto shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account specified in writing by Buyer.

Section 8.4 Amendment . This Agreement may be amended by mutual agreement of the parties hereto at any time prior to the Effective Time (in the case of the Company, by the Board of Directors (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee)); provided , however , that, after the adoption of this Agreement and approval of the Merger by stockholders of the Company, there shall not be any amendment that by Law or in accordance with the rules of the NYSE requires further approval by the stockholders of the Company without such further approval of such stockholders nor any amendment or change not permitted under applicable Law. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

Section 8.5 Waiver . At any time prior to the Effective Time, subject to applicable Law, any party (in the case of the Company, by the Board of Directors (upon the recommendation of the Special Committee)) hereto may (a) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of any other party hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the other party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (c) subject to the proviso of Section 8.4 , waive compliance with any agreement or condition contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall only be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure or delay by the Company, Buyer or Acquisition Sub in

 

75


exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any other right hereunder.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 9.1 Notices . Any notice required to be given hereunder shall be sufficient if in writing, and sent by facsimile transmission ( provided that any notice received by facsimile transmission or otherwise at the addressee’s location on any Business Day after 5:00 p.m. (addressee’s local time) shall be deemed to have been received at 9:00 a.m. (addressee’s local time) on the next Business Day), by reliable overnight delivery service (with proof of service), hand delivery or certified or registered mail (return receipt requested and first-class postage prepaid), addressed as follows (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 9.1 ):

if to Buyer:

Discover Bank

12 Read’s Way

New Castle, Delaware 19720

Fax: 302-323-7393

Attention: Mike Rickert

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Discover Financial Services

2500 Lake Cook Road

Riverwoods, IL 60015

Fax: 224-405-4957

Attention: Carlos Minetti

and:

Discover Financial Services

2500 Lake Cook Road

Riverwoods, IL 60015

Fax: 224-405-4584

Attention: Kelly McNamara Corley

and:

Sidley Austin LLP

1 South Dearborn Street

Chicago, IL 60603

Fax: 312-853-7036

Attention: Paul L. Choi

                  Willis R. Buck, Jr.

 

76


Scott R. Williams

if to the Company:

The Student Loan Corporation

750 Washington Blvd.

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Fax: 203-975-6724

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

CID Management

850 Third Ave, 18 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Fax: 212-207-3950

Attention: Rodman L. Drake, Chairman of the Special Committee

and with further copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Proskauer Rose LLP

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036-8299

Fax: 212-969-2900

Attention: Julie Allen

                  Arnold Jacobs

and:

McDermott, Will & Emery LLP

340 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10173-1922

Fax: 212-547-5444

Attention: Peter J. Rooney

and:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Fax: 212-735-2000

Attention: William S. Rubenstein

                  Sean C. Doyle

Section 9.2 Interpretation; Certain Definitions . When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section or Exhibit, such reference shall be to an Article or Section

 

77


of, or an Exhibit to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings for this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. Any statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes, and any rules, regulations or guidelines issued or promulgated thereunder. Other than in Section 9.4 , references to a person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 9.3 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the Merger is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the Merger be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 9.4 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.

Section 9.5 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules hereto), the Confidentiality Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement; provided that, from and after the Effective Time, the Company’s stockholders shall be third party beneficiaries of the right to receive the Merger Consideration pursuant to Article III .

Section 9.6 Governing Law . This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out or relate to this Agreement

 

78


or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement (including any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of or related to any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Agreement) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any otherwise applicable choice or conflict of laws provision or rule.

Section 9.7 Consent to Jurisdiction .

(a) Each of Buyer, Acquisition Sub and the Company hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Chancery Court, or if such court shall not have jurisdiction, any federal or other state court of the State of Delaware, for the purpose of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect to such action or proceeding may be heard and determined exclusively in any such court. Each of Buyer, Acquisition Sub and the Company agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

(b) Each of Buyer, Acquisition Sub and the Company irrevocably consents to the service of the summons and complaint and any other process in any other action or proceeding relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, on behalf of itself or its property, by personal delivery of copies of such process to such party. Nothing in this Section 9.7 shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law.

Section 9.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in two (2) or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 9.9 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF BUYER, ACQUISITION SUB AND THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE MERGER, THE OTHER TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THE ACTIONS OF BUYER OR THE COMPANY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT THEREOF.

Section 9.10 Specific Performance . The parties hereby expressly acknowledge and agree that immediate, extensive and irreparable damage would result, no adequate remedy at law would exist and damages would be difficult to determine in the event that any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or otherwise breached. Therefore, in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other remedy available to any party, an aggrieved party under this Agreement would be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof and immediate injunctive relief, without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy. Such remedies, and any and all other remedies provided for in this Agreement, shall, however, be cumulative in nature and not exclusive and shall be in addition to

 

79


any other remedies whatsoever which any party may otherwise have. Each of the parties hereby acknowledges and agrees that it may be difficult to prove damages with reasonable certainty, that it may be difficult to procure suitable substitute performance, and that injunctive relief and/or specific performance will not cause an undue hardship to the parties. Each of the parties hereby further acknowledges that the existence of any other remedy contemplated by this Agreement does not diminish the availability of specific performance of the obligations hereunder or any other injunctive relief.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

80


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer, Acquisition Sub and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

DISCOVER BANK
By:  

/s/ Michael F. Rickert

  Name:   Michael F. Rickert
  Title:   Vice President, Chief Financial
    Officer and Treasurer

 

ACADEMY ACQUISITION CORP.
By:   /s/ Carlos Minetti
  Name:   Carlos Minetti
  Title:   President

 

THE STUDENT LOAN CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Michael J. Reardon
  Name:   Michael J. Reardon
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Merger Agreement ]


Appendix A

COMPANY REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

WITH RESPECT TO TRUST STUDENT LOANS

Except for Student Loans that have been purchased or substituted by the Company or the Depositor in accordance with the terms of the Securitization Master Terms Sale Agreements or the Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreements, the Company represents and warrants as to the Trust Student Loans purchased by the Depositor or substituted by the Company under the related Purchase Agreement and each Bill of Sale executed pursuant to the Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreements as of the date of the related Purchase Agreement, or as of the date otherwise noted:

(a) The Company, had good and marketable title to, and was the sole owner of, the Trust Student Loans, free and clear of all security interests, liens, charges, claims, offsets, defenses, counterclaims or encumbrances of any nature and no right of rescission, offsets, defenses or counterclaims had been asserted or threatened with respect to such Trust Student Loans;

(b) Each Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreement created a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable Uniform Commercial Code) in the Trust Student Loans sold thereunder in favor of the Depositor, which security interest was prior to all other security interests, liens, charges, claims, offsets, defenses, counterclaims or encumbrances, and was enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Company;

(c) The Trust Student Loans constituted either “Payment Intangibles” or “Instruments” within the meaning of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code;

(d) The Trust Student Loans were Securitization Eligible Loans and the description of the Trust Student Loans set forth in the related Purchase Agreement and the related Loan Transmittal Summary Form were true and correct;

(e) The Company was authorized to sell, assign, transfer, substitute and repurchase the Trust Student Loans; and the sale, assignment and transfer of such Trust Student Loans was or, in the case of a Student Loan repurchase or substitution by the Company, was made pursuant to and consistent with the laws and regulations under which the Company operated, and did not violate any decree, judgment or order of any court or agency, or conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement or instrument to which the Company was a party or by which the Company or its property was bound, or constituted a default (or an event which could constitute a default with the passage of time or notice or both) thereunder;

(f) The Trust Student Loans were each in full force and effect in accordance with their terms and were legal, valid and binding obligations of the respective Borrowers thereunder subject to no defenses (except the defense of infancy);

 

A-1


(g) No consents and approvals were required by the terms of the Trust Student Loans for the consummation of the sale of such Trust Student Loans under the related Purchase Agreement to the Depositor;

(h) The information with respect to the applicable Trust Student Loans as of the Securitization Cutoff Date or, in the case of any substituted Trust Student Loans, the related Payment Cutoff Date, as stated on the related Loan Transmittal Summary Form was materially true and correct;

(i) Due diligence and reasonable care have been exercised in the making, administering, servicing and collecting on the Trust Student Loans;

(j) Each Trust Student Loan had been duly made and serviced in accordance with the provisions of the related program under which such Trust Student Loan was originated and all applicable federal and state laws;

(k) No Trust Student Loan was more than the number of days Delinquent permitted under the terms of the related Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreement and no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Trust Student Loan had arisen; and neither the Company nor any predecessor holder of any Trust Student Loan had waived any of the foregoing other than as permitted by the Securitization Basic Documents;

(l) Except for Trust Student Loans executed electronically, there was only one original executed copy of the Note evidencing each Trust Student Loan. For Trust Student Loans that were executed electronically, either (i) the Servicer had possession of the electronic records evidencing the Note or (ii) the Company had agreements with the previous holders or servicers of such Note under which the relevant holder or servicer agreed to hold and maintain the electronic records evidencing the Note, in each case as may have been necessary to enforce the Note or as may have been required by applicable laws regarding electronic chattel paper, including without limitation, any applicable e-sign loans.

(m) The Notes that constitute or evidence the Trust Student Loans did not have any marks or notations indicating that they had been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any person other than the Depositor. All financing statements filed against the Company in favor of the Depositor in connection with the applicable Purchase Agreement describing the Trust Student Loans contain a statement to the following effect: “A purchase of or security interest in any collateral described in this financing statement will violate the rights of the [secured party]”;

(n) Other than the security interest granted to the Depositor pursuant to the applicable Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreement, the Company had not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Trust Student Loans. The Company had not authorized the filing of and was not aware of any financing statements against the Company that included a description of collateral covering the Trust Student Loans other than any financing statement relating to the security interest granted to the Company thereunder or any other security interest that had been terminated. The Company was not aware of any judgment or Tax lien filings against the Company;

 

A-2


(o) No Borrower of a Trust Student Loan as of the applicable Securitization Cutoff Date or, in the case of any substitution following the Securitization Closing Date, as of the date of the related Purchase Agreement, was noted in the related Loan File as being then involved in a bankruptcy proceeding;

(p) The transfer and assignment under the related Purchase Agreement and each Securitization Master Terms Purchase Agreement constituted a valid sale of the Trust Student Loans from the Company to the Depositor and the beneficial interest in and title to such Trust Student Loans would not be part of the Company’s estate in the event of the bankruptcy of the Company or the appointment of a receiver with respect to the Company. The Company caused the timely filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect a first priority security interest in the related Trust Student Loans and other collateral granted under the Securitization Basic Documents; and

(q) With respect to Trust Student Loans in the 2006-A Trust, the Company has the right to assign to the Depositor its rights under the applicable Insurance Agreements covering Trust Student Loans that are subject to Student Loan Insurance Policies.

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.32

PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT AGREEMENT

PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of September 17, 2010, by and among Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“ CBNA ”), The Student Loan Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Discover Bank, a Delaware banking corporation (“ Buyer ” and, collectively with CBNA and the Company, the “ Parties ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Buyer, Academy Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Buyer (“ Acquisition Sub ”), and the Company, have executed an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of the date of this Agreement (including the exhibits, schedules and annexes thereto, the “ Merger Agreement ”), providing for, among other things the Merger;

WHEREAS , concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, the Company, CBNA, Citibank (South Dakota) National Association (“ CSD ”) and SLC Student Loan Receivables I, Inc. (“ Depositor ”) have executed an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement (including the exhibits, schedules and appendices thereto, the “ CBNA Transaction Agreement ”), providing for the CBNA Transaction;

WHEREAS , CBNA, SLM Corporation, the Company, CSD, Depositor, Sallie Mae, Inc., Bull Run 1 LLC and SLM Education Credit Finance Corporation have executed an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement (including the exhibits, schedules and appendices thereto, the “ FFELP Transaction Agreement” ), providing for the FFELP Transaction; and

WHEREAS , in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the Related Transaction Agreements, Buyer and CBNA intend to provide for pre-Closing and post-Closing adjustment mechanisms as described herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 General Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the respective meanings set forth in the Merger Agreement.


ARTICLE II

PRE-CLOSING ADJUSTMENT

Section 2.1 Pre-Closing Deliverables .

(a) Within ten Business Days after the Cut-Off Date, the Company shall deliver to Buyer and CBNA (i) the Schedule of Trust Student Loans and (ii) a statement of the aggregate Trust Certificate Purchase Price, each as of the Cut-Off Date (the “ Estimated Trust Certificate Purchase Price ”). Buyer and CBNA shall have five Business Days to review and comment on the items listed in clauses (i) and (ii).

(b) The Company shall prepare and deliver, or cause to be prepared and delivered, to Buyer and CBNA not later than ten Business Days after the Cut-Off Date, an estimated unaudited pro forma balance sheet of the Post-Sale Company estimated as of the Closing Date (the “ Estimated Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”), which (i) shall be derived from the books and records of the Company, (ii) shall be prepared using the same accounting methods, principles, policies, classifications, judgments, estimation methodologies and accounting standards as were utilized in preparing the consolidated balance sheet of the Company reflected in the most recent financial statements contained in the Company SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof, consistently applied in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of notes thereto) and (iii) shall give effect to the transactions contemplated by the FFELP Transaction Agreement and the CBNA Transaction Agreement, including the application of the proceeds therefrom to repay all amounts outstanding under the Omnibus Credit Agreement.

(c) If the Parties believe that the Closing will take place on or prior to the fifteenth Business Day of the applicable month, then, in lieu of the Cut-Off Date being the last day of the immediately preceding month, the Cut-Off Date shall be the last day of the month two months prior to the month in which the Closing occurs.

Section 2.2 Calculation of Pre-Closing Adjustment .

(a) If the Pre-Closing Adjustment Amount is a positive amount, then CBNA shall pay the Pre-Closing Adjustment Amount to Buyer or, if so directed by Buyer in writing, the Company, at the Closing by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars to the account specified to CBNA by Buyer, by written notice at least five Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

(b) If the Pre-Closing Adjustment Amount is a negative amount (the absolute value of such amount, the “ Buyer Payment Shortfall Amount ”), Buyer shall, at the Closing, pay the Buyer Payment Shortfall Amount as directed by CBNA in payment of amounts payable under the Omnibus Credit Agreement.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement,

(i) “ Aggregate Merger Consideration ” means the product of (A) the Merger Consideration multiplied by (B) the total number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time,


(ii) “ Closing Adjustment Amount ” means (A) the Aggregate Merger Consideration, minus (B) the Closing Trust Certificate Purchase Price, plus (C) the absolute value of all Reimbursable Liabilities, minus (D) all cash or cash equivalents reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet (excluding any cash and cash equivalents taken into account in determining the Closing Trust Certificate Purchase Price),

(iii) “ Merger Consideration ” means $30.00, provided that if the Company provides one or more Notices of Superior Proposal with respect to one or more Alternate Superior Proposals, then Merger Consideration means the sum of (1) $30.00 and (2) 0.4 multiplied by the lesser of $125 million and the amount by which Buyer increases the Aggregate Merger Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement) divided by the total number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time,

(iv) “ Pre-Closing Adjustment Amount ” means: (A) the Aggregate Merger Consideration, minus (B) the Estimated Trust Certificate Purchase Price, plus (C) the absolute value of all Reimbursable Liabilities, minus (D) all cash or cash equivalents reflected on the Estimated Pro Forma Balance Sheet (excluding any cash and cash equivalents taken into account in determining the Estimated Trust Certificate Purchase Price),

(v) “ Principal Amount ” means, with respect to a Securitization Note, the outstanding principal balance of such Securitization Note,

(vi) “ Reimbursable Liabilities ” means all Liabilities reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet or the Estimated Pro Forma Balance Sheet, as the case may be, and not taken into account in determining the Closing Trust Certificate Purchase Price or the Estimated Trust Certificate Purchase Price, as the case may be. The Parties understand and agree that the swap related to the 2006-A Securitization Trust shall not be included in determining the Pre-Closing Adjustment Amount or the Closing Adjustment Amount,

(vii) “ Trust Certificate Purchase Price ” means with respect to the Trust Certificates, in the aggregate, and as of a specified date, an amount equal to (i) (A) the sum of the aggregate gross Principal Balance of the Trust Student Loans listed on a Schedule of Trust Student Loans as of such specified date (disregarding any unamortized premium and loan loss reserves), plus, without duplication, the aggregate accrued interest receivable of the Trust Student Loans, plus the aggregate prepaid expenses of the Securitization Trust, plus the aggregate Securitization Restricted Cash of the Securitization Trusts (including the collection, reserve and capitalized interest accounts), in each case as of such specified date, multiplied by (B) 91.5%, minus (ii) the aggregate outstanding Principal Amount of the Securitization Notes, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, as of such specified date, and

(viii) “ Securitization Restricted Cash ” shall mean, with respect to each Securitization Trust, all cash and investments held from time to time in any Trust Account (as defined in the applicable Administration Agreement (as defined in the applicable Securitization Indenture)) whether in the form of deposit accounts, physical property, book-entry securities, uncertificated securities or otherwise.


ARTICLE III

POST-CLOSING ADJUSTMENT

Section 3.1 Post-Closing Deliverables .

(a) As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than sixty days after the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and deliver to Buyer and CBNA:

(i) the Schedule of Trust Student Loans;

(ii) a statement of the aggregate Trust Certificate Purchase Price, as of the Closing Date (the “ Closing Trust Certificate Purchase Price ”); and

(iii) audited financial statements, including an audited balance sheet for the Company as of the Closing Date (the “ Closing Balance Sheet ”). The Closing Balance Sheet shall be prepared in accordance with the principles set forth in clauses (i)  through (iii)  of Section 2.1(b) .

(b) In connection with the delivery of the Closing Balance Sheet, Buyer shall provide CBNA with its calculation of the Closing Adjustment Amount.

(c) The following provisions shall apply with respect to the Closing Trust Certificate Purchase Price and the Closing Balance Sheet:

(i) Absent manifest error, the Closing Trust Certificate Purchase Price shall be conclusive and final.

(ii) Buyer shall permit CBNA and its representatives to have reasonable access to the books, records and other documents (including work papers) pertaining to or used in connection with preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet and Buyer’s calculation of the Closing Adjustment Amount and provide CBNA with copies thereof (as reasonably requested by CBNA). If CBNA disagrees with Buyer’s calculation of the Closing Adjustment Amount, CBNA shall, within thirty (30) days after CBNA’s receipt of the Closing Balance Sheet, notify Buyer in writing of such disagreement by setting forth CBNA’s calculation of the Closing Adjustment Amount and describing in reasonable detail the basis for such disagreement (an “ Objection Notice ”). If no Objection Notice is delivered on or prior to the thirtieth (30th) day after CBNA’s receipt of the Closing Balance Sheet, Buyer’s calculation of the Closing Adjustment Amount shall be deemed to be binding on the parties hereto. If an Objection Notice is timely delivered to Buyer, then Buyer and CBNA shall negotiate in good faith to resolve their disagreements with respect to the computation of the Closing Adjustment Amount. In the event that Buyer and CBNA are unable to resolve all such disagreements within fifteen (15) days after Buyer’s receipt of such Objection Notice, Buyer and CBNA shall submit such remaining disagreements to an independent, nationally recognized accounting firm mutually acceptable to Buyer and CBNA (the “ Auditor ”) for resolution.

(iii) Buyer and CBNA shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the Auditor to resolve all remaining disagreements with respect to the


computation of the Closing Adjustment Amount as soon as practicable, but in any event shall direct the Auditor to render a determination within forty-five (45) days after its retention. The Auditor shall consider only those items and amounts in Buyer’s and CBNA’s respective calculations of the Closing Adjustment Amount that are identified as being items and amounts to which Buyer and CBNA have been unable to agree on. In resolving any disputed item, the Auditor shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and the Auditor may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by either party or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by either party. The Auditor’s determination of the Closing Adjustment Amount shall not be limited to the materials submitted by Buyer and CBNA but may include any relevant accounting literature or guidance. The determination of the Auditor shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto.

(iv) The costs and expenses of (A) the preparation and audit of the audited financial statements referred to in this Section 3.1 shall be borne by the Buyer and (B) the Auditor in determining the Closing Adjustment Amount shall be borne equally by Buyer, on the one hand, and CBNA, on the other hand.

Section 3.2 Calculation of Post-Closing Adjustment . If the Pre-Closing Adjustment Amount is greater than the Closing Adjustment Amount, then Buyer shall pay to CBNA the amount of such excess. If the Pre-Closing Adjustment Amount is less than the Closing Adjustment, the CBNA shall pay to Buyer the amount of such deficit. Any payments pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall include accrued interest on such amount, calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed from the Closing Date, at 1.1% (the “ Interest Rate ”), and such payment shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars to the account specified by Buyer or CBNA, as applicable, to the other party by written notice at least two Business Days prior to such payment.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.1 Notices . Any notice required to be given hereunder shall be sufficient if in writing, and sent by facsimile transmission ( provided that any notice received by facsimile transmission or otherwise at the addressee’s location on any Business Day after 5:00 p.m. (addressee’s local time) shall be deemed to have been received at 9:00 a.m. (addressee’s local time) on the next Business Day), by reliable overnight delivery service (with proof of service), hand delivery or certified or registered mail (return receipt requested and first-class postage prepaid), addressed as follows (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 4.1 ):

if to CBNA:

Citigroup Inc.

399 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Fax: 212-735-2000

Attention: Michael S. Zuckert


with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Fax: 212-735-2000

Attention: William S. Rubenstein

          Sean C. Doyle

if to the Company prior to the Closing:

The Student Loan Corporation

750 Washington Blvd.

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Fax: 203-975-6724

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

CID Management

850 Third Ave, 18 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Fax: 212-207-3950

Attention: Rodman L. Drake, Chairman of the Special Committee

and

The Student Loan Corporation

750 Washington Blvd.

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Fax: 203-975-6724

Attention: General Counsel

and with further copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

McDermott, Will & Emery LLP

340 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10173-1922

Fax: 212-547-5444

Attention: Peter J. Rooney

and


Proskauer Rose LLP

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036-8299

Fax: 212-969-2900

Attention: Julie Allen

                  Arnold Jacobs

if to Buyer (or the Company after the Closing):

Discover Bank

12 Read’s Way

New Castle, Delaware 19720

Fax: 302-323-7393

Attention: Mike Rickert

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Discover Financial Services

2500 Lake Cook Road

Riverwoods, IL 60015

Fax: 224-405-4957

Attention: Carlos Minetti

and

Discover Financial Services

2500 Lake Cook Road

Riverwoods, IL 60015

Fax: 224-405-4584

Attention: Kelly McNamara Corley

and

Sidley Austin LLP

One South Dearborn Street

Chicago, IL 60603

Fax: 312-853-7036

Attention: Paul L. Choi

         Willis R. Buck, Jr.

         Scott R. Williams

Section 4.2 Interpretation; Certain Definitions . When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or Section, such reference shall be to an Article or Section of, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. The headings for this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall


be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions set forth in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. Any statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes, and any rules, regulations or guidelines issued or promulgated thereunder. References to a person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 4.3 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner.

Section 4.4 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the Parties hereto (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto.

Section 4.5 Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement, the Merger Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the Parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 4.6 Governing Law . This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out or relate to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any otherwise applicable choice or conflict of laws provision or rule.

Section 4.7 Consent to Jurisdiction .


(a) Each Party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Chancery Court, or if such court shall not have jurisdiction, any federal or other state court of the State of Delaware, for the purpose of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and each Party hereto hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect to such action or proceeding may be heard and determined exclusively in any such court. Each Party agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

(b) Each Party irrevocably consents to the service of the summons and complaint and any other process in any other action or proceeding relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, on behalf of itself or its property, by personal delivery of copies of such process to such Party. Nothing in this Section 4.7 shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law.

Section 4.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in two (2) or more counterparts, and by the different Parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 4.9 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

Section 4.10 Amendment and Waiver . This Agreement may be amended by mutual agreement of the Parties at any time. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the Parties. Any failure of a Party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition set forth in this Agreement may be waived by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument duly executed and delivered by the Party granting such waiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any other right hereunder.

Section 4.11 Specific Performance . The Parties hereby expressly acknowledge and agree that immediate, extensive and irreparable damage would result, no adequate remedy at law would exist and damages would be difficult to determine in the event that any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or otherwise breached. Therefore, in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other remedy available to any Party, an aggrieved Party under this Agreement would be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof and immediate injunctive relief, without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy. Such remedies, and any and all other remedies provided for in this Agreement, shall, however, be cumulative in nature and not exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedies whatsoever which any Party may otherwise have. Each of the Parties hereby


acknowledges and agrees that it may be difficult to prove damages with reasonable certainty, that it may be difficult to procure suitable substitute performance, and that injunctive relief and/or specific performance will not cause an undue hardship to the Parties. Each of the Parties hereby further acknowledges that the existence of any other remedy contemplated by this Agreement does not diminish the availability of specific performance of the obligations hereunder or any other injunctive relief.

Section 4.12 Certain Tax Matters . To the extent permitted under applicable Law, any payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for all Tax purposes as adjustments to the “aggregate deemed sales price” and the “adjusted grossed up basis” (each, as used in the Indemnification Agreement).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

CITIBANK, N.A.
By:   /s/ Douglas Peterson
  Name:   Douglas Peterson
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer
DISCOVER BANK
By:   /s/ Michael F. Rickert
  Name:   Michael F. Rickert
  Title:   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
THE STUDENT LOAN CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Michael J. Reardon
  Name:   Michael J. Reardon
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.33

CONFIDENTIAL

Citigroup Inc.

399 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

December 30, 2010

Discover Bank

12 Read’s Way

New Castle, Delaware 19720

Attention: Michael F. Rickert

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

and Treasurer

The Student Loan Corporation

750 Washington Blvd.

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: Michael J. Reardon

Chief Executive Officer

Re: Amendment to Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to (a) the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2010 (the “ Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement ”), by and among Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“ CBNA ”), The Student Loan Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Discover Bank, a Delaware banking corporation (“ Buyer ” and, collectively with CBNA and the Company, the “ Parties ”) and (b) the Commutation Agreement and Release, effective as of December 30, 2010, by and between United Guaranty Commercial Insurance Company of North Carolina, a North Carolina insurer (“ United Guaranty ”) and the Company (the “ Commutation Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement unless otherwise noted.

The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement, Section 2.2(c)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety as follows:

(ii) “ Closing Adjustment Amount ” means (A) the Aggregate Merger Consideration, minus (B) the Closing Trust Certificate Purchase Price, plus (C) the absolute value of all Reimbursable Liabilities, minus (D) all cash or cash equivalents reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet (excluding any cash and cash equivalents taken into account in determining the Closing Trust Certificate Purchase Price), plus (E) $16,300,000.00, minus (F) the Release Payment (as defined in the Commutation Agreement) in the event that such payment is made to the Company after the Closing,

The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Agreement, Section 2.2(c)(iv) of the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety as follows:

(iv) “ Pre-Closing Adjustment Amount ” means: (A) the Aggregate Merger Consideration, minus (B) the Estimated Trust Certificate Purchase Price, plus (C) the absolute value of all Reimbursable Liabilities, minus (D) all cash or cash equivalents reflected on the Estimated Pro Forma Balance Sheet (excluding any cash and cash equivalents taken into account in determining the Estimated Trust Certificate Purchase Price), plus (E) $16,300,000.00,


The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement, a new Section 3.3 of the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement is hereby inserted as follows:

“Section 3.3 Payments to Company Employees

(a) The Parties acknowledge that all Liabilities related to the transaction awards payable under the Company’s Retention and Severance Program (the “ Change of Control Payments ”) constitute both (i) Reimbursable Liabilities pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) Excluded Liabilities (as defined in the Indemnification Agreement). Accordingly, CBNA acknowledges and agrees that the Buyer Indemnified Parties (as defined in the Indemnification Agreement) are entitled to indemnification from CBNA under the Indemnification Agreement with respect to the Change of Control Payments.

(b) At the request of CBNA, Buyer has agreed that, provided that CBNA complies with its obligations in Section 3.3(c) , Buyer and the Company will not include the Change of Control Payments as Reimbursable Liabilities to be taken into account in connection with the calculations of the Pre-Closing Adjustment Amount and Post-Closing Adjustment Amount pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) CBNA agrees that with respect to each of the Change of Control Payments, no later than 30 days following the date on which Buyer (or the Company, as applicable) provides written notice to CBNA that a Change of Control Payment has been made by Buyer, the Company or one of their respective Affiliates to a Company Employee, CBNA shall reimburse Buyer (or the Company, as applicable) for the amount of such payment, plus all expenses and taxes incurred by Buyer, the Company or their applicable Affiliate arising from any and all Change of Control Payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account specified in writing by Buyer.

The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Agreement, Section 2.2(c) of the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement is hereby amended to include the following subsections:

(ix) “ Change of Control Payments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) .

(x) “ Commutation Agreement ” shall mean the Commutation Agreement and Release, effective as of December 30, 2010, by and between United Guaranty Commercial Insurance Company of North Carolina, a North Carolina insurer and the Company.

(xi) “ United Guaranty ” shall mean United Guaranty Commercial Insurance Company of North Carolina, a North Carolina insurer.

CBNA hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, Buyer that none of CBNA, its Affiliates, the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates is a party to any Contract with United Guaranty or any of United Guaranty’s Affiliates relating to or entered into in connection with the Commutation Agreement, other than any reinsurance arrangements entered into between CBNA and United Guaranty with respect to insurance policies not subject to the Commutation Agreement. Except as modified hereby, the terms of the Purchase Price Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. This letter may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together will be deemed one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


 

Very truly yours,
CITIBANK, N.A.
By:   /s/ Douglas Peterson
Name:   Douglas Peterson
Title:   Chief Operating Officer

ACCEPTED AND AGREED AS OF THE

DATE AND YEAR FIRST SET FORTH ABOVE:

 

DISCOVER BANK
By:   /s/ Michael F. Rickert
 

Name: Michael F. Rickert

Title: Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

and Treasurer

 

THE STUDENT LOAN CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Michael J. Reardon
 

Name: Michael J. Reardon

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.34

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of September 17, 2010, by and between Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“ CBNA ”), and Discover Bank, a Delaware banking corporation (“ Buyer ” and, together with CBNA, the “ Parties ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Buyer, Academy Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Buyer (“ Acquisition Sub ”), and The Student Loan Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), are executing an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of the date of this Agreement (including the exhibits, schedules and annexes thereto, the “ Merger Agreement ”), providing for, among other things the Merger;

WHEREAS , concurrently with the execution of the Merger Agreement, the Company, CBNA, Citibank (South Dakota) National Association (“ CSD ”) and SLC Student Loan Receivables I, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Depositor ”), have executed an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement, providing for the CBNA Transaction;

WHEREAS , CBNA, SLM Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ FFELP Buyer Parent ”), the Company, CSD, Depositor, Bull Run 1 LLC, SLM Education Credit Finance Corporation and Sallie Mae, Inc. (“ FFELP Buyer Subsidiary ”) have executed an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement (including the exhibits, schedules and appendices thereto, the “ FFELP Transaction Agreement ”), providing for the FFELP Transaction; and

WHEREAS , as a condition to entering into the Merger Agreement, Buyer and Acquisition Sub are requiring that CBNA enter into this Agreement to provide for certain indemnification rights and obligations on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 General Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the respective meanings set forth in the Merger Agreement.


Section 1.2 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Acquisition Sub ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(b) “ Administration Agreements ” shall mean each of the Administration Agreements entered into among an Other Securitization Trust, the Depositor, and the Company, in its capacity as Administrator, and, if applicable, in its capacity as Servicer, as such agreements may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, pursuant to which the Company agrees to perform certain administrative duties on behalf of such Other Securitization Trust.

(c) “ Administrator ” shall mean the Company, in its capacity as administrator with respect to the Securitization Trusts and Other Securitization Trusts, and its permitted successors and assigns.

(d) “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(e) “ Buyer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(f) “ Buyer Fundamental Representations ” shall mean the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.1, Section 5.2, Section 5.3 and Section 5.7 of the Merger Agreement.

(g) “ Buyer Indemnified Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

(h) “ CBNA ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(i) “ CBNA Assumed Liabilities ” shall mean all of the Liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries other than the Retained Liabilities and the FFELP Assumed Liabilities.

(j) “ CBNA Indemnified Parties ” shall mean CBNA and its Affiliates and each of its and their respective Representatives. For the avoidance of doubt, “CBNA Indemnified Parties” do not include the Company or its Subsidiaries from and after the Closing.

(k) “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(l) “ Company Fundamental Representations ” shall mean the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.1, Section 4.2, Section 4.3, Section 4.4, Section 4.15(c) and Section 4.23 of the Merger Agreement.

(m) “ Company Group ” shall mean any “affiliated group” (as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the limitations contained in Section 1504(b) of the Code) that, at any time on or before the Closing Date, includes or has included the Company or any Subsidiary or any predecessor of or successor to the Company or any Subsidiary (or another such predecessor or successor), or any other group of corporations that, at any time on or before the Closing Date, files or has filed Tax Returns on a combined, consolidated or unitary


basis with the Company or any Subsidiary or any predecessor of or successor to the Company or any Subsidiary (or another such predecessor or successor).

(n) “ Conduit Administrator ” shall mean The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, in its capacity as administrator to the Conduit Program.

(o) “ Conduit Lender ” shall mean Straight-A Funding, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(p) “ Conduit Program ” shall mean the loan facility provided by the Conduit Lender to the Funding Note Issuer and to other borrowers.

(q) “ Conduit Servicing Agreement ” shall mean the Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2009, by and among the Funding Note Issuer, CBNA, as the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Conduit Administrator, the Conduit Lender and the Company, as Master Servicer, together with the Supplemental Servicing Agreement thereto dated as of May 14, 2009 by and among the Company, as the Master Servicer, the Funding Note Issuer, CBNA, as the Eligible Lender Trustee and the SPV Administrator.

(r) “ Conduit Subservicing Agreement ” shall mean the Subservicing Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Funding Note Issuer, CBNA, as the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Conduit Administrator, the Conduit Lender, FFELP Buyer Parent, as Master Servicer, and CSD as Subservicer, together with the Supplemental Servicing Agreement thereto dated as of the Closing Date by and among the FFELP Buyer Parent, as the Master Servicer, the Funding Note Issuer, CBNA, as the Eligible Lender Trustee and the SPV Administrator.

(s) “ Conversion Date ” shall mean the date on or prior to which all administrative and servicing duties under the Sub-Subservicing Agreements, Sub-Sub-Administration Agreements, the Conduit Subservicing Agreement and the SPV Sub-Administration Agreement are transferred to FFELP Buyer Subsidiary, in each case as notified by the FFELP Buyer Subsidiary to the Company.

(t) “ Conveyance Taxes ” shall mean all documentary, sales, use, registration, value added, transfer, stamp, recording, registration and similar Taxes, fees and costs imposed on the Company solely as a result of the Merger (and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any Taxes, fees and costs imposed as a result of the CBNA Transaction, FFELP Transaction, or any other transactions, other than the Merger, contemplated by the Related Transaction Agreements or the Ancillary Agreements, and excluding any Section 338 Taxes).

(u) “ CSD ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(v) “ Depositor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(w) “ Designated Claim ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6 .

(x) “ Election ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a)(i) .

(y) “ Excluded Liabilities ” shall mean all Liabilities or Losses of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries relating to, arising out of or incurred in connection with (i)


any acts or omissions occurring on or prior to the Closing by the Company, CBNA or any Affiliates of the Company or CBNA or any of their or their Affiliates’ respective officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents, (ii) any incidents, events, facts or circumstances existing on or prior to the Closing Date or (iii) the FFELP Purchased Assets, the FFELP Assumed Liabilities, the CBNA Purchased Assets, the CBNA Assumed Liabilities or the Merger Agreement Excluded Liabilities.

(z) “ FFELP Buyer Indemnification Agreement ” shall mean the Indemnification Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between FFELP Buyer Parent and CBNA).

(aa) “ FFELP Buyer Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(bb) “ FFELP Buyer Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(cc) “ FFELP Loan ” shall mean a U.S. federally-insured student loan that has been authorized to be made by the Company as the beneficiary of a student loan trust as part of the U.S. Federal Family Education Loan Program and authorized by the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, or the Health Education Assistance Loan Program, including a Stafford, PLUS, Consolidation or HEAL student loan.

(dd) “ FFELP Transaction Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(ee) “ Form 8023 ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a)(i) .

(ff) “ Form 8883 ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(d)(i) .

(gg) “ Funding Note Issuer ” shall mean SLC Conduit I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

(hh) “ Indemnified Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 .

(ii) “ Indemnified Party Counsel ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)(ii) .

(jj) “ Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) .

(kk) “ Losses ” shall mean all costs, expenses, damages, obligations, Liabilities, purchase or repurchase obligations (including the amount paid in such purchase or repurchase and costs and expenses associated therewith), assessments, judgments, losses (including lost profits, opportunity costs and diminution in value), settlements, awards and fees (including reasonable legal, accounting or other professional fees); provided , however , that for purposes of Section 2.2(a) and Section 2.3(b) only, “Losses” shall not include lost profits, opportunity costs, diminution in value, damages based upon a multiple of earnings or similar financial measure or exemplary or punitive damages, in each case, except to the extent awarded against an Indemnified Party in a Third Party Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, damages or losses resulting from the failure of the Company or any of its Affiliates to receive any amounts with respect to any Trust Student Loan (whether or not then due), including any


interest, discount or other fees, assessments or other amounts in respect thereto, shall in no event constitute or be deemed to be lost profits, opportunity costs or diminution in value or exemplary or punitive damages, but shall be deemed to be an indemnifiable Loss, provided , however , that, until the aggregate Principal Balance of Trust Student Loans required to be repurchased exceeds $100,000,000, Losses with respect to any Trust Student Loan arising out of a breach of any representation or warranty set forth Section 4.24, Section 4.25, Section 4.26 or Section 4.27 or Appendix A of the Merger Agreement shall be limited to the difference between (x) the Principal Balance of such Trust Student Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon minus (y) the fair market value of such Trust Student Loan. For purposes of determining the fair market value of a Trust Student Loan(s) pursuant to clause (y)  of the prior sentence, the Indemnified Party shall along with its claim for indemnification provide its determination of the fair market value of such Trust Student Loan(s) when it submits its claim for indemnification, together with such back up information it deems appropriate to justify such fair market value. Within 20 Business Days of the Indemnifying Party’s receipt of such determination, the Indemnifying Party shall notify in writing the Indemnified Party of its acceptance or any objection to such determination of fair market value together with its determination of fair market value (an “ Objection Notice ”). In the event an Objection Notice is delivered, the parties shall negotiate in good faith a resolution to such objection. In the event that the Parties are unable to resolve such objection within 30 days of the delivery of such Objection Notice, the Parties shall appoint a mutually acceptable nationally recognized valuation expert to determine the fair market value of such Trust Student Loan(s). The determination of such valuation expert shall be binding on the parties and the fees of such valuation expert shall be borne by the party whose proposed fair market value differs to a greater extent from the final fair market value as determined by such valuation expert. In making any such determination of fair market value with respect to any Trust Student Loan pursuant to this paragraph, each Party shall (i) assume that the interest rate basis and margin then in effect for loans of similar tenor and size as of the date of such determination is equal to the interest rate basis and margin that was in effect for loans of similar tenor and size as of September 17, 2010, (ii) disregard the liquidity or illiquidity of student loans as an asset class and the Trust Student Loan in particular as a factor in making such determination, (iii) if any such Trust Student Loan continues to be subject to insurance coverage, give effect to such insurance coverage in making such determination, using reasonable assumptions regarding the future performance of the insured portfolio and any other factors that may affect the available allocation of insurance coverage for such Trust Student Loan; provided that Buyer’s initial assumptions with respect to such factors, as notified in writing to CBNA (and the valuation expert, if applicable), shall be used by CBNA (and the valuation expert, if applicable), in making its determination of the effect of such insurance coverage unless CBNA (or the valuation agent, if applicable) notifies the Buyer in writing that such assumptions appear unreasonable to CBNA (or the valuation expert, if applicable), including its reasons for such determination, in which case CBNA (and the valuation expert, if applicable) shall apply its own relevant reasonable assumptions in making such determinations and (iv) instruct any valuation expert appointed by the Parties under this paragraph to also make its determination in accordance with clauses (i) , (ii)  and (iii)  of this sentence. If the objection pursuant to an Objection Notice remains unresolved with respect to a Trust Student Loan on the date the Trust Student Loan is required to be purchased by the Company, then notwithstanding the pendency of such objection, CBNA shall pay the required indemnity amount to the applicable Buyer Indemnified Party calculated using the Company’s determination of fair market value on such date pursuant to this paragraph; provided that the Company shall promptly reimburse CBNA, without interest upon resolution of such objection for the difference, if any,


between the fair market value determined by the Company and the actual fair market value determined upon resolution of such objection.

(ll) “ Maximum Indemnification Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(iii) .

(mm) “ Merger Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(nn) “ Merger Agreement Excluded Liabilities ” shall mean those Liabilities included in the definition of Excluded Liabilities in the Merger Agreement.

(oo) “ Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(pp) “ Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(qq) “ Post-Closing Tax Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b) .

(rr) “ Post-Closing Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b) .

(ss) “ Pre-Closing Tax Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) .

(tt) “ Pre-Closing Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) .

(uu) “ Proposed Allocation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(d)(i) .

(vv) “ Refund Payor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(f) .

(ww) “ Refund Recipient ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(f) .

(xx) “ Section 338 Taxes ” shall mean any Taxes that would not have been imposed but for the Election or any similar or corresponding elections under Tax law that are made, required to be made or deemed to have been made in connection with the Merger.

(yy) “ Securitization Subservicing Agreement ” shall mean, with respect to each Other Securitization Trust, the Subservicing Agreement entered into between the Company, as the Servicer, and the FFELP Buyer Subsidiary or CSD, as applicable.

(zz) “ Servicer ” shall mean the Company, in its capacity as servicer with respect to the Securitization Trusts and Other Securitization Trusts, and its permitted successors and assigns.

(aaa) “ Services Agreements ” means, collectively, with respect to each of the Other Securitization Trusts, each Services Agreement and Administration Services Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date, by and among the Company and CBNA, as service providers, and CSD.


(bbb) “ SPV Sub-Administration Agreement ” shall mean the SPV Sub-Administration Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date, by and between the FFELP Buyer Subsidiary, as the SPV Administrator, and CSD, as the SPV Sub-Administrator.

(ccc) “ Straddle Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(c)(i) .

(ddd) “ Sub-Administration Agreements ” shall mean the sub-administration agreements between the Company and FFELP Buyer Subsidiary or CSD, as applicable, as sub-administrator, pursuant to which the sub-administrator will agree to continue to perform the required administration duties pursuant to the Administration Agreements until certain dates.

(eee) “ Sub-Sub-Administration Agreements ” shall mean the sub-sub-administration agreements between the FFELP Buyer Subsidiary as sub-administrator and CSD as sub-sub-administrator pursuant to which the sub-sub-Administrator will agree to perform the required administration duties pursuant to the Sub-Administration Agreements with respect to FFELP Loans until certain dates.

(fff) “ Sub-Subservicing Agreements ” shall mean the sub-subservicing agreements, effective as of the Closing Date, by and between the FFELP Buyer Subsidiary, as sub-servicer, and CSD, as sub-subservicer, pursuant to which the sub-subservicer will agree to perform the required servicing duties pursuant to the Subservicing Agreements with respect to FFELP Loans until certain dates.

(ggg) “ Subservicing Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(d) .

(hhh) “ Tax ” (and, with correlative meaning, “ Taxes ”) shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign net income, gross income, gross receipts, windfall profit, severance, property, production, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, employment, payroll, withholding, alternative or add-on minimum, ad valorem, value-added, transfer, stamp, or environmental tax (including taxes under Code Section 59A), or any other tax, custom, duty, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority.

(iii) “ Tax Agreement ” shall mean the Tax Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1992 between CBNA and the Company.

(jjj) “ Tax Benefit ” shall mean the Tax effect of any item of loss, deduction or credit or any other item which decreases Taxes paid or payable or increases Tax basis, including any interest with respect thereto.

(kkk) “ Tax Claim ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(e)(i) .

(lll) “ Tax Detriment ” shall mean the Tax effect of any item of income, gain, or recapture or any other item which increases Taxes paid or payable or decreases Tax basis, including any interest with respect thereto.

(mmm) “ Tax Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(e)(i) .


(nnn) “ Tax Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(e)(i) .

(ooo) “ Tax Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(e)(i) .

(ppp) “ Tax Sharing Agreement ” shall mean the Tax Agreement and any other written or unwritten agreement, indemnity or other arrangement for the allocation or payment of Tax liabilities or payment for Tax Benefits that may exist as of the Closing Date with the Company or any Subsidiary and any Person (other than any indemnity provided pursuant to this Agreement).

(qqq) “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean the regulations promulgated under the Code (or any successor statute).

(rrr) “ Third Party Claim ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) .

(sss) “ Threshold ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(i) .

ARTICLE II

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

Section 2.1 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants .

(a) For the purposes of this Agreement and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Merger Agreement, the representations and warranties contained in the Merger Agreement, and in any certificate delivered pursuant to the terms thereof, and the right to commence any claim for indemnification with respect thereto, shall survive the Closing for a period of eighteen (18) months; provided , however ;

(i) the representations and warranties (A) set forth in Section 4.14 of the Merger Agreement and (B) in any certificate delivered pursuant to the Merger Agreement (to the extent relating to such representations or warranties described in clause (A) ), shall not survive the Closing;

(ii) (A) the Buyer Fundamental Representations, (B) the Company Fundamental Representations and (C) the representations and warranties contained in any certificate delivered pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement (to the extent relating to such representations and warranties described in clause (A)  or (B) ), shall not have any expiration date; and

(iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.17, Section 4.19, Section 4.24, Section 4.25, Section 4.26, Section 4.27 and Section 4.28 of the Merger Agreement shall survive indefinitely, except to the extent relating to the representations and warranties contained in Appendix A, in which case they, and the representations and warranties set forth in Appendix A of the Merger Agreement, shall survive until one year and one day after the payment in full of all obligations of the applicable securitization trust.

(b) For the purposes of this Agreement and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Merger Agreement, all covenants and agreements set forth in the Merger


Agreement and any Ancillary Agreements shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to commence any claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 2.2(b) - (n) shall survive indefinitely.

(d) After the expiration (if applicable) of the time periods set forth in Section 2.1(a) , Section 2.1(b) or Section 2.1(c) , any claim for indemnification under this Agreement with respect to the breach of the applicable representations, warranties, covenants or agreements shall be deemed time-barred, and no such claim shall be made; provided , however , that if written notice of a claim for indemnification shall have been provided to CBNA, on the one hand, or the Buyer, on the other hand, as the case may be, within the applicable survival period and in accordance with Section 3.1(a) , then any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements that are the subject of such claim for indemnification and the right to bring claims pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement that would otherwise terminate as set forth above shall survive as to such claim until such time as such claim is fully and finally resolved.

Section 2.2 Indemnification of Buyer . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, from and after the Closing (except with respect to Section 2.2(k) , which shall apply from and after the date hereof), CBNA shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless Buyer and its Affiliates (including the Company and its Subsidiaries from and after the Closing) and each of its and their respective Representatives (collectively, the “ Buyer Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all Losses, as such Losses are incurred, resulting from, arising out of or related to:

(a) any breach by the Company of any of its representations or warranties in the Merger Agreement (other than representations or warranties set forth in Section 4.14 of the Merger Agreement, which shall not survive the Closing, or Section 4.24, Section 4.25, Section 4.26, Section 4.27 and Section 4.28 and Appendix A of the Merger Agreement, which are addressed in Section 2.2(j) ) or in any certificate delivered pursuant to the terms thereof (to the extent relating to such representations and warranties) or the failure of any such representation or warranty to be accurate, in each case, as such representation or warranty (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.7(c) and Section 4.9(b) of the Merger Agreement) would read if all qualifications as to materiality, Company Material Adverse Effect or material adverse effect were deleted therefrom;

(b) any breach by CBNA or its Affiliates (including, prior to the Closing, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), of any of their respective covenants or agreements in the Merger Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements (other than the Transition Agreements or any Services Agreement);

(c) the Related Transaction Agreements and the Related Transactions, including any claims that the Buyer Indemnified Parties may have against the FFELP Buyer Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than (i) Losses to the extent, and only to the extent, such Losses constitute Retained Liabilities or (ii) Losses for which Buyer is obligated to indemnify any CBNA Indemnified Party pursuant to this Agreement), including any expenses incurred in connection with the Company performing its obligations under Section 2.1 or Section 4.1 of the FFELP Transaction Agreement;


(d) any default or breach under any provision of a Securitization Basic Document or Other Securitization Basic Documents resulting from, arising out of or relating to any of the Transactions (including any failure to obtain any consent, authorization, approval or non-objection from, or provide any required notice to, any person in connection with any of the Transactions);

(e) (1) any Benefit Plan that is not a Company Benefit Plan, without regard to whether such Loss arose, existed or was incurred on or prior to the Effective Time or whether such Loss arises, exists or is incurred on or after the Effective Time, including (i) any pension, profit sharing, savings or similar benefit plan, including any Loss arising under Title IV of ERISA or related to any multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA), (ii) any medical, welfare, retiree, life, accident or disability program or plan and (iii) any workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, employee stock option, equity compensation or profit-sharing plans or benefits or any other employee plans or benefits of any kind; (2) any employee benefits or employee benefit or compensation plan, program, agreement or arrangement maintained or sponsored or otherwise contributed to, by CBNA or any of Affiliate of CBNA that would be a Benefit Plan but for the fact that no Company Employee is a party to, participates in or is entitled to present or future benefits from, such plan, program, agreement or arrangement; and (3) any current or former employee or independent contractor of CBNA or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company Employees), without regard to whether such Loss arose, existed or was incurred on or prior to the Effective Time or whether such Loss arises, exists or is incurred on or after the Effective Time, and without regard to whether such employee or independent contractor provided services to or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) the Excluded Liabilities;

(g) any incidents, events, facts or circumstances existing on or prior to the Closing Date or any activity, omission, action, failure to act or event occurring or arising on or prior to the Closing Date, and in each case in any way relating to the Securitization Trusts, the Other Securitization Trusts, the Securitization Basic Documents or the Other Securitization Basic Documents;

(h) any activity, omission, action, failure to act or event occurring or arising prior to the Conversion Date, the duties and obligations of CSD as Sub-Subservicer under each Sub-Subservicing Agreement, as sub-sub-Administrator under each Sub-Sub-Administration Agreement, as Subservicer under the Conduit Subservicing Agreement or as SPV Sub-Administrator under the SPV Sub-Administration Agreement (other than to the extent Buyer is obligated to indemnify any CBNA Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 2.3 );

(i) any incidents, events, facts or circumstances existing on or prior to the Closing Date or any activity, action or event, or any omission or failure to act, occurring or arising at or after the Closing Date, in any way relating to the Other Securitization Trusts or the Other Securitization Basic Documents (except to the extent caused by the Company’s negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or failure to perform its duties and obligations under the Other Securitization Basic Documents (to the extent such duties and obligations have not been subcontracted or otherwise delegated to another person and such failure to perform does not result from any acts or omissions of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on or prior to the Closing Date)), including any Losses arising from the Company’s failure to perform its


duties and obligations under the Other Securitization Basic Documents if such failure to perform results in whole or in part from a breach by CBNA, the FFELP Buyer Parent or any of their respective Affiliates;

(j) the Company’s breach of any representation or warranty set forth in Section 4.24, Section 4.25, Section 4.26, Section 4.27, Section 4.28 or Appendix A of the Merger Agreement, or any certificate delivered pursuant to the Merger Agreement (to the extent relating to such representations and warranties) or the failure of any such representation or warranty to be accurate, in each case as such representation or warranty would read as if all qualifications as to materiality, Company Material Adverse Effect or material adverse effect were deleted therefrom;

(k) any claims of securityholders of any of the Company, CBNA or the ultimate parent of CBNA relating to or arising out of any of the Transactions;

(l) any claims of any Governmental Authority relating to or arising out of any of the Related Transactions;

(m) any Dissenting Shares or the exercise by any former stockholder of the Company of any appraisal rights, including the cost and expenses incurred in connection with the appraisal proceedings; or

(n) except to the extent caused by actions or omissions of the Buyer Indemnified Parties (other than as a result of a failure to obtain a consent or any acts or omissions of the Company and its Subsidiaries on or prior to the Closing Date; it being understood and agreed that any consent to, knowledge of or acquiescence to any action or omission of any other person by any Buyer Indemnified Party shall not be deemed to have caused any of the items in clauses (i)  – (v) ), (i) the failure of any issuer of a Student Loan Insurance Policy or any school pursuant to any risk-sharing Contract to pay in full any valid claim thereunder, (ii) the cancellation, termination, rescission or revocation of any Student Loan Insurance Policy or any risk-sharing Contract or reduction in the coverage provided thereunder, (iii) the denial of any coverage with respect to any Student Loan as a result of (A) any act or omission of the Company or any of its Affiliates occurring or arising on or prior to the Closing Date or (B) any act or omissions of CBNA or any of its Affiliates, (iv) any Student Loan Insurance Policy or risk-sharing Contract with any school ceasing to be in full force and effect or (v) the charging of additional premiums or other amounts in respect of a Student Loan Insurance Policy or any risk-sharing Contract.

Section 2.3 Indemnification of CBNA . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, from and after the Closing, Buyer shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless CBNA Indemnified Parties and, together with the Buyer Indemnified Parties, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all Losses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any indemnification payment required to be made by CBNA pursuant to the FFELP Buyer Indemnification Agreement), as such Losses are incurred, resulting from, arising out of or related to:

(a) the Retained Liabilities (except to the extent CBNA is obligated to indemnify any Buyer Indemnified Party pursuant to this Agreement);


(b) any breach by Buyer or Acquisition Sub of any of their respective representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement or in any representation or warranty in any certificate delivered pursuant to the terms thereof (to the extent relating to such representations or warranties) or the failure of any such representation or warrant to be accurate, in each case as such representation or warranty would read if all qualifications as to materiality or material adverse effect were deleted therefrom;

(c) (i) any breach by Buyer, Acquisition Sub or any of their respective Affiliates (not including the Company and its Subsidiaries) of any of their respective covenants or agreements in the Merger Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements (other than any Transition Agreement or any Services Agreement) or (ii) any breach by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any covenant in the Merger Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements (other than any Transition Agreement or any Services Agreement) that is to be performed after the Closing Date but only to the extent such breach does not relate to or result from (A) any act or omission occurring on or prior to the Closing by the Company, CBNA or any Affiliate of the Company or CBNA or any of their or their Affiliates’ respective officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents or (B) any incident, event, fact or circumstance existing on or prior to the Closing Date (including any failure of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to own any of the FFELP Purchased Assets or the CBNA Purchased Assets);

(d) from and after the Closing, termination of any subservicing agreement or replacement subservicing agreement (each, a “ Subservicing Agreement ”) to which a CBNA Indemnified Party or FFELP Buyer Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates is a party as subservicer and the Company is a party as servicer caused by (i) a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant of the Company under any such Subservicing Agreement or Section 7.14 hereof or (ii) the willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence of the Company, except in the case of each of clause (i)  and (ii)  to the extent such Loss resulted from a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant of any CBNA Indemnified Party or the FFELP Buyer Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates under any Securitization Basic Document or Other Securitization Basic Document or by the willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence of any CBNA Indemnified Party or the FFELP Buyer Subsidiary or its Affiliates; or

(e) from and after the Closing, termination of any Sub-Administration Agreement to which a CBNA Indemnified Party or the FFELP Buyer Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates is a party as sub-administrator and the Company is a party as administrator caused by (i) a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant of the Company under any such Sub-Administration Agreement or Section 7.14 hereof or (ii) the willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence of the Company, except in the case of each of clause (i)  and (ii)  to the extent such Loss resulted from a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant of any CBNA Indemnified Party or the FFELP Buyer Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates under any Securitization Basic Document or Other Securitization Basic Documents or by the willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence of any CBNA Indemnified Party or the FFELP Buyer Subsidiary or its Affiliates.

Section 2.4 Risk of Loss . For the avoidance of doubt, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Company will continue to have the risk of loss with respect to defaults by the underlying borrower under Trust Student Loans to the extent such matters are not subject to indemnification under this Agreement.


Section 2.5 [ Intentionally Omitted ]

Section 2.6 Contribution . If for any reason the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to any Indemnified Party, or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of CBNA and its respective Affiliates (including the Company and its Subsidiaries on or prior to the Closing Date), on the one hand, and Buyer and its Affiliates (including after the Closing Date, but only after the Closing Date, the Company and its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, in connection with any incidents, events, facts or circumstances existing on or prior to the Closing Date or any activity, action or event, or any omission or failure to act, occurring or arising at and after the Closing Date that resulted in such Losses.

Section 2.7 No Set-Off . Any indemnification or contribution provided by any Indemnifying Party shall not be subject to any right of set-off or similar right.

ARTICLE III

CLAIMS

Section 3.1 Claims .

(a) Upon receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of any action, suit, inquiry, hearing, charge, demand, proceeding, claim, arbitration, investigation or litigation, whether civil or criminal, at law or in equity or demand made or brought by an unaffiliated third party (a “ Third Party Claim ”) with respect to a matter for which such Indemnified Party is entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement which has or is expected to give rise to a claim for Losses, the Indemnified Party shall promptly (but in any event within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of notice of such Third Party Claim by the Indemnified Party) notify the Party responsible for indemnifying the Indemnified Party pursuant to Article II (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing, indicating the nature of such Third Party Claim; provided , however , that any delay or failure by the Indemnified Party to give notice to the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure. Such written notice shall (i) describe such Third Party Claim in reasonable detail including the facts underlying each particular claim and the specific sections of this Agreement pursuant to which indemnification is being sought for each such set of facts and (ii) set forth the estimated amount of the Losses that have been or may be sustained by an Indemnified Party, if known and quantifiable.

(b) The Indemnifying Party shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of a written notice that complies with the requirements of Section 3.1(a) to elect, at its option, to exercise its right to assume and control the defense of, at its own expense and by counsel of its own choosing, any such Third Party Claim and shall be entitled to assert any and all defenses available to the Indemnified Party to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law.


(i) If the Indemnifying Party shall undertake to compromise or defend any such Third Party Claim, it shall promptly notify the Indemnified Party of its intention to do so, and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in the compromise of, or defense against, any such Third Party Claim. Such cooperation shall include (1) furnishing and, upon request, attempting to procure the attendance of potential witnesses for interview, preparation, submission of witness statements and the giving of evidence at any related hearing; (2) promptly furnishing documentary evidence to the extent reasonably available to it or its Affiliates; and (3) providing access to any other relevant affiliated party, including any representatives of the Parties as reasonably needed; provided , however , that the Indemnifying Party shall not settle, compromise or discharge, or admit any liability with respect to, any such Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided , further , that if the Indemnified Party withholds consent where the relief consists solely of monetary Losses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party and includes a provision whereby the plaintiff or claimant in the matter releases the Indemnified Party from all liability with respect thereto, the Indemnifying Party’s liability solely with respect to such Third Party Claim shall in no event exceed the amount of such proposed settlement, compromise or discharge at the time the consent was requested. Notwithstanding an election to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim, and the Indemnifying Party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel, as incurred, if the (A) Indemnified Party shall have determined in good faith that an actual or potential conflict of interest makes representation by the same counsel or the counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party inappropriate or (B) Indemnifying Party shall have authorized in writing the Indemnified Party to employ separate counsel at the Indemnifying Party’s expense. In any event, the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party and their respective counsel shall cooperate in the defense of any such Third Party Claim subject to this Article III and keep such persons informed of all developments relating to any such Third Party Claims, and provide copies of all relevant correspondence and documentation relating thereto. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Indemnified Party’s cooperation shall be borne by the Indemnifying Party. In any event, the Indemnified Party shall have the right at its own expense to participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim.

(ii) If the Indemnifying Party, after receiving a written notice that complies with Section 3.1(a) of a Third Party Claim, does not elect to defend such Third Party Claim within thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, in addition to any other right or remedy it may have hereunder, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, to defend such Third Party Claim (upon providing further written notice to the Indemnifying Party), subject to the right of the Indemnifying Party to approve the counsel selected by the Indemnified Party (“ Indemnified Party Counsel ”) (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided , however , that the Indemnified Party shall not settle, compromise or discharge, or admit any liability with respect to any such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) unless expressly agreed by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party Counsel (A) shall have no conflict of interest relative to the Indemnifying Party and (B) shall not assume any representation of the Indemnified Party in a dispute between the Parties during the time of its retention as Indemnified Party Counsel and (2) if an


Indemnified Party otherwise settles, compromises, discharges or admits such liability in respect of a Third Party Claim it is defending pursuant to this Section 3.1(b)(ii) without obtaining the Indemnifying Party’s written consent thereto, then the Indemnifying Party shall be relieved of its indemnification obligations hereunder with respect to such Third Party Claim unless such consent had been sought and was unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(c) In the event that any Indemnified Party has a claim against any Indemnifying Party under this Agreement for Losses not involving a Third Party Claim that such Indemnified Party believes gives rise to a claim for indemnification in accordance with the terms hereunder, the Indemnified Party shall promptly deliver notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party; provided , however , that any delay or failure by the Indemnified Party to give notice to the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure. Such written notice shall describe such claim in reasonable detail in accordance with Section 3.1(a) .

ARTICLE IV

CERTAIN LIMITATIONS

Section 4.1 Limitations; Payments .

(a) Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary:

(i) CBNA shall not be liable for any amounts for which the Buyer Indemnified Parties are otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 2.2(a) or, solely with respect to a breach of Section 6.7(a) of the Merger Agreement, Section 2.2(b) , unless (x) a claim is timely asserted during the survival period specified in Section 2.1(a) , and (y) the aggregate amount of all Losses for which the Buyer Indemnified Parties are entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 2.2(a) and, solely with respect to breaches of Section 6.7(a) of the Merger Agreement, Section 2.2(b) , on a cumulative basis, exceeds $4,000,000.00 (the “ Threshold ”), and then only to the extent of such excess;

(ii) no Losses may be claimed by a Buyer Indemnified Party under Section 2.2(a) , or, solely with respect to a breach of Section 6.7(a) of the Merger Agreement, Section 2.2(b) , and no Losses shall be included in calculating the aggregate Losses set forth in clause (i)(y) above, other than Losses in excess of $50,000.00 resulting from any single claim or series of aggregated claims arising out of the same or related facts, events or circumstances; and

(iii) CBNA shall not be required to make indemnification payments pursuant to Section 2.2(a) or, solely with respect to a breach of Section 6.7(a) of the Merger Agreement, Section 2.2(b) , to the extent indemnification payments thereunder would exceed in the aggregate $100,000,000.00 (the “ Maximum Indemnification Amount ”);

provided , that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to any Losses resulting from (A) fraud or (B) a breach of the Company Fundamental Representations.

(b) Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary:


(i) Buyer shall not be liable for any amounts for which the CBNA Indemnified Parties are otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 2.3(b) , unless (x) a claim is timely asserted during the survival period specified in Section 2.1(a) , and (y) the aggregate amount of all Losses for which the CBNA Indemnified Parties are entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 2.3(b) exceeds, on a cumulative basis, the Threshold, and then only to the extent of such excess;

(ii) no Losses may be claimed by a CBNA Indemnified Party under Section 2.3(b) , and no Losses shall be included in calculating the aggregate Losses set forth in clause (i)(y) above, other than Losses in excess of $50,000.00 resulting from any single claim or series of aggregated claims arising out of the same or related facts, events or circumstances; and

(iii) Buyer shall not be required to make indemnification payments pursuant to Section 2.3(b) to the extent indemnification payments thereunder would exceed in the aggregate the Maximum Indemnification Amount;

provided , that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to any Losses resulting from (A) fraud or (B) a breach of the Buyer Fundamental Representations.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no claim for indemnification by a Buyer Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 2.2(b) -( n ) or by a CBNA Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 2.3(a) or Section 2.3(c) - (e)  shall be subject to any threshold amount, deductible amount or maximum amount of liability. The Parties acknowledge and agree that indemnification with respect to certain matters may be addressed under more than one section of this Agreement and any limitations on indemnification under one section of this Agreement shall not be interpreted to limit the availability of indemnification under another section of this Agreement. If a Buyer Indemnified Party or a CBNA Indemnified Party, as the case may be, is entitled to indemnification under more than one provision of this Agreement with respect to any matter such Buyer Indemnified Party or CBNA Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall be entitled to select which provision of this Agreement they use to pursue indemnification rights hereunder.

Section 4.2 Insurance; Tax Benefits .

(a) Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, Losses of the CBNA Indemnified Parties shall be determined without duplication of any other Loss for which an indemnification claim has been made or could be made under any other representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement and shall be net of any insurance or other prior or subsequent recoveries (including under or pursuant to any insurance policy, indemnity, reimbursement agreement or contract pursuant to which or under which any CBNA Indemnified Party is a party or has rights) actually received by the CBNA Indemnified Parties in connection with the facts giving rise to the right of indemnification, and Losses of the Buyer Indemnified Parties shall be determined without duplication of any other Loss for which an indemnification claim has been made or could be made under any other representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement and shall be net of any insurance or other prior or subsequent recoveries (including under or pursuant to any insurance policy, indemnity, reimbursement agreement or contract pursuant to which or under which any Buyer Indemnified Party is a party or has rights) actually received by the Buyer Indemnified Parties in connection with the facts giving rise to the right of indemnification. Each Indemnified Party shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all actions reasonably necessary to file claims pursuant to any applicable insurance policies. If, after using


such reasonable best efforts, the Buyer Indemnified Parties are unable to obtain recovery Buyer or CBNA reasonably believes is available under an applicable insurance policy, then at CBNA’s request, Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate with CBNA to take such actions as CBNA may reasonably request (in each case at CBNA’s expense), including filing lawsuits or facilitating subrogation to the extent permitted by applicable Law, in order to obtain recovery under the applicable insurance policies.

(b) Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, any indemnity payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be adjusted to account for (i) any Tax Detriment realized as a result of the receipt or accrual of such payment and (ii) shall be made net of any Tax Benefit realized by the recipient of such payment and shall be increased by any Tax Detriment realized by the recipient of such payment, in either case described in this clause (ii)  that results from the Loss giving rise to such indemnity payments. For purposes of determining the amount of Tax Detriment realized as a result of the receipt or accrual of an indemnity payment, and the amount of any Tax Benefit or other Tax Detriment, the party that receives or accrues the indemnity payment, and the party to which the Tax Benefit or other Tax Detriment applies, shall be deemed to pay Tax at the highest U.S. federal income tax corporate marginal rate in effect in the year the indemnity payment is received or accrued or the year such Loss is incurred, as the case may be (or, if the Tax imposed on the indemnity payment is imposed by, or the Tax Benefit or Tax Detriment is realized in, a foreign jurisdiction, the comparable Tax rate in such jurisdiction) and shall be deemed to realize or utilize any Tax Benefit or suffer any Tax Detriment in the first Taxable year that it is reasonable to expect the affected party may realize or utilize such Tax Benefit or suffer such Tax Detriment under applicable Law. If the relevant Tax Benefit or Tax Detriment is reasonably expected to be realized in multiple Taxable years, the amount of such Tax Benefit for purposes of this Section 4.2 shall be the net present value of all of such Tax Benefits or Tax Detriments reasonably expected to be realized, calculated by using a discount rate equal to the long-term applicable federal rate for the month in which such Loss is incurred.

Section 4.3 Remedies Exclusive . Except in cases of fraud, or as otherwise specifically provided herein or in the Merger Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or Related Transaction Agreement, the remedies provided in this Agreement shall be the exclusive monetary remedies (including equitable remedies that involve monetary payment, such as restitution or disgorgement, other than specific performance to enforce any payment or performance due hereunder) of the Indemnified Parties from and after the Closing in connection with the Merger Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or the Related Transaction Agreements. For as long as this Agreement is in full force and effect, any claims made with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement shall be made exclusively under this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or Related Transaction Agreement, to the extent applicable. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Buyer on its own behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates hereby agrees that any action, suit, claim or proceeding with respect to Buyer’s rights under or in respect of this Agreement, the Merger Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or the Related Transaction Agreements shall be brought or made against CBNA in accordance with the foregoing, and no such action, suit, claim or proceeding shall be brought or made by any Buyer Indemnified Party against FFELP Buyer Parent or its Affiliates.

Section 4.4 Mitigation . The CBNA Indemnified Parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any claim or liability that any CBNA Indemnified


Party asserts or is reasonably likely to assert under this Agreement, and the Buyer Indemnified Parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any claim or liability that any Buyer Indemnified Party asserts or is reasonably likely to assert under this Agreement, in each case, to at least the same extent that such person would use such efforts in the conduct of its own business with respect to a similar Loss related to comparable assets or liabilities; provided, however, that any Losses incurred by an Indemnified Party in mitigating any such claim or Liability shall be reimbursed by the Indemnifying Party.

Section 4.5 Characterization of Indemnification Payments . To the extent permitted under applicable Law, any payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for all Tax purposes as adjustments to the “aggregate deemed sales price” and the “adjusted grossed up basis” (each, as defined under applicable Treasury Regulations).

Section 4.6 No Adverse Actions . Neither Party will take, or permit any of their respective Affiliates to take, any action that would reasonably be expected to materially impair such Party’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder unless, such Party has made arrangement reasonably acceptable to the other Party to ensure such Party’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement in the future.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CBNA

CBNA hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

Section 5.1 Organization and Qualification . CBNA is a national banking association duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. CBNA is duly qualified or licensed as a foreign corporation to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except for such failures to be so qualified or licensed and in good standing as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay or materially impair the ability of CBNA to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws . CBNA has made available to Buyer a complete and correct copy of its certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents), each as amended to date.

Section 5.3 Authority Relative to Agreement . CBNA has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by CBNA have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action of CBNA, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of CBNA are necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by CBNA, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer of this Agreement constitutes legal, valid and binding obligation of CBNA, enforceable against CBNA in accordance with their terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent


transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditor’s rights, and to general equitable principles).

Section 5.4 No Conflict; Consents.

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by CBNA does not and will not, and the performance of this Agreement by CBNA will not, (i) conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents) of CBNA, (ii) conflict with or violate any Law applicable to CBNA or any of CBNA’s Subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of CBNA or any of CBNA’s Subsidiaries is bound or affected or (iii) result in any breach of, or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to any right of consent, termination, amendment, modification, acceleration, cancellation or modification of any benefit or obligation under, or right to challenge any material note, bond, mortgage, indenture or credit agreement, or any other contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which CBNA or any of CBNA’s Subsidiaries is a party or by which CBNA or any of CBNA’s Subsidiaries or any property or asset of CBNA, or any of CBNA’s Subsidiaries is bound or affected.

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by CBNA do not and will not, and the performance of this Agreement by CBNA will not, require any consent, approval, authorization, waiver or permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Authority or any other person.

ARTICLE VI

TAX MATTERS

Section 6.1 Allocation of Taxes and Indemnification.

(a) From and after the Closing, CBNA shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the Buyer Indemnified Parties from and against: (i) any liability for Taxes, imposed on or with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or for which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company may otherwise be liable, for any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date and for the portion of any Straddle Period (as defined herein) ending on and including the Closing Date (a “ Pre-Closing Tax Period ”), (ii) any liability for Taxes imposed on the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or for which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company may otherwise be liable, as a result of being or having been a member of a Company Group (including, Taxes for which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company may be liable pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.1502-6 or similar provisions of state, local or foreign law as a result of having been a member of a Company Group and any Taxes resulting from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company ceasing to be a member of any Company Group), (iii) any liability for Taxes (other than Conveyance Taxes) incurred, resulting from, arising out of or related to any transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Merger Agreement, the Related Transaction Agreements, or the Ancillary Agreements that occur on or prior to the Closing Date, (iv) any liability for Taxes incurred, resulting from, arising out of or related to the CBNA Transaction or the FFELP Transaction, (v) any liability for Section 338 Taxes ( clauses (i)  – (v)  hereinafter referred to as the “ Pre-Closing Taxes ”), and (vi) fifty (50) percent of all Conveyance Taxes.


(b) Except as provided in Section 6.1(a) , from and after the Closing, Buyer shall be responsible for, and shall hold CBNA and its Affiliates harmless against, any Taxes imposed on the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (i) for all taxable periods beginning after the Closing Date or the portion of the Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date (each such period, a “ Post-Closing Tax Period ”), (ii) that are attributable to any action of Buyer or any of its Affiliates that occurs after the Closing on the Closing Date (excluding actions contemplated by this Agreement, the Merger Agreement, the Related Transaction Agreements or the Ancillary Agreements and excluding the making of the Election (as defined herein)), (iii) arising from or attributable to any breach by Buyer of any of its covenants or agreements in Section 6.4 (relating to the Election), ( clauses (i)  – (iii)  hereinafter referred to as the “ Post-Closing Taxes ”), and (iv) fifty (50) percent of all Conveyance Taxes; provided , however , that under this Section 6.1(b) , Buyer shall not be responsible for, or hold CBNA and its Affiliates harmless against, any Tax for which CBNA or any of its Affiliates is liable under this Agreement (including, Section 6.1(a) ), the Merger Agreement, the Related Transaction Agreements or any Ancillary Agreements.

(c) Straddle Periods.

(i) For purposes of Section 6.1(a)(i) and (b)(i) , in the case of Taxes that are payable with respect to a taxable period that begins on or before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date (a “ Straddle Period ”), the portion of any such Tax that is allocable to the portion of the period ending on and including the Closing Date shall be deemed equal to the amount that would be payable if the taxable year ended at the end of (and included) the Closing Date; provided , however , in the case of Taxes, if any, imposed on a periodic basis with respect to the assets of the Company, the portion of any such Tax that is allocable to the portion of the period ending on and including the Closing Date shall be deemed to be the amount of such Taxes for the entire period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days in the period ending on and including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire period.

(ii) To the extent permitted under applicable Law, CBNA and Buyer shall take all actions reasonably necessary to terminate the taxable year of the Company at the close of the Closing Date. To the extent the taxable year of the Company is terminated at the close of the Closing Date, the parties hereto agree to cause the Company to file all Tax Returns for the period including the Closing Date on the basis that the relevant taxable period ended as of the close of the Closing Date, unless the relevant Taxing authority will not accept a Tax Return filed on that basis.

(d) Whenever in accordance with this Article VI , Buyer shall be required to pay CBNA or its Affiliates an amount pursuant to Section 6.1(b) , or CBNA shall be required to pay Buyer or its Affiliates an amount pursuant to Section 6.1(a) , such payments shall be made the later of thirty (30) days after such payments are requested or ten (10) days before the requesting party is required to pay the related Tax liability.

(e) Procedures Relating to Tax Indemnification.

(i) If a written notice of a pending audit or assessment by any Taxing authority (a “ Tax Claim ”) is received by one party (together with its Affiliates, the “ Tax Indemnified Party ”), which, if successful, might result in an indemnity payment pursuant to this


Section 6.1 by the other party (together with its Affiliates, the “ Tax Indemnifying Party ”), the Tax Indemnified Party shall notify the Tax Indemnifying Party in writing of the Tax Claim within ten (10) Business Days of the receipt of such written notice in detail sufficient to apprise the Tax Indemnifying Party of the nature of the Tax Claim. If the Tax Indemnified Party fails to give the notice as required by the preceding sentence (a “ Tax Notice ”), the Tax Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Tax Indemnified Party to the extent that the Tax Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced as a result of such failure. The Tax Indemnifying Party may discharge its indemnification obligation under this Section 6.1 by paying to the Tax Indemnified Party all amounts required to be paid by it under this Section 6.1 .

(ii) The Tax Indemnifying Party shall have the right to represent the Company’s interests in any audit or administrative or court proceeding relating to a Tax Claim relating to Tax liabilities for which it would be required to make an indemnity payment pursuant to this Section 6.1 , provided , however , that in cases where a Tax Notice has been provided in accordance with Section 6.1(e)(i) , the Tax Indemnifying Party shall have no right to represent the Company’s interests in any such audit or administrative or court proceeding unless it shall have first notified the Tax Indemnified Party in writing of the Tax Indemnifying Party’s intention to do so and the identity of counsel, if any, chosen by the Tax Indemnifying Party in connection therewith and acknowledged to the Tax Indemnified Party that, as between the parties, it is liable under this Section 6.1 for any Tax liability resulting from such Tax Claim; provided , further , that the Tax Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to settle, either administratively or after the commencement of litigation, any Tax Claim relating to Taxes for post-2005 Tax periods other than Taxes payable with respect to a Tax Return filed on a combined, consolidated, affiliated or unitary basis by a Company Group if the settlement would require an additional Tax payment with respect to such specific Tax Claim for a particular year in excess of $30,000 unless the Tax Indemnifying Party shall have first obtained the prior written consent of the Tax Indemnified Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(iii) Subject to clauses (v)  and (vi)  below, the Tax Indemnified Party may assume, at its own expense, the defense of any Tax Claim relating to Taxes other than Taxes payable with respect to a Tax Return filed on a combined, consolidated, affiliated or unitary basis by a Company Group for which the Tax Indemnifying Party has liability, in the event the Tax Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense of such claim pursuant to Section 6.1(e)(ii) by providing written notice of its intent to assume the defense of such claim to the Tax Indemnified Party within thirty (30) Business Days of the receipt of the notice required under Section 6.1(e)(i) , provided , however , in such case, the Tax Indemnifying Party may, subject to clause (vii) below, assume the defense of any such Tax Claim from the Tax Indemnified Party by providing written notice to the Tax Indemnified Party and reimbursing the Tax Indemnified Party for reasonable expenses incurred in defending such Tax Claim. If the Tax Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of any such Tax Claim pursuant to Section 6.1(e)(ii) , the Tax Indemnified Party may defend the same in such manner as it may deem appropriate, including, but not limited to, settling, provided , however , that the Tax Indemnified Party shall not settle, either administratively or after the commencement of litigation, such Tax Claim without the prior written consent of the Tax Indemnifying Party which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Nothing in this Section 6.1(e) shall be interpreted to obligate the Tax Indemnified Party to take any action in defending any Tax Claim.


(iv) Except as provided in clauses (v)  and (vi)  below or otherwise provided herein, in the event of a Tax Claim relating to a Straddle Period that involves issues (A) relating to a potential adjustment for which the Tax Indemnifying Party has sole liability under this Agreement but (B) that are required to be dealt with in a proceeding that also involves separate issues that could affect the Taxes of the Tax Indemnified Party for which the Tax Indemnifying Party does not have liability under this Agreement, then to the extent permitted by applicable Law or by the relevant Taxing Authority, (x) the Tax Indemnifying Party shall have the right at its expense to control the Tax Claim but only with respect to issues described in clause (A)  and (y) the Tax Indemnified Party shall have the right at its expense to control the Tax Claim but only with respect to the issues described in clause (B) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the issues described in clause (A)  cannot be separated from the issues described in clause (B) , the party that would bear the majority of the liability if all issues were resolved unfavorably shall have the right at its expense to control the Tax Claim; provided , however , that such party shall not settle such Tax Claim without the prior written consent of the other party which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(v) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Merger Agreement or any Related Transaction Agreements to the contrary, if a non-income Tax Claim relates to any consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary Tax Return of the Tax Indemnifying Party with respect to which there are also Tax issues unrelated to such Tax Claim, and after reasonable best efforts the parties have not been able to separate such Tax Claim and unrelated issues for resolution in separate proceedings in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the parties, then the Tax Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to participate in such Tax Claim relating to any consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary Tax Return which includes the Tax Indemnifying Party. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Merger Agreement or any Related Transaction Agreements to the contrary, the Tax Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to participate in any income Tax Claim relating to any consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary Tax Return of the Tax Indemnifying Party.

(vi) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Merger Agreement or any Related Transaction Agreements to the contrary, if a Tax Claim relates to any consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary Tax Return of the Tax Indemnified Party with respect to which there are also Tax issues unrelated to the Tax Claim, and:

(1) the parties are able to separate the Tax Claim from the unrelated Tax issues, the Tax Indemnifying Party shall, subject to the conditions and other provisions in Section 6.1(e)(ii) , control the Tax Claim, provided , however , that the Tax Indemnifying Party shall not settle, either administratively or after the commencement of litigation, such Tax Claim without the consent of the Tax Indemnified Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and provided , further , that the Tax Indemnified Party shall have the right, at its expense, to be present at, and participate in, any proceeding relating to such Tax Claim; or

(2) after reasonable best efforts the parties have not been able to separate the Tax Claim and unrelated Tax issues for resolution in separate proceedings in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the parties, then the Tax Indemnified Party shall control the Tax Claim; provided, however, that


(A) the Tax Indemnified Party shall (W) provide the Tax Indemnifying Party with notice reasonably in advance of any proceeding relating to such Tax Claim and (X) consult in good faith with the Tax Indemnifying Party on the resolution of the issue and on any written submissions (or the portion thereof), to the extent related solely to such Tax Claim, including providing the Tax Indemnifying Party an opportunity to review and provide comments on any such written submission, and

(B) the Tax Indemnified Party shall not settle, either administratively or after the commencement of litigation, such Tax Claim without the prior written consent of the Tax Indemnifying Party which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(vii) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall pay to CBNA the amount of any liability for current Taxes imposed on or with respect to the Company, calculated using the principles and methodologies of the Tax Agreement, with such amount determined without giving effect to the Merger or the Related Transactions.

(f) To the extent that an indemnification obligation of one party pursuant to this Section 6.1 may overlap with another indemnification obligation of such party pursuant to this Section 6.1 , the party entitled to such indemnification shall be limited to only one of such indemnification payments.

Section 6.2 Tax Returns and Refunds.

(a) CBNA shall prepare or cause to be prepared and timely file or cause to be timely filed all required Tax Returns relating to the Company for any taxable period which ends on or before the Closing Date, and in each case CBNA shall remit or cause to be remitted any Taxes due in respect of such Tax Returns. To the extent positions, methods or elections used in preparing any such Tax Returns could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the Tax liability of any Buyer Indemnified Party after the Closing Date, such Tax Returns shall be prepared, and all elections with respect to such Tax Returns shall be made, to the extent permitted by Law, in a manner consistent with past practice.

(b) Buyer shall prepare or cause to be prepared and timely file or cause to be timely filed all required Tax Returns relating to the Company for Straddle Periods, and in each case Buyer shall remit or cause to be remitted any Taxes due in respect of such Straddle Period Tax Returns; provided , that with respect to any such Straddle Period Tax Returns, such Tax Returns shall be prepared, and all elections with respect to such Tax Returns shall be made, to the extent permitted by Law, in a manner consistent with past practice. Before filing any Straddle Period Tax Return, Buyer shall submit to CBNA a draft of such Tax Return for review and approval at least thirty (30) Business Days prior to the last date for timely filing such Tax Return (giving effect to any valid extensions thereof) accompanied by a statement calculating in reasonable detail CBNA’s indemnification obligation, if any, pursuant to Section 6.1(a) .

(c) If for any reason CBNA objects to any item of Buyer’s draft Straddle Period Tax Return or disagrees with Buyer’s calculation of CBNA’s indemnification obligation,


CBNA shall notify Buyer of its disagreement within fifteen (15) Business Days of receiving a copy of such Tax Return, and the parties will endeavor within the next ten (10) Business Days to resolve such dispute in good faith. If the parties cannot reach agreement regarding such dispute, such dispute shall be settled pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.5 . Except in the case of a dispute resolved pursuant to Section 6.5 , no Straddle Period Tax Return shall be filed without CBNA’s written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If CBNA agrees with Buyer’s calculation of its indemnification obligation, or once any disputes with respect to such indemnification obligation are resolved, CBNA shall pay to Buyer the amount of CBNA’s indemnification at the time specified in Section 6.1(d) .

(d) With respect to Taxes for Straddle Periods, to the extent that payments, if any, made by CBNA, its Affiliates or the Company prior to the Closing Date to a Taxing authority are greater than CBNA’s allocable portion of such Straddle Period Taxes as determined pursuant to Section 6.1(a) , Buyer shall pay to CBNA the amount of such excess within ten (10) Business Days after filing such Straddle Period Tax Return.

(e) Any refunds or credits of Taxes of the Company plus any interest received with respect thereto from the applicable Taxing authority for any Taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date shall be for the account of CBNA and, if received by Buyer or any of its Affiliates or applied against the liability for Taxes of Buyer or any of its Affiliates, shall be paid by Buyer to CBNA within ten (10) Business Days after Buyer or any of its Affiliates receives such refund or after the relevant Tax Return is filed in which the credit is so applied. Any other refund or credit of Taxes of the Company plus any interest received with respect thereto from the applicable Taxing authority shall be for the account of Buyer and, if received by CBNA or any of its Affiliates or applied against the liability for Taxes of CBNA or any of its Affiliates, shall be paid by CBNA to Buyer within ten (10) Business Days after CBNA or any of its Affiliates receives such refund or after the relevant Tax Return is filed in which the credit is so applied. Any refunds or credits of Taxes of the Company for any Straddle Period shall be apportioned between CBNA and Buyer in the same manner as the liability for such Taxes is apportioned pursuant to Section 6.1 .

(f) With respect to any refund or credit to which one party is entitled pursuant to Section 6.2(e) (the “ Refund Recipient ”), (i) at the request of the Refund Recipient, the other party (the “ Refund Payor ”) shall and shall cause its relevant Affiliates to file for and obtain any refunds or credits to which the Refund Recipient is entitled under this Article VI and (ii) any payment to the Refund Recipient shall be net of any additional amounts of Taxes that are imposed on the Refund Payor or any of its Affiliates as a result of the Refund Payor or its Affiliate filing for such refund or credit, and taking into account the obligation of the Refund Payor to make the payment to the Refund Recipient hereunder; provided , however , that the Refund Payor shall not be obligated to file for or obtain any refund or credit pursuant to this Section 6.2(f) if, in the reasonable judgment of the Refund Payor, doing so would have a material adverse effect on the Refund Payor or any of its Affiliates for which the Refund Recipient has not provided to the Refund Payor indemnification in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Refund Payor and the Refund Payor provides the Refund Recipient written notice containing reasonable detail describing such material adverse effect.

Section 6.3 Conveyance Taxes . CBNA and Buyer shall each be responsible for and shall pay fifty (50) percent of all Conveyance Taxes. Buyer and CBNA shall be responsible for jointly preparing and timely filing any Tax Returns required with respect to any


such Conveyance Taxes. CBNA and Buyer will provide to one another a true copy of each such Tax Return as filed and evidence of the timely filing thereof.

Section 6.4 Section 338(h)(10) Election.

(a)

(i) With respect to the sale and acquisition of the Company pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Buyer and CBNA shall, in the manner described herein, make an election under section 338(h)(10) of the Code (the “ Election ”). At least ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date, CBNA and Buyer shall agree on the form and content of the IRS Form 8023 (the “ Form 8023 ”) on which such Election under section 338(h)(10) shall be made, and at or prior to the Closing CBNA shall deliver to Buyer and Buyer shall deliver to CBNA properly executed and mutually agreed upon Form 8023 with respect to the Company containing information then available, which CBNA shall file or cause to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service not later than thirty (30) days following the Closing Date.

(ii) With respect to the Election, at the reasonable request of the other party CBNA and Buyer shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, as promptly as practicable following such request, take the actions reasonably requested that are not specifically provided for in this Section 6.4 otherwise (including filing such forms, returns, elections, schedules and other documents as may be requested) to effect, perfect and preserve a timely Election in accordance with the provisions of section 338 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations. Neither party shall be obligated to make any such request.

(iii) At the reasonable request of the other party CBNA and Buyer shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, as promptly as practicable following such request, cooperate with each other to make a valid election under one or more specified provisions of state or local law similar to the Election.

(iv) CBNA, Buyer and their respective Affiliates shall report the sale and acquisition, respectively, of the stock of the Company pursuant to the Merger Agreement as a “qualified stock purchase,” within the meaning of section 338(d)(3) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations consistent with the Election made under section 338(h)(10) of the Code and shall take no position to the contrary thereto in any income Tax Return, in any proceeding before any Taxing authority or otherwise for any income Tax purpose.

(b) To the extent permissible by or required by Law, CBNA, Buyer and their respective Affiliates shall, at the request of the other, cooperate in the preparation and timely filing of any corrections, amendments or supplements to the Form 8023 (including Form 8883).

(c) Neither CBNA, Buyer nor any of their respective Affiliates shall take any action to modify any of the forms or reports (including any corrections, amendments or supplements thereto) that are required for the making of the Election after their execution or to modify or revoke the Election under section 338(h)(10) of the Code following the filing of the Form 8023 by CBNA without the written consent of CBNA and Buyer, as the case may be.

(d) Allocation.


(i) In connection with the Election, within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or, if later, within thirty (30) days after the final determination of the Closing Adjustment Amount as defined in, and pursuant to, the Purchase Price Adjustment Agreement), Buyer shall provide (or shall cause its Affiliates to provide) to CBNA (i) a proposed allocation of its determination of the “aggregate deemed sales price” and the “adjusted grossed up basis” (each, as defined under applicable Treasury Regulations) among the assets of the Company, which allocations shall be made in accordance with Buyer’s good faith application of section 338(b) of the Code and any applicable Treasury Regulations, and (ii) a completed IRS Form 8883 (the “ Form 8883 ”) and any additional data or materials required to be attached to Form 8883 pursuant to the Treasury Regulations promulgated under section 338 of the Code (collectively, the “ Proposed Allocation ”). In the event CBNA objects to the Proposed Allocation, CBNA will notify Buyer in writing within twenty (20) days of receipt of the Proposed Allocation of such objection, and the Parties will endeavor within the next fifteen (15) days to resolve such dispute in good faith.

(ii) In the event that CBNA and Buyer resolve such dispute and agree on the manner in which such allocations should be made, CBNA and Buyer (and their respective Affiliates) shall (i) be bound by the allocation determined pursuant to this paragraph for all Tax purposes, (ii) prepare and file all income Tax Returns to be filed with any Taxing authority (including Forms 8883 filed with the Parties’ respective federal income Tax Returns for the taxable year that includes the Closing Date and any other forms or statements required by the Code, Treasury Regulations or the Internal Revenue Service) in a manner consistent with such allocations and (iii) take no position inconsistent with such allocations in any federal or other applicable income Tax Return, any proceeding before any Taxing authority or otherwise. In the event that any such allocation is disputed by any Taxing authority, the party receiving notice of such dispute shall promptly notify and consult with the other Party concerning resolution of such dispute.

(iii) In the event that CBNA and Buyer disagree on the manner in which such allocations should be made and do not resolve such dispute within the time provided under Section 6.4(d)(i) , each party shall separately allocate the “aggregate deemed sales price” or the “adjusted grossed up basis,” as applicable, among the assets of the Company, which allocations shall be made by each party in the manner such party determines in its sole discretion is in accordance with section 338(b) of the Code and any applicable Treasury Regulations, and each party shall file its Tax Returns (including Forms 8883) consistent with such separate allocation.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, the Merger Agreement or the Related Transaction Agreements, to the contrary, CBNA and Buyer shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, treat the transfer of assets to CBNA pursuant to the CBNA Transaction as a satisfaction by the Company, pursuant to its deemed liquidating distribution resulting from the Election by CBNA and Buyer, of amounts outstanding under the Omnibus Credit Agreement equal to the aggregate net fair market value of the assets acquired by CBNA pursuant to the CBNA Transaction as of the Closing Date.

Section 6.5 Certain Tax Return Disputes . With respect to any dispute or a disagreement under Section 6.2(c) of this Agreement between the Parties (relating to the filing of Straddle Period Tax Returns), the Parties shall cooperate in good faith to resolve such dispute between them, but if the Parties are unable to resolve such dispute, such dispute shall be resolved


in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 6.5 , which resolution shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Parties. The fees and expenses relating to any dispute as to the amount owed by either of the Parties shall be paid by Buyer, on the one hand, and CBNA, on the other hand, in proportion to each party’s respective liability for the portion in dispute, as determined by the accounting firm selected pursuant to the next paragraph.

In the event of any dispute or disagreement described in this Section 6.5 , Buyer and CBNA shall jointly select a nationally recognized accounting firm that is not the independent auditor for either CBNA or Buyer and is otherwise neutral and impartial; provided, however, that if CBNA and Buyer are unable to select such other accounting firm within five (5) Business Days after delivery of written notice of a disagreement, either party may request the American Arbitration Association to appoint, within five (5) Business Days from the date of such request, an independent accounting firm meeting the requirements set forth above or a neutral and impartial certified public accountant with significant relevant experience.

Section 6.6 Survival of Tax Provisions . For purposes of this Agreement, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Merger Agreement or in this Agreement (including Section 2.l of this Agreement), the obligations of the parties under this Article VI , and the right to commence any claim for indemnification with respect thereto, shall survive the Closing until ninety (90) days after the expiration (giving effect to any valid extensions, waivers and tolling periods) of the applicable statutes of limitation relating to the Taxes at issue. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.6 shall not limit the obligation of the Tax Indemnified Party to timely notify the Tax Indemnifying Party of the Tax Claim, as provided for in Section 6.1(e)(i) . If written notice of a claim (a “ Designated Claim ”) for indemnification shall have been provided to CBNA, on the one hand, or the Buyer, on the other hand, as the case may be, within the applicable survival period, then any provision of this Agreement that is the subject of the Designated Claim and the right to bring claims pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement that would otherwise terminate as set forth above shall survive as to the Designated Claim until such time as the Designated Claim is fully and finally resolved.

Section 6.7 Termination of Tax Sharing Agreements . Any and all Tax Sharing Agreements, to which the Company is a party, shall be terminated as of the Closing Date prior to the occurrence of the Transactions. As of the Closing Date, the Company shall not have any further rights or obligations under any such Tax Sharing Agreement.

Section 6.8 No Limitation on Payments . Notwithstanding Section 4.1 or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Merger Agreement, the Related Transaction Agreements, or the Ancillary Agreements, no claim for indemnification by a Buyer Indemnified Party or CBNA or its Affiliates pursuant to this Article VI shall be subject to any threshold amount, deductible amount, or maximum liability amount (and, without limitation, shall not be subject to the Threshold or Maximum Indemnification Amount).

Section 6.9 Cooperation, Exchange of Information and Record Retention .

(a) Buyer and CBNA shall provide each other, and shall cause their respective Affiliates, officers, employees, agents, auditors and representatives reasonably to provide each other, with such cooperation and information relating to the Company (including cooperation relating to any audit request) as any of them reasonably may request of another,


including (i) in preparing and filing any Tax Return (including pro-forma Tax Returns), amended Tax Return or claim for refund, including maintaining and making available to each other all records necessary in connection with Taxes; (ii) in resolving all disputes and audits with respect to all Taxable periods relating to Taxes; and (iii) in connection with all other matters covered in this Article VI . Each such party shall make its employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide explanations of any documents or information provided hereunder.

(b) Buyer and CBNA recognize that the other party will need access, from time to time, after the Closing Date, to certain accounting and Tax records and information held by Buyer, CBNA or the Company to the extent such records and information pertain to events occurring on or prior to the Closing Date; therefore, from and after the Closing Date, CBNA, Buyer and their respective Affiliates shall (i) retain and maintain all such records including all Tax Returns, schedules and work papers, records and other documents in their possession relating to Tax matters of the Company for taxable periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date and for the Straddle Period for the longer of (x) the ten-year period beginning on the Closing Date or (y) the full period of the applicable statute of limitations, including any extension thereof and (ii) allow the agents and representatives of each other, upon reasonable notice and at mutually convenient times to inspect, review and make copies of such records (at the expense of the party requesting the records) as CBNA and Buyer may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate from time to time. The holder of any records, books, workpapers, reports, correspondence and other similar materials shall provide the other party with written notice thirty (30) days prior to transferring, destroying or discarding the last copy of any such materials and such other party shall have the right, at its expense, to copy or take any such materials. Any information obtained under this Section 6.9(b) shall be kept confidential except as may be otherwise necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or claims for refund or in conducting an audit or other proceeding.

(c) Neither Party nor any of its Affiliates shall be entitled to any information regarding, any access to, any right to review or any right to obtain any consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary Tax Return which includes CBNA or Buyer, except to the extent that such information exclusively relates to the Company, and provided , however , that Buyer shall be entitled to a copy of a pro forma Tax Return for the Company for any Pre-Closing Tax Period.

(d) Tax Benefits. Notwithstanding anything in Section 6.1(a) or (b)  to the contrary, Buyer shall pay to CBNA any Tax Benefit realized by Buyer from any deduction arising from the exercise of options to acquire CBNA stock held by Company Employees. Unless Buyer is required to do so by applicable Law and provides notice to CBNA, Buyer shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, claim any deductions on any Tax Return that Buyer is responsible for preparing under Section 6.2 arising from the exercise of options to acquire CBNA stock held by Company Employees. If Buyer is required to do so by applicable Law, Buyer shall claim such deduction and pay to CBNA any Tax Benefit to Buyer arising from any such deduction within ten (10) days of filing the relevant Tax Return.

Section 6.10 Claims under the Agreement .

(a) The parties acknowledge and agree that indemnification with respect to certain matters including Tax matters may be addressed under more than one section or Article of this Agreement and any limitations on indemnification under one section or Article of this


Agreement shall not be interpreted to limit the availability of indemnification under another section or Article of this Agreement. This Article VI shall not be the exclusive provision for making a claim with respect to Taxes.

(b) With respect to the retention of Company records relating to Taxes, except to the extent there are provisions specific to the retention of Company records relating to Taxes in the Related Transaction Agreements or the Ancillary Agreements, Section 6.9(b) shall govern with respect to the retention of the Company records relating to Taxes.

(c) In the event of any conflict between the provisions of Section 3.1 and Section 6.1(e) (relating to Tax contests), the provisions of Section 6.1(e) shall control with respect to Tax contests.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Notices . Any notice required to be given hereunder shall be sufficient if in writing, and sent by facsimile transmission ( provided , that any notice received by facsimile transmission or otherwise at the addressee’s location on any Business Day after 5:00 p.m. (addressee’s local time) shall be deemed to have been received at 9:00 a.m. (addressee’s local time) on the next Business Day), by reliable overnight delivery service (with proof of service), hand delivery or certified or registered mail (return receipt requested and first-class postage prepaid), addressed as follows (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 7.1 ):

if to Buyer:

Discover Bank

12 Read’s Way

New Castle, DE 19720

Fax: 302- 323-7393

Attention: Mike Rickert

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Discover Financial Services

2500 Lake Cook Road

Riverwoods, IL 60015

Fax: 224-405-4957

Attention: Carlos Minetti

and

Discover Financial Services

2500 Lake Cook Road

Riverwoods, IL 60015

Fax: 224-405-4584

Attention: Kelly McNamara Corley


with a further copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Sidley Austin LLP

One South Dearborn Street

Chicago, IL 60603

Fax: 312-853-7036

  Attention:    Paul L. Choi  
   Willis R. Buck, Jr.  
   Scott R. Williams  

if to CBNA:

Citigroup Inc.

399 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Fax: 212-735-2000

Attention: Michael S. Zuckert

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Fax: 212-735-2000

  Attention:    William S. Rubenstein  
   Sean C. Doyle  

Section 7.2 Interpretation; Certain Definitions . When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or Section, such reference shall be to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. The headings for this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions set forth in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. Any statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes. Other than in Section 7.4, references to a person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.


Section 7.3 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner.

Section 7.4 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the Parties hereto (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their legal successors and permitted assigns. Each Party shall cause any person acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of such Party, or any surviving entity in the case of any merger, consolidation or reorganization of such Party to assume upon the consummation thereof the obligations of such Party under this Agreement.

Section 7.5 Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Merger Agreement, and the Related Transaction Agreements constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the Parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement; provided that this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the Indemnified Parties.

Section 7.6 Governing Law . This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any otherwise applicable choice or conflict of laws provision or rule.

Section 7.7 Consent to Jurisdiction .

(a) Each Party hereby irrevocably submits to the co-exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Chancery Court, or if such court shall not have jurisdiction, any federal or other state court of the State of Delaware, and any federal or other state court of the State of New York, for the purpose of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and each Party hereto hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect to such action or proceeding may be heard and determined exclusively in any such court. Each Party agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party shall be entitled to implead (or take similar steps with respect to) any Indemnified Party into any action relating to a Third Party Claim in any other jurisdiction.

(b) Each of Buyer and CBNA irrevocably consents to the service of the summons and complaint and any other process in any other action or proceeding relating to the


transactions contemplated by this Agreement, on behalf of itself or its property, by personal delivery of copies of such process to such Party. Nothing in this Section 7.7 shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law.

Section 7.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in two (2) or more counterparts, and by the different Parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 7.9 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

Section 7.10 Specific Performance . The Parties hereby expressly acknowledge and agree that immediate, extensive and irreparable damage would result, no adequate remedy at law would exist and damages would be difficult to determine in the event that any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or otherwise breached. Therefore, in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other remedy available to any Party, an aggrieved Party under this Agreement would be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof and immediate injunctive relief, without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy. Such remedies, and any and all other remedies provided for in this Agreement, shall, however, be cumulative in nature and not exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedies whatsoever which any Party may otherwise have. Each of the Parties hereby acknowledges and agrees that it may be difficult to prove damages with reasonable certainty, that it may be difficult to procure suitable substitute performance, and that injunctive relief and/or specific performance will not cause an undue hardship to the Parties. Each of the Parties hereby further acknowledges that the existence of any other remedy contemplated by this Agreement does not diminish the availability of specific performance of the obligations hereunder or any other injunctive relief. Each Party hereby further agrees that in the event of any action by the other Party for specific performance or injunctive relief, it will not assert that a remedy at law or other remedy would be adequate or that specific performance or injunctive relief in respect of such breach or violation should not be available on the grounds that money damages are adequate or any other grounds.

Section 7.11 Amendment . This Agreement may be amended by mutual agreement of the Parties at any time. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the Parties hereto.

Section 7.12 Waiver . At any time, subject to applicable Law, each Party may (a) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of the other Party, (b) waive compliance by the other Party with any agreement contained herein or (c) waive any condition to which its obligations are subject. Any such extension or waiver shall only be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the Party or Parties to be bound thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure or delay by the Buyer or CBNA in exercising any right


hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any other right hereunder.

Section 7.13 Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be paid by the Party incurring such expenses.

Section 7.14 Maintenance of Corporate Existence . From and after the date of this Agreement until the earlier of (i) one year and one day following the payment in full of all obligations of the Securitization Trusts and the Other Securitization Trusts and (ii) the replacement of the Company as Servicer and Administrator under each of the Securitization Trusts and the Other Securitization Trusts, Buyer shall cause the Company to, and the Company shall, maintain its corporate existence.

Section 7.15 Non-Petition . Each party to this Agreement, by entering into this Agreement, hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not at any time institute against the Depositor, the Funding Note Issuer, any Securitization Trust or any Other Securitization Trust, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, receivership or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar Law in connection with any obligations relating to this Agreement or the Related Transaction Documents.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

CITIBANK, N.A.
By:   /s/ Douglas Peterson
  Name:   Douglas Peterson
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer
DISCOVER BANK
By:   /s/ Michael F. Rickert
  Name:   Michael F. Rickert
  Title:   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Exhibit 10.35

FIRST AMENDMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ First Amendment ”) between Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“CBNA”), and Discover Bank, a Delaware banking corporation (the “ Buyer ,” and together with CBNA, the “ Parties ”), is made and entered into as of December 30, 2010.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Parties have heretofore executed and delivered an Indemnification Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2010 (as amended and supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof, the “ Indemnification Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, United Guaranty Commercial Insurance Company of North Carolina, a North Carolina insurer (“United Guaranty”) and the Company have entered into the Commutation Agreement and Release, dated as of December 30, 2010 (the “ Commutation Agreement and Release ”);

WHEREAS, to induce Buyer to consent to the execution by the Company of the Commutation Agreement and Release, as required by the Merger Agreement, the Parties have agreed to amend the Indemnification Agreement as set forth below;

WHEREAS, Section 7.11 of the Indemnification Agreement provides that the Indemnification Agreement may be amended by mutual agreement of the Parties at any time, by an instrument in writing signed by the Parties;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby are executing and delivering this First Amendment in order to amend the Indemnification Agreement in the manner set forth below.

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indemnification Agreement.

2. Amendment to Section 2.2(n) . Section 2.2(n) shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  “(n)

except to the extent caused by actions or omissions of the Buyer Indemnified Parties (other than as a result of a failure to obtain a consent or any acts or omissions of the Company and its Subsidiaries on or prior to the Closing Date; it being understood and agreed that any consent to, knowledge of or acquiescence to any action or omission of any other person by any Buyer Indemnified Party shall not be deemed to have caused any of the items in clauses (i) – (v)), (i) the failure of any issuer of a Student Loan Insurance Policy or any school pursuant to any risk-sharing Contract to pay in full any


 

valid claim thereunder, (ii) the cancellation, termination, rescission, commutation or revocation of any Student Loan Insurance Policy or any risk-sharing Contract or reduction in the coverage provided thereunder, (iii) the loss or denial of any coverage with respect to any Student Loan as a result of (A) any act or omission of the Company or any of its Affiliates occurring or arising on or prior to the Closing Date (including, without limitation, as a result of the Commutation Agreement and Release; and in the case of the Commutation Agreement and Release, CBNA shall make payments to the Buyer Indemnified Parties from time to time in respect of each such Student Loan) or (B) any act or omissions of CBNA or any of its Affiliates, (iv) any Student Loan Insurance Policy or risk-sharing Contract with any school ceasing to be in full force and effect or (v) the charging of additional premiums or other amounts in respect of a Student Loan Insurance Policy or any risk-sharing Contract; it is also agreed that, with respect to the Commutation Agreement and Release, CBNA shall pay the Buyer Indemnified Parties for all Losses relating to any indemnity demand, request, claim or the like made by United Guaranty or any other person (as defined in the Merger Agreement), based upon the Commutation Agreement and Release regardless of the basis therefore, even if such basis would otherwise be excluded by this Section 2.2 .”

3. Amendment to Section 3.1 . New clauses (d), (e) and (f) shall be inserted directly after clause (c) in Section 3.1(a) and shall read in their entirety as follows:

 

  “(d) In the event that any Buyer Indemnified Party has a claim against CBNA under this Agreement for Losses that would have been payable under any Student Loan Insurance Policy commuted pursuant to the Commutation Agreement and Release (a “ Commuted Policy Claim ”), such Buyer Indemnified Party shall deliver notice of such Commuted Policy Claim to CBNA; provided , however , that any delay or failure by such Buyer Indemnified Party to give notice to CBNA shall relieve CBNA of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure. Following receipt of such written notice, CBNA shall make payments to the Buyer Indemnified Parties with respect to such Commuted Policy Claim within a timeframe consistent with similar credit protection claims and without undue delay. Furthermore, CBNA and the Buyer shall work in good faith to establish and implement, within thirty (30) days following the Closing Date, an ongoing claims-making and claims-settlement process for Commuted Policy Claims that is appropriate for similar credit protection claims, which process shall be no less favorable to the Buyer Indemnified Parties than the procedures currently in effect.

 

  (e) The Parties agree that, from and after the Effective Date, CBNA and its Affiliates shall continue to manage all existing Third Party Claims against the Company currently being managed by CBNA or its Affiliates (the “ CBNA Claims ”), including, without limitation, the CBNA Claims set forth on Schedule I attached hereto, until final resolution of such claims, and that the procedures set forth in this Article III shall apply to all such CBNA Claims; it being understood that the Buyer Indemnified Parties are entitled to indemnification from CBNA for such CBNA Claims.


  (f) With respect to the Third Party Claims set forth on Schedule II hereto, CBNA acknowledges that the Buyer Indemnified Parties are authorized to retain (or continue the retention of) separate counsel pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(i)(B) and that the Buyer Indemnified Parties are entitled to indemnification from CBNA hereunder with respect to such Third Party Claims.”

4. Schedules . The Indemnification Agreement shall be amended by adding thereto Schedule I and Schedule II attached to this First Amendment.

5. No Waiver . The execution and delivery of this First Amendment shall not constitute a waiver of a past default under the Indemnification Agreement or impair any right consequent thereon.

6. Indemnification Agreement in Full Force and Effect as Amended . Except as specifically amended or waived hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. All references to the Indemnification Agreement in any other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean the Indemnification Agreement as amended by this First Amendment. This First Amendment shall not constitute a novation of the Indemnification Agreement, but shall constitute an amendment thereof. The Parties agree to be bound by the terms and obligations of the Indemnification Agreement to which they are parties thereto, as amended by this First Amendment, as though the terms and obligations of the Indemnification Agreement were set forth herein.

7. Effect of Headings . The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8. Severability . In case any provision in this First Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

9. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in two (2) or more counterparts, and by the different Parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

10. Governing Law . This First Amendment, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this First Amendment or the negotiation, execution or performance of this First Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any otherwise applicable choice or conflict of laws provision or rule.

11. Effective Date . This First Amendment shall become effective as of the day and year first above written.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this First Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

CITIBANK, N.A.
By:   /s/ Douglas Peterson
  Name:   Douglas Peterson
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer
DISCOVER BANK
By:   /s/ Christopher Greene
  Name:   Christopher Greene
  Title:   Secretary

Exhibit 12

DISCOVER FINANCIAL SERVICES

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

     For the Years Ended November 30,  
       2010      2009      2008      2007      2006  
     (dollars in millions)  

Earnings:

              

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

   $ 1,268,859       $ 2,120,898       $ 1,657,605       $ 1,525,714       $ 1,667,753   

Losses from unconsolidated investees

     4,143         3,396         3,946         4,279         2,968   
                                            

Total earnings

     1,273,002         2,124,294         1,661,551         1,529,993         1,670,721   

Fixed Charges (1) :

              

Total interest expense

     1,582,988         1,251,285         1,288,004         1,223,271         836,279   

Interest factor in rents

     4,740         4,383         4,777         3,489         2,947   

Preferred stock requirements

     39,488         72,890         0         0         0   
                                            

Total fixed charges

     1,627,216         1,328,558         1,292,781         1,226,760         839,226   

Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense and fixed charges

   $ 2,900,218       $ 3,452,852       $ 2,954,332       $ 2,756,753       $ 2,509,947   
                                            

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     1.8         2.6         2.3         2.2         3.0   
                                              

 

(1) Fixed charges are the sum of interest expense, amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to indebtedness, an estimate of interest within rental expense and preference security dividend requirements.

Exhibit 21

DISCOVER FINANCIAL SERVICES

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Subsidiary    Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Formation

Bank of New Castle

   Delaware

DB Servicing Corporation

   Delaware

DFS Corporate Services LLC.

   Delaware

Diners Club International Ltd.

   New York

Discover Bank

   Delaware

Discover Community Development Corporation

   Delaware

Discover Financial Services (Canada), Inc.

   Canada

Discover Financial Services (Cayman) Limited

   Cayman Islands

Discover Financial Services (Hong Kong) Limited

   Hong Kong

Discover Financial Services (UK) Limited

   England/Wales

Discover Financial Services Insurance Agency, Inc.

   Delaware

Discover Information Technology (Shanghai) Limited

   Shanghai

Discover Products Inc.

   Utah

Discover Properties LLC

   Delaware

Discover Receivables Financing Corporation

   Delaware

Discover Services Corporation

   Delaware

Discover SL Funding LLC

   Delaware

DFS International Inc.

   Delaware

DFS Services LLC

   Delaware

DRFC Funding LLC

   Delaware

Goldfish Bank Limited

   England/Wales

GTC Insurance Agency, Inc.

   Delaware

PULSE Network LLC

   Delaware

SCFC Receivables Corp.

   Delaware

The Student Loan Corporation

   Delaware
      

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-150228, 333-144184, 333-144188, and 333-144189 on Form S-8 and Nos. 333-160447 and 333-158498 on Form S-3 of our reports dated January 26, 2011, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Discover Financial Services (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to Discover Financial Services’ adoption of the accounting standards, “ Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” and “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)”, on December 1, 2009), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Discover Financial Services for the year ended November 30, 2010.

 

LOGO

Chicago, Illinois

January 26, 2011

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, David W. Nelms, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Discover Financial Services (the “registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: January 26, 2011

 

/ S /    D AVID W. N ELMS        

David W. Nelms

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Roy A. Guthrie, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Discover Financial Services (the “registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: January 26, 2011

 

/ S /    R OY A. G UTHRIE        

Roy A. Guthrie

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Discover Financial Services (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended November 30, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), each of David W. Nelms, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Roy A. Guthrie, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: January 26, 2011

/ S /    D AVID W. N ELMS        
David W. Nelms

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: January 26, 2011

/ S /    R OY A. G UTHRIE        
Roy A. Guthrie
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 99.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 111(B)(4) OF THE

EMERGENCY ECONOMIC STABILIZATION ACT OF 2008

I, David W. Nelms, certify, based on my knowledge, that:

 

(i) The compensation committee of Discover Financial Services (the “Company”) has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to the Company;

 

(ii) The compensation committee of the Company has identified and limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the Company and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to the Company and has limited those features to ensure that the Company is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;

 

(iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;

 

(iv) The compensation committee of the Company will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;

 

(v) The compensation committee of the Company will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in (A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the Company; (B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose the Company to risks; and (C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee;

 

(vi) The Company has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;

 

(vii) The Company has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

 

(viii) The Company has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;


(ix) The Company and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; and any expenses that, pursuant to the policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;

 

(x) As required by SEC Rule 14a-20, the Company permitted a non-binding shareholder resolution relating to the Company’s overall executive compensation policies as disclosed pursuant to the federal securities laws in its 2010 proxy statement. As of April 21, 2010, the Company is no longer required to comply with SEC Rule 14a-20; however, the Company will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution to approve the compensation of executives pursuant to SEC Rule 14a-21(a).;

 

(xi) The Company will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering, during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);

 

(xii) The Company will disclose whether the Company, the board of directors of the Company, or the compensation committee of the Company has engaged during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;

 

(xiii) The Company has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

 

(xiv) The Company has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between the Company and Treasury, including any amendments;

 

(xv) The Company has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the last fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; the Company has not submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year, as the Company ceased to be a TARP recipient as of April 21, 2010; and

 

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.

Date: January 26, 2011

 

/ S / D AVID W. N ELMS

David W. Nelms

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 99.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 111(B)(4) OF THE

EMERGENCY ECONOMIC STABILIZATION ACT OF 2008

I, Roy A. Guthrie, certify, based on my knowledge, that:

 

(i) The compensation committee of Discover Financial Services (the “Company”) has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to the Company;

 

(ii) The compensation committee of the Company has identified and limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the Company and has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to the Company and has limited those features to ensure that the Company is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;

 

(iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;

 

(iv) The compensation committee of the Company will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;

 

(v) The compensation committee of the Company will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period the features in (A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the Company; (B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose the Company to risks; and (C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee;

 

(vi) The Company has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;

 

(vii) The Company has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

 

(viii) The Company has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;


(ix) The Company and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; and any expenses that, pursuant to the policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;

 

(x) As required by SEC Rule 14a-20, the Company permitted a non-binding shareholder resolution relating to the Company’s overall executive compensation policies as disclosed pursuant to the federal securities laws in its 2010 proxy statement. As of April 21, 2010, the Company is no longer required to comply with SEC Rule 14a-20; however, the Company will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution to approve the compensation of executives pursuant to SEC Rule 14a-21(a).;

 

(xi) The Company will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering, during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);

 

(xii) The Company will disclose whether the Company, the board of directors of the Company, or the compensation committee of the Company has engaged during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;

 

(xiii) The Company has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;

 

(xiv) The Company has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between the Company and Treasury, including any amendments;

 

(xv) The Company has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the last fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; the Company has not submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year, as the Company ceased to be a TARP recipient as of April 21, 2010; and

 

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.

Date: January 26, 2011

 

/ S / R OY A. G UTHRIE

Roy A. Guthrie

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer